http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Sebastian+Spanknebel&feedformat=atom
GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie - Benutzerbeiträge [de-formal]
2024-03-29T14:36:25Z
Benutzerbeiträge
MediaWiki 1.30.0
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Stil&diff=13511
Stil
2013-07-14T10:21:47Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
[[Kategorie:Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
==Darstellung des gr. Zusammenhangs==<br />
<br />
Es ist schwierig bis unmöglich, eine bündige Antwort auf die Frage zu geben, was Stil sei, aber soviel lässt sich doch sagen, dass Stil immer eine Modalität darstellt, mit deren Hilfe etwas auf spezifische Weise formuliert wird; Stil betrifft mithin immer das Wie der Durchführung: sei es eines Handlungsvollzugs oder des Erlebens, einer [[Darstellung_(historisch)|Darstellung]] oder Narration, des Denkens oder [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht|Wahrnehmens]]. Stets sind es Unterschiede in der Art und Weise der Ausführung, der Gestaltung, in der Manier oder Eigenart, die zwei Handlungen oder Erzählungen, zwei Darstellungen oder Sichtweisen voneinander unterscheidbar machen, und es sind die Modi der Darstellung, die das Dargestellte erst zu dem werden lassen, was es ist.<br />
Ursprünglich ein Begriff aus der Rhetorik, später stark okkupiert für Bereiche der Mode und des äußeren Erscheinungsbildes von Menschen und Dingen, in Verruf geraten durch seinen Mangel an analytischer Trennschärfe, wird er gelegentlich mißbraucht zur oberflächlichen Rubrizierung singulärer Werke. <br />
:<br />
Was auch immer sich zeigt oder dargestellt wird und wer auch immer in Erscheinung tritt, es ist unvermeidlich, dieses auf eine bestimmte Art und Weise zu tun; man hat, wie Lessing bemerkt, “seinen eignen Stil, so wie seine eigne Nase.” Deswegen kann es Wohnstile, Fahrstile, Fürhungsstile und Politikstile geben, nur eine wirkliche Stil-Losigkeit, nicht im Sinne eines fehlenden Gespürs fürs Angemessene, sondern im Sinne einer völligen Neutralität oder Stilfreiheit ist nicht denkbar, weil eben auch eine vermeintlich neutrale – etwa nüchterne oder wertungsfreie – Darstellung noch die Form einer Darstellung ist. <br />
Auffällig ist, dass der Stilbegriff zugleich subsumierend als auch differenzierend fungiert, zugleich Kollektives von epochaler Allgemeinheit als auch Individuelles von singulärer Unvergleichlichkeit erfassen will. Ist damit folglich einerseits die besondere Eigenart und persönliche Charakteristik eines Individuums gemeint, lassen sich damit andererseits kollektive Zuordnungen vornehmen, etwa zu einer Gruppe, Epoche oder Lokalität. So gilt bspw. Rembrandt mit der Einzigartigkeit seines persönlichen Duktus doch zugleich als exponierter Vertreter des niederländischen Barock, typisch für eine ganze Nation und Epoche. Das Inkommensurable und das [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|Repräsentative]] greifen also im Stilbegriff auf merkwürdige Weise ineinander. Die Parallelität von individualpsychologischen und historischen Tendenzen, von persönlichen und nationalen bzw. epochalen Mentalitäten bildet einen schwer zu durchschauenden und ebenso schwer zu erklärenden Konnex, besonders in der Kunstgeschichte. Natürlich wirken Zeiten und Schulen verhaltensnormierend auf Individuen, aber umgekehrt bilden auch Individuen eine Epoche, ohne dass es dafür eine allgemeingültige Erklärung gäbe.<br />
:<br />
Eine grundlegende Dichotomie kennzeichnet alle Stilfragen: Äußere Form einer (sprachlichen oder pikturalen) Darstellung auf der einen Seite steht dem [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|dargestellten Inhalt]], der [[Bedeutung und Referenz|Bedeutung]] oder dem Kern der Sache gegenüber.<br />
:<br />
In der Folge ergeben sich daraus gewisse Vorbehalte gegen alles vermeintlich oder tatsächlich Ästhetische, das als nur äußerlich, beliebig, womöglich bloße Mode gegenüber der Bedeutung oder dem Inhalt herabgesetzt wird. Solche Kritik übersieht indessen, dass in einem emphatischeren Verständnis Stil nie nur austauschbare Hülle sein kann, sondern als Ausdruck einer Haltung oder sogar [[Weltbild, Lebensform|Lebensform]] ernst genommen werden muss. <br />
Grundlegender als solche Einschätzungen ist jedoch der Umstand, dass die Disjunktion von Stil und Wahrheit das Vorhandensein einer gestaltlosen Rohmasse von Daten, Dingen oder Fakten voraussetzt, welche – wiewohl denk-notwendig – empirisch nicht anzutreffen sind. Zwar ist es konstitutionslogisch notwendig, sobald man vom Stil einer Darstellung oder Erscheinung redet, auch eine dargestellte oder erscheinende Sache vorauszusetzen, die theoretisch und praktisch auch anders dargestellt werden oder erscheinen könnte, und daher in irgendeiner Form gegeben sein muss, um auf diese oder auf jene Weise realisiert werden zu können. Immer aber muss sie sich auf eine bestimmte, diese und keine andere Weise realisieren und ist daher niemals vollkommen stil-frei.<br />
:<br />
Nach wie vor sind Heinrich Wölfflins (<bib id='Wölfflin 1929a'></bib>) Überlegungen zum Stil in der bildenden Kunst von maßgeblicher Bedeutung sind, vor allem in Bezug auf den Zusammenhang von Darstellung und Wahrnehmung. Wölfflin beschreibt Stil als „die Art, wie das Gesehene auf eine Form gebracht ist.“ (<bib id='Wölfflin 1912a'></bib>: S. 572) „Aller Ausdruck ist an bestimmte optische Möglichkeiten gebunden, die in jedem Zeitalter andere sind. Der gleiche Inhalt könnte zu verschiedenen Zeiten nicht in gleicher Weise ausgedrückt werden, nicht weil die Gefühlstemperatur sich geändert hat, sondern weil die Augen sich geändert haben.“ (Ebd.) Selbstverständlich hat Wölfflin einen komplexen Begriff vom [[Sehen]] als einer kulturellen Tätigkeit, welche auf Anschauungen und [[Darstellung und Vorstellung|Vorstellungen]] basiert. Im Nachwort zur achten Auflage seiner Grundbegriffe beschreibt Wölfflin Sehen als die „Art wie sich [...] in der Vorstellung die Dinge gestalten“<ref>„Wenn ich aber von Anschauungsform spreche, von Sehform und der Entwicklung des Sehens, so ist das wohl ein lässiger Ausdruck, doch kann er sich auf die Analogie berufen, daß man auch vom ‚Auge‘ des Künstlers und vom ‚Sehen‘ des Künstlers spricht, wo man eben die Art meint, wie sich ihm in der Vorstellung die Dinge gestalten.“ (<bib id='Wölfflin 1970a'></bib>: S. 277)</ref>. Malerisch oder plastisch sehen heißt demnach, gemäß den Vorstellungen zu sehen, die Wölfflin mit Hilfe der Begriffspaare linear-malerisch, Fläche-Tiefe, geschlossene Form- offene Form, Vielheit-Einheit und Klarheit-Unklarheit zu kategorisieren suchte. Dass solches Sehen viel mit Denkstilen und Sichtweisen zu tun hat, liegt auf der Hand. „Die Art des Sehens“ oder – so ergänzt Wölfflin in Replik auf die Kritik an seinem Sprachgebrauch im Vorwort zur sechsten Auflage (<bib id='Wölfflin 1929a'></bib>) – „sagen wir also des anschaulichen Vorstellens ist nicht von Anfang an und überall dieselbe, sondern hat, wie alles Lebendige, ihre Entwicklung.“ <br />
:<br />
Sieht man von Wölfflins voraussetzungsreichen, geschichtsphilosophischen Annahmen einmal ab, bleibt vor allem die Einsicht, dass Stil auf einer vorstellungs-basierten und vorstellungs-bildenden optischen Schematisierung basieren könnte. Wirklich ist „nicht alles zu allen Zeiten möglich“, weder technisch und empirisch noch symbolisch und aisthetisch. Der Stil einer Darstellung ist von werthaften Sichtweisen nicht zu entkoppeln, weil, wie wir sahen, selbst eine neutrale Sicht eine Sichtweise ist.<br />
Eine solche Auffassung findet auch bei moderneren Autoren ihren Widerhall: Stil, schreibt Manfred Frank in seiner Untersuchung zum Stil in der Philosophie, sei „die individuelle Art und Weise, wie der Autor seine eigentümliche Sicht der Welt sprachlich zum Ausdruck bringt.“ (<bib id='Frank 1990a'></bib>: S. 11) Und Arthur Danto verdanken wir die Einsicht, dass der Stil einer Darstellung uns veranlaßt, dasjenige, von dem sie handelt, „mit einer bestimmten Einstellung und in einer besonderen Sicht zu sehen.“ (<bib id='Danto 1993a'></bib>: S. 255) <br />
<br />
{{GlossarSiehe}}<br />
* [[Bedeutung und Referenz]]<br />
* [[Darstellung (historisch)]]<br />
* [[Darstellung und Repräsentation]]<br />
* [[Darstellung und Vorstellung]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Sehen]]<br />
* [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
* [[Weltbild, Lebensform]]<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
{{GlosTab4}}<br />
''Lektorat:'' <br />
* [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=13509
Bibliography
2013-07-14T10:19:35Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!--- --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811a, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W. & Horkheimer, Max},<br />
title = {Dialektik der Aufklärung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Querido},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994a,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994a},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberro 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberro 2006a,<br />
author = {Alberro, Alexander},<br />
title = {Einleitung. Der Weg raus führt rein},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {13-27},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1530a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1530a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {De verborum significatione},<br />
year = {1530},<br />
publisher = {Sebastian Gryphius},<br />
address = {Lyon},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1531a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1531a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {Emblematum liber},<br />
year = {1531},<br />
publisher = {Heinrich Steyner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1967a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas},<br />
title = {Emblematum Libellus},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {142-159},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alloa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alloa 2011a,<br />
author = {Alloa, Emmanuel},<br />
title = {Das durchscheinende Bild. Konturen einer medialen Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alpers 1995a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis und Kunstanschauung in Vasaris Viten},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {217-253},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1960===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Alpers 1960a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and aesthetic attitudes in Vasari’s Lives},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes },<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {1937},<br />
pages = {190-215},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972a,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution}, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {[Broschiert]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Andree 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006a, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung) ???},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Andrews et.al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Andrews et.al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Andrews, Timothy J.; Schluppeck, Denis; Homfray, Dave; Matthews, Paul & Blakemore, Colin},<br />
title = {Activity in the Fusiform Gyrus Predicts Conscious Perception of Rubin’s Vase–Face Illusion},<br />
journal = {NeuroImage},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {17},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {890–901},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.psychology.nottingham.ac.uk/research/vision/papers/andrews-etal-neuroimage-02.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Apel 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Apel 2002a,<br />
author = {Apel, Karl-Otto}, <br />
title = {Transformation der Philosophie, Bd. 1: Sprachanalytik, Semiotik, Hermeneutik}, <br />
year = {2002}, <br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J. & Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aristoteles 1949a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {De interpretatione},<br />
booktitle = {Aristotelis categoriae et liber de interpretatione},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
editor = {Minio-Paluello, L.},<br />
pages = {47-72},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Übers. und Hrsg.: Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Arnheim 1932a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Arnheim 1932a,<br />
author = {Arnheim, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Film als Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Nachwort von Karl Prümm und mit zeitgenössischen Rezensionen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {139-145},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946a,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A. Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002a,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 1977a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {(zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemer&shy;kung zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770a,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {Weidmann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1999a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Malerei und Erfahrung im Italien der Renaissance},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {nach der korrigierten zweiten Auflage von: <em>Painting and Experience in 15<sup>th</sup> Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style</em>, Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press 1988},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984a,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bazin 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bazin 2009a,<br />
author = {Bazin, André},<br />
title = {Ontologie des photographischen Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Film?},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Fischer, R.},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Alexander },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 1993a,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beniger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beniger 1986a,<br />
author = {Beniger, James},<br />
title = {The Control Revolution. Technological and Economic Origins of the Information Society},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp },<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Benjamin 1974a,<br />
author = {Benjamin Walter},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften. Bd. I.2},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Hrsg. v. Rolf Tiedemann & Hermann Schweppenhäuser},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benko 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benko 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benko, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, B.},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2006a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Martin Buber. Ein vergessener Klassiker der Kommunikationswissenschaft? Dialogphilosophie in kommunikationswissenschaftlicher Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Tectum},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher (1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {55-79},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures Represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, J. & Black, M.},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke et al. 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949a,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Seman&shy;togra&shy;phy – Blissym&shy;bolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Seman&shy;togra&shy;phy – Blissym&shy;bolics Publi&shy;cations},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {15-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007a,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld 1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von E. Gilmer und H. Vetter},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brecht 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brecht 1992a,<br />
author = {Brecht, Bertholt},<br />
title = {Der Rundfunk als Kommunikationsapparat},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Band 18},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Hauptmann, Elisabeth},<br />
pages = {552-557},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2003b,<br />
author = {Brede&shy;kamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexi&shy;kon Kunst&shy;wissen&shy;schaft. Ideen, Metho&shy;den, Begrif&shy;fe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {56-58},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frank&shy;furter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1874a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1874a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Psychologie vom empirischen Standpunkt},<br />
year = {1874},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = { Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brodatz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brodatz 1966a,<br />
author = {Brodatz, Phil},<br />
title = {Textures: A Photographic Album for Artists and Designers},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Dover},<br />
address = {Mineola, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Bryson, Norman },<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buber 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buber 1995a,<br />
author = {Martin Buber},<br />
title = {Ich und Du},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz & Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz & Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Das Haus als Gesamt&shy;kunstwerk -- eine Heraus&shy;forderung an die Compu&shy;tervi&shy;sualis&shy;tik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhan&shy;deln. Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Forschun&shy;gen zur Pragma&shy;tik bildhaf&shy;ter Darstel&shy;lungsfor&shy;men},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {241-268},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-6/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665a,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {Otto Prätorius}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bulgakowa 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bulgakowa 2001a,<br />
author = {Bulgakowa, Oksana},<br />
title = {Film/filmisch},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 2: Dekadent — Grotesk},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Barck, K. & Fontius, M. & Schlenstedt, D. & Steinwachs, B. & Wolfzettel, F.},<br />
pages = {429-462},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bußmann 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bußmann 1983a,<br />
author = {Bußmann, Hadumod },<br />
title = {Lexikon der Sprachwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Kröner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008a,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008a},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {(orig.: 1927)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Eschbach, A. & Kapitzky, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784a,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note ={},<br />
hidden = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
<br />
===CCALED-4===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993a,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Thieme},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Caraffa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Caraffa 2009a,<br />
title = {Fotografie als Instrument und Medium der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Caraffa, Constanza},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {189-218},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {212-223},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1996a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von M. Lauschke},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von B. Recki},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cernych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cernych 2001a,<br />
author = {Cernych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Russkij jazyk},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. und übersetzt von N. Bergemann und Ch. Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chiang 73a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chion 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999a,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945a,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Back&shy;well Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Covarrubias Orozco 1611a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Covarrubias Orozco 1611a,<br />
author = {Covarrubias Orozco, Sebastián de},<br />
title = {Tesoro de la lengua castellana o española},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Nueva biblioteca de erudición y crítica},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crary 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Crary 1990a,<br />
author = {Crary, Jonathan},<br />
title = {Techniques of the Observer. On Vision and Modernity in the Nineteenth Century},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {MIT-Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crow 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Crow 2006a,<br />
author = {Crow, Thomas},<br />
title = {Ungeschriebene Geschichten der Konzeptkunst},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro, A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {158-171},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1990a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. André Chastel, übers. v. Marianne Schneider},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston & Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daston & Galison 2007a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Objektivität},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Christa Krüger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson & Noble 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davidson & Noble 1989a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Iain & William Noble},<br />
title = {The Archaeology of Perception: Traces of Depiction and Language},<br />
journal = {Current Anthropology},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {125-155},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {343-370},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Davidson 2001a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald },<br />
title = {Subjective, Intersubjective, Objective},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991a,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versi&shy;ty of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Hono&shy;lulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avi&shy;nus},<br />
address = {Roden&shy;bach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: Vie et mort de l'image. Une histore du regard en Occident, Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008a,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver & Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1732a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1732a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 2. D — Ñ},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1737a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1737a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 3. O — Z},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians & U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 2006a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Kunst als Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 2002a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751a,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {Euro&shy;päische Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von R. Werner},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Micha<br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
el & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {West&shy;port, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Else&shy;vier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegen&shy;warts&shy;kunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Aus&shy;stellungs&shy;katalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2006a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Die Fotografie im Spannungsfeld von Kunstgeschichte und Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-148},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Zeigen als ''faire voir''. Für eine Bildtheorie des Fotografischen},<br />
booktitle = {Zeigen. Die Rhetorik des Sichtbaren},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.& Egenhofer, S. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {159-178},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Donald 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Donald 1993a,<br />
author = {Donald, Merlin },<br />
title = {Origins of the Modern Mind: Three Stages in the Evolution of Culture and Cognition},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson, D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amster&shy;dam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61a,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {Mumm},<br />
address = {Kopen&shy;hagen},<br />
hidden = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Duden 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 2013a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Homepage},<br />
year = {2013a},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/virtuell},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dünkelsbühler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dünkelsbühler 1991a,<br />
author = {Dünkelsbühler, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon- Versionen nach Kant und Derrida},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {See&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Leip&shy;zig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürscheid 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dürscheid 2010a,<br />
author = {Dürscheid, Christa },<br />
title = {Syntax. Grundlagen und Theorien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Vanden&shy;hoeck & Rup&shy;recht},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {UTB Sprachwissenschaften 3319},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1977a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Zeichen. Einführung in einen Begriff und seine Geschichte},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998b,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998b},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {online},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplom&shy;arbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Egenhofer 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Egenhofer 2002a,<br />
author = {Egenhofer, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Minimal Art},<br />
booktitle = {DuMonts Begriffslexikon zur zeitgenössischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butin, H.},<br />
pages = {210-215},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ehrenfels 1890a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ehrenfels 1890a,<br />
author = {Ehrenfels, Christian von},<br />
title = {Über Gestaltqualitäten},<br />
journal = {Vierteljahrsschrift für wissenschaftliche Philosophie},<br />
year = {1890},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {242-292},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brand&shy;stätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Stammesgeschichtliche Anpassungen im menschlichen Verhalten},<br />
booktitle = {Grzimeks Tierleben. Ergänzungsband Verhaltensforschung},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Immelmann, K.},<br />
pages = {604-617},<br />
publisher = {Kindler },<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Eizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Eizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
hidden = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Else 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958a,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kultur&shy;verlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 1998a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germa&shy;nisches Natio&shy;nalmu&shy;seum},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ausst.Kat. Nürn&shy;berg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998a,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001a,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Evans 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002a,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopen&shy;hagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Faßler 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Faßler 1997a,<br />
author = {Faßler, Manfred},<br />
title = {Was ist Kommunikation?},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunst&shy;histo&shy;risches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von G. Boehm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Inns&shy;bruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke & Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke & Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I. & Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischart 1581a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fischart 1581a,<br />
author = {Fischart, Johann},<br />
title = {Kurtzer vnd Woldienlicher Vorbericht / von Vrsprung / Namen vnd Gebrauch der Emblematen / oder Eingeblömeten Zierwercken},<br />
booktitle = {Emblematum Tyrocinia. Sive Picta Poesis Latinogermanica },<br />
year = {1581},<br />
editor = {Holtzwart, M.},<br />
pages = {fol. a6<sup>v</sup>-a7<sup>r</sup>},<br />
publisher = {Jobin},<br />
address = {Straß&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photo&shy;graphy},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Boll&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Bens&shy;heim, Düssel&shy;dorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
title = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, Matthias & Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog, Akademie der Künste, Berlin},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007b,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {264-284},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {19-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foster 1995a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal},<br />
title = {Die Crux des Minimalismus},<br />
booktitle = {Minimal Art. Eine kritische Retrospektive},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Stemmrich, G.},<br />
pages = {589-633},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Dresden/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 10a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung (1892)},<br />
editor = {Frege, G.},<br />
booktitle = {Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
gages = {40-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1900a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Franz Deuticke},<br />
address = {Leipzig & Wien},<br />
note ={},<br />
hidden ={},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912a,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fromme et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Fromme et al. 2011a,<br />
title = { Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Fromme, Johannes; Iske, Stefan & Marotzki, Winfried},<br />
publisher = { VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / Springer Fachmedien},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin'. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 1999a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Gadamer 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gadamer 1960a,<br />
author = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Mohr Siebeck},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992a,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2009a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Theorien der Fotografie zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2010a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Bilder aus Versehen. Eine Geschichte fotografischer Erscheinungen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte. Aus einem Lesebuch der Zeit des Kaisers Marc Aurel},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006a,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm & Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 1999a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Basisprobleme der Bildgliederung - Von der Bildkomposition zur Bildsyntax},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K. },<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 2003a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Vom visuellen Material zum Bildmedium. Ein produktionstheoretischer Ansatz},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Bildkompetenz? Studien zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {43-50},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gibson 1950a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James J.},<br />
title = {The perception of visual surfaces},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
volume = {63},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {367-384},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987a,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuriato & Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato & Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gombrich 1952a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Wertmetaphern in der bildenden Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
pages = {34-63},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990a},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Nelson Goodman & Catherine C. Elgin},<br />
title = {Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Lan&shy;guages of Art},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
hidden = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011b},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grice 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970a,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1889a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1889a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 13: N – Quuren},<br />
year = {1889},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G. & Bruce, C.J. & Desimone, R. & Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical Visual Areas of the Temporal Lobe: Three Areas in the Macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haase 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Haase 2007a,<br />
author = {Haase, Martin },<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie: Eine Einführung in die Erforschung der Vielfalt der Sprachen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haken 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995a,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halawa & Grabbe 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halawa & Grabbe 2013a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark & Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Anthropologische / kulturalistische Ansätze},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2011a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Editorial: Homo pictor und animal symbolicum: Zu den Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer philosophischen Bildanthropologie},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {2-9},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/upload/fc34087ae6d22f28d69b328e4fe75bef.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2012a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage als Machtfrage. Perspektiven einer Kritik des Bildes},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1756a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1783a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {Novrse},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harth 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Harth 2001a,<br />
author = {Harth, Manfred},<br />
title = {Bezugnahme bei Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {41-53},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979a,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heckscher & Wirth 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heckscher & Wirth 1959a,<br />
author = {Heckscher, William & Wirth, Karl-August},<br />
title = {Emblem, Emblembuch, Kapitel IV (Quellen der Emblematik)},<br />
booktitle = {RDK - Reallexikon zur deutschen Kunstgeschichte, Bd. 5},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
editor = {Zentralinstitut für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
pages = {Sp. 85–228},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rdk.zikg.net/gsdl/cgi-bin/library.exe?e=p-01000-00---off-0rdkZz-web--00-1--0-10-0---0---0prompt-10---4-------0-1l--11-de-Zz-1---20-about---01-3-1-00-0-0-11-1-0utfZz-8-00&a=d&c=rdk-web&cl=&d=Dl762.1#mark},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Helson 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Helson 1925a,<br />
author = {Helson, Harry},<br />
title = {The Psychology of Gestalt},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Hg.: Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G.},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 2009a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Schröter, J. & Barck, J.},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991a,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie (Darstellung und Deutung. Vorträge und Schriften aus den Geisteswissenschaften und ihren Grenzgebieten. H. 1)},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Silva},<br />
address = {Iserlohn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 1999a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hickethier 2010a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hicks & Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks & Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988a,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Homer 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979a,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horten 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994a,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, H. D. & Lockemann, B. & Scheibel, M.},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2008c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008c,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008c},<br />
editor = {Ganß, M. & Sinapsius, P. & de Smit, P.},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huber 2007a,<br />
author = {Huber, Mathias},<br />
title = {Virtual Reality in Bildung und Forschung. Wissenschaft anschaulich},<br />
journal = {Linux Magazin},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.linux-magazin.de/Heft-Abo/Ausgaben/2007/07/Wissenschaft-anschaulich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hubig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Technikphilosophie als Reflexion der Medialität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hubig 2010a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Medialität/Medien },<br />
booktitle = {Enzyklopädie Philosophie },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Sandkühler, H.-J.},<br />
pages = {1516-1522},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {(Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. u. eingel. von E. Marbach},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985a,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Häseler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Häseler 2002a,<br />
author = {Häseler, Jens},<br />
title = {Original/Originalität},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 4: Medien – Populär},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Barck, Karlheinz; Fontius, Martin; Schlenstedt, Dieter; Steinwachs, Burkhart; Wolfzettel, Friedrich},<br />
pages = {638-655},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüllen 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüllen 1971a,<br />
author = {Hüllen, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Archetypus},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1 (A-C)},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {497-500},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-324},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-380},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996b,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Giotto. Arenafresken},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996c,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max },<br />
title = {Reflexion, Theorie, Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Mit e. Beitr. v. H. R. Jauß. Hrsg. u. eingel. v. G. Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjaceslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Janich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Janich 2005a,<br />
author = {Janich, Peter},<br />
title = {Medienphilosophie der Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Systematische Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sandbothe, M. & Nagel},<br />
pages = {83-98},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795a,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Quintus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johansen & Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen & Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Aca&shy;demic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Hagel, Rebecca & Franklin, Melissa & Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szoke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmezo szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik. Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
hidden = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926a,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {A: 1781, B: 1787},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004a,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993a,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Ox&shy;ford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Katz & Fodor 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Katz & Fodor 1963a,<br />
author = {Katz, Jerrold J. & Fodor, Jerry A. },<br />
title = {The Structure of a Semantic Theory},<br />
journal = {Language},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {170-210},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keller 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Keller 1995a,<br />
author = {Keller, Rudi},<br />
title = {Zeichentheorie. Zu einer Theorie semiotischen Wissens},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen & Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kemp 1979a,<br />
title = {Theorie der Fotografie II, 1912-1945},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kempson 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kempson 1975a,<br />
author = {Kempson, Ruth},<br />
title = {Presupposition and the Delimitation of Semantics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004a,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1974a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {George Inness and the Battle at Hastings, or Doing Things with Pictures},<br />
journal = {The Monist},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {216-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klee 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925a,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner & Wilke 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kleiner & Wilke 2013a,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen. Theorien, Ästhetiken, Praktiken},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, Marcus S. & Wilke, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kleiner 2013a,<br />
author = {Kleiner, Marcus S.},<br />
title = {Populäre Kulturen, Popkulturen, Populäre Medienkulturen als missing link im Diskurs zur Performativität von Kulturen und Kulturen des Performativen },<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, M. S. & Wilke, T.},<br />
pages = {13-48},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishu, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007a,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Koller 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954a,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1998a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Das Photo&shy;graphi&shy;sche. Eine Theorie der Ab&shy;stände},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Henning Schmidgen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000c,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Die Ori&shy;gina&shy;lität der Avant&shy;garde und ande&shy;re Mythen der Moder&shy;ne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Jörg Enninger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006a,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012a,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010a},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, A. & Pohl, A. & Riedel, P.},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {webdoc.sub.gwdg.de/ebook/dissts/Bochum/Krewani2003.pdf},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von E. H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the Uni&shy;versity of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‘Performativität’ und ‘Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‘Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer 2004c,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität },<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Canci<br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen bibentryk-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford UP},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kühne-Bertram 6 Rodi 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kühne-Bertram & Rodi 2008a,<br />
title = {Dilthey und die hermeneutische Wende in der Philosophie: Wirkungsgeschichtliche Aspekte seines Werkes},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kühne-Bertram, Gudrun & Rodi, Frithjof },<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lakoff 1972a,<br />
author = {Lakoff , George},<br />
title = {On Generative Semantics},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Steinberg, D. D. & Jakobovits, L. A. },<br />
pages = {305-359},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langacker 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langacker 1991a,<br />
author = {Langacker, Ronald W.},<br />
title = {Concept, Image, and Symbol: The Cognitive Basis of Grammar},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman, Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces Are Only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 85a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 1975a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leibniz 1710a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leibniz 1710a,<br />
author = {V, Gottfried Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal},<br />
year = {1710},<br />
publisher = {Troyel},<br />
address = {Amsterdam },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lehmann online===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Lehmann online,<br />
author = {Lehmann, Christian},<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung},<br />
howpublished = {online Hypertext},<br />
year = {2012/13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht: 22. Feb. 2013},<br />
url = {www.christianlehmann.eu/ling/typ/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005a,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Le geste et la parole},<br />
year = {1964/65},<br />
publisher = {Albin Michel},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {D: «Hand und Wort - Die Evolution von Technik, Sprache und Kunst», 1980, Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessig 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessig 1999a,<br />
author = {Lessig, Lawrence},<br />
title = {Code and Other Laws of Cyberspace},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levi 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001a,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liebsch & Mößner 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner 2012a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936a,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003; <sup>2</sup>2011},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80[<sup>2</sup>2011: 99-104]},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {239-253},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997a,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Uni&shy;versity Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Matzker 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Matzker 2008a,<br />
author = {Matzker, Reiner},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Medialität. Zur Vermittlung von künstlerischen Welten und ästhetischen Theorien},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek b. Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrick},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1998a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meier 1757a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757a,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinong 1907a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinong 1907a,<br />
author = {Meinong, Alexius},<br />
title = {Über die Stellung der Gegenstandstheorie im System der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
publisher = {Voigtländer},<br />
address = {Leipzig },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Ch. Bermes (2003)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, R.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2009a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Medientheorien zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001a,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998a,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semi&shy;otik von Reprä&shy;senta&shy;tionsre&shy;latio&shy;nen. Eine Fall&shy;studie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahr&shy;nehmung – Bildver&shy;arbeitung. Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Beiträ&shy;ge zur Bildwis&shy;senschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkäm&shy;per, K.},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Uni&shy;versi&shy;tätsver&shy;lag },<br />
address = {Wiesba&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Miedema 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Miedema 1968a,<br />
author = {Miedema, Hessel},<br />
title = {The Term Emblema in Alciati},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {. 234–250},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirmehdi et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mirmehdi et al. 2008a,<br />
title = {Handbook of Texture Analysis },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mirmehdi, Majid & Xie, Xianghua & Suri, Jasjit},<br />
publisher = {Imperial College Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Vorwort von H. Belting, aus dem Englischen von A. Eschbach, A.-V. Eschbach & M. Halawa},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1986a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, László},<br />
title = {Malerei Fotografie Film},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007a,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Morris 1938a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1938a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Foundations of the Theory of Signs},<br />
year = {1938},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, I.2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1946a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Signs, Language, and Behavior},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
publisher = {Prentice-Hall},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Möller 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984a,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984a},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970a,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970a},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, M. & Steinbrenner, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998a,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller et al. 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. 2012a,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas & Kuhn, J. & Lenzner, A. & Schnotz, W.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {207-236},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Napier 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001a,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a,<br />
title = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013fc},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 978-3-86962-067-1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991a,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873a,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971a,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977a,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===OED-3===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {Uni&shy;versity of Ox&shy;ford},<br />
title = {Ox&shy;ford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oehlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische “Momentaufnahmen” im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oevermann et al. 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oevermann et al. 1979a,<br />
author = {Oevermann, Ulrich & Allert, Tilman & Konau, Elisabeth & Krambeck, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Die Methodologie einer ‘objektiven Hermeneutik’ und ihre allgemeine forschungslogische Bedeutung in den Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Interpretative Verfahren in den Sozial- und Textwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G.},<br />
pages = {352–434},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2005a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Medienwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {79-96},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Th. & Meder, Th.},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Passuth 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Passuth 1987a,<br />
author = {Pas&shy;suth, Krisz&shy;tina},<br />
title = {Mo&shy;ho&shy;ly-Nagy},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Ver&shy;lag der Kunst & Kunst&shy;verlag Wein&shy;garten},<br />
address = {Dres&shy;den/Wein&shy;garten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Heribert Thierry},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Paul 2010a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Visual History, Version: 1.0},<br />
journal = {Docupedia-Zeitgeschichte},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {11},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {docupedia.de/docupedia/index.php?title=Visual_History&oldid=68958},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus’ Use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox Uni&shy;versity Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peters 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peters 2011a,<br />
author = {Peters, John Durham},<br />
title = {Mass Media},<br />
booktitle = {Critical Terms for Media Studies},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Mitchell, W.J.T. & Hansen, Mark B.N.},<br />
pages = {266-279},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002a,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010a,<br />
title = { Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010b,<br />
author = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Medialität als Ausgangspunkt für die Frage nach dem Menschsein},<br />
booktitle = {Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003a,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53a,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Platon 1991a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke V: Politeia. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Friedrich Schleiermacher, hrsg. v. Karlheinz Hülser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, U.},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plumpe 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plumpe 1988a,<br />
author = {Gerhard Plumpe},<br />
title = {Kunst und juristischer Diskurs. Mit einer Vorbemerkung zum Diskursbegriff},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurstheorien und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J. & Müller, H.},<br />
pages = {330-345},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999a,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratzka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka 2012a,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {237-264},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Real Academia Española 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Real Academia Española 1992a,<br />
author = {Real Academia Española},<br />
title = {Diccionario de la lengua española},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Espasa Calpe},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {21ª edición},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rebel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rebel 2009a,<br />
author = {Rebel, Ernst},<br />
title = {Druckgrafik. Geschichte und Fachbegriffe. Mit 56 Abbildungen und Risszeichnungen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {2., durchgesehene und aktualisierte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001a,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011a,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renger-Patzsch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renger-Patzsch 2010a,<br />
author = {Ren&shy;ger-Patzsch, Al&shy;bert},<br />
title = {Die Freude am Gegen&shy;stand. Gesam&shy;melte Auf&shy;sätze zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink },<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. Stiegler, B. & Wilde, A. & Wilde, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Richards & Ogden 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Richards & Ogden 1923a,<br />
author = {Richards, I.A. & Ogden, R.G. },<br />
title = {The Meaning of Meaning},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = { Routledge & Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricœur 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricœur 1973a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik und Strukturalismus. Der Konflikt der Interpretationen 1},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Koesel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Johannes Rütsche},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1901a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1901a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Die spätrömische Kunstindustrie nach den Funden in Österreich-Ungarn im Zusammenhange mit der Gesamtentwicklung der Bildenden Künste bei den Mittelmeervölkern},<br />
publisher = {KuK Hof- und Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien}<br />
year = {1901},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972a,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972a},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1992a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989a,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989a},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, St.},<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff_1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objekt&shy;konsti&shy;tution und ele&shy;menta&shy;re Sprachhand&shy;lungsbe&shy;griffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {König&shy;stein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1984a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Sach-, Selbst- und Fremdbezug in elementaren sprachlichen Handlungen. Zur Sprachtheorie G. H. Meads},<br />
booktitle = {Zeichen und Realität},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Oehler, K.},<br />
pages = {I.179-188},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {3 Bände},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeu&shy;tung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behand&shy;lung eini&shy;ger bedeu&shy;tungsthe&shy;ore&shy;tischer Para&shy;doxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibni&shy;tiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, R.},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of Categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H. & Lloyd, B. B.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Erlbaum},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Rosenberg 2006a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael },<br />
title = {Ikonik und Geschichte. Zur Frage der historischen Angemessenheit von Max Imdahls Kunstbetrachtung },<br />
howpublished = {DOC-Art - Online-Archiv: Univ. Heidel&shy;berg, pdf},<br />
year = {2006 (1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {archiv.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/artdok/volltexte/2006/193},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rubin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rubin 1915a,<br />
author = {Rubin, Edgar},<br />
title = {Synoplevde Figurer},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Gyldendalske},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rubin 1921a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rubin 1921a,<br />
author = {Rubin, Edgar },<br />
title = {Visuell wahrgenommene Figuren},<br />
year = {1921},<br />
publisher = {Gyldenalske},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rucker et al. 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rucker et al. 1993a,<br />
title = {Mondo 2000: A User’s Guide to the New Edge},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Rucker, Rudy & Sirius, R.U. & Mu, Queen},<br />
publisher = {Thames and Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Runte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005a,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001a,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K. & Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Zur poli&shy;tischen Instru&shy;menta&shy;lisier&shy;barkeit bildhaf&shy;ter Reprä&shy;senta&shy;tionen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche und psycho&shy;logi&shy;sche Aspek&shy;te der Bildkom&shy;muni&shy;kation},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sichtbar&shy;keit der Macht. Theore&shy;tische und empi&shy;rische Unter&shy;suchun&shy;gen zur visu&shy;ellen Poli&shy;tik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Hofmann, W.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Nomos},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2002a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Selec&shy;ting Styles for Tele-Rende&shy;ring: Toward a Rheto&shy;ric in Compu&shy;tatio&shy;nal Visua&shy;listics},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. 2<sup>nd</sup> Inter&shy;national Sympo&shy;sium on Smart Graphics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butz, A. & Krüger, A. & Oli&shy;vier, P. & Schlecht&shy;weg, S. & Zhou, M.},<br />
pages = {102-106},<br />
publisher = {ACM Press},<br />
address = {Haw&shy;thorne, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medien&shy;theorie, visu&shy;elle Kultur und Bildan&shy;thropo&shy;logie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild&shy;theorien. Anthro&shy;polo&shy;gische und kultu&shy;relle Grundla&shy;gen des Visua&shy;listic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädi&shy;kative und moda&shy;le Bild&shy;theorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlin&shy;guis&shy;tik. Theorien - Metho&shy;den - Fallbei&shy;spiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmanns&shy;henke, H. & Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2013a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Origins of Pictures. Anthro&shy;polo&shy;gical Discour&shy;ses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M. A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Rehkämper 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Rehkämper 1999a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Rehkäm&shy;per, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgram&shy;matik. Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Forschun&shy;gen zur Syntax bildhaf&shy;ter Darstel&shy;lungsfor&shy;men},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommu&shy;nika&shy;tives Medium. Ele&shy;mente einer allge&shy;meinen Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2008a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {31-42},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sacks 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sacks 1996a,<br />
author = {Sacks, Oliver},<br />
title = {Migräne},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, India&shy;napolis: Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd. 30},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sambucus 1566a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sambucus 1566a,<br />
author = {Sambucus, Johannes},<br />
title = {Emblemata et aliquot nummi antiqui operis. 2. ed. cum emendatione et auctario copioso ipsius auctoris},<br />
year = {1566},<br />
publisher = {Plantin},<br />
address = {Antwerpen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reprint: Hildesheim, Zürich, New York: Olms, 2002},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1940a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {L'Imaginaire: Psychologie phénoménologique de l'imagination},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
publisher = {Gallimard},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V. },<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von V. von Wroblewsky},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V.},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt TB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {54-61},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2010a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik und visuelle Differenzierung im Fußball},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {267-285},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009a,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schilling 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schilling 2012a,<br />
title = {Illustrierte Flugblätter der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Schilling, Michael },<br />
publisher = {Kulturhistorisches Museum Magdeburg},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra et al. 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra et al. 1987a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Bosch, G. & Sung, C.K. & Zimmer&shy;mann, G.},<br />
title = {From Image Sequen&shy;ces to Natural Lan&shy;guage: A First Step towards Auto&shy;matic Percep&shy;tion and Descrip&shy;tion of Motion},<br />
journal = {Applied Arti&shy;ficial Intelli&shy;gence},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {287-305},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P87/P87-1/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Carl-McGrath, Stefan},<br />
title = {Iden&shy;tifi&shy;kations&shy;formen in Compu&shy;terspiel und Spielfilm},<br />
booktitle = {Film und Krieg. Die Insze&shy;nierung von Poli&shy;tik zwischen Apo&shy;loge&shy;tik und Apo&shy;kalyp&shy;se},<br />
editor = {Strübel, M. },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
pages = {149-163},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Leske+Budrich},<br />
address = {Lever&shy;kusen },<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwis&shy;senschaft&shy;licher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Esse&shy;ner Lingu&shy;isti&shy;sche Skripte – elek&shy;tronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 20. Februar 2013},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähig&shy;keiten zum Bild- und Sprachge&shy;brauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philo&shy;sophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Lingu&shy;istic Turn: Revi&shy;siting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthr&shy;opology},<br />
journal = {Lingu&shy;istic and Philo&shy;sophical Investi&shy;gations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthro&shy;pologie in der syste&shy;mati&shy;schen Bildwis&shy;senschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Diszi&shy;plinen der Anthro&shy;pologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Kontext&shy;bildung als anthro&shy;polo&shy;gischer Zweck von Bildkom&shy;petenz},<br />
booktitle = {Anthro&shy;pologie},<br />
editor = {Hala&shy;wa, M.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {18-38},<br />
note = {Themenheft zu IMAGE 14},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2013a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {The Anthro&shy;polo&shy;gical Function of Pic&shy;tures},<br />
booktitle = {Ori&shy;gins of Pic&shy;tures. Anthro&shy;pologi&shy;cal Discour&shy;ses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstrac&shy;tion versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Compu&shy;ter Visuali&shy;zation – Graphics, Abstrac&shy;tion, and Inter&shy;activity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothot&shy;te, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Zwei Skizzen zum Begriff ‘Photo&shy;realis&shy;mus’ in der Compu&shy;tergra&shy;phik},<br />
booktitle = {Bild - Bildwahr&shy;nehmung - Bildver&shy;arbei&shy;tung: Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Beiträ&shy;ge zur Bildwis&shy;senschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, & Rehkäm&shy;per, K.},<br />
pages = {69-79},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Uni&shy;versi&shy;tätsver&shy;lag},<br />
address = {Wiesba&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1990a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Eini&shy;ge Über&shy;legun&shy;gen zu Bildvor&shy;stellun&shy;gen in kogni&shy;tiven Syste&shy;men.},<br />
booktitle = {Repräsentation und Verarbeitung räumlichen Wissens},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Freksa, Ch. & Habel, Ch.},<br />
pages = {68-82},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P90/P90-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connec&shy;ting Visual and Verbal Space: Pre&shy;limi&shy;nary Consi&shy;dera&shy;tions Concer&shy;ning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Seman&shy;tics of Time, Space, and Move&shy;ment},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Aurnague, M. & Borillo, A. & Borillo, M. & Bras, M.},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Saba&shy;tier},<br />
address = {Tou&shy;louse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A Contri&shy;bution to Refe&shy;rence Semantics of Spatial Prepo&shy;sitions: The Visua&shy;lization Problem and its Solu&shy;tion in VITRA},<br />
booktitle = {The Seman&shy;tics of Prepo&shy;sitions -- From Mental Proces&shy;sing to Natural Lan&shy;guage Proces&shy;sing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Ze&shy;linsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {471-515},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbe&shy;schreibung als Verbin&shy;dung von visu&shy;ellem und sprach&shy;lichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augus&shy;tin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>}<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Under&shy;standing Radio Broad&shy;casts On Soccer. The Concept »Mental Image« and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kogni&shy;tiven und erkennt&shy;nistheo&shy;reti&shy;schen Funktion pikto&shy;rialer Reprä&shy;senta&shy;tionen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntak&shy;tische Dichte oder Konti&shy;nuität. Ein mathe&shy;mati&shy;scher Aspekt der Visua&shy;listik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgram&shy;matik. Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Forschun&shy;gen zur Syntax bildli&shy;cher Darstel&shy;lungsfor&shy;men},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkäm&shy;per, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
p/bibentryublisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlich&shy;keit und Immer&shy;sion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realis&shy;mus der Bilder: Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Forschun&shy;gen zur Seman&shy;tik bildhaf&shy;ter Darstel&shy;lungsfor&shy;men},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Reh&shy;kämper, K.& Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2000b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A New Theme for Edu&shy;cating New Engi&shy;neers: Compu&shy;tational Visua&shy;listics},<br />
journal = {Global Journal of Engi&shy;neering Edu&shy;cation},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {73-82},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp; —— &nbsp; Kontext&shy;bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhan&shy;deln. Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Forschun&shy;gen zur Pragma&shy;tik bildhaf&shy;ter Darstel&shy;lungsfor&shy;men},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2004a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Compu&shy;tational Visual&shy;istics: Dealing with Pictures in Computer Science},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwis&shy;senschaft zwischen Refle&shy;xion und Anwen&shy;dung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {494-509},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P04/P04-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Founda&shy;tion of Com&shy;puta&shy;tional Visual&shy;istics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wies&shy;baden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Diszi&shy;plinen-Manda&shy;la für die Bildwis&shy;senschaft. Kleine Provo&shy;kation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeit&shy;schrift für inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinäre Bildfor&shy;schung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Compu&shy;tervi&shy;sualis&shy;tik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwis&shy;senschaft. Diszi&shy;plinen, Themen, Metho&shy;den},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffs&shy;gene&shy;tische Betrach&shy;tungen in der Bildwis&shy;senschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstge&shy;schichtli&shy;che und philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Grundla&shy;gen der inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;ren Bildwis&shy;senschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Com&shy;puta&shy;tional Visual&shy;istics and Picture Morphol&shy;ogy},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeit&shy;schrift für inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Bildfor&shy;schung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Com&shy;puta&shy;tional Visual&shy;istics and Picture Morphol&shy;ogy. An Intro&shy;duction},<br />
booktitle = {Com&shy;puta&shy;tional Visual&shy;istics and Picture Morphol&shy;ogy},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 1},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Conclu&shy;sive Notes On Com&shy;puta&shy;tional Picture Morphol&shy;ogy},<br />
booktitle = {Com&shy;puta&shy;tional Visual&shy;istics and Picture Morphol&shy;ogy},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 8},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2012a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Sind Bilder ein Gegen&shy;stand der Infor&shy;matik? Über&shy;legun&shy;gen zur Compu&shy;tervi&shy;sualis&shy;tik},<br />
booktitle = {Visua&shy;lisierung und Erkennt&shy;nis. Bildver&shy;stehen und Bildver&shy;wenden in Natur- und Geistes&shy;wissen&shy;schaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = { Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = { 329-359},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P12/P12-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt & George 2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter & George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Barck K. et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der inter&shy;natio&shy;nalen Kommu&shy;nika&shy;tion},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahr&shy;nehmung – Bildver&shy;arbei&shy;tung. Inter&shy;diszi&shy;plinä&shy;re Beiträ&shy;ge zur Bildwis&shy;senschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkäm&shy;per, K.},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Uni&shy;versi&shy;tätsver&shy;lag},<br />
address = {Wiesba&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {Rombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmücker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmücker 2011a,<br />
author = {Schmücker, Reinold},<br />
title = {Lob der Fälschung},<br />
booktitle = {Original und Fälschung},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nida-Rümelin & Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
pages = {71-91},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {Kunst und Philosophie. Bd. 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblematik},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {187},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990b,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {186},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1997a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Reallexikon der deutschen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Weimar, K.},<br />
pages = {435-438},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = { Berlin & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2002a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem und Emblempoetik. Historische und systematische Studien},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 1657a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {Schott, K.},<br />
pages = {100-169},<br />
publisher = {Schönwetter},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schottelius 1663a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schottelius 1663a,<br />
author = {Schottel, Justus Georg},<br />
title = {Ausführliche Arbeit Von der Teutschen HaubtSprache},<br />
year = {1663},<br />
publisher = {Zilliger},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {diglib.hab.de/wdb.php?dir=drucke/ko-306},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, J.},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweizer 12a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M.},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 2003a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Erscheinen und Wahrnehmen. Eine vergleichende Studie zur Kunst von James Turrell und der Philosophie Merleau-Pontys},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schür&shy;mann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhe&shy;tische Studien zum Verhält&shy;nis von Sicht und Ein&shy;sicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Unendliches im Endlichen. Über einige Gemeinsamkeiten des Gesichter- und Bildersehens},<br />
booktitle = {Sehen und Handeln},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, H. & Krois, J. M.},<br />
pages = {155-167},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Actus et Imago, Bd. 1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, G. & Feige, D.},<br />
pages = {75-86},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, St. & Seel, M.},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Searle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971a,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {123-138},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, Gérard},<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Zeitschrift für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {2-14},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sennholz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sennholz 1985a,<br />
author = {Sennholz, Klaus},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Deixis},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1949a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {The mathematical theory of communication},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
address = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shin 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002a,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009a,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Smith 1988a,<br />
author = {Smith, Barry},<br />
title = {Gestalt Theory. An Essay in Philosophy},<br />
booktitle = {Foundations of Gestalt Theory},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Smith, Barry},<br />
pages = {11-81},<br />
publisher = {Philosophia-Verlag},<br />
address = {München, Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G. & Tänzler, D.},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts: Inquiries into the Semiotic Heritage and its Relevance to the Interpretation of the Visual World},<br />
publisher = {Lund Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003a,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd. 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984a,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Speitkamp 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Speitkamp 1997a,<br />
author = {Speitkamp, Winfried},<br />
title = {Denkmalsturz. Zur Konfliktgeschichte politischer Symbolik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spengel 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spengel 1966a,<br />
author = {Spengel, Leonhard},<br />
title = {Rhetores Graeci},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Minerva},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt},<br />
note = {1/3, [unv. Nachdr. der Ausg. 1853-1856]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
journal = {Computational Linguistics},<br />
volume = {36}, <br />
number = {3},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
url = {www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Glasauer, St.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1997a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Doppelbilder: Manet und Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {73-97},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(stw 1415)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G. & Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2006a,<br />
author = {Stieg&shy;ler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Theorie&shy;ge&shy;schich&shy;te der Foto&shy;grafie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2010a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Indexikalität. Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Stiegler, B.},<br />
pages = {71-76},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, Uni&shy;versity of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stowasser et al. 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser et al. 1998a,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of Prototypical Information by Adults and 10-month-old Infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Massa&shy;chusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strenge_1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling, Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, S. & Held, G.},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012a,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Straub, J.},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Suárez de Figueroa 1609a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Suárez de Figueroa 1609a,<br />
author = {Suárez de Figueroa, Cristóbal},<br />
title = {La constante Amarilis},<br />
year = {1781},<br />
publisher = {Antonio de la Sancha},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966a,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Bonniers},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Christa },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Wobus, A.M. & Wobus, U. },<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Barth},<br />
hidden = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {Heidelberg [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999a,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003a,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human Facial Beauty: Averageness, Symmetry, and Parasite Resistance},<br />
journal = {Human Nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 2009a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix },<br />
title = {Ikonographie, Ikonologie, Ikonik: Max Imdahl liest Erwin Panofsky},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien: Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {214-234},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Hauswedell},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977a,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 2000a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trabant 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trabant 1996a,<br />
author = {Trabant, Jürgen },<br />
title = {Elemente der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Franke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940a,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tseng 93a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 2007a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Anthropologie statt Metaphysik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ulama 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ulama 2011a,<br />
author = {Ulama, Nisaar},<br />
title = {Von Bildfreiheit und Geschichtsverlust: Zu Hans Jonas' homo pictor},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
pages = {10-17},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/pdf/buch_image14_themenheft.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E. & Simion, F. & Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face Preference at Birth},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Van Deemter 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Van Deemter 1998a,<br />
author = {Van Deemter, K},<br />
title = {Retrieving Pictures for Document Generation},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. of 14<sup>th</sup> Workshop on Language Technology},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Hiemstra, D. & de Jong, F.M.G. & Netter, K.},<br />
pages = {117–128},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Twente},<br />
address = {Twente},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubaceva. V cetyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Progress},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vehlken 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vehlken 2012a,<br />
author = {Vehlken, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Zootechnologien. Eine Mediengeschichte der Schwarmforschung},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, St.; Roesler, A. & Sandbothe, M.},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, H.},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Vögtli & Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli & Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander & Ernst, Beat },<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {102–123},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1994a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren. Zum Gedenken an Max Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {233-252},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 2008a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Von der Wirkmacht und Wirkkraft der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {47-63},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wall 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wall 1997a,<br />
author = {Wall, Jeff},<br />
title = {Zeichen der Indif&shy;ferenz: Aspekte der Photo&shy;graphie in der, oder als, Konzept&shy;kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Szena&shy;rien im Bild&shy;raum der Wirk&shy;lich&shy;keit. Essays, Inter&shy;views},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stemm&shy;rich, G.},<br />
pages = {375-434},<br />
publisher = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
address = {Philo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as Make-Believe: On the Foundations of the Representational Arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warncke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warncke 2005a,<br />
author = {Warncke, Carsten-Peter },<br />
title = {Symbol, Emblem, Allegorie. Die zweite Sprache der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Deubner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = {Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weber 2005a,<br />
author = {Weber, Max},<br />
title = {Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Grundriss der verstehenden Soziologie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Zweitausendeins},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {(Orig.: 1921/22)},<br />
hidden = {Zwei Teile in einem Band; Hrsg. von Alexander Ulfig},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weinert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Weinert 2007a,<br />
author = {Weinert, Peter },<br />
title = {Computergestützte Visualisierung eines human-embryonalen Gehirns},<br />
howpublished = {Online-Archiv der LMU München; PDF},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
note = {Dissertation, Medizinische Fakultät},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {edoc.ub.uni-muenchen.de/6726/},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {66-67},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weiss 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2012a,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {295-328},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977a,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Mich.},<br />
note = {Diss.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J.},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1979a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen über die Farben},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(hg. Anscombe, G.E.M.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wölfflin 1912a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Das Problem des Stils in der bildenden Kunst. Vortrag in der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften am 7. Dez. 1911},<br />
journal = {Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
volume = {XXXIII},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {572-578},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1929a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1970a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe. Eine Revision von 1933 als Nachwort},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel/Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wollheim 1982b,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Max Looser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {305-356},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cam&shy;bridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {(Berlin, 1959)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006a,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, G. & Brosius, H.-B. & Jarren, O.},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007a,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
<br />
===Young 1918a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Young 1918a,<br />
author = {Young, Edward},<br />
title = {Conjectures on Original Composition},<br />
year = {1759},<br />
publisher = {Longman, Greens},<br />
address = {London, New York, Bombay},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Edith J. Morley},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
===Zahn 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zahn 2011a,<br />
author = {Zahn, Manuel},<br />
title = {mediales denken – Von Heideggers Technikdenken zu Deleuzes Filmphilosophie },<br />
booktitle = {Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {53-66},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zincgref 1664a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zincgref 1664a,<br />
author = {Zincgref, Julius Wilhelm },<br />
title = {Emblematum ethico-politicorum centuria},<br />
year = {1664},<br />
publisher = {Ammonius},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {books.google.de/books?id=nCgyAQAAMAAJ&q=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&dq=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&hl=de&sa=X&ei=GcwkUY3UNITSsganqIDQCQ&ved=0CDIQ6AEwAA},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Stil&diff=13405
Stil
2013-07-11T14:15:20Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
[[Kategorie:Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
==Darstellung des gr. Zusammenhangs==<br />
<br />
Es ist schwierig bis unmöglich, eine bündige Antwort auf die Frage zu geben, was Stil sei, aber soviel lässt sich doch sagen, dass Stil immer eine Modalität darstellt, mit deren Hilfe etwas auf spezifische Weise formuliert wird; Stil betrifft mithin immer das Wie der Durchführung: sei es eines Handlungsvollzugs oder des Erlebens, einer [[Darstellung_(historisch)|Darstellung]] oder Narration, des Denkens oder [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht|Wahrnehmens]]. Stets sind es Unterschiede in der Art und Weise der Ausführung, der Gestaltung, in der Manier oder Eigenart, die zwei Handlungen oder Erzählungen, zwei Darstellungen oder Sichtweisen voneinander unterscheidbar machen, und es sind die Modi der Darstellung, die das Dargestellte erst zu dem werden lassen, was es ist.<br />
Ursprünglich ein Begriff aus der Rhetorik, später stark okkupiert für Bereiche der Mode und des äußeren Erscheinungsbildes von Menschen und Dingen, in Verruf geraten durch seinen Mangel an analytischer Trennschärfe, wird er gelegentlich mißbraucht zur oberflächlichen Rubrizierung singulärer Werke. <br />
:<br />
Was auch immer sich zeigt oder dargestellt wird und wer auch immer in Erscheinung tritt, es ist unvermeidlich, dieses auf eine bestimmte Art und Weise zu tun; man hat, wie Lessing bemerkt, “seinen eignen Stil, so wie seine eigne Nase.” Deswegen kann es Wohnstile, Fahrstile, Fürhungsstile und Politikstile geben, nur eine wirkliche Stil-Losigkeit, nicht im Sinne eines fehlenden Gespürs fürs Angemessene, sondern im Sinne einer völligen Neutralität oder Stilfreiheit ist nicht denkbar, weil eben auch eine vermeintlich neutrale – etwa nüchterne oder wertungsfreie – Darstellung noch die Form einer Darstellung ist. <br />
Auffällig ist, dass der Stilbegriff zugleich subsumierend als auch differenzierend fungiert, zugleich Kollektives von epochaler Allgemeinheit als auch Individuelles von singulärer Unvergleichlichkeit erfassen will. Ist damit folglich einerseits die besondere Eigenart und persönliche Charakteristik eines Individuums gemeint, lassen sich damit andererseits kollektive Zuordnungen vornehmen, etwa zu einer Gruppe, Epoche oder Lokalität. So gilt bspw. Rembrandt mit der Einzigartigkeit seines persönlichen Duktus doch zugleich als exponierter Vertreter des niederländischen Barock, typisch für eine ganze Nation und Epoche. Das Inkommensurable und das [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|Repräsentative]] greifen also im Stilbegriff auf merkwürdige Weise ineinander. Die Parallelität von individualpsychologischen und historischen Tendenzen, von persönlichen und nationalen bzw. epochalen Mentalitäten bildet einen schwer zu durchschauenden und ebenso schwer zu erklärenden Konnex, besonders in der Kunstgeschichte. Natürlich wirken Zeiten und Schulen verhaltensnormierend auf Individuen, aber umgekehrt bilden auch Individuen eine Epoche, ohne dass es dafür eine allgemeingültige Erklärung gäbe.<br />
:<br />
Eine grundlegende Dichotomie kennzeichnet alle Stilfragen: Äußere Form einer (sprachlichen oder pikturalen) Darstellung auf der einen Seite steht dem [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|dargestellten Inhalt]], der [[Bedeutung und Referenz|Bedeutung]] oder dem Kern der Sache gegenüber.<br />
:<br />
In der Folge ergeben sich daraus gewisse Vorbehalte gegen alles vermeintlich oder tatsächlich Ästhetische, das als nur äußerlich, beliebig, womöglich bloße Mode gegenüber der Bedeutung oder dem Inhalt herabgesetzt wird. Solche Kritik übersieht indessen, dass in einem emphatischeren Verständnis Stil nie nur austauschbare Hülle sein kann, sondern als Ausdruck einer Haltung oder sogar [[Weltbild, Lebensform|Lebensform]] ernst genommen werden muss. <br />
Grundlegender als solche Einschätzungen ist jedoch der Umstand, dass die Disjunktion von Stil und Wahrheit das Vorhandensein einer gestaltlosen Rohmasse von Daten, Dingen oder Fakten voraussetzt, welche – wiewohl denk-notwendig – empirisch nicht anzutreffen sind. Zwar ist es konstitutionslogisch notwendig, sobald man vom Stil einer Darstellung oder Erscheinung redet, auch eine dargestellte oder erscheinende Sache vorauszusetzen, die theoretisch und praktisch auch anders dargestellt werden oder erscheinen könnte, und daher in irgendeiner Form gegeben sein muss, um auf diese oder auf jene Weise realisiert werden zu können. Immer aber muss sie sich auf eine bestimmte, diese und keine andere Weise realisieren und ist daher niemals vollkommen stil-frei.<br />
:<br />
Nach wie vor sind Heinrich Wölfflins (<bib id='Wölfflin 1929a'></bib>) Überlegungen zum Stil in der bildenden Kunst von maßgeblicher Bedeutung sind, vor allem in Bezug auf den Zusammenhang von Darstellung und Wahrnehmung. Wölfflin beschreibt Stil als „die Art, wie das Gesehene auf eine Form gebracht ist.“ (<bib id='Wölfflin 1912a'></bib>: S. 572) „Aller Ausdruck ist an bestimmte optische Möglichkeiten gebunden, die in jedem Zeitalter andere sind. Der gleiche Inhalt könnte zu verschiedenen Zeiten nicht in gleicher Weise ausgedrückt werden, nicht weil die Gefühlstemperatur sich geändert hat, sondern weil die Augen sich geändert haben.“ (Ebd.) Selbstverständlich hat Wölfflin einen komplexen Begriff vom [[Sehen]] als einer kulturellen Tätigkeit, welche auf Anschauungen und [[Darstellung und Vorstellung|Vorstellungen]] basiert. Im Nachwort zur achten Auflage seiner Grundbegriffe beschreibt Wölfflin Sehen als die „Art wie sich [...] in der Vorstellung die Dinge gestalten“. Malerisch oder plastisch sehen heißt demnach, gemäß den Vorstellungen zu sehen, die Wölfflin mit Hilfe der Begriffspaare linear-malerisch, Fläche-Tiefe, geschlossene Form- offene Form, Vielheit-Einheit und Klarheit-Unklarheit zu kategorisieren suchte. Dass solches Sehen viel mit Denkstilen und Sichtweisen zu tun hat, liegt auf der Hand. „Die Art des Sehens“ oder – so ergänzt Wölfflin in Replik auf die Kritik an seinem Sprachgebrauch im Vorwort zur sechsten Auflage (<bib id='Wölfflin 1929a'></bib>) – „sagen wir also des anschaulichen Vorstellens ist nicht von Anfang an und überall dieselbe, sondern hat, wie alles Lebendige, ihre Entwicklung.“ <br />
:<br />
Sieht man von Wölfflins voraussetzungsreichen, geschichtsphilosophischen Annahmen einmal ab, bleibt vor allem die Einsicht, dass Stil auf einer vorstellungs-basierten und vorstellungs-bildenden optischen Schematisierung basieren könnte. Wirklich ist „nicht alles zu allen Zeiten möglich“, weder technisch und empirisch noch symbolisch und aisthetisch. Der Stil einer Darstellung ist von werthaften Sichtweisen nicht zu entkoppeln, weil, wie wir sahen, selbst eine neutrale Sicht eine Sichtweise ist.<br />
Eine solche Auffassung findet auch bei moderneren Autoren ihren Widerhall: Stil, schreibt Manfred Frank in seiner Untersuchung zum Stil in der Philosophie, sei „die individuelle Art und Weise, wie der Autor seine eigentümliche Sicht der Welt sprachlich zum Ausdruck bringt.“ (<bib id='Frank 1990a'></bib>: S. 11) Und Arthur Danto verdanken wir die Einsicht, dass der Stil einer Darstellung uns veranlaßt, dasjenige, von dem sie handelt, „mit einer bestimmten Einstellung und in einer besonderen Sicht zu sehen.“ (<bib id='Danto 1993a'></bib>: S. 255) <br />
<br />
{{GlossarSiehe}}<br />
* [[Bedeutung und Referenz]]<br />
* [[Darstellung (historisch)]]<br />
* [[Darstellung und Repräsentation]]<br />
* [[Darstellung und Vorstellung]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Sehen]]<br />
* [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
* [[Weltbild, Lebensform]]<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
{{GlosTab4}}<br />
''Lektorat:'' <br />
* [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=13403
Bibliography
2013-07-11T14:12:58Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!--- --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811a, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W. & Horkheimer, Max},<br />
title = {Dialektik der Aufklärung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Querido},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994a,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994a},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberro 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberro 2006a,<br />
author = {Alberro, Alexander},<br />
title = {Einleitung. Der Weg raus führt rein},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {13-27},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1530a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1530a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {De verborum significatione},<br />
year = {1530},<br />
publisher = {Sebastian Gryphius},<br />
address = {Lyon},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1531a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1531a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {Emblematum liber},<br />
year = {1531},<br />
publisher = {Heinrich Steyner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1967a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas},<br />
title = {Emblematum Libellus},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {142-159},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alloa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alloa 2011a,<br />
author = {Alloa, Emmanuel},<br />
title = {Das durchscheinende Bild. Konturen einer medialen Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alpers 1995a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis und Kunstanschauung in Vasaris Viten},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {217-253},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1960===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Alpers 1960a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and aesthetic attitudes in Vasari’s Lives},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes },<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {1937},<br />
pages = {190-215},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972a,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution}, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {[Broschiert]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Andree 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006a, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung) ???},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Apel 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Apel 2002a,<br />
author = {Apel, Karl-Otto}, <br />
title = {Transformation der Philosophie, Bd. 1: Sprachanalytik, Semiotik, Hermeneutik}, <br />
year = {2002}, <br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J. & Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aristoteles 1949a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {De interpretatione},<br />
booktitle = {Aristotelis categoriae et liber de interpretatione},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
editor = {Minio-Paluello, L.},<br />
pages = {47-72},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Übers. und Hrsg.: Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Arnheim 1932a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Arnheim 1932a,<br />
author = {Arnheim, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Film als Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Nachwort von Karl Prümm und mit zeitgenössischen Rezensionen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {139-145},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946a,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A. Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002a,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 1977a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {(zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemer&shy;kung zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770a,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {Weidmann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1999a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Malerei und Erfahrung im Italien der Renaissance},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {nach der korrigierten zweiten Auflage von: <em>Painting and Experience in 15<sup>th</sup> Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style</em>, Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press 1988},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984a,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bazin 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bazin 2009a,<br />
author = {Bazin, André},<br />
title = {Ontologie des photographischen Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Film?},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Fischer, R.},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Alexander },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 1993a,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beniger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beniger 1986a,<br />
author = {Beniger, James},<br />
title = {The Control Revolution. Technological and Economic Origins of the Information Society},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp },<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Benjamin 1974a,<br />
author = {Benjamin Walter},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften. Bd. I.2},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Hrsg. v. Rolf Tiedemann & Hermann Schweppenhäuser},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benko 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benko 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benko, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, B.},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2006a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Martin Buber. Ein vergessener Klassiker der Kommunikationswissenschaft? Dialogphilosophie in kommunikationswissenschaftlicher Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Tectum},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher (1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {55-79},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures Represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, J. & Black, M.},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke et al. 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949a,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {15-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007a,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld 1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von E. Gilmer und H. Vetter},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brecht 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brecht 1992a,<br />
author = {Brecht, Bertholt},<br />
title = {Der Rundfunk als Kommunikationsapparat},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Band 18},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Hauptmann, Elisabeth},<br />
pages = {552-557},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2003b,<br />
author = {Brede&shy;kamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexi&shy;kon Kunst&shy;wissen&shy;schaft. Ideen, Metho&shy;den, Begrif&shy;fe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {56-58},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frank&shy;furter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1874a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1874a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Psychologie vom empirischen Standpunkt},<br />
year = {1874},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = { Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brodatz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brodatz 1966a,<br />
author = {Brodatz, Phil},<br />
title = {Textures: A Photographic Album for Artists and Designers},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Dover},<br />
address = {Mineola, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Bryson, Norman },<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buber 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buber 1995a,<br />
author = {Martin Buber},<br />
title = {Ich und Du},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz & Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz & Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Das Haus als Gesamtkunstwerk -- eine Herausforderung an die Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {241-268},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-6/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665a,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {Otto Prätorius}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bulgakowa 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bulgakowa 2001a,<br />
author = {Bulgakowa, Oksana},<br />
title = {Film/filmisch},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 2: Dekadent — Grotesk},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Barck, K. & Fontius, M. & Schlenstedt, D. & Steinwachs, B. & Wolfzettel, F.},<br />
pages = {429-462},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bußmann 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bußmann 1983a,<br />
author = {Bußmann, Hadumod },<br />
title = {Lexikon der Sprachwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Kröner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008a,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008a},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {(orig.: 1927)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Eschbach, A. & Kapitzky, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784a,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note ={},<br />
hidden = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
<br />
===CCALED-4===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993a,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Thieme},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Caraffa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Caraffa 2009a,<br />
title = {Fotografie als Instrument und Medium der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Caraffa, Constanza},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {189-218},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {212-223},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1996a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von M. Lauschke},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von B. Recki},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cernych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cernych 2001a,<br />
author = {Cernych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Russkij jazyk},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. und übersetzt von N. Bergemann und Ch. Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chiang 73a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chion 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999a,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945a,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Back&shy;well Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Covarrubias Orozco 1611a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Covarrubias Orozco 1611a,<br />
author = {Covarrubias Orozco, Sebastián de},<br />
title = {Tesoro de la lengua castellana o española},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Nueva biblioteca de erudición y crítica},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crary 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Crary 1990a,<br />
author = {Crary, Jonathan},<br />
title = {Techniques of the Observer. On Vision and Modernity in the Nineteenth Century},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {MIT-Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crow 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Crow 2006a,<br />
author = {Crow, Thomas},<br />
title = {Ungeschriebene Geschichten der Konzeptkunst},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro, A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {158-171},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1990a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. André Chastel, übers. v. Marianne Schneider},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston & Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daston & Galison 2007a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Objektivität},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Christa Krüger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson & Noble 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davidson & Noble 1989a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Iain & William Noble},<br />
title = {The Archaeology of Perception: Traces of Depiction and Language},<br />
journal = {Current Anthropology},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {125-155},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {343-370},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Davidson 2001a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald },<br />
title = {Subjective, Intersubjective, Objective},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991a,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versi&shy;ty of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Hono&shy;lulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avi&shy;nus},<br />
address = {Roden&shy;bach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: Vie et mort de l'image. Une histore du regard en Occident, Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008a,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver & Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1732a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1732a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 2. D — Ñ},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1737a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1737a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 3. O — Z},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians & U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 2006a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Kunst als Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 2002a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751a,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {Euro&shy;päische Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von R. Werner},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Micha<br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
el & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {West&shy;port, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Else&shy;vier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegen&shy;warts&shy;kunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Aus&shy;stellungs&shy;katalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2006a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Die Fotografie im Spannungsfeld von Kunstgeschichte und Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-148},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Zeigen als ''faire voir''. Für eine Bildtheorie des Fotografischen},<br />
booktitle = {Zeigen. Die Rhetorik des Sichtbaren},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.& Egenhofer, S. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {159-178},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Donald 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Donald 1993a,<br />
author = {Donald, Merlin },<br />
title = {Origins of the Modern Mind: Three Stages in the Evolution of Culture and Cognition},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson, D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amster&shy;dam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61a,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {Mumm},<br />
address = {Kopen&shy;hagen},<br />
hidden = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Duden 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 2013a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Homepage},<br />
year = {2013a},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/virtuell},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dünkelsbühler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dünkelsbühler 1991a,<br />
author = {Dünkelsbühler, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon- Versionen nach Kant und Derrida},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {See&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Leip&shy;zig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürscheid 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dürscheid 2010a,<br />
author = {Dürscheid, Christa },<br />
title = {Syntax. Grundlagen und Theorien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Vanden&shy;hoeck & Rup&shy;recht},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {UTB Sprachwissenschaften 3319},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1977a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Zeichen. Einführung in einen Begriff und seine Geschichte},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998b,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998b},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {online},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplom&shy;arbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Egenhofer 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Egenhofer 2002a,<br />
author = {Egenhofer, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Minimal Art},<br />
booktitle = {DuMonts Begriffslexikon zur zeitgenössischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butin, H.},<br />
pages = {210-215},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ehrenfels 1890a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ehrenfels 1890a,<br />
author = {Ehrenfels, Christian von},<br />
title = {Über Gestaltqualitäten},<br />
journal = {Vierteljahrsschrift für wissenschaftliche Philosophie},<br />
year = {1890},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {242-292},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brand&shy;stätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Stammesgeschichtliche Anpassungen im menschlichen Verhalten},<br />
booktitle = {Grzimeks Tierleben. Ergänzungsband Verhaltensforschung},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Immelmann, K.},<br />
pages = {604-617},<br />
publisher = {Kindler },<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Eizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Eizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
hidden = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Else 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958a,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kultur&shy;verlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 1998a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germa&shy;nisches Natio&shy;nalmu&shy;seum},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ausst.Kat. Nürn&shy;berg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998a,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001a,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Evans 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002a,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopen&shy;hagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Faßler 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Faßler 1997a,<br />
author = {Faßler, Manfred},<br />
title = {Was ist Kommunikation?},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunst&shy;histo&shy;risches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von G. Boehm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Inns&shy;bruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke & Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke & Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I. & Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischart 1581a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fischart 1581a,<br />
author = {Fischart, Johann},<br />
title = {Kurtzer vnd Woldienlicher Vorbericht / von Vrsprung / Namen vnd Gebrauch der Emblematen / oder Eingeblömeten Zierwercken},<br />
booktitle = {Emblematum Tyrocinia. Sive Picta Poesis Latinogermanica },<br />
year = {1581},<br />
editor = {Holtzwart, M.},<br />
pages = {fol. a6<sup>v</sup>-a7<sup>r</sup>},<br />
publisher = {Jobin},<br />
address = {Straß&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photo&shy;graphy},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Boll&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Bens&shy;heim, Düssel&shy;dorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
title = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, Matthias & Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog, Akademie der Künste, Berlin},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007b,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {264-284},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {19-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foster 1995a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal},<br />
title = {Die Crux des Minimalismus},<br />
booktitle = {Minimal Art. Eine kritische Retrospektive},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Stemmrich, G.},<br />
pages = {589-633},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Dresden/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 10a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung (1892)},<br />
editor = {Frege, G.},<br />
booktitle = {Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
gages = {40-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1900a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Franz Deuticke},<br />
address = {Leipzig & Wien},<br />
note ={},<br />
hidden ={},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912a,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fromme et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Fromme et al. 2011a,<br />
title = { Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Fromme, Johannes; Iske, Stefan & Marotzki, Winfried},<br />
publisher = { VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / Springer Fachmedien},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin'. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 1999a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Gadamer 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gadamer 1960a,<br />
author = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Mohr Siebeck},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992a,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2009a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Theorien der Fotografie zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2010a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Bilder aus Versehen. Eine Geschichte fotografischer Erscheinungen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte. Aus einem Lesebuch der Zeit des Kaisers Marc Aurel},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006a,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm & Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 1999a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Basisprobleme der Bildgliederung - Von der Bildkomposition zur Bildsyntax},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K. },<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 2003a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Vom visuellen Material zum Bildmedium. Ein produktionstheoretischer Ansatz},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Bildkompetenz? Studien zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {43-50},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gibson 1950a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James J.},<br />
title = {The perception of visual surfaces},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
volume = {63},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {367-384},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987a,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuriato & Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato & Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gombrich 1952a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Wertmetaphern in der bildenden Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
pages = {34-63},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990a},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Nelson Goodman & Catherine C. Elgin},<br />
title = {Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
hidden = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011b},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grice 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970a,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1889a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1889a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 13: N – Quuren},<br />
year = {1889},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G. & Bruce, C.J. & Desimone, R. & Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical Visual Areas of the Temporal Lobe: Three Areas in the Macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haase 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Haase 2007a,<br />
author = {Haase, Martin },<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie: Eine Einführung in die Erforschung der Vielfalt der Sprachen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haken 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995a,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halawa & Grabbe 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halawa & Grabbe 2013a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark & Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Anthropologische / kulturalistische Ansätze},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2011a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Editorial: Homo pictor und animal symbolicum: Zu den Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer philosophischen Bildanthropologie},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {2-9},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/upload/fc34087ae6d22f28d69b328e4fe75bef.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2012a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage als Machtfrage. Perspektiven einer Kritik des Bildes},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1756a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1783a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {Novrse},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harth 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Harth 2001a,<br />
author = {Harth, Manfred},<br />
title = {Bezugnahme bei Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {41-53},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979a,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heckscher & Wirth 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heckscher & Wirth 1959a,<br />
author = {Heckscher, William & Wirth, Karl-August},<br />
title = {Emblem, Emblembuch, Kapitel IV (Quellen der Emblematik)},<br />
booktitle = {RDK - Reallexikon zur deutschen Kunstgeschichte, Bd. 5},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
editor = {Zentralinstitut für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
pages = {Sp. 85–228},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rdk.zikg.net/gsdl/cgi-bin/library.exe?e=p-01000-00---off-0rdkZz-web--00-1--0-10-0---0---0prompt-10---4-------0-1l--11-de-Zz-1---20-about---01-3-1-00-0-0-11-1-0utfZz-8-00&a=d&c=rdk-web&cl=&d=Dl762.1#mark},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Helson 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Helson 1925a,<br />
author = {Helson, Harry},<br />
title = {The Psychology of Gestalt},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Hg.: Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G.},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 2009a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Schröter, J. & Barck, J.},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991a,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie (Darstellung und Deutung. Vorträge und Schriften aus den Geisteswissenschaften und ihren Grenzgebieten. H. 1)},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Silva},<br />
address = {Iserlohn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 1999a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hickethier 2010a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hicks & Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks & Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988a,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Homer 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979a,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horten 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994a,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, H. D. & Lockemann, B. & Scheibel, M.},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2008c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008c,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008c},<br />
editor = {Ganß, M. & Sinapsius, P. & de Smit, P.},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huber 2007a,<br />
author = {Huber, Mathias},<br />
title = {Virtual Reality in Bildung und Forschung. Wissenschaft anschaulich},<br />
journal = {Linux Magazin},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.linux-magazin.de/Heft-Abo/Ausgaben/2007/07/Wissenschaft-anschaulich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hubig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Technikphilosophie als Reflexion der Medialität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hubig 2010a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Medialität/Medien },<br />
booktitle = {Enzyklopädie Philosophie },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Sandkühler, H.-J.},<br />
pages = {1516-1522},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {(Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. u. eingel. von E. Marbach},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985a,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Häseler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Häseler 2002a,<br />
author = {Häseler, Jens},<br />
title = {Original/Originalität},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 4: Medien – Populär},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Barck, Karlheinz; Fontius, Martin; Schlenstedt, Dieter; Steinwachs, Burkhart; Wolfzettel, Friedrich},<br />
pages = {638-655},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüllen 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüllen 1971a,<br />
author = {Hüllen, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Archetypus},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1 (A-C)},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {497-500},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-324},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-380},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996b,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Giotto. Arenafresken},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996c,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max },<br />
title = {Reflexion, Theorie, Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Mit e. Beitr. v. H. R. Jauß. Hrsg. u. eingel. v. G. Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjaceslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Janich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Janich 2005a,<br />
author = {Janich, Peter},<br />
title = {Medienphilosophie der Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Systematische Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sandbothe, M. & Nagel},<br />
pages = {83-98},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795a,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Quintus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johansen & Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen & Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Aca&shy;demic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Hagel, Rebecca & Franklin, Melissa & Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szoke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmezo szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik. Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
hidden = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926a,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {A: 1781, B: 1787},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004a,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993a,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Ox&shy;ford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Katz & Fodor 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Katz & Fodor 1963a,<br />
author = {Katz, Jerrold J. & Fodor, Jerry A. },<br />
title = {The Structure of a Semantic Theory},<br />
journal = {Language},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {170-210},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keller 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Keller 1995a,<br />
author = {Keller, Rudi},<br />
title = {Zeichentheorie. Zu einer Theorie semiotischen Wissens},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen & Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kemp 1979a,<br />
title = {Theorie der Fotografie II, 1912-1945},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kempson 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kempson 1975a,<br />
author = {Kempson, Ruth},<br />
title = {Presupposition and the Delimitation of Semantics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004a,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1974a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {George Inness and the Battle at Hastings, or Doing Things with Pictures},<br />
journal = {The Monist},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {216-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klee 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925a,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner & Wilke 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kleiner & Wilke 2013a,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen. Theorien, Ästhetiken, Praktiken},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, Marcus S. & Wilke, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kleiner 2013a,<br />
author = {Kleiner, Marcus S.},<br />
title = {Populäre Kulturen, Popkulturen, Populäre Medienkulturen als missing link im Diskurs zur Performativität von Kulturen und Kulturen des Performativen },<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, M. S. & Wilke, T.},<br />
pages = {13-48},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishu, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007a,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Koller 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954a,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1998a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Das Photo&shy;graphi&shy;sche. Eine Theorie der Ab&shy;stände},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Henning Schmidgen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000c,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Die Ori&shy;gina&shy;lität der Avant&shy;garde und ande&shy;re Mythen der Moder&shy;ne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Jörg Enninger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006a,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012a,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010a},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, A. & Pohl, A. & Riedel, P.},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {webdoc.sub.gwdg.de/ebook/dissts/Bochum/Krewani2003.pdf},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von E. H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the Uni&shy;versity of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‘Performativität’ und ‘Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‘Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer 2004c,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität },<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Canci<br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen bibentryk-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford UP},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kühne-Bertram 6 Rodi 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kühne-Bertram & Rodi 2008a,<br />
title = {Dilthey und die hermeneutische Wende in der Philosophie: Wirkungsgeschichtliche Aspekte seines Werkes},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kühne-Bertram, Gudrun & Rodi, Frithjof },<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lakoff 1972a,<br />
author = {Lakoff , George},<br />
title = {On Generative Semantics},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Steinberg, D. D. & Jakobovits, L. A. },<br />
pages = {305-359},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langacker 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langacker 1991a,<br />
author = {Langacker, Ronald W.},<br />
title = {Concept, Image, and Symbol: The Cognitive Basis of Grammar},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman, Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces Are Only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 85a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 1975a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leibniz 1710a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leibniz 1710a,<br />
author = {V, Gottfried Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal},<br />
year = {1710},<br />
publisher = {Troyel},<br />
address = {Amsterdam },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lehmann online===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Lehmann online,<br />
author = {Lehmann, Christian},<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung},<br />
howpublished = {online Hypertext},<br />
year = {2012/13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht: 22. Feb. 2013},<br />
url = {www.christianlehmann.eu/ling/typ/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005a,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Le geste et la parole},<br />
year = {1964/65},<br />
publisher = {Albin Michel},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {D: «Hand und Wort - Die Evolution von Technik, Sprache und Kunst», 1980, Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessig 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessig 1999a,<br />
author = {Lessig, Lawrence},<br />
title = {Code and Other Laws of Cyberspace},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levi 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001a,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liebsch & Mößner 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner 2012a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936a,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003; <sup>2</sup>2011},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80[<sup>2</sup>2011: 99-104]},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {239-253},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997a,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Uni&shy;versity Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Matzker 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Matzker 2008a,<br />
author = {Matzker, Reiner},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Medialität. Zur Vermittlung von künstlerischen Welten und ästhetischen Theorien},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek b. Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrick},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1998a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meier 1757a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757a,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinong 1907a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinong 1907a,<br />
author = {Meinong, Alexius},<br />
title = {Über die Stellung der Gegenstandstheorie im System der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
publisher = {Voigtländer},<br />
address = {Leipzig },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Ch. Bermes (2003)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, R.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2009a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Medientheorien zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001a,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998a,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Miedema 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Miedema 1968a,<br />
author = {Miedema, Hessel},<br />
title = {The Term Emblema in Alciati},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {. 234–250},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirmehdi et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mirmehdi et al. 2008a,<br />
title = {Handbook of Texture Analysis },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mirmehdi, Majid & Xie, Xianghua & Suri, Jasjit},<br />
publisher = {Imperial College Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Vorwort von H. Belting, aus dem Englischen von A. Eschbach, A.-V. Eschbach & M. Halawa},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1986a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, László},<br />
title = {Malerei Fotografie Film},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007a,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Morris 1938a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1938a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Foundations of the Theory of Signs},<br />
year = {1938},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, I.2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1946a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Signs, Language, and Behavior},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
publisher = {Prentice-Hall},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Möller 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984a,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984a},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970a,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970a},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, M. & Steinbrenner, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998a,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller et al. 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. 2012a,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas & Kuhn, J. & Lenzner, A. & Schnotz, W.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {207-236},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Napier 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001a,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a,<br />
title = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013fc},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 978-3-86962-067-1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991a,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873a,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971a,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977a,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===OED-3===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {Uni&shy;versity of Ox&shy;ford},<br />
title = {Ox&shy;ford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oehlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische “Momentaufnahmen” im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oevermann et al. 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oevermann et al. 1979a,<br />
author = {Oevermann, Ulrich & Allert, Tilman & Konau, Elisabeth & Krambeck, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Die Methodologie einer ‘objektiven Hermeneutik’ und ihre allgemeine forschungslogische Bedeutung in den Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Interpretative Verfahren in den Sozial- und Textwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G.},<br />
pages = {352–434},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2005a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Medienwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {79-96},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Th. & Meder, Th.},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Passuth 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Passuth 1987a,<br />
author = {Pas&shy;suth, Krisz&shy;tina},<br />
title = {Mo&shy;ho&shy;ly-Nagy},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Ver&shy;lag der Kunst & Kunst&shy;verlag Wein&shy;garten},<br />
address = {Dres&shy;den/Wein&shy;garten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Heribert Thierry},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Paul 2010a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Visual History, Version: 1.0},<br />
journal = {Docupedia-Zeitgeschichte},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {11},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {docupedia.de/docupedia/index.php?title=Visual_History&oldid=68958},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus’ Use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox Uni&shy;versity Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peters 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peters 2011a,<br />
author = {Peters, John Durham},<br />
title = {Mass Media},<br />
booktitle = {Critical Terms for Media Studies},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Mitchell, W.J.T. & Hansen, Mark B.N.},<br />
pages = {266-279},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002a,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010a,<br />
title = { Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010b,<br />
author = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Medialität als Ausgangspunkt für die Frage nach dem Menschsein},<br />
booktitle = {Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003a,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53a,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Platon 1991a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke V: Politeia. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Friedrich Schleiermacher, hrsg. v. Karlheinz Hülser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, U.},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plumpe 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plumpe 1988a,<br />
author = {Gerhard Plumpe},<br />
title = {Kunst und juristischer Diskurs. Mit einer Vorbemerkung zum Diskursbegriff},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurstheorien und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J. & Müller, H.},<br />
pages = {330-345},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999a,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratzka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka 2012a,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {237-264},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Real Academia Española 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Real Academia Española 1992a,<br />
author = {Real Academia Española},<br />
title = {Diccionario de la lengua española},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Espasa Calpe},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {21ª edición},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rebel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rebel 2009a,<br />
author = {Rebel, Ernst},<br />
title = {Druckgrafik. Geschichte und Fachbegriffe. Mit 56 Abbildungen und Risszeichnungen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {2., durchgesehene und aktualisierte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001a,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011a,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renger-Patzsch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renger-Patzsch 2010a,<br />
author = {Ren&shy;ger-Patzsch, Al&shy;bert},<br />
title = {Die Freude am Gegen&shy;stand. Gesam&shy;melte Auf&shy;sätze zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink },<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. Stiegler, B. & Wilde, A. & Wilde, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Richards & Ogden 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Richards & Ogden 1923a,<br />
author = {Richards, I.A. & Ogden, R.G. },<br />
title = {The Meaning of Meaning},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = { Routledge & Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricœur 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricœur 1973a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik und Strukturalismus. Der Konflikt der Interpretationen 1},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Koesel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Johannes Rütsche},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1901a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1901a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Die spätrömische Kunstindustrie nach den Funden in Österreich-Ungarn im Zusammenhange mit der Gesamtentwicklung der Bildenden Künste bei den Mittelmeervölkern},<br />
publisher = {KuK Hof- und Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien}<br />
year = {1901},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972a,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972a},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1992a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989a,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989a},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, St.},<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff_1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1984a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Sach-, Selbst- und Fremdbezug in elementaren sprachlichen Handlungen. Zur Sprachtheorie G. H. Meads},<br />
booktitle = {Zeichen und Realität},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Oehler, K.},<br />
pages = {I.179-188},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {3 Bände},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeu&shy;tung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behand&shy;lung eini&shy;ger bedeu&shy;tungsthe&shy;ore&shy;tischer Para&shy;doxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibni&shy;tiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, R.},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of Categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H. & Lloyd, B. B.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Erlbaum},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Rosenberg 2006a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael },<br />
title = {Ikonik und Geschichte. Zur Frage der historischen Angemessenheit von Max Imdahls Kunstbetrachtung },<br />
howpublished = {DOC-Art - Online-Archiv: Univ. Heidel&shy;berg, pdf},<br />
year = {2006 (1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {archiv.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/artdok/volltexte/2006/193},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rubin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rubin 1915a,<br />
author = {Rubin, Edgar},<br />
title = {Synoplevde Figurer},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Gyldendalske},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rucker et al. 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rucker et al. 1993a,<br />
title = {Mondo 2000: A User’s Guide to the New Edge},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Rucker, Rudy & Sirius, R.U. & Mu, Queen},<br />
publisher = {Thames and Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Runte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005a,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001a,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K. & Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Zur politischen Instrumentalisierbarkeit bildhafter Repräsentationen. Philosophische und psychologische Aspekte der Bildkommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Macht. Theoretische und empirische Untersuchungen zur visuellen Politik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Hofmann, W.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Nomos},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2002a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Selecting Styles for Tele-Rendering: Toward a Rhetoric in Computational Visualistics},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. 2<sup>nd</sup> International Symposium on Smart Graphics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butz, A. & Krüger, A. & Olivier, P. & Schlechtweg, S. & Zhou, M.},<br />
pages = {102-106},<br />
publisher = {ACM Press},<br />
address = {Hawthorne, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H. & Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2013a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M. A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999 & Rehkämper 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Rehkämper 1999a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommu&shy;nika&shy;tives Medium. Ele&shy;mente einer allge&shy;meinen Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2008a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {31-42},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sacks 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sacks 1996a,<br />
author = {Sacks, Oliver},<br />
title = {Migräne},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, India&shy;napolis: Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd. 30},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sambucus 1566a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sambucus 1566a,<br />
author = {Sambucus, Johannes},<br />
title = {Emblemata et aliquot nummi antiqui operis. 2. ed. cum emendatione et auctario copioso ipsius auctoris},<br />
year = {1566},<br />
publisher = {Plantin},<br />
address = {Antwerpen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reprint: Hildesheim, Zürich, New York: Olms, 2002},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1940a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {L'Imaginaire: Psychologie phénoménologique de l'imagination},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
publisher = {Gallimard},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V. },<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von V. von Wroblewsky},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V.},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt TB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {54-61},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2010a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik und visuelle Differenzierung im Fußball},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {267-285},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009a,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schilling 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schilling 2012a,<br />
title = {Illustrierte Flugblätter der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Schilling, Michael },<br />
publisher = {Kulturhistorisches Museum Magdeburg},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra et al. 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra et al. 1987a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Bosch, G. & Sung, C.K. & Zimmermann, G.},<br />
title = {From Image Sequences to Natural Language: A First Step towards Automatic Perception and Description of Motion},<br />
journal = {Applied Artificial Intelligence},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {287-305},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P87/P87-1/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Carl-McGrath, Stefan},<br />
title = {Identifikationsformen in Computerspiel und Spielfilm},<br />
booktitle = {Film und Krieg. Die Inszenierung von Politik zwischen Apologetik und Apokalypse},<br />
editor = {Strübel, M. },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
pages = {149-163},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Leske+Budrich},<br />
address = {Leverkusen },<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 20. Februar 2013},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Kontextbildung als anthropologischer Zweck von Bildkompetenz},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Halawa, M.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {18-38},<br />
note = {Themenheft zu IMAGE 14},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2013a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {The Anthropological Function of Pictures},<br />
booktitle = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Zwei Skizzen zum Begriff 'Photorealismus' in der Computergraphik},<br />
booktitle = {Bild - Bildwahrnehmung - Bildverarbeitung: Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {69-79},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1990a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Einige Überlegungen zu Bildvorstellungen in kognitiven Systemen.},<br />
booktitle = {Repräsentation und Verarbeitung räumlichen Wissens},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Freksa, Ch. & Habel, Ch.},<br />
pages = {68-82},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P90/P90-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Aurnague, M. & Borillo, A. & Borillo, M. & Bras, M.},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A Contribution to Reference Semantics of Spatial Prepositions: The Visualization Problem and its Solution in VITRA},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions -- From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {471-515},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>}<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept »Mental Image« and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität. Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
p/bibentryublisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2000b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A New Theme for Educating New Engineers: Computational Visualistics},<br />
journal = {Global Journal of Engineering Education},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {73-82},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp; —— &nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2004a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics: Dealing with Pictures in Computer Science},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {494-509},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P04/P04-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft. Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology. An Introduction},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 1},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Conclusive Notes On Computational Picture Morphology},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 8},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2012a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Sind Bilder ein Gegenstand der Informatik? Überlegungen zur Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = { Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = { 329-359},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P12/P12-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt & George 2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter & George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Barck K. et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {Rombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmücker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmücker 2011a,<br />
author = {Schmücker, Reinold},<br />
title = {Lob der Fälschung},<br />
booktitle = {Original und Fälschung},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nida-Rümelin & Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
pages = {71-91},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {Kunst und Philosophie. Bd. 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblematik},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {187},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990b,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {186},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1997a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Reallexikon der deutschen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Weimar, K.},<br />
pages = {435-438},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = { Berlin & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2002a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem und Emblempoetik. Historische und systematische Studien},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 1657a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {Schott, K.},<br />
pages = {100-169},<br />
publisher = {Schönwetter},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schottelius 1663a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schottelius 1663a,<br />
author = {Schottel, Justus Georg},<br />
title = {Ausführliche Arbeit Von der Teutschen HaubtSprache},<br />
year = {1663},<br />
publisher = {Zilliger},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {diglib.hab.de/wdb.php?dir=drucke/ko-306},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, J.},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweizer 12a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M.},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 2003a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Erscheinen und Wahrnehmen. Eine vergleichende Studie zur Kunst von James Turrell und der Philosophie Merleau-Pontys},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schür&shy;mann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhe&shy;tische Studien zum Verhält&shy;nis von Sicht und Ein&shy;sicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Unendliches im Endlichen. Über einige Gemeinsamkeiten des Gesichter- und Bildersehens},<br />
booktitle = {Sehen und Handeln},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, H. & Krois, J. M.},<br />
pages = {155-167},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Actus et Imago, Bd. 1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, G. & Feige, D.},<br />
pages = {75-86},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, St. & Seel, M.},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Searle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971a,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {123-138},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, Gérard},<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Zeitschrift für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {2-14},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sennholz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sennholz 1985a,<br />
author = {Sennholz, Klaus},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Deixis},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1949a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {The mathematical theory of communication},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
address = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shin 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002a,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009a,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Smith 1988a,<br />
author = {Smith, Barry},<br />
title = {Gestalt Theory. An Essay in Philosophy},<br />
booktitle = {Foundations of Gestalt Theory},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Smith, Barry},<br />
pages = {11-81},<br />
publisher = {Philosophia-Verlag},<br />
address = {München, Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G. & Tänzler, D.},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts: Inquiries into the Semiotic Heritage and its Relevance to the Interpretation of the Visual World},<br />
publisher = {Lund Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003a,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd. 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984a,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Speitkamp 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Speitkamp 1997a,<br />
author = {Speitkamp, Winfried},<br />
title = {Denkmalsturz. Zur Konfliktgeschichte politischer Symbolik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spengel 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spengel 1966a,<br />
author = {Spengel, Leonhard},<br />
title = {Rhetores Graeci},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Minerva},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt},<br />
note = {1/3, [unv. Nachdr. der Ausg. 1853-1856]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
journal = {Computational Linguistics},<br />
volume = {36}, <br />
number = {3},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
url = {www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Glasauer, St.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1997a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Doppelbilder: Manet und Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {73-97},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(stw 1415)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G. & Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2006a,<br />
author = {Stieg&shy;ler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Theorie&shy;ge&shy;schich&shy;te der Foto&shy;grafie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2010a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Indexikalität. Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Stiegler, B.},<br />
pages = {71-76},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, Uni&shy;versity of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stowasser et al. 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser et al. 1998a,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of Prototypical Information by Adults and 10-month-old Infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Massa&shy;chusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strenge_1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling, Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, S. & Held, G.},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012a,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Straub, J.},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Suárez de Figueroa 1609a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Suárez de Figueroa 1609a,<br />
author = {Suárez de Figueroa, Cristóbal},<br />
title = {La constante Amarilis},<br />
year = {1781},<br />
publisher = {Antonio de la Sancha},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966a,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Bonniers},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Christa },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Wobus, A.M. & Wobus, U. },<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Barth},<br />
hidden = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {Heidelberg [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999a,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003a,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human Facial Beauty: Averageness, Symmetry, and Parasite Resistance},<br />
journal = {Human Nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 2009a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix },<br />
title = {Ikonographie, Ikonologie, Ikonik: Max Imdahl liest Erwin Panofsky},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien: Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {214-234},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Hauswedell},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977a,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 2000a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trabant 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trabant 1996a,<br />
author = {Trabant, Jürgen },<br />
title = {Elemente der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Franke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940a,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tseng 93a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 2007a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Anthropologie statt Metaphysik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ulama 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ulama 2011a,<br />
author = {Ulama, Nisaar},<br />
title = {Von Bildfreiheit und Geschichtsverlust: Zu Hans Jonas' homo pictor},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
pages = {10-17},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/pdf/buch_image14_themenheft.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E. & Simion, F. & Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face Preference at Birth},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Van Deemter 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Van Deemter 1998a,<br />
author = {Van Deemter, K},<br />
title = {Retrieving Pictures for Document Generation},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. of 14<sup>th</sup> Workshop on Language Technology},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Hiemstra, D. & de Jong, F.M.G. & Netter, K.},<br />
pages = {117–128},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Twente},<br />
address = {Twente},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubaceva. V cetyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Progress},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vehlken 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vehlken 2012a,<br />
author = {Vehlken, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Zootechnologien. Eine Mediengeschichte der Schwarmforschung},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, St.; Roesler, A. & Sandbothe, M.},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, H.},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Vögtli & Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli & Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander & Ernst, Beat },<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {102–123},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1994a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren. Zum Gedenken an Max Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {233-252},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 2008a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Von der Wirkmacht und Wirkkraft der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {47-63},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wall 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wall 1997a,<br />
author = {Wall, Jeff},<br />
title = {Zeichen der Indif&shy;ferenz: Aspekte der Photo&shy;graphie in der, oder als, Konzept&shy;kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Szena&shy;rien im Bild&shy;raum der Wirk&shy;lich&shy;keit. Essays, Inter&shy;views},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stemm&shy;rich, G.},<br />
pages = {375-434},<br />
publisher = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
address = {Philo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as Make-Believe: On the Foundations of the Representational Arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warncke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warncke 2005a,<br />
author = {Warncke, Carsten-Peter },<br />
title = {Symbol, Emblem, Allegorie. Die zweite Sprache der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Deubner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = {Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weber 2005a,<br />
author = {Weber, Max},<br />
title = {Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Grundriss der verstehenden Soziologie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Zweitausendeins},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {(Orig.: 1921/22)},<br />
hidden = {Zwei Teile in einem Band; Hrsg. von Alexander Ulfig},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weinert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Weinert 2007a,<br />
author = {Weinert, Peter },<br />
title = {Computergestützte Visualisierung eines human-embryonalen Gehirns},<br />
howpublished = {Online-Archiv der LMU München; PDF},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
note = {Dissertation, Medizinische Fakultät},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {edoc.ub.uni-muenchen.de/6726/},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {66-67},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weiss 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2012a,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {295-328},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977a,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Mich.},<br />
note = {Diss.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J.},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1979a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen über die Farben},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(hg. Anscombe, G.E.M.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wölfflin 1912a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Das Problem des Stils in der bildenden Kunst. Vortrag in der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften am 7. Dez. 1911},<br />
journal = {Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
volume = {XXXIII},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {572-578},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1929a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wollheim 1982b,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Max Looser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {305-356},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cam&shy;bridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {(Berlin, 1959)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006a,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, G. & Brosius, H.-B. & Jarren, O.},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007a,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
<br />
===Young 1918a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Young 1918a,<br />
author = {Young, Edward},<br />
title = {Conjectures on Original Composition},<br />
year = {1759},<br />
publisher = {Longman, Greens},<br />
address = {London, New York, Bombay},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Edith J. Morley},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
===Zahn 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zahn 2011a,<br />
author = {Zahn, Manuel},<br />
title = {mediales denken – Von Heideggers Technikdenken zu Deleuzes Filmphilosophie },<br />
booktitle = {Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {53-66},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zincgref 1664a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zincgref 1664a,<br />
author = {Zincgref, Julius Wilhelm },<br />
title = {Emblematum ethico-politicorum centuria},<br />
year = {1664},<br />
publisher = {Ammonius},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {books.google.de/books?id=nCgyAQAAMAAJ&q=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&dq=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&hl=de&sa=X&ei=GcwkUY3UNITSsganqIDQCQ&ved=0CDIQ6AEwAA},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=13401
Bibliography
2013-07-11T09:52:03Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!--- --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811a, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W. & Horkheimer, Max},<br />
title = {Dialektik der Aufklärung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Querido},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994a,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994a},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberro 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberro 2006a,<br />
author = {Alberro, Alexander},<br />
title = {Einleitung. Der Weg raus führt rein},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {13-27},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1530a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1530a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {De verborum significatione},<br />
year = {1530},<br />
publisher = {Sebastian Gryphius},<br />
address = {Lyon},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1531a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1531a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {Emblematum liber},<br />
year = {1531},<br />
publisher = {Heinrich Steyner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1967a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas},<br />
title = {Emblematum Libellus},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {142-159},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alloa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alloa 2011a,<br />
author = {Alloa, Emmanuel},<br />
title = {Das durchscheinende Bild. Konturen einer medialen Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alpers 1995a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis und Kunstanschauung in Vasaris Viten},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {217-253},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1960===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Alpers 1960a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and aesthetic attitudes in Vasari’s Lives},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes },<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {1937},<br />
pages = {190-215},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972a,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution}, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {[Broschiert]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Andree 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006a, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung) ???},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Apel 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Apel 2002a,<br />
author = {Apel, Karl-Otto}, <br />
title = {Transformation der Philosophie, Bd. 1: Sprachanalytik, Semiotik, Hermeneutik}, <br />
year = {2002}, <br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J. & Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aristoteles 1949a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {De interpretatione},<br />
booktitle = {Aristotelis categoriae et liber de interpretatione},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
editor = {Minio-Paluello, L.},<br />
pages = {47-72},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Übers. und Hrsg.: Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Arnheim 1932a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Arnheim 1932a,<br />
author = {Arnheim, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Film als Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Nachwort von Karl Prümm und mit zeitgenössischen Rezensionen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {139-145},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946a,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A. Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002a,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 1977a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {(zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemer&shy;kung zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770a,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {Weidmann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1999a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Malerei und Erfahrung im Italien der Renaissance},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {nach der korrigierten zweiten Auflage von: <em>Painting and Experience in 15<sup>th</sup> Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style</em>, Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press 1988},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984a,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bazin 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bazin 2009a,<br />
author = {Bazin, André},<br />
title = {Ontologie des photographischen Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Film?},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Fischer, R.},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Alexander },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 1993a,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beniger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beniger 1986a,<br />
author = {Beniger, James},<br />
title = {The Control Revolution. Technological and Economic Origins of the Information Society},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp },<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Benjamin 1974a,<br />
author = {Benjamin Walter},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften. Bd. I.2},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Hrsg. v. Rolf Tiedemann & Hermann Schweppenhäuser},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benko 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benko 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benko, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, B.},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2006a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Martin Buber. Ein vergessener Klassiker der Kommunikationswissenschaft? Dialogphilosophie in kommunikationswissenschaftlicher Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Tectum},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher (1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {55-79},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures Represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, J. & Black, M.},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke et al. 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949a,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {15-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007a,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld 1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von E. Gilmer und H. Vetter},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brecht 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brecht 1992a,<br />
author = {Brecht, Bertholt},<br />
title = {Der Rundfunk als Kommunikationsapparat},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Band 18},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Hauptmann, Elisabeth},<br />
pages = {552-557},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2003b,<br />
author = {Brede&shy;kamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexi&shy;kon Kunst&shy;wissen&shy;schaft. Ideen, Metho&shy;den, Begrif&shy;fe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {56-58},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frank&shy;furter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1874a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1874a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Psychologie vom empirischen Standpunkt},<br />
year = {1874},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = { Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brodatz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brodatz 1966a,<br />
author = {Brodatz, Phil},<br />
title = {Textures: A Photographic Album for Artists and Designers},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Dover},<br />
address = {Mineola, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Bryson, Norman },<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buber 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buber 1995a,<br />
author = {Martin Buber},<br />
title = {Ich und Du},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz & Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz & Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Das Haus als Gesamtkunstwerk -- eine Herausforderung an die Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {241-268},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-6/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665a,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {Otto Prätorius}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bulgakowa 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bulgakowa 2001a,<br />
author = {Bulgakowa, Oksana},<br />
title = {Film/filmisch},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 2: Dekadent — Grotesk},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Barck, K. & Fontius, M. & Schlenstedt, D. & Steinwachs, B. & Wolfzettel, F.},<br />
pages = {429-462},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bußmann 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bußmann 1983a,<br />
author = {Bußmann, Hadumod },<br />
title = {Lexikon der Sprachwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Kröner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008a,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008a},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {(orig.: 1927)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Eschbach, A. & Kapitzky, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784a,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note ={},<br />
hidden = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
<br />
===CCALED-4===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993a,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Thieme},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Caraffa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Caraffa 2009a,<br />
title = {Fotografie als Instrument und Medium der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Caraffa, Constanza},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {189-218},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {212-223},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1996a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von M. Lauschke},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von B. Recki},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cernych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cernych 2001a,<br />
author = {Cernych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Russkij jazyk},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. und übersetzt von N. Bergemann und Ch. Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chiang 73a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chion 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999a,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945a,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Back&shy;well Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Covarrubias Orozco 1611a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Covarrubias Orozco 1611a,<br />
author = {Covarrubias Orozco, Sebastián de},<br />
title = {Tesoro de la lengua castellana o española},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Nueva biblioteca de erudición y crítica},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crary 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Crary 1990a,<br />
author = {Crary, Jonathan},<br />
title = {Techniques of the Observer. On Vision and Modernity in the Nineteenth Century},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {MIT-Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crow 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Crow 2006a,<br />
author = {Crow, Thomas},<br />
title = {Ungeschriebene Geschichten der Konzeptkunst},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro, A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {158-171},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1990a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. André Chastel, übers. v. Marianne Schneider},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston & Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daston & Galison 2007a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Objektivität},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Christa Krüger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson & Noble 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davidson & Noble 1989a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Iain & William Noble},<br />
title = {The Archaeology of Perception: Traces of Depiction and Language},<br />
journal = {Current Anthropology},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {125-155},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {343-370},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Davidson 2001a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald },<br />
title = {Subjective, Intersubjective, Objective},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991a,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versi&shy;ty of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Hono&shy;lulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avi&shy;nus},<br />
address = {Roden&shy;bach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: Vie et mort de l'image. Une histore du regard en Occident, Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008a,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver & Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1732a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1732a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 2. D — Ñ},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1737a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1737a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 3. O — Z},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians & U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 2006a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Kunst als Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 2002a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751a,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {Euro&shy;päische Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von R. Werner},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Micha<br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
el & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {West&shy;port, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Else&shy;vier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegen&shy;warts&shy;kunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Aus&shy;stellungs&shy;katalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2006a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Die Fotografie im Spannungsfeld von Kunstgeschichte und Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-148},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Zeigen als ''faire voir''. Für eine Bildtheorie des Fotografischen},<br />
booktitle = {Zeigen. Die Rhetorik des Sichtbaren},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.& Egenhofer, S. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {159-178},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Donald 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Donald 1993a,<br />
author = {Donald, Merlin },<br />
title = {Origins of the Modern Mind: Three Stages in the Evolution of Culture and Cognition},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson, D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amster&shy;dam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61a,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {Mumm},<br />
address = {Kopen&shy;hagen},<br />
hidden = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Duden 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 2013a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Homepage},<br />
year = {2013a},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/virtuell},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dünkelsbühler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dünkelsbühler 1991a,<br />
author = {Dünkelsbühler, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon- Versionen nach Kant und Derrida},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {See&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Leip&shy;zig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürscheid 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dürscheid 2010a,<br />
author = {Dürscheid, Christa },<br />
title = {Syntax. Grundlagen und Theorien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Vanden&shy;hoeck & Rup&shy;recht},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {UTB Sprachwissenschaften 3319},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1977a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Zeichen. Einführung in einen Begriff und seine Geschichte},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998b,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998b},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {online},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplom&shy;arbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Egenhofer 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Egenhofer 2002a,<br />
author = {Egenhofer, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Minimal Art},<br />
booktitle = {DuMonts Begriffslexikon zur zeitgenössischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butin, H.},<br />
pages = {210-215},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ehrenfels 1890a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ehrenfels 1890a,<br />
author = {Ehrenfels, Christian von},<br />
title = {Über Gestaltqualitäten},<br />
journal = {Vierteljahrsschrift für wissenschaftliche Philosophie},<br />
year = {1890},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {242-292},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brand&shy;stätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Stammesgeschichtliche Anpassungen im menschlichen Verhalten},<br />
booktitle = {Grzimeks Tierleben. Ergänzungsband Verhaltensforschung},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Immelmann, K.},<br />
pages = {604-617},<br />
publisher = {Kindler },<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Eizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Eizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
hidden = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Else 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958a,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kultur&shy;verlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 1998a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germa&shy;nisches Natio&shy;nalmu&shy;seum},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ausst.Kat. Nürn&shy;berg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998a,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001a,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Evans 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002a,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopen&shy;hagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Faßler 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Faßler 1997a,<br />
author = {Faßler, Manfred},<br />
title = {Was ist Kommunikation?},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunst&shy;histo&shy;risches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von G. Boehm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Inns&shy;bruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke & Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke & Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I. & Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischart 1581a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fischart 1581a,<br />
author = {Fischart, Johann},<br />
title = {Kurtzer vnd Woldienlicher Vorbericht / von Vrsprung / Namen vnd Gebrauch der Emblematen / oder Eingeblömeten Zierwercken},<br />
booktitle = {Emblematum Tyrocinia. Sive Picta Poesis Latinogermanica },<br />
year = {1581},<br />
editor = {Holtzwart, M.},<br />
pages = {fol. a6<sup>v</sup>-a7<sup>r</sup>},<br />
publisher = {Jobin},<br />
address = {Straß&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photo&shy;graphy},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Boll&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Bens&shy;heim, Düssel&shy;dorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
title = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, Matthias & Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog, Akademie der Künste, Berlin},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007b,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {264-284},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {19-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foster 1995a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal},<br />
title = {Die Crux des Minimalismus},<br />
booktitle = {Minimal Art. Eine kritische Retrospektive},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Stemmrich, G.},<br />
pages = {589-633},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Dresden/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 10a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung (1892)},<br />
editor = {Frege, G.},<br />
booktitle = {Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
gages = {40-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1900a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Franz Deuticke},<br />
address = {Leipzig & Wien},<br />
note ={},<br />
hidden ={},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912a,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fromme et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Fromme et al. 2011a,<br />
title = { Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Fromme, Johannes; Iske, Stefan & Marotzki, Winfried},<br />
publisher = { VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / Springer Fachmedien},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin'. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 1999a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Gadamer 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gadamer 1960a,<br />
author = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Mohr Siebeck},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992a,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2009a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Theorien der Fotografie zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2010a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Bilder aus Versehen. Eine Geschichte fotografischer Erscheinungen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte. Aus einem Lesebuch der Zeit des Kaisers Marc Aurel},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006a,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm & Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 1999a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Basisprobleme der Bildgliederung - Von der Bildkomposition zur Bildsyntax},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K. },<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 2003a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Vom visuellen Material zum Bildmedium. Ein produktionstheoretischer Ansatz},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Bildkompetenz? Studien zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {43-50},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gibson 1950a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James J.},<br />
title = {The perception of visual surfaces},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
volume = {63},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {367-384},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987a,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuriato & Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato & Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gombrich 1952a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Wertmetaphern in der bildenden Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
pages = {34-63},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990a},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Nelson Goodman & Catherine C. Elgin},<br />
title = {Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
hidden = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011b},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grice 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970a,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1889a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1889a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 13: N – Quuren},<br />
year = {1889},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G. & Bruce, C.J. & Desimone, R. & Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical Visual Areas of the Temporal Lobe: Three Areas in the Macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haase 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Haase 2007a,<br />
author = {Haase, Martin },<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie: Eine Einführung in die Erforschung der Vielfalt der Sprachen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haken 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995a,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halawa & Grabbe 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halawa & Grabbe 2013a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark & Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Anthropologische / kulturalistische Ansätze},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2011a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Editorial: Homo pictor und animal symbolicum: Zu den Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer philosophischen Bildanthropologie},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {2-9},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/upload/fc34087ae6d22f28d69b328e4fe75bef.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2012a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage als Machtfrage. Perspektiven einer Kritik des Bildes},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1756a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1783a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {Novrse},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harth 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Harth 2001a,<br />
author = {Harth, Manfred},<br />
title = {Bezugnahme bei Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {41-53},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979a,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heckscher & Wirth 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heckscher & Wirth 1959a,<br />
author = {Heckscher, William & Wirth, Karl-August},<br />
title = {Emblem, Emblembuch, Kapitel IV (Quellen der Emblematik)},<br />
booktitle = {RDK - Reallexikon zur deutschen Kunstgeschichte, Bd. 5},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
editor = {Zentralinstitut für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
pages = {Sp. 85–228},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rdk.zikg.net/gsdl/cgi-bin/library.exe?e=p-01000-00---off-0rdkZz-web--00-1--0-10-0---0---0prompt-10---4-------0-1l--11-de-Zz-1---20-about---01-3-1-00-0-0-11-1-0utfZz-8-00&a=d&c=rdk-web&cl=&d=Dl762.1#mark},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Helson 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Helson 1925a,<br />
author = {Helson, Harry},<br />
title = {The Psychology of Gestalt},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Hg.: Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G.},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 2009a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Schröter, J. & Barck, J.},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991a,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie (Darstellung und Deutung. Vorträge und Schriften aus den Geisteswissenschaften und ihren Grenzgebieten. H. 1)},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Silva},<br />
address = {Iserlohn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 1999a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hickethier 2010a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hicks & Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks & Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988a,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Homer 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979a,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horten 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994a,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, H. D. & Lockemann, B. & Scheibel, M.},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2008c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008c,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008c},<br />
editor = {Ganß, M. & Sinapsius, P. & de Smit, P.},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huber 2007a,<br />
author = {Huber, Mathias},<br />
title = {Virtual Reality in Bildung und Forschung. Wissenschaft anschaulich},<br />
journal = {Linux Magazin},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.linux-magazin.de/Heft-Abo/Ausgaben/2007/07/Wissenschaft-anschaulich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hubig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Technikphilosophie als Reflexion der Medialität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hubig 2010a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Medialität/Medien },<br />
booktitle = {Enzyklopädie Philosophie },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Sandkühler, H.-J.},<br />
pages = {1516-1522},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {(Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. u. eingel. von E. Marbach},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985a,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Häseler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Häseler 2002a,<br />
author = {Häseler, Jens},<br />
title = {Original/Originalität},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 4: Medien – Populär},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Barck, Karlheinz; Fontius, Martin; Schlenstedt, Dieter; Steinwachs, Burkhart; Wolfzettel, Friedrich},<br />
pages = {638-655},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüllen 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüllen 1971a,<br />
author = {Hüllen, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Archetypus},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1 (A-C)},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {497-500},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-324},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-380},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996b,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Giotto. Arenafresken},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996c,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max },<br />
title = {Reflexion, Theorie, Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Mit e. Beitr. v. H. R. Jauß. Hrsg. u. eingel. v. G. Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjaceslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Janich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Janich 2005a,<br />
author = {Janich, Peter},<br />
title = {Medienphilosophie der Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Systematische Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sandbothe, M. & Nagel},<br />
pages = {83-98},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795a,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Quintus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johansen & Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen & Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Aca&shy;demic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Hagel, Rebecca & Franklin, Melissa & Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szoke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmezo szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik. Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
hidden = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926a,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {A: 1781, B: 1787},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004a,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993a,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Ox&shy;ford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Katz & Fodor 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Katz & Fodor 1963a,<br />
author = {Katz, Jerrold J. & Fodor, Jerry A. },<br />
title = {The Structure of a Semantic Theory},<br />
journal = {Language},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {170-210},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keller 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Keller 1995a,<br />
author = {Keller, Rudi},<br />
title = {Zeichentheorie. Zu einer Theorie semiotischen Wissens},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen & Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kemp 1979a,<br />
title = {Theorie der Fotografie II, 1912-1945},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kempson 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kempson 1975a,<br />
author = {Kempson, Ruth},<br />
title = {Presupposition and the Delimitation of Semantics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004a,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1974a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {George Inness and the Battle at Hastings, or Doing Things with Pictures},<br />
journal = {The Monist},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {216-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klee 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925a,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner & Wilke 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kleiner & Wilke 2013a,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen. Theorien, Ästhetiken, Praktiken},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, Marcus S. & Wilke, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kleiner 2013a,<br />
author = {Kleiner, Marcus S.},<br />
title = {Populäre Kulturen, Popkulturen, Populäre Medienkulturen als missing link im Diskurs zur Performativität von Kulturen und Kulturen des Performativen },<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, M. S. & Wilke, T.},<br />
pages = {13-48},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishu, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007a,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Koller 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954a,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1998a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Das Photo&shy;graphi&shy;sche. Eine Theorie der Ab&shy;stände},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Henning Schmidgen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000c,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Die Ori&shy;gina&shy;lität der Avant&shy;garde und ande&shy;re Mythen der Moder&shy;ne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Jörg Enninger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006a,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012a,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010a},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, A. & Pohl, A. & Riedel, P.},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {webdoc.sub.gwdg.de/ebook/dissts/Bochum/Krewani2003.pdf},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von E. H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the Uni&shy;versity of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‘Performativität’ und ‘Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‘Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer 2004c,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität },<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Canci<br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen bibentryk-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford UP},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kühne-Bertram 6 Rodi 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kühne-Bertram & Rodi 2008a,<br />
title = {Dilthey und die hermeneutische Wende in der Philosophie: Wirkungsgeschichtliche Aspekte seines Werkes},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kühne-Bertram, Gudrun & Rodi, Frithjof },<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lakoff 1972a,<br />
author = {Lakoff , George},<br />
title = {On Generative Semantics},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Steinberg, D. D. & Jakobovits, L. A. },<br />
pages = {305-359},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langacker 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langacker 1991a,<br />
author = {Langacker, Ronald W.},<br />
title = {Concept, Image, and Symbol: The Cognitive Basis of Grammar},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman, Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces Are Only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 85a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 1975a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leibniz 1710a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leibniz 1710a,<br />
author = {V, Gottfried Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal},<br />
year = {1710},<br />
publisher = {Troyel},<br />
address = {Amsterdam },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lehmann online===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Lehmann online,<br />
author = {Lehmann, Christian},<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung},<br />
howpublished = {online Hypertext},<br />
year = {2012/13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht: 22. Feb. 2013},<br />
url = {www.christianlehmann.eu/ling/typ/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005a,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Le geste et la parole},<br />
year = {1964/65},<br />
publisher = {Albin Michel},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {D: «Hand und Wort - Die Evolution von Technik, Sprache und Kunst», 1980, Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessig 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessig 1999a,<br />
author = {Lessig, Lawrence},<br />
title = {Code and Other Laws of Cyberspace},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levi 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001a,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liebsch & Mößner 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner 2012a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936a,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003; <sup>2</sup>2011},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80[<sup>2</sup>2011: 99-104]},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {239-253},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997a,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Uni&shy;versity Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Matzker 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Matzker 2008a,<br />
author = {Matzker, Reiner},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Medialität. Zur Vermittlung von künstlerischen Welten und ästhetischen Theorien},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek b. Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrick},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1998a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meier 1757a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757a,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinong 1907a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinong 1907a,<br />
author = {Meinong, Alexius},<br />
title = {Über die Stellung der Gegenstandstheorie im System der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
publisher = {Voigtländer},<br />
address = {Leipzig },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Ch. Bermes (2003)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, R.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2009a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Medientheorien zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001a,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998a,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Miedema 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Miedema 1968a,<br />
author = {Miedema, Hessel},<br />
title = {The Term Emblema in Alciati},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {. 234–250},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirmehdi et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mirmehdi et al. 2008a,<br />
title = {Handbook of Texture Analysis },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mirmehdi, Majid & Xie, Xianghua & Suri, Jasjit},<br />
publisher = {Imperial College Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Vorwort von H. Belting, aus dem Englischen von A. Eschbach, A.-V. Eschbach & M. Halawa},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1986a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, László},<br />
title = {Malerei Fotografie Film},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007a,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Morris 1938a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1938a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Foundations of the Theory of Signs},<br />
year = {1938},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, I.2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1946a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Signs, Language, and Behavior},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
publisher = {Prentice-Hall},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Möller 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984a,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984a},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970a,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970a},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, M. & Steinbrenner, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998a,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller et al. 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. 2012a,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas & Kuhn, J. & Lenzner, A. & Schnotz, W.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {207-236},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Napier 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001a,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a,<br />
title = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013fc},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 978-3-86962-067-1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991a,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873a,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971a,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977a,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===OED-3===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {Uni&shy;versity of Ox&shy;ford},<br />
title = {Ox&shy;ford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oehlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische “Momentaufnahmen” im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oevermann et al. 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oevermann et al. 1979a,<br />
author = {Oevermann, Ulrich & Allert, Tilman & Konau, Elisabeth & Krambeck, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Die Methodologie einer ‘objektiven Hermeneutik’ und ihre allgemeine forschungslogische Bedeutung in den Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Interpretative Verfahren in den Sozial- und Textwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G.},<br />
pages = {352–434},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2005a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Medienwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {79-96},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Th. & Meder, Th.},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Passuth 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Passuth 1987a,<br />
author = {Pas&shy;suth, Krisz&shy;tina},<br />
title = {Mo&shy;ho&shy;ly-Nagy},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Ver&shy;lag der Kunst & Kunst&shy;verlag Wein&shy;garten},<br />
address = {Dres&shy;den/Wein&shy;garten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Heribert Thierry},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Paul 2010a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Visual History, Version: 1.0},<br />
journal = {Docupedia-Zeitgeschichte},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {11},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {docupedia.de/docupedia/index.php?title=Visual_History&oldid=68958},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus’ Use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox Uni&shy;versity Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peters 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peters 2011a,<br />
author = {Peters, John Durham},<br />
title = {Mass Media},<br />
booktitle = {Critical Terms for Media Studies},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Mitchell, W.J.T. & Hansen, Mark B.N.},<br />
pages = {266-279},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002a,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010a,<br />
title = { Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010b,<br />
author = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Medialität als Ausgangspunkt für die Frage nach dem Menschsein},<br />
booktitle = {Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003a,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53a,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Platon 1991a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke V: Politeia. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Friedrich Schleiermacher, hrsg. v. Karlheinz Hülser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, U.},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plumpe 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plumpe 1988a,<br />
author = {Gerhard Plumpe},<br />
title = {Kunst und juristischer Diskurs. Mit einer Vorbemerkung zum Diskursbegriff},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurstheorien und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J. & Müller, H.},<br />
pages = {330-345},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999a,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratzka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka 2012a,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {237-264},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Real Academia Española 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Real Academia Española 1992a,<br />
author = {Real Academia Española},<br />
title = {Diccionario de la lengua española},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Espasa Calpe},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {21ª edición},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rebel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rebel 2009a,<br />
author = {Rebel, Ernst},<br />
title = {Druckgrafik. Geschichte und Fachbegriffe. Mit 56 Abbildungen und Risszeichnungen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {2., durchgesehene und aktualisierte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001a,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011a,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renger-Patzsch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renger-Patzsch 2010a,<br />
author = {Ren&shy;ger-Patzsch, Al&shy;bert},<br />
title = {Die Freude am Gegen&shy;stand. Gesam&shy;melte Auf&shy;sätze zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink },<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. Stiegler, B. & Wilde, A. & Wilde, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Richards & Ogden 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Richards & Ogden 1923a,<br />
author = {Richards, I.A. & Ogden, R.G. },<br />
title = {The Meaning of Meaning},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = { Routledge & Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricœur 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricœur 1973a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik und Strukturalismus. Der Konflikt der Interpretationen 1},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Koesel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Johannes Rütsche},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1901a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1901a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Die spätrömische Kunstindustrie nach den Funden in Österreich-Ungarn im Zusammenhange mit der Gesamtentwicklung der Bildenden Künste bei den Mittelmeervölkern},<br />
publisher = {KuK Hof- und Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien}<br />
year = {1901},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972a,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972a},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1992a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989a,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989a},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, St.},<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff_1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1984a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Sach-, Selbst- und Fremdbezug in elementaren sprachlichen Handlungen. Zur Sprachtheorie G. H. Meads},<br />
booktitle = {Zeichen und Realität},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Oehler, K.},<br />
pages = {I.179-188},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {3 Bände},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeu&shy;tung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behand&shy;lung eini&shy;ger bedeu&shy;tungsthe&shy;ore&shy;tischer Para&shy;doxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibni&shy;tiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, R.},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of Categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H. & Lloyd, B. B.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Erlbaum},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Rosenberg 2006a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael },<br />
title = {Ikonik und Geschichte. Zur Frage der historischen Angemessenheit von Max Imdahls Kunstbetrachtung },<br />
howpublished = {DOC-Art - Online-Archiv: Univ. Heidel&shy;berg, pdf},<br />
year = {2006 (1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {archiv.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/artdok/volltexte/2006/193},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rubin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rubin 1915a,<br />
author = {Rubin, Edgar},<br />
title = {Synoplevde Figurer},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Gyldendalske},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rucker et al. 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rucker et al. 1993a,<br />
title = {Mondo 2000: A User’s Guide to the New Edge},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Rucker, Rudy & Sirius, R.U. & Mu, Queen},<br />
publisher = {Thames and Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Runte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005a,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001a,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K. & Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Zur politischen Instrumentalisierbarkeit bildhafter Repräsentationen. Philosophische und psychologische Aspekte der Bildkommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Macht. Theoretische und empirische Untersuchungen zur visuellen Politik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Hofmann, W.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Nomos},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2002a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Selecting Styles for Tele-Rendering: Toward a Rhetoric in Computational Visualistics},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. 2<sup>nd</sup> International Symposium on Smart Graphics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butz, A. & Krüger, A. & Olivier, P. & Schlechtweg, S. & Zhou, M.},<br />
pages = {102-106},<br />
publisher = {ACM Press},<br />
address = {Hawthorne, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H. & Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2013a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M. A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999 & Rehkämper 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Rehkämper 1999a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommu&shy;nika&shy;tives Medium. Ele&shy;mente einer allge&shy;meinen Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2008a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {31-42},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sacks 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sacks 1996a,<br />
author = {Sacks, Oliver},<br />
title = {Migräne},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, India&shy;napolis: Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd. 30},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sambucus 1566a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sambucus 1566a,<br />
author = {Sambucus, Johannes},<br />
title = {Emblemata et aliquot nummi antiqui operis. 2. ed. cum emendatione et auctario copioso ipsius auctoris},<br />
year = {1566},<br />
publisher = {Plantin},<br />
address = {Antwerpen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reprint: Hildesheim, Zürich, New York: Olms, 2002},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1940a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {L'Imaginaire: Psychologie phénoménologique de l'imagination},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
publisher = {Gallimard},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V. },<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von V. von Wroblewsky},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V.},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt TB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {54-61},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2010a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik und visuelle Differenzierung im Fußball},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {267-285},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009a,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schilling 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schilling 2012a,<br />
title = {Illustrierte Flugblätter der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Schilling, Michael },<br />
publisher = {Kulturhistorisches Museum Magdeburg},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra et al. 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra et al. 1987a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Bosch, G. & Sung, C.K. & Zimmermann, G.},<br />
title = {From Image Sequences to Natural Language: A First Step towards Automatic Perception and Description of Motion},<br />
journal = {Applied Artificial Intelligence},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {287-305},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P87/P87-1/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Carl-McGrath, Stefan},<br />
title = {Identifikationsformen in Computerspiel und Spielfilm},<br />
booktitle = {Film und Krieg. Die Inszenierung von Politik zwischen Apologetik und Apokalypse},<br />
editor = {Strübel, M. },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
pages = {149-163},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Leske+Budrich},<br />
address = {Leverkusen },<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 20. Februar 2013},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Kontextbildung als anthropologischer Zweck von Bildkompetenz},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Halawa, M.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {18-38},<br />
note = {Themenheft zu IMAGE 14},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2013a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {The Anthropological Function of Pictures},<br />
booktitle = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Zwei Skizzen zum Begriff 'Photorealismus' in der Computergraphik},<br />
booktitle = {Bild - Bildwahrnehmung - Bildverarbeitung: Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {69-79},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1990a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Einige Überlegungen zu Bildvorstellungen in kognitiven Systemen.},<br />
booktitle = {Repräsentation und Verarbeitung räumlichen Wissens},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Freksa, Ch. & Habel, Ch.},<br />
pages = {68-82},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P90/P90-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Aurnague, M. & Borillo, A. & Borillo, M. & Bras, M.},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A Contribution to Reference Semantics of Spatial Prepositions: The Visualization Problem and its Solution in VITRA},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions -- From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {471-515},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>}<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept »Mental Image« and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität. Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
p/bibentryublisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2000b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A New Theme for Educating New Engineers: Computational Visualistics},<br />
journal = {Global Journal of Engineering Education},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {73-82},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp; —— &nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2004a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics: Dealing with Pictures in Computer Science},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {494-509},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P04/P04-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft. Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology. An Introduction},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 1},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Conclusive Notes On Computational Picture Morphology},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 8},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2012a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Sind Bilder ein Gegenstand der Informatik? Überlegungen zur Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = { Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = { 329-359},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P12/P12-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt & George 2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter & George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Barck K. et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {Rombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmücker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmücker 2011a,<br />
author = {Schmücker, Reinold},<br />
title = {Lob der Fälschung},<br />
booktitle = {Original und Fälschung},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nida-Rümelin & Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
pages = {71-91},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {Kunst und Philosophie. Bd. 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblematik},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {187},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990b,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {186},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1997a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Reallexikon der deutschen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Weimar, K.},<br />
pages = {435-438},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = { Berlin & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2002a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem und Emblempoetik. Historische und systematische Studien},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 1657a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {Schott, K.},<br />
pages = {100-169},<br />
publisher = {Schönwetter},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schottelius 1663a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schottelius 1663a,<br />
author = {Schottel, Justus Georg},<br />
title = {Ausführliche Arbeit Von der Teutschen HaubtSprache},<br />
year = {1663},<br />
publisher = {Zilliger},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {diglib.hab.de/wdb.php?dir=drucke/ko-306},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, J.},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweizer 12a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M.},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 2003a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Erscheinen und Wahrnehmen. Eine vergleichende Studie zur Kunst von James Turrell und der Philosophie Merleau-Pontys},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schür&shy;mann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhe&shy;tische Studien zum Verhält&shy;nis von Sicht und Ein&shy;sicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Unendliches im Endlichen. Über einige Gemeinsamkeiten des Gesichter- und Bildersehens},<br />
booktitle = {Sehen und Handeln},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, H. & Krois, J. M.},<br />
pages = {155-167},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Actus et Imago, Bd. 1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, G. & Feige, D.},<br />
pages = {75-86},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, St. & Seel, M.},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Searle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971a,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {123-138},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, Gérard},<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Zeitschrift für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {2-14},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sennholz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sennholz 1985a,<br />
author = {Sennholz, Klaus},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Deixis},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1949a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {The mathematical theory of communication},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
address = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shin 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002a,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009a,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Smith 1988a,<br />
author = {Smith, Barry},<br />
title = {Gestalt Theory. An Essay in Philosophy},<br />
booktitle = {Foundations of Gestalt Theory},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Smith, Barry},<br />
pages = {11-81},<br />
publisher = {Philosophia-Verlag},<br />
address = {München, Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G. & Tänzler, D.},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts: Inquiries into the Semiotic Heritage and its Relevance to the Interpretation of the Visual World},<br />
publisher = {Lund Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003a,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd. 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984a,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Speitkamp 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Speitkamp 1997a,<br />
author = {Speitkamp, Winfried},<br />
title = {Denkmalsturz. Zur Konfliktgeschichte politischer Symbolik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spengel 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spengel 1966a,<br />
author = {Spengel, Leonhard},<br />
title = {Rhetores Graeci},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Minerva},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt},<br />
note = {1/3, [unv. Nachdr. der Ausg. 1853-1856]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
journal = {Computational Linguistics},<br />
volume = {36}, <br />
number = {3},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
url = {www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Glasauer, St.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1997a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Doppelbilder: Manet und Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {73-97},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(stw 1415)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G. & Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2006a,<br />
author = {Stieg&shy;ler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Theorie&shy;ge&shy;schich&shy;te der Foto&shy;grafie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2010a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Indexikalität. Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Stiegler, B.},<br />
pages = {71-76},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, Uni&shy;versity of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stowasser et al. 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser et al. 1998a,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of Prototypical Information by Adults and 10-month-old Infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Massa&shy;chusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strenge_1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling, Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, S. & Held, G.},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012a,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Straub, J.},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Suárez de Figueroa 1609a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Suárez de Figueroa 1609a,<br />
author = {Suárez de Figueroa, Cristóbal},<br />
title = {La constante Amarilis},<br />
year = {1781},<br />
publisher = {Antonio de la Sancha},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966a,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Bonniers},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Christa },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Wobus, A.M. & Wobus, U. },<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Barth},<br />
hidden = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {Heidelberg [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999a,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003a,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human Facial Beauty: Averageness, Symmetry, and Parasite Resistance},<br />
journal = {Human Nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 2009a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix },<br />
title = {Ikonographie, Ikonologie, Ikonik: Max Imdahl liest Erwin Panofsky},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien: Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {214-234},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Hauswedell},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977a,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 2000a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trabant 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trabant 1996a,<br />
author = {Trabant, Jürgen },<br />
title = {Elemente der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Franke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940a,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tseng 93a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 2007a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Anthropologie statt Metaphysik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ulama 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ulama 2011a,<br />
author = {Ulama, Nisaar},<br />
title = {Von Bildfreiheit und Geschichtsverlust: Zu Hans Jonas' homo pictor},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
pages = {10-17},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/pdf/buch_image14_themenheft.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E. & Simion, F. & Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face Preference at Birth},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Van Deemter 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Van Deemter 1998a,<br />
author = {Van Deemter, K},<br />
title = {Retrieving Pictures for Document Generation},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. of 14<sup>th</sup> Workshop on Language Technology},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Hiemstra, D. & de Jong, F.M.G. & Netter, K.},<br />
pages = {117–128},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Twente},<br />
address = {Twente},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubaceva. V cetyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Progress},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vehlken 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vehlken 2012a,<br />
author = {Vehlken, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Zootechnologien. Eine Mediengeschichte der Schwarmforschung},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, St.; Roesler, A. & Sandbothe, M.},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, H.},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Vögtli & Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli & Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander & Ernst, Beat },<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {102–123},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1994a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren. Zum Gedenken an Max Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {233-252},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 2008a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Von der Wirkmacht und Wirkkraft der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {47-63},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wall 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wall 1997a,<br />
author = {Wall, Jeff},<br />
title = {Zeichen der Indif&shy;ferenz: Aspekte der Photo&shy;graphie in der, oder als, Konzept&shy;kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Szena&shy;rien im Bild&shy;raum der Wirk&shy;lich&shy;keit. Essays, Inter&shy;views},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stemm&shy;rich, G.},<br />
pages = {375-434},<br />
publisher = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
address = {Philo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as Make-Believe: On the Foundations of the Representational Arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warncke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warncke 2005a,<br />
author = {Warncke, Carsten-Peter },<br />
title = {Symbol, Emblem, Allegorie. Die zweite Sprache der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Deubner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = {Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weber 2005a,<br />
author = {Weber, Max},<br />
title = {Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Grundriss der verstehenden Soziologie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Zweitausendeins},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {(Orig.: 1921/22)},<br />
hidden = {Zwei Teile in einem Band; Hrsg. von Alexander Ulfig},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weinert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Weinert 2007a,<br />
author = {Weinert, Peter },<br />
title = {Computergestützte Visualisierung eines human-embryonalen Gehirns},<br />
howpublished = {Online-Archiv der LMU München; PDF},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
note = {Dissertation, Medizinische Fakultät},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {edoc.ub.uni-muenchen.de/6726/},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {66-67},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weiss 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2012a,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {295-328},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977a,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Mich.},<br />
note = {Diss.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J.},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1979a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen über die Farben},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(hg. Anscombe, G.E.M.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wölfflin 1912a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Das Problem des Stils in der bildenden Kunst. Vortrag in der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften am 7. Dez. 1911},<br />
journal = {Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
volume = {XXXIII},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {572-578},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wollheim 1982b,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Max Looser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {305-356},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cam&shy;bridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {(Berlin, 1959)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006a,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, G. & Brosius, H.-B. & Jarren, O.},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007a,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
<br />
===Young 1918a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Young 1918a,<br />
author = {Young, Edward},<br />
title = {Conjectures on Original Composition},<br />
year = {1759},<br />
publisher = {Longman, Greens},<br />
address = {London, New York, Bombay},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Edith J. Morley},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
===Zahn 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zahn 2011a,<br />
author = {Zahn, Manuel},<br />
title = {mediales denken – Von Heideggers Technikdenken zu Deleuzes Filmphilosophie },<br />
booktitle = {Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {53-66},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zincgref 1664a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zincgref 1664a,<br />
author = {Zincgref, Julius Wilhelm },<br />
title = {Emblematum ethico-politicorum centuria},<br />
year = {1664},<br />
publisher = {Ammonius},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {books.google.de/books?id=nCgyAQAAMAAJ&q=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&dq=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&hl=de&sa=X&ei=GcwkUY3UNITSsganqIDQCQ&ved=0CDIQ6AEwAA},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Stil&diff=13399
Stil
2013-07-11T09:51:25Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
[[Kategorie:Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
==Darstellung des gr. Zusammenhangs==<br />
<br />
Es ist schwierig bis unmöglich, eine bündige Antwort auf die Frage zu geben, was Stil sei, aber soviel lässt sich doch sagen, dass Stil immer eine Modalität darstellt, mit deren Hilfe etwas auf spezifische Weise formuliert wird; Stil betrifft mithin immer das Wie der Durchführung: sei es eines Handlungsvollzugs oder des Erlebens, einer [[Darstellung_(historisch)|Darstellung]] oder Narration, des Denkens oder [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht|Wahrnehmens]]. Stets sind es Unterschiede in der Art und Weise der Ausführung, der Gestaltung, in der Manier oder Eigenart, die zwei Handlungen oder Erzählungen, zwei Darstellungen oder Sichtweisen voneinander unterscheidbar machen, und es sind die Modi der Darstellung, die das Dargestellte erst zu dem werden lassen, was es ist.<br />
Ursprünglich ein Begriff aus der Rhetorik, später stark okkupiert für Bereiche der Mode und des äußeren Erscheinungsbildes von Menschen und Dingen, in Verruf geraten durch seinen Mangel an analytischer Trennschärfe, wird er gelegentlich mißbraucht zur oberflächlichen Rubrizierung singulärer Werke. <br />
:<br />
Was auch immer sich zeigt oder dargestellt wird und wer auch immer in Erscheinung tritt, es ist unvermeidlich, dieses auf eine bestimmte Art und Weise zu tun; man hat, wie Lessing bemerkt, “seinen eignen Stil, so wie seine eigne Nase.” Deswegen kann es Wohnstile, Fahrstile, Fürhungsstile und Politikstile geben, nur eine wirkliche Stil-Losigkeit, nicht im Sinne eines fehlenden Gespürs fürs Angemessene, sondern im Sinne einer völligen Neutralität oder Stilfreiheit ist nicht denkbar, weil eben auch eine vermeintlich neutrale – etwa nüchterne oder wertungsfreie – Darstellung noch die Form einer Darstellung ist. <br />
Auffällig ist, dass der Stilbegriff zugleich subsumierend als auch differenzierend fungiert, zugleich Kollektives von epochaler Allgemeinheit als auch Individuelles von singulärer Unvergleichlichkeit erfassen will. Ist damit folglich einerseits die besondere Eigenart und persönliche Charakteristik eines Individuums gemeint, lassen sich damit andererseits kollektive Zuordnungen vornehmen, etwa zu einer Gruppe, Epoche oder Lokalität. So gilt bspw. Rembrandt mit der Einzigartigkeit seines persönlichen Duktus doch zugleich als exponierter Vertreter des niederländischen Barock, typisch für eine ganze Nation und Epoche. Das Inkommensurable und das [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|Repräsentative]] greifen also im Stilbegriff auf merkwürdige Weise ineinander. Die Parallelität von individualpsychologischen und historischen Tendenzen, von persönlichen und nationalen bzw. epochalen Mentalitäten bildet einen schwer zu durchschauenden und ebenso schwer zu erklärenden Konnex, besonders in der Kunstgeschichte. Natürlich wirken Zeiten und Schulen verhaltensnormierend auf Individuen, aber umgekehrt bilden auch Individuen eine Epoche, ohne dass es dafür eine allgemeingültige Erklärung gäbe.<br />
:<br />
Eine grundlegende Dichotomie kennzeichnet alle Stilfragen: Äußere Form einer (sprachlichen oder pikturalen) Darstellung auf der einen Seite steht dem [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|dargestellten Inhalt]], der [[Bedeutung und Referenz|Bedeutung]] oder dem Kern der Sache gegenüber.<br />
:<br />
In der Folge ergeben sich daraus gewisse Vorbehalte gegen alles vermeintlich oder tatsächlich Ästhetische, das als nur äußerlich, beliebig, womöglich bloße Mode gegenüber der Bedeutung oder dem Inhalt herabgesetzt wird. Solche Kritik übersieht indessen, dass in einem emphatischeren Verständnis Stil nie nur austauschbare Hülle sein kann, sondern als Ausdruck einer Haltung oder sogar [[Weltbild, Lebensform|Lebensform]] ernst genommen werden muss. <br />
Grundlegender als solche Einschätzungen ist jedoch der Umstand, dass die Disjunktion von Stil und Wahrheit das Vorhandensein einer gestaltlosen Rohmasse von Daten, Dingen oder Fakten voraussetzt, welche – wiewohl denk-notwendig – empirisch nicht anzutreffen sind. Zwar ist es konstitutionslogisch notwendig, sobald man vom Stil einer Darstellung oder Erscheinung redet, auch eine dargestellte oder erscheinende Sache vorauszusetzen, die theoretisch und praktisch auch anders dargestellt werden oder erscheinen könnte, und daher in irgendeiner Form gegeben sein muss, um auf diese oder auf jene Weise realisiert werden zu können. Immer aber muss sie sich auf eine bestimmte, diese und keine andere Weise realisieren und ist daher niemals vollkommen stil-frei.<br />
:<br />
Nach wie vor sind Heinrich Wölfflins (<bib id='Wölfflin 1915a'></bib>) Überlegungen zum Stil in der bildenden Kunst von maßgeblicher Bedeutung sind, vor allem in Bezug auf den Zusammenhang von Darstellung und Wahrnehmung. Wölfflin beschreibt Stil als „die Art, wie das Gesehene auf eine Form gebracht ist.“ (<bib id='Wölfflin 1912a'></bib>: S. 572) „Aller Ausdruck ist an bestimmte optische Möglichkeiten gebunden, die in jedem Zeitalter andere sind. Der gleiche Inhalt könnte zu verschiedenen Zeiten nicht in gleicher Weise ausgedrückt werden, nicht weil die Gefühlstemperatur sich geändert hat, sondern weil die Augen sich geändert haben.“ (Ebd.) Selbstverständlich hat Wölfflin einen komplexen Begriff vom [[Sehen]] als einer kulturellen Tätigkeit, welche auf Anschauungen und [[Darstellung und Vorstellung|Vorstellungen]] basiert. Im Nachwort zur achten Auflage seiner Grundbegriffe beschreibt Wölfflin Sehen als die „Art wie sich [...] in der Vorstellung die Dinge gestalten“. Malerisch oder plastisch sehen heißt demnach, gemäß den Vorstellungen zu sehen, die Wölfflin mit Hilfe der Begriffspaare linear-malerisch, Fläche-Tiefe, geschlossene Form- offene Form, Vielheit-Einheit und Klarheit-Unklarheit zu kategorisieren suchte. Dass solches Sehen viel mit Denkstilen und Sichtweisen zu tun hat, liegt auf der Hand. „Die Art des Sehens“ oder – so ergänzt Wölfflin in Replik auf die Kritik an seinem Sprachgebrauch im Vorwort zur sechsten Auflage – „sagen wir also des anschaulichen Vorstellens ist nicht von Anfang an und überall dieselbe, sondern hat, wie alles Lebendige, ihre Entwicklung.“ <br />
:<br />
Sieht man von Wölfflins voraussetzungsreichen, geschichtsphilosophischen Annahmen einmal ab, bleibt vor allem die Einsicht, dass Stil auf einer vorstellungs-basierten und vorstellungs-bildenden optischen Schematisierung basieren könnte. Wirklich ist „nicht alles zu allen Zeiten möglich“, weder technisch und empirisch noch symbolisch und aisthetisch. Der Stil einer Darstellung ist von werthaften Sichtweisen nicht zu entkoppeln, weil, wie wir sahen, selbst eine neutrale Sicht eine Sichtweise ist.<br />
Eine solche Auffassung findet auch bei moderneren Autoren ihren Widerhall: Stil, schreibt Manfred Frank in seiner Untersuchung zum Stil in der Philosophie, sei „die individuelle Art und Weise, wie der Autor seine eigentümliche Sicht der Welt sprachlich zum Ausdruck bringt.“ (<bib id='Frank 1990a'></bib>: S. 11) Und Arthur Danto verdanken wir die Einsicht, dass der Stil einer Darstellung uns veranlaßt, dasjenige, von dem sie handelt, „mit einer bestimmten Einstellung und in einer besonderen Sicht zu sehen.“ (<bib id='Danto 1993a'></bib>: S. 255) <br />
<br />
{{GlossarSiehe}}<br />
* [[Bedeutung und Referenz]]<br />
* [[Darstellung (historisch)]]<br />
* [[Darstellung und Repräsentation]]<br />
* [[Darstellung und Vorstellung]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Sehen]]<br />
* [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
* [[Weltbild, Lebensform]]<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
* [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
{{GlosTab4}}<br />
''Lektorat:'' <br />
* [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=13397
Bibliography
2013-07-11T09:50:36Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: /* Wölfflin 1911a */</p>
<hr />
<div><!--- --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811a, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W. & Horkheimer, Max},<br />
title = {Dialektik der Aufklärung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Querido},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994a,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994a},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberro 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberro 2006a,<br />
author = {Alberro, Alexander},<br />
title = {Einleitung. Der Weg raus führt rein},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {13-27},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1530a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1530a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {De verborum significatione},<br />
year = {1530},<br />
publisher = {Sebastian Gryphius},<br />
address = {Lyon},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1531a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1531a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {Emblematum liber},<br />
year = {1531},<br />
publisher = {Heinrich Steyner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1967a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas},<br />
title = {Emblematum Libellus},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {142-159},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alloa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alloa 2011a,<br />
author = {Alloa, Emmanuel},<br />
title = {Das durchscheinende Bild. Konturen einer medialen Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alpers 1995a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis und Kunstanschauung in Vasaris Viten},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {217-253},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1960===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Alpers 1960a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and aesthetic attitudes in Vasari’s Lives},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes },<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {1937},<br />
pages = {190-215},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972a,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution}, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {[Broschiert]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Andree 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006a, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung) ???},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Apel 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Apel 2002a,<br />
author = {Apel, Karl-Otto}, <br />
title = {Transformation der Philosophie, Bd. 1: Sprachanalytik, Semiotik, Hermeneutik}, <br />
year = {2002}, <br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J. & Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aristoteles 1949a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {De interpretatione},<br />
booktitle = {Aristotelis categoriae et liber de interpretatione},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
editor = {Minio-Paluello, L.},<br />
pages = {47-72},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Übers. und Hrsg.: Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Arnheim 1932a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Arnheim 1932a,<br />
author = {Arnheim, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Film als Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Nachwort von Karl Prümm und mit zeitgenössischen Rezensionen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {139-145},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946a,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A. Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002a,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 1977a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {(zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemer&shy;kung zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770a,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {Weidmann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1999a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Malerei und Erfahrung im Italien der Renaissance},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {nach der korrigierten zweiten Auflage von: <em>Painting and Experience in 15<sup>th</sup> Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style</em>, Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press 1988},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984a,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bazin 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bazin 2009a,<br />
author = {Bazin, André},<br />
title = {Ontologie des photographischen Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Film?},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Fischer, R.},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Alexander },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 1993a,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beniger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beniger 1986a,<br />
author = {Beniger, James},<br />
title = {The Control Revolution. Technological and Economic Origins of the Information Society},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp },<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Benjamin 1974a,<br />
author = {Benjamin Walter},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften. Bd. I.2},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Hrsg. v. Rolf Tiedemann & Hermann Schweppenhäuser},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benko 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benko 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benko, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, B.},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2006a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Martin Buber. Ein vergessener Klassiker der Kommunikationswissenschaft? Dialogphilosophie in kommunikationswissenschaftlicher Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Tectum},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher (1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {55-79},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures Represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, J. & Black, M.},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke et al. 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949a,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {15-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007a,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld 1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von E. Gilmer und H. Vetter},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brecht 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brecht 1992a,<br />
author = {Brecht, Bertholt},<br />
title = {Der Rundfunk als Kommunikationsapparat},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Band 18},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Hauptmann, Elisabeth},<br />
pages = {552-557},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2003b,<br />
author = {Brede&shy;kamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexi&shy;kon Kunst&shy;wissen&shy;schaft. Ideen, Metho&shy;den, Begrif&shy;fe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {56-58},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frank&shy;furter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1874a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1874a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Psychologie vom empirischen Standpunkt},<br />
year = {1874},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = { Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brodatz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brodatz 1966a,<br />
author = {Brodatz, Phil},<br />
title = {Textures: A Photographic Album for Artists and Designers},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Dover},<br />
address = {Mineola, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Bryson, Norman },<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buber 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buber 1995a,<br />
author = {Martin Buber},<br />
title = {Ich und Du},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz & Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz & Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Das Haus als Gesamtkunstwerk -- eine Herausforderung an die Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {241-268},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-6/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665a,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {Otto Prätorius}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bulgakowa 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bulgakowa 2001a,<br />
author = {Bulgakowa, Oksana},<br />
title = {Film/filmisch},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 2: Dekadent — Grotesk},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Barck, K. & Fontius, M. & Schlenstedt, D. & Steinwachs, B. & Wolfzettel, F.},<br />
pages = {429-462},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bußmann 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bußmann 1983a,<br />
author = {Bußmann, Hadumod },<br />
title = {Lexikon der Sprachwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Kröner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008a,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008a},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {(orig.: 1927)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Eschbach, A. & Kapitzky, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784a,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note ={},<br />
hidden = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
<br />
===CCALED-4===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993a,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Thieme},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Caraffa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Caraffa 2009a,<br />
title = {Fotografie als Instrument und Medium der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Caraffa, Constanza},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {189-218},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {212-223},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1996a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von M. Lauschke},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von B. Recki},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cernych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cernych 2001a,<br />
author = {Cernych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Russkij jazyk},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. und übersetzt von N. Bergemann und Ch. Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chiang 73a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chion 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999a,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945a,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Back&shy;well Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Covarrubias Orozco 1611a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Covarrubias Orozco 1611a,<br />
author = {Covarrubias Orozco, Sebastián de},<br />
title = {Tesoro de la lengua castellana o española},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Nueva biblioteca de erudición y crítica},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crary 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Crary 1990a,<br />
author = {Crary, Jonathan},<br />
title = {Techniques of the Observer. On Vision and Modernity in the Nineteenth Century},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {MIT-Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crow 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Crow 2006a,<br />
author = {Crow, Thomas},<br />
title = {Ungeschriebene Geschichten der Konzeptkunst},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro, A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {158-171},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1990a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. André Chastel, übers. v. Marianne Schneider},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston & Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daston & Galison 2007a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Objektivität},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Christa Krüger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson & Noble 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davidson & Noble 1989a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Iain & William Noble},<br />
title = {The Archaeology of Perception: Traces of Depiction and Language},<br />
journal = {Current Anthropology},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {125-155},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {343-370},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Davidson 2001a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald },<br />
title = {Subjective, Intersubjective, Objective},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991a,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versi&shy;ty of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Hono&shy;lulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avi&shy;nus},<br />
address = {Roden&shy;bach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: Vie et mort de l'image. Une histore du regard en Occident, Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008a,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver & Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1732a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1732a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 2. D — Ñ},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1737a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1737a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 3. O — Z},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians & U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 2006a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Kunst als Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 2002a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751a,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {Euro&shy;päische Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von R. Werner},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Micha<br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
el & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {West&shy;port, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Else&shy;vier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegen&shy;warts&shy;kunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Aus&shy;stellungs&shy;katalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2006a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Die Fotografie im Spannungsfeld von Kunstgeschichte und Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-148},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Zeigen als ''faire voir''. Für eine Bildtheorie des Fotografischen},<br />
booktitle = {Zeigen. Die Rhetorik des Sichtbaren},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.& Egenhofer, S. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {159-178},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Donald 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Donald 1993a,<br />
author = {Donald, Merlin },<br />
title = {Origins of the Modern Mind: Three Stages in the Evolution of Culture and Cognition},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson, D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amster&shy;dam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61a,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {Mumm},<br />
address = {Kopen&shy;hagen},<br />
hidden = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Duden 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 2013a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Homepage},<br />
year = {2013a},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/virtuell},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dünkelsbühler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dünkelsbühler 1991a,<br />
author = {Dünkelsbühler, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon- Versionen nach Kant und Derrida},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {See&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Leip&shy;zig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürscheid 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dürscheid 2010a,<br />
author = {Dürscheid, Christa },<br />
title = {Syntax. Grundlagen und Theorien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Vanden&shy;hoeck & Rup&shy;recht},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {UTB Sprachwissenschaften 3319},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1977a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Zeichen. Einführung in einen Begriff und seine Geschichte},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998b,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998b},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {online},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplom&shy;arbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Egenhofer 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Egenhofer 2002a,<br />
author = {Egenhofer, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Minimal Art},<br />
booktitle = {DuMonts Begriffslexikon zur zeitgenössischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butin, H.},<br />
pages = {210-215},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ehrenfels 1890a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ehrenfels 1890a,<br />
author = {Ehrenfels, Christian von},<br />
title = {Über Gestaltqualitäten},<br />
journal = {Vierteljahrsschrift für wissenschaftliche Philosophie},<br />
year = {1890},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {242-292},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brand&shy;stätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Stammesgeschichtliche Anpassungen im menschlichen Verhalten},<br />
booktitle = {Grzimeks Tierleben. Ergänzungsband Verhaltensforschung},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Immelmann, K.},<br />
pages = {604-617},<br />
publisher = {Kindler },<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Eizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Eizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
hidden = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Else 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958a,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kultur&shy;verlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 1998a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germa&shy;nisches Natio&shy;nalmu&shy;seum},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ausst.Kat. Nürn&shy;berg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998a,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001a,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Evans 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002a,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopen&shy;hagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Faßler 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Faßler 1997a,<br />
author = {Faßler, Manfred},<br />
title = {Was ist Kommunikation?},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunst&shy;histo&shy;risches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von G. Boehm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Inns&shy;bruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke & Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke & Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I. & Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischart 1581a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fischart 1581a,<br />
author = {Fischart, Johann},<br />
title = {Kurtzer vnd Woldienlicher Vorbericht / von Vrsprung / Namen vnd Gebrauch der Emblematen / oder Eingeblömeten Zierwercken},<br />
booktitle = {Emblematum Tyrocinia. Sive Picta Poesis Latinogermanica },<br />
year = {1581},<br />
editor = {Holtzwart, M.},<br />
pages = {fol. a6<sup>v</sup>-a7<sup>r</sup>},<br />
publisher = {Jobin},<br />
address = {Straß&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photo&shy;graphy},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Boll&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Bens&shy;heim, Düssel&shy;dorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
title = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, Matthias & Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog, Akademie der Künste, Berlin},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007b,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {264-284},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {19-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foster 1995a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal},<br />
title = {Die Crux des Minimalismus},<br />
booktitle = {Minimal Art. Eine kritische Retrospektive},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Stemmrich, G.},<br />
pages = {589-633},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Dresden/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 10a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung (1892)},<br />
editor = {Frege, G.},<br />
booktitle = {Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
gages = {40-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1900a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Franz Deuticke},<br />
address = {Leipzig & Wien},<br />
note ={},<br />
hidden ={},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912a,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fromme et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Fromme et al. 2011a,<br />
title = { Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Fromme, Johannes; Iske, Stefan & Marotzki, Winfried},<br />
publisher = { VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / Springer Fachmedien},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin'. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 1999a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Gadamer 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gadamer 1960a,<br />
author = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Mohr Siebeck},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992a,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2009a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Theorien der Fotografie zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2010a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Bilder aus Versehen. Eine Geschichte fotografischer Erscheinungen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte. Aus einem Lesebuch der Zeit des Kaisers Marc Aurel},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006a,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm & Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 1999a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Basisprobleme der Bildgliederung - Von der Bildkomposition zur Bildsyntax},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K. },<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 2003a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Vom visuellen Material zum Bildmedium. Ein produktionstheoretischer Ansatz},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Bildkompetenz? Studien zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {43-50},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gibson 1950a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James J.},<br />
title = {The perception of visual surfaces},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
volume = {63},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {367-384},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987a,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuriato & Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato & Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gombrich 1952a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Wertmetaphern in der bildenden Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
pages = {34-63},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990a},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Nelson Goodman & Catherine C. Elgin},<br />
title = {Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
hidden = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011b},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grice 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970a,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1889a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1889a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 13: N – Quuren},<br />
year = {1889},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G. & Bruce, C.J. & Desimone, R. & Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical Visual Areas of the Temporal Lobe: Three Areas in the Macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haase 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Haase 2007a,<br />
author = {Haase, Martin },<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie: Eine Einführung in die Erforschung der Vielfalt der Sprachen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haken 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995a,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halawa & Grabbe 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halawa & Grabbe 2013a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark & Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Anthropologische / kulturalistische Ansätze},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2011a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Editorial: Homo pictor und animal symbolicum: Zu den Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer philosophischen Bildanthropologie},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {2-9},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/upload/fc34087ae6d22f28d69b328e4fe75bef.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2012a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage als Machtfrage. Perspektiven einer Kritik des Bildes},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1756a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1783a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {Novrse},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harth 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Harth 2001a,<br />
author = {Harth, Manfred},<br />
title = {Bezugnahme bei Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {41-53},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979a,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heckscher & Wirth 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heckscher & Wirth 1959a,<br />
author = {Heckscher, William & Wirth, Karl-August},<br />
title = {Emblem, Emblembuch, Kapitel IV (Quellen der Emblematik)},<br />
booktitle = {RDK - Reallexikon zur deutschen Kunstgeschichte, Bd. 5},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
editor = {Zentralinstitut für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
pages = {Sp. 85–228},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rdk.zikg.net/gsdl/cgi-bin/library.exe?e=p-01000-00---off-0rdkZz-web--00-1--0-10-0---0---0prompt-10---4-------0-1l--11-de-Zz-1---20-about---01-3-1-00-0-0-11-1-0utfZz-8-00&a=d&c=rdk-web&cl=&d=Dl762.1#mark},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Helson 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Helson 1925a,<br />
author = {Helson, Harry},<br />
title = {The Psychology of Gestalt},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Hg.: Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G.},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 2009a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Schröter, J. & Barck, J.},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991a,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie (Darstellung und Deutung. Vorträge und Schriften aus den Geisteswissenschaften und ihren Grenzgebieten. H. 1)},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Silva},<br />
address = {Iserlohn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 1999a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hickethier 2010a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hicks & Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks & Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988a,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Homer 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979a,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horten 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994a,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, H. D. & Lockemann, B. & Scheibel, M.},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2008c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008c,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008c},<br />
editor = {Ganß, M. & Sinapsius, P. & de Smit, P.},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huber 2007a,<br />
author = {Huber, Mathias},<br />
title = {Virtual Reality in Bildung und Forschung. Wissenschaft anschaulich},<br />
journal = {Linux Magazin},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.linux-magazin.de/Heft-Abo/Ausgaben/2007/07/Wissenschaft-anschaulich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hubig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Technikphilosophie als Reflexion der Medialität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hubig 2010a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Medialität/Medien },<br />
booktitle = {Enzyklopädie Philosophie },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Sandkühler, H.-J.},<br />
pages = {1516-1522},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {(Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. u. eingel. von E. Marbach},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985a,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Häseler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Häseler 2002a,<br />
author = {Häseler, Jens},<br />
title = {Original/Originalität},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 4: Medien – Populär},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Barck, Karlheinz; Fontius, Martin; Schlenstedt, Dieter; Steinwachs, Burkhart; Wolfzettel, Friedrich},<br />
pages = {638-655},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüllen 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüllen 1971a,<br />
author = {Hüllen, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Archetypus},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1 (A-C)},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {497-500},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-324},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-380},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996b,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Giotto. Arenafresken},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996c,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max },<br />
title = {Reflexion, Theorie, Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Mit e. Beitr. v. H. R. Jauß. Hrsg. u. eingel. v. G. Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjaceslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Janich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Janich 2005a,<br />
author = {Janich, Peter},<br />
title = {Medienphilosophie der Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Systematische Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sandbothe, M. & Nagel},<br />
pages = {83-98},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795a,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Quintus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johansen & Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen & Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Aca&shy;demic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Hagel, Rebecca & Franklin, Melissa & Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szoke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmezo szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik. Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
hidden = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926a,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {A: 1781, B: 1787},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004a,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993a,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Ox&shy;ford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Katz & Fodor 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Katz & Fodor 1963a,<br />
author = {Katz, Jerrold J. & Fodor, Jerry A. },<br />
title = {The Structure of a Semantic Theory},<br />
journal = {Language},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {170-210},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keller 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Keller 1995a,<br />
author = {Keller, Rudi},<br />
title = {Zeichentheorie. Zu einer Theorie semiotischen Wissens},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen & Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kemp 1979a,<br />
title = {Theorie der Fotografie II, 1912-1945},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kempson 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kempson 1975a,<br />
author = {Kempson, Ruth},<br />
title = {Presupposition and the Delimitation of Semantics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004a,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1974a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {George Inness and the Battle at Hastings, or Doing Things with Pictures},<br />
journal = {The Monist},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {216-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klee 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925a,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner & Wilke 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kleiner & Wilke 2013a,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen. Theorien, Ästhetiken, Praktiken},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, Marcus S. & Wilke, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kleiner 2013a,<br />
author = {Kleiner, Marcus S.},<br />
title = {Populäre Kulturen, Popkulturen, Populäre Medienkulturen als missing link im Diskurs zur Performativität von Kulturen und Kulturen des Performativen },<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, M. S. & Wilke, T.},<br />
pages = {13-48},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishu, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007a,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Koller 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954a,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1998a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Das Photo&shy;graphi&shy;sche. Eine Theorie der Ab&shy;stände},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Henning Schmidgen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000c,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Die Ori&shy;gina&shy;lität der Avant&shy;garde und ande&shy;re Mythen der Moder&shy;ne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Jörg Enninger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006a,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012a,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010a},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, A. & Pohl, A. & Riedel, P.},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {webdoc.sub.gwdg.de/ebook/dissts/Bochum/Krewani2003.pdf},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von E. H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the Uni&shy;versity of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‘Performativität’ und ‘Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‘Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer 2004c,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität },<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Canci<br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen bibentryk-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford UP},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kühne-Bertram 6 Rodi 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kühne-Bertram & Rodi 2008a,<br />
title = {Dilthey und die hermeneutische Wende in der Philosophie: Wirkungsgeschichtliche Aspekte seines Werkes},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kühne-Bertram, Gudrun & Rodi, Frithjof },<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lakoff 1972a,<br />
author = {Lakoff , George},<br />
title = {On Generative Semantics},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Steinberg, D. D. & Jakobovits, L. A. },<br />
pages = {305-359},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langacker 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langacker 1991a,<br />
author = {Langacker, Ronald W.},<br />
title = {Concept, Image, and Symbol: The Cognitive Basis of Grammar},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman, Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces Are Only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 85a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 1975a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leibniz 1710a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leibniz 1710a,<br />
author = {V, Gottfried Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal},<br />
year = {1710},<br />
publisher = {Troyel},<br />
address = {Amsterdam },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lehmann online===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Lehmann online,<br />
author = {Lehmann, Christian},<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung},<br />
howpublished = {online Hypertext},<br />
year = {2012/13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht: 22. Feb. 2013},<br />
url = {www.christianlehmann.eu/ling/typ/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005a,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Le geste et la parole},<br />
year = {1964/65},<br />
publisher = {Albin Michel},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {D: «Hand und Wort - Die Evolution von Technik, Sprache und Kunst», 1980, Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessig 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessig 1999a,<br />
author = {Lessig, Lawrence},<br />
title = {Code and Other Laws of Cyberspace},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levi 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001a,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liebsch & Mößner 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner 2012a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936a,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003; <sup>2</sup>2011},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80[<sup>2</sup>2011: 99-104]},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {239-253},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997a,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Uni&shy;versity Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Matzker 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Matzker 2008a,<br />
author = {Matzker, Reiner},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Medialität. Zur Vermittlung von künstlerischen Welten und ästhetischen Theorien},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek b. Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrick},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1998a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meier 1757a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757a,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinong 1907a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinong 1907a,<br />
author = {Meinong, Alexius},<br />
title = {Über die Stellung der Gegenstandstheorie im System der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
publisher = {Voigtländer},<br />
address = {Leipzig },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Ch. Bermes (2003)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, R.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2009a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Medientheorien zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001a,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998a,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Miedema 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Miedema 1968a,<br />
author = {Miedema, Hessel},<br />
title = {The Term Emblema in Alciati},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {. 234–250},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirmehdi et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mirmehdi et al. 2008a,<br />
title = {Handbook of Texture Analysis },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mirmehdi, Majid & Xie, Xianghua & Suri, Jasjit},<br />
publisher = {Imperial College Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Vorwort von H. Belting, aus dem Englischen von A. Eschbach, A.-V. Eschbach & M. Halawa},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1986a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, László},<br />
title = {Malerei Fotografie Film},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007a,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Morris 1938a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1938a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Foundations of the Theory of Signs},<br />
year = {1938},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, I.2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1946a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Signs, Language, and Behavior},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
publisher = {Prentice-Hall},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Möller 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984a,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984a},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970a,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970a},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, M. & Steinbrenner, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998a,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller et al. 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. 2012a,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas & Kuhn, J. & Lenzner, A. & Schnotz, W.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {207-236},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Napier 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001a,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a,<br />
title = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013fc},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 978-3-86962-067-1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991a,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873a,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971a,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977a,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===OED-3===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {Uni&shy;versity of Ox&shy;ford},<br />
title = {Ox&shy;ford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oehlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische “Momentaufnahmen” im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oevermann et al. 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oevermann et al. 1979a,<br />
author = {Oevermann, Ulrich & Allert, Tilman & Konau, Elisabeth & Krambeck, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Die Methodologie einer ‘objektiven Hermeneutik’ und ihre allgemeine forschungslogische Bedeutung in den Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Interpretative Verfahren in den Sozial- und Textwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G.},<br />
pages = {352–434},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2005a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Medienwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {79-96},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Th. & Meder, Th.},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Passuth 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Passuth 1987a,<br />
author = {Pas&shy;suth, Krisz&shy;tina},<br />
title = {Mo&shy;ho&shy;ly-Nagy},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Ver&shy;lag der Kunst & Kunst&shy;verlag Wein&shy;garten},<br />
address = {Dres&shy;den/Wein&shy;garten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Heribert Thierry},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Paul 2010a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Visual History, Version: 1.0},<br />
journal = {Docupedia-Zeitgeschichte},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {11},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {docupedia.de/docupedia/index.php?title=Visual_History&oldid=68958},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus’ Use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox Uni&shy;versity Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peters 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peters 2011a,<br />
author = {Peters, John Durham},<br />
title = {Mass Media},<br />
booktitle = {Critical Terms for Media Studies},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Mitchell, W.J.T. & Hansen, Mark B.N.},<br />
pages = {266-279},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002a,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010a,<br />
title = { Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010b,<br />
author = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Medialität als Ausgangspunkt für die Frage nach dem Menschsein},<br />
booktitle = {Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003a,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53a,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Platon 1991a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke V: Politeia. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Friedrich Schleiermacher, hrsg. v. Karlheinz Hülser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, U.},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plumpe 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plumpe 1988a,<br />
author = {Gerhard Plumpe},<br />
title = {Kunst und juristischer Diskurs. Mit einer Vorbemerkung zum Diskursbegriff},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurstheorien und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J. & Müller, H.},<br />
pages = {330-345},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999a,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratzka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka 2012a,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {237-264},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Real Academia Española 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Real Academia Española 1992a,<br />
author = {Real Academia Española},<br />
title = {Diccionario de la lengua española},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Espasa Calpe},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {21ª edición},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rebel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rebel 2009a,<br />
author = {Rebel, Ernst},<br />
title = {Druckgrafik. Geschichte und Fachbegriffe. Mit 56 Abbildungen und Risszeichnungen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {2., durchgesehene und aktualisierte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001a,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011a,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renger-Patzsch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renger-Patzsch 2010a,<br />
author = {Ren&shy;ger-Patzsch, Al&shy;bert},<br />
title = {Die Freude am Gegen&shy;stand. Gesam&shy;melte Auf&shy;sätze zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink },<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. Stiegler, B. & Wilde, A. & Wilde, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Richards & Ogden 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Richards & Ogden 1923a,<br />
author = {Richards, I.A. & Ogden, R.G. },<br />
title = {The Meaning of Meaning},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = { Routledge & Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricœur 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricœur 1973a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik und Strukturalismus. Der Konflikt der Interpretationen 1},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Koesel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Johannes Rütsche},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1901a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1901a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Die spätrömische Kunstindustrie nach den Funden in Österreich-Ungarn im Zusammenhange mit der Gesamtentwicklung der Bildenden Künste bei den Mittelmeervölkern},<br />
publisher = {KuK Hof- und Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien}<br />
year = {1901},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972a,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972a},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1992a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989a,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989a},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, St.},<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff_1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1984a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Sach-, Selbst- und Fremdbezug in elementaren sprachlichen Handlungen. Zur Sprachtheorie G. H. Meads},<br />
booktitle = {Zeichen und Realität},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Oehler, K.},<br />
pages = {I.179-188},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {3 Bände},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeu&shy;tung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behand&shy;lung eini&shy;ger bedeu&shy;tungsthe&shy;ore&shy;tischer Para&shy;doxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibni&shy;tiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, R.},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of Categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H. & Lloyd, B. B.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Erlbaum},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Rosenberg 2006a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael },<br />
title = {Ikonik und Geschichte. Zur Frage der historischen Angemessenheit von Max Imdahls Kunstbetrachtung },<br />
howpublished = {DOC-Art - Online-Archiv: Univ. Heidel&shy;berg, pdf},<br />
year = {2006 (1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {archiv.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/artdok/volltexte/2006/193},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rubin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rubin 1915a,<br />
author = {Rubin, Edgar},<br />
title = {Synoplevde Figurer},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Gyldendalske},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rucker et al. 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rucker et al. 1993a,<br />
title = {Mondo 2000: A User’s Guide to the New Edge},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Rucker, Rudy & Sirius, R.U. & Mu, Queen},<br />
publisher = {Thames and Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Runte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005a,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001a,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K. & Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Zur politischen Instrumentalisierbarkeit bildhafter Repräsentationen. Philosophische und psychologische Aspekte der Bildkommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Macht. Theoretische und empirische Untersuchungen zur visuellen Politik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Hofmann, W.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Nomos},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2002a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Selecting Styles for Tele-Rendering: Toward a Rhetoric in Computational Visualistics},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. 2<sup>nd</sup> International Symposium on Smart Graphics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butz, A. & Krüger, A. & Olivier, P. & Schlechtweg, S. & Zhou, M.},<br />
pages = {102-106},<br />
publisher = {ACM Press},<br />
address = {Hawthorne, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H. & Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2013a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M. A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999 & Rehkämper 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Rehkämper 1999a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommu&shy;nika&shy;tives Medium. Ele&shy;mente einer allge&shy;meinen Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2008a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {31-42},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sacks 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sacks 1996a,<br />
author = {Sacks, Oliver},<br />
title = {Migräne},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, India&shy;napolis: Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd. 30},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sambucus 1566a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sambucus 1566a,<br />
author = {Sambucus, Johannes},<br />
title = {Emblemata et aliquot nummi antiqui operis. 2. ed. cum emendatione et auctario copioso ipsius auctoris},<br />
year = {1566},<br />
publisher = {Plantin},<br />
address = {Antwerpen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reprint: Hildesheim, Zürich, New York: Olms, 2002},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1940a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {L'Imaginaire: Psychologie phénoménologique de l'imagination},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
publisher = {Gallimard},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V. },<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von V. von Wroblewsky},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V.},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt TB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {54-61},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2010a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik und visuelle Differenzierung im Fußball},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {267-285},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009a,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schilling 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schilling 2012a,<br />
title = {Illustrierte Flugblätter der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Schilling, Michael },<br />
publisher = {Kulturhistorisches Museum Magdeburg},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra et al. 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra et al. 1987a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Bosch, G. & Sung, C.K. & Zimmermann, G.},<br />
title = {From Image Sequences to Natural Language: A First Step towards Automatic Perception and Description of Motion},<br />
journal = {Applied Artificial Intelligence},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {287-305},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P87/P87-1/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Carl-McGrath, Stefan},<br />
title = {Identifikationsformen in Computerspiel und Spielfilm},<br />
booktitle = {Film und Krieg. Die Inszenierung von Politik zwischen Apologetik und Apokalypse},<br />
editor = {Strübel, M. },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
pages = {149-163},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Leske+Budrich},<br />
address = {Leverkusen },<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 20. Februar 2013},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Kontextbildung als anthropologischer Zweck von Bildkompetenz},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Halawa, M.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {18-38},<br />
note = {Themenheft zu IMAGE 14},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2013a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {The Anthropological Function of Pictures},<br />
booktitle = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Zwei Skizzen zum Begriff 'Photorealismus' in der Computergraphik},<br />
booktitle = {Bild - Bildwahrnehmung - Bildverarbeitung: Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {69-79},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1990a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Einige Überlegungen zu Bildvorstellungen in kognitiven Systemen.},<br />
booktitle = {Repräsentation und Verarbeitung räumlichen Wissens},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Freksa, Ch. & Habel, Ch.},<br />
pages = {68-82},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P90/P90-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Aurnague, M. & Borillo, A. & Borillo, M. & Bras, M.},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A Contribution to Reference Semantics of Spatial Prepositions: The Visualization Problem and its Solution in VITRA},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions -- From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {471-515},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>}<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept »Mental Image« and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität. Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
p/bibentryublisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2000b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A New Theme for Educating New Engineers: Computational Visualistics},<br />
journal = {Global Journal of Engineering Education},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {73-82},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp; —— &nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2004a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics: Dealing with Pictures in Computer Science},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {494-509},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P04/P04-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft. Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology. An Introduction},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 1},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Conclusive Notes On Computational Picture Morphology},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 8},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2012a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Sind Bilder ein Gegenstand der Informatik? Überlegungen zur Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = { Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = { 329-359},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P12/P12-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt & George 2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter & George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Barck K. et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {Rombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmücker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmücker 2011a,<br />
author = {Schmücker, Reinold},<br />
title = {Lob der Fälschung},<br />
booktitle = {Original und Fälschung},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nida-Rümelin & Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
pages = {71-91},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {Kunst und Philosophie. Bd. 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblematik},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {187},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990b,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {186},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1997a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Reallexikon der deutschen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Weimar, K.},<br />
pages = {435-438},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = { Berlin & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2002a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem und Emblempoetik. Historische und systematische Studien},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 1657a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {Schott, K.},<br />
pages = {100-169},<br />
publisher = {Schönwetter},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schottelius 1663a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schottelius 1663a,<br />
author = {Schottel, Justus Georg},<br />
title = {Ausführliche Arbeit Von der Teutschen HaubtSprache},<br />
year = {1663},<br />
publisher = {Zilliger},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {diglib.hab.de/wdb.php?dir=drucke/ko-306},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, J.},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweizer 12a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M.},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 2003a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Erscheinen und Wahrnehmen. Eine vergleichende Studie zur Kunst von James Turrell und der Philosophie Merleau-Pontys},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schür&shy;mann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhe&shy;tische Studien zum Verhält&shy;nis von Sicht und Ein&shy;sicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Unendliches im Endlichen. Über einige Gemeinsamkeiten des Gesichter- und Bildersehens},<br />
booktitle = {Sehen und Handeln},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, H. & Krois, J. M.},<br />
pages = {155-167},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Actus et Imago, Bd. 1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, G. & Feige, D.},<br />
pages = {75-86},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, St. & Seel, M.},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Searle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971a,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {123-138},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, Gérard},<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Zeitschrift für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {2-14},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sennholz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sennholz 1985a,<br />
author = {Sennholz, Klaus},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Deixis},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1949a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {The mathematical theory of communication},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
address = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shin 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002a,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009a,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Smith 1988a,<br />
author = {Smith, Barry},<br />
title = {Gestalt Theory. An Essay in Philosophy},<br />
booktitle = {Foundations of Gestalt Theory},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Smith, Barry},<br />
pages = {11-81},<br />
publisher = {Philosophia-Verlag},<br />
address = {München, Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G. & Tänzler, D.},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts: Inquiries into the Semiotic Heritage and its Relevance to the Interpretation of the Visual World},<br />
publisher = {Lund Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003a,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd. 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984a,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Speitkamp 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Speitkamp 1997a,<br />
author = {Speitkamp, Winfried},<br />
title = {Denkmalsturz. Zur Konfliktgeschichte politischer Symbolik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spengel 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spengel 1966a,<br />
author = {Spengel, Leonhard},<br />
title = {Rhetores Graeci},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Minerva},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt},<br />
note = {1/3, [unv. Nachdr. der Ausg. 1853-1856]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
journal = {Computational Linguistics},<br />
volume = {36}, <br />
number = {3},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
url = {www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Glasauer, St.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1997a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Doppelbilder: Manet und Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {73-97},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(stw 1415)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G. & Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2006a,<br />
author = {Stieg&shy;ler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Theorie&shy;ge&shy;schich&shy;te der Foto&shy;grafie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2010a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Indexikalität. Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Stiegler, B.},<br />
pages = {71-76},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, Uni&shy;versity of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stowasser et al. 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser et al. 1998a,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of Prototypical Information by Adults and 10-month-old Infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Massa&shy;chusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strenge_1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling, Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, S. & Held, G.},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012a,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Straub, J.},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Suárez de Figueroa 1609a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Suárez de Figueroa 1609a,<br />
author = {Suárez de Figueroa, Cristóbal},<br />
title = {La constante Amarilis},<br />
year = {1781},<br />
publisher = {Antonio de la Sancha},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966a,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Bonniers},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Christa },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Wobus, A.M. & Wobus, U. },<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Barth},<br />
hidden = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {Heidelberg [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999a,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003a,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human Facial Beauty: Averageness, Symmetry, and Parasite Resistance},<br />
journal = {Human Nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 2009a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix },<br />
title = {Ikonographie, Ikonologie, Ikonik: Max Imdahl liest Erwin Panofsky},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien: Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {214-234},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Hauswedell},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977a,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 2000a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trabant 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trabant 1996a,<br />
author = {Trabant, Jürgen },<br />
title = {Elemente der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Franke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940a,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tseng 93a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 2007a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Anthropologie statt Metaphysik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ulama 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ulama 2011a,<br />
author = {Ulama, Nisaar},<br />
title = {Von Bildfreiheit und Geschichtsverlust: Zu Hans Jonas' homo pictor},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
pages = {10-17},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/pdf/buch_image14_themenheft.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E. & Simion, F. & Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face Preference at Birth},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Van Deemter 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Van Deemter 1998a,<br />
author = {Van Deemter, K},<br />
title = {Retrieving Pictures for Document Generation},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. of 14<sup>th</sup> Workshop on Language Technology},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Hiemstra, D. & de Jong, F.M.G. & Netter, K.},<br />
pages = {117–128},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Twente},<br />
address = {Twente},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubaceva. V cetyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Progress},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vehlken 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vehlken 2012a,<br />
author = {Vehlken, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Zootechnologien. Eine Mediengeschichte der Schwarmforschung},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, St.; Roesler, A. & Sandbothe, M.},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, H.},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Vögtli & Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli & Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander & Ernst, Beat },<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {102–123},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1994a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren. Zum Gedenken an Max Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {233-252},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 2008a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Von der Wirkmacht und Wirkkraft der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {47-63},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wall 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wall 1997a,<br />
author = {Wall, Jeff},<br />
title = {Zeichen der Indif&shy;ferenz: Aspekte der Photo&shy;graphie in der, oder als, Konzept&shy;kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Szena&shy;rien im Bild&shy;raum der Wirk&shy;lich&shy;keit. Essays, Inter&shy;views},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stemm&shy;rich, G.},<br />
pages = {375-434},<br />
publisher = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
address = {Philo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as Make-Believe: On the Foundations of the Representational Arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warncke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warncke 2005a,<br />
author = {Warncke, Carsten-Peter },<br />
title = {Symbol, Emblem, Allegorie. Die zweite Sprache der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Deubner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = {Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weber 2005a,<br />
author = {Weber, Max},<br />
title = {Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Grundriss der verstehenden Soziologie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Zweitausendeins},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {(Orig.: 1921/22)},<br />
hidden = {Zwei Teile in einem Band; Hrsg. von Alexander Ulfig},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weinert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Weinert 2007a,<br />
author = {Weinert, Peter },<br />
title = {Computergestützte Visualisierung eines human-embryonalen Gehirns},<br />
howpublished = {Online-Archiv der LMU München; PDF},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
note = {Dissertation, Medizinische Fakultät},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {edoc.ub.uni-muenchen.de/6726/},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {66-67},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weiss 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2012a,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {295-328},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977a,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Mich.},<br />
note = {Diss.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J.},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1979a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen über die Farben},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(hg. Anscombe, G.E.M.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wölfflin 1912a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Das Problem des Stils in der bildenden Kunst. Vortrag in der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften am 7. Dez. 1911},<br />
journal = {Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
volume = {XXXIII},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {572-578},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wollheim 1982b,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Max Looser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {305-356},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cam&shy;bridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {(Berlin, 1959)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006a,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, G. & Brosius, H.-B. & Jarren, O.},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007a,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
<br />
===Young 1918a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Young 1918a,<br />
author = {Young, Edward},<br />
title = {Conjectures on Original Composition},<br />
year = {1759},<br />
publisher = {Longman, Greens},<br />
address = {London, New York, Bombay},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Edith J. Morley},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
===Zahn 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zahn 2011a,<br />
author = {Zahn, Manuel},<br />
title = {mediales denken – Von Heideggers Technikdenken zu Deleuzes Filmphilosophie },<br />
booktitle = {Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {53-66},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zincgref 1664a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zincgref 1664a,<br />
author = {Zincgref, Julius Wilhelm },<br />
title = {Emblematum ethico-politicorum centuria},<br />
year = {1664},<br />
publisher = {Ammonius},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {books.google.de/books?id=nCgyAQAAMAAJ&q=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&dq=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&hl=de&sa=X&ei=GcwkUY3UNITSsganqIDQCQ&ved=0CDIQ6AEwAA},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=13395
Bibliography
2013-07-11T09:24:12Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!--- --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- --><br />
<br />
==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811a, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno & Horkheimer 1947a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W. & Horkheimer, Max},<br />
title = {Dialektik der Aufklärung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Querido},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003a,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994a,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994a},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberro 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberro 2006a,<br />
author = {Alberro, Alexander},<br />
title = {Einleitung. Der Weg raus führt rein},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {13-27},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1530a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1530a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {De verborum significatione},<br />
year = {1530},<br />
publisher = {Sebastian Gryphius},<br />
address = {Lyon},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1531a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1531a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas },<br />
title = {Emblematum liber},<br />
year = {1531},<br />
publisher = {Heinrich Steyner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alciatus 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alciatus 1967a,<br />
author = {Alciatus, Andreas},<br />
title = {Emblematum Libellus},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {142-159},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alloa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alloa 2011a,<br />
author = {Alloa, Emmanuel},<br />
title = {Das durchscheinende Bild. Konturen einer medialen Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alpers 1995a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis und Kunstanschauung in Vasaris Viten},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {217-253},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Alpers 1960===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Alpers 1960a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and aesthetic attitudes in Vasari’s Lives},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes },<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {1937},<br />
pages = {190-215},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972a,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution}, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {[Broschiert]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Andree 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006a, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung) ???},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Apel 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Apel 2002a,<br />
author = {Apel, Karl-Otto}, <br />
title = {Transformation der Philosophie, Bd. 1: Sprachanalytik, Semiotik, Hermeneutik}, <br />
year = {2002}, <br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J. & Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aristoteles 1949a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {De interpretatione},<br />
booktitle = {Aristotelis categoriae et liber de interpretatione},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
editor = {Minio-Paluello, L.},<br />
pages = {47-72},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Übers. und Hrsg.: Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Arnheim 1932a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Arnheim 1932a,<br />
author = {Arnheim, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Film als Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Nachwort von Karl Prümm und mit zeitgenössischen Rezensionen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {Morgan Kaufmann},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, G.},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {139-145},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946a,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A. Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002a,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 1977a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {(zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemer&shy;kung zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770a,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {Weidmann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1999a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Malerei und Erfahrung im Italien der Renaissance},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {nach der korrigierten zweiten Auflage von: <em>Painting and Experience in 15<sup>th</sup> Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style</em>, Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press 1988},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984a,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bazin 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bazin 2009a,<br />
author = {Bazin, André},<br />
title = {Ontologie des photographischen Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Film?},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Fischer, R.},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Alexander },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 1993a,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beniger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beniger 1986a,<br />
author = {Beniger, James},<br />
title = {The Control Revolution. Technological and Economic Origins of the Information Society},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp },<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Benjamin 1974a,<br />
author = {Benjamin Walter},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften. Bd. I.2},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Hrsg. v. Rolf Tiedemann & Hermann Schweppenhäuser},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Benko 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benko 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benko, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, B.},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2006a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Martin Buber. Ein vergessener Klassiker der Kommunikationswissenschaft? Dialogphilosophie in kommunikationswissenschaftlicher Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Tectum},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher (1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {55-79},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Black 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures Represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, J. & Black, M.},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke et al. 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949a,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005a,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {15-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007a,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld 1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von E. Gilmer und H. Vetter},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brecht 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brecht 1992a,<br />
author = {Brecht, Bertholt},<br />
title = {Der Rundfunk als Kommunikationsapparat},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Band 18},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Hauptmann, Elisabeth},<br />
pages = {552-557},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2003b,<br />
author = {Brede&shy;kamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexi&shy;kon Kunst&shy;wissen&shy;schaft. Ideen, Metho&shy;den, Begrif&shy;fe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {56-58},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frank&shy;furter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1874a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1874a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Psychologie vom empirischen Standpunkt},<br />
year = {1874},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = { Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brodatz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brodatz 1966a,<br />
author = {Brodatz, Phil},<br />
title = {Textures: A Photographic Album for Artists and Designers},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Dover},<br />
address = {Mineola, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Bryson, Norman },<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buber 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buber 1995a,<br />
author = {Martin Buber},<br />
title = {Ich und Du},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchholz & Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz & Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Das Haus als Gesamtkunstwerk -- eine Herausforderung an die Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {241-268},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-6/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665a,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {Otto Prätorius}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bulgakowa 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bulgakowa 2001a,<br />
author = {Bulgakowa, Oksana},<br />
title = {Film/filmisch},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 2: Dekadent — Grotesk},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Barck, K. & Fontius, M. & Schlenstedt, D. & Steinwachs, B. & Wolfzettel, F.},<br />
pages = {429-462},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bußmann 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bußmann 1983a,<br />
author = {Bußmann, Hadumod },<br />
title = {Lexikon der Sprachwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Kröner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008a,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008a},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {(orig.: 1927)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Eschbach, A. & Kapitzky, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784a,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note ={},<br />
hidden = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
<br />
===CCALED-4===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993a,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Thieme},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Caraffa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Caraffa 2009a,<br />
title = {Fotografie als Instrument und Medium der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Caraffa, Constanza},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {189-218},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {212-223},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noël},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1996a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von M. Lauschke},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von B. Recki},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cernych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cernych 2001a,<br />
author = {Cernych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Russkij jazyk},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. und übersetzt von N. Bergemann und Ch. Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chiang 73a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chion 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999a,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945a,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Back&shy;well Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Covarrubias Orozco 1611a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Covarrubias Orozco 1611a,<br />
author = {Covarrubias Orozco, Sebastián de},<br />
title = {Tesoro de la lengua castellana o española},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Nueva biblioteca de erudición y crítica},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crary 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Crary 1990a,<br />
author = {Crary, Jonathan},<br />
title = {Techniques of the Observer. On Vision and Modernity in the Nineteenth Century},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {MIT-Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Crow 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Crow 2006a,<br />
author = {Crow, Thomas},<br />
title = {Ungeschriebene Geschichten der Konzeptkunst},<br />
booktitle = {Art After Conceptual Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Alberro, A. & Buchmann, S.},<br />
pages = {158-171},<br />
publisher = {Generali Foundation},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Da Vinci 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1990a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. André Chastel, übers. v. Marianne Schneider},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston & Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Daston & Galison 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daston & Galison 2007a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Objektivität},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Christa Krüger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson & Noble 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davidson & Noble 1989a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Iain & William Noble},<br />
title = {The Archaeology of Perception: Traces of Depiction and Language},<br />
journal = {Current Anthropology},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {125-155},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {343-370},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Davidson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Davidson 2001a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald },<br />
title = {Subjective, Intersubjective, Objective},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Claren&shy;don},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991a,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===De Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versi&shy;ty of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Hono&shy;lulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avi&shy;nus},<br />
address = {Roden&shy;bach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: Vie et mort de l'image. Une histore du regard en Occident, Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008a,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver & Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1732a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1732a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 2. D — Ñ},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Del Hierro 1737a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{del Hierro 1737a,<br />
author = {del Hierro, Francisco},<br />
title = {Diccionario de Autoridades. Bd. 3. O — Z},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Edi&shy;torial Gredos},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {edición facsímil},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians & U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewey 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 2006a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Kunst als Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 2002a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751a,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {Euro&shy;päische Verlags&shy;anstalt},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen von R. Werner},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Micha<br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
el & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {West&shy;port, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006a,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Else&shy;vier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegen&shy;warts&shy;kunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Aus&shy;stellungs&shy;katalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2006a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Die Fotografie im Spannungsfeld von Kunstgeschichte und Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-148},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Zeigen als ''faire voir''. Für eine Bildtheorie des Fotografischen},<br />
booktitle = {Zeigen. Die Rhetorik des Sichtbaren},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.& Egenhofer, S. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {159-178},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magde&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Donald 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Donald 1993a,<br />
author = {Donald, Merlin },<br />
title = {Origins of the Modern Mind: Three Stages in the Evolution of Culture and Cognition},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson, D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amster&shy;dam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61a,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {Mumm},<br />
address = {Kopen&shy;hagen},<br />
hidden = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Duden 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 2013a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Homepage},<br />
year = {2013a},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.duden.de/rechtschreibung/virtuell},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Duden&shy;verlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dünkelsbühler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dünkelsbühler 1991a,<br />
author = {Dünkelsbühler, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon- Versionen nach Kant und Derrida},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {See&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Leip&shy;zig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Dürscheid 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dürscheid 2010a,<br />
author = {Dürscheid, Christa },<br />
title = {Syntax. Grundlagen und Theorien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Vanden&shy;hoeck & Rup&shy;recht},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {UTB Sprachwissenschaften 3319},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1977a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Zeichen. Einführung in einen Begriff und seine Geschichte},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eco 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998b,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998b},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {online},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplom&shy;arbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Egenhofer 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Egenhofer 2002a,<br />
author = {Egenhofer, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Minimal Art},<br />
booktitle = {DuMonts Begriffslexikon zur zeitgenössischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butin, H.},<br />
pages = {210-215},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ehrenfels 1890a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ehrenfels 1890a,<br />
author = {Ehrenfels, Christian von},<br />
title = {Über Gestaltqualitäten},<br />
journal = {Vierteljahrsschrift für wissenschaftliche Philosophie},<br />
year = {1890},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {242-292},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brand&shy;stätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1974a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Stammesgeschichtliche Anpassungen im menschlichen Verhalten},<br />
booktitle = {Grzimeks Tierleben. Ergänzungsband Verhaltensforschung},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Immelmann, K.},<br />
pages = {604-617},<br />
publisher = {Kindler },<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Eizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Eizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
hidden = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ekman 1973a,<br />
title = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Aca&shy;demic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Else 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958a,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kultur&shy;verlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 1998a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germa&shy;nisches Natio&shy;nalmu&shy;seum},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ausst.Kat. Nürn&shy;berg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998a,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001a,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Evans 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002a,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopen&shy;hagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Faßler 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Faßler 1997a,<br />
author = {Faßler, Manfred},<br />
title = {Was ist Kommunikation?},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunst&shy;histo&shy;risches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd.},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von G. Boehm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Inns&shy;bruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke & Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke & Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I. & Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischart 1581a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fischart 1581a,<br />
author = {Fischart, Johann},<br />
title = {Kurtzer vnd Woldienlicher Vorbericht / von Vrsprung / Namen vnd Gebrauch der Emblematen / oder Eingeblömeten Zierwercken},<br />
booktitle = {Emblematum Tyrocinia. Sive Picta Poesis Latinogermanica },<br />
year = {1581},<br />
editor = {Holtzwart, M.},<br />
pages = {fol. a6<sup>v</sup>-a7<sup>r</sup>},<br />
publisher = {Jobin},<br />
address = {Straß&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Univer&shy;sitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photo&shy;graphy},<br />
address = {Göttin&shy;gen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Boll&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Bens&shy;heim, Düssel&shy;dorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
title = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, Matthias & Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog, Akademie der Künste, Berlin},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007b,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {264-284},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {19-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Foster 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foster 1995a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal},<br />
title = {Die Crux des Minimalismus},<br />
booktitle = {Minimal Art. Eine kritische Retrospektive},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Stemmrich, G.},<br />
pages = {589-633},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Dresden/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 10a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung (1892)},<br />
editor = {Frege, G.},<br />
booktitle = {Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
gages = {40-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1900a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Franz Deuticke},<br />
address = {Leipzig & Wien},<br />
note ={},<br />
hidden ={},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912a,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fromme et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Fromme et al. 2011a,<br />
title = { Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Fromme, Johannes; Iske, Stefan & Marotzki, Winfried},<br />
publisher = { VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften / Springer Fachmedien},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin'. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 1999a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Gadamer 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gadamer 1960a,<br />
author = {Gadamer, Hans-Georg},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Mohr Siebeck},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992a,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Geimer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2009a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Theorien der Fotografie zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Geimer 2010a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Bilder aus Versehen. Eine Geschichte fotografischer Erscheinungen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte. Aus einem Lesebuch der Zeit des Kaisers Marc Aurel},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006a,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm & Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 1999a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Basisprobleme der Bildgliederung - Von der Bildkomposition zur Bildsyntax},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K. },<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gerhardus 2003a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried},<br />
title = {Vom visuellen Material zum Bildmedium. Ein produktionstheoretischer Ansatz},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Bildkompetenz? Studien zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {43-50},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gibson 1950a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James J.},<br />
title = {The perception of visual surfaces},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
volume = {63},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {367-384},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987a,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Giuriato & Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato & Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gombrich 1952a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Wertmetaphern in der bildenden Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
pages = {34-63},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990a},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Nelson Goodman & Catherine C. Elgin},<br />
title = {Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
hidden = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp, 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {India&shy;napolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011b},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grabbe_Kruse_2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grice 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970a,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grimm 1889a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1889a,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 13: N – Quuren},<br />
year = {1889},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G. & Bruce, C.J. & Desimone, R. & Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical Visual Areas of the Temporal Lobe: Three Areas in the Macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht & Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haase 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Haase 2007a,<br />
author = {Haase, Martin },<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie: Eine Einführung in die Erforschung der Vielfalt der Sprachen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Haken 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995a,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halawa & Grabbe 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halawa & Grabbe 2013a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark & Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Anthropologische / kulturalistische Ansätze},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2011a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Editorial: Homo pictor und animal symbolicum: Zu den Möglichkeiten und Grenzen einer philosophischen Bildanthropologie},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {2-9},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/upload/fc34087ae6d22f28d69b328e4fe75bef.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2012a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage als Machtfrage. Perspektiven einer Kritik des Bildes},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1756a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Harris 1783a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783a,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {Novrse},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harth 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Harth 2001a,<br />
author = {Harth, Manfred},<br />
title = {Bezugnahme bei Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {41-53},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979a,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heckscher & Wirth 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heckscher & Wirth 1959a,<br />
author = {Heckscher, William & Wirth, Karl-August},<br />
title = {Emblem, Emblembuch, Kapitel IV (Quellen der Emblematik)},<br />
booktitle = {RDK - Reallexikon zur deutschen Kunstgeschichte, Bd. 5},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
editor = {Zentralinstitut für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
pages = {Sp. 85–228},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rdk.zikg.net/gsdl/cgi-bin/library.exe?e=p-01000-00---off-0rdkZz-web--00-1--0-10-0---0---0prompt-10---4-------0-1l--11-de-Zz-1---20-about---01-3-1-00-0-0-11-1-0utfZz-8-00&a=d&c=rdk-web&cl=&d=Dl762.1#mark},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Helson 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Helson 1925a,<br />
author = {Helson, Harry},<br />
title = {The Psychology of Gestalt},<br />
journal = {The American Journal of Psychology},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Hg.: Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G.},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 2009a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Schröter, J. & Barck, J.},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991a,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie (Darstellung und Deutung. Vorträge und Schriften aus den Geisteswissenschaften und ihren Grenzgebieten. H. 1)},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Silva},<br />
address = {Iserlohn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 1999a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hickethier 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hickethier 2010a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hicks & Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks & Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Ox&shy;ford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988a,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Homer 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979a,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Horten 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994a,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, H. D. & Lockemann, B. & Scheibel, M.},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2008c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008c,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008c},<br />
editor = {Ganß, M. & Sinapsius, P. & de Smit, P.},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Huber 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huber 2007a,<br />
author = {Huber, Mathias},<br />
title = {Virtual Reality in Bildung und Forschung. Wissenschaft anschaulich},<br />
journal = {Linux Magazin},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.linux-magazin.de/Heft-Abo/Ausgaben/2007/07/Wissenschaft-anschaulich},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hubig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Technikphilosophie als Reflexion der Medialität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hubig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hubig 2010a,<br />
author = {Hubig, Christoph},<br />
title = {Medialität/Medien },<br />
booktitle = {Enzyklopädie Philosophie },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Sandkühler, H.-J.},<br />
pages = {1516-1522},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {(Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII)},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. u. eingel. von E. Marbach},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985a,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Back&shy;well},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Häseler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Häseler 2002a,<br />
author = {Häseler, Jens},<br />
title = {Original/Originalität},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 4: Medien – Populär},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Barck, Karlheinz; Fontius, Martin; Schlenstedt, Dieter; Steinwachs, Burkhart; Wolfzettel, Friedrich},<br />
pages = {638-655},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüllen 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüllen 1971a,<br />
author = {Hüllen, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Archetypus},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1 (A-C)},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {497-500},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-324},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {300-380},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996b,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Giotto. Arenafresken},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1996c,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max },<br />
title = {Reflexion, Theorie, Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Mit e. Beitr. v. H. R. Jauß. Hrsg. u. eingel. v. G. Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjaceslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Janich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Janich 2005a,<br />
author = {Janich, Peter},<br />
title = {Medienphilosophie der Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Systematische Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sandbothe, M. & Nagel},<br />
pages = {83-98},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795a,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Quintus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johansen & Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen & Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Aca&shy;demic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Hagel, Rebecca & Franklin, Melissa & Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szoke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmezo szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik. Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
hidden = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926a,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {A: 1781, B: 1787},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004a,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993a,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Ox&shy;ford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Katz & Fodor 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Katz & Fodor 1963a,<br />
author = {Katz, Jerrold J. & Fodor, Jerry A. },<br />
title = {The Structure of a Semantic Theory},<br />
journal = {Language},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {170-210},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Keller 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Keller 1995a,<br />
author = {Keller, Rudi},<br />
title = {Zeichentheorie. Zu einer Theorie semiotischen Wissens},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen & Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kemp 1979a,<br />
title = {Theorie der Fotografie II, 1912-1945},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kempson 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kempson 1975a,<br />
author = {Kempson, Ruth},<br />
title = {Presupposition and the Delimitation of Semantics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004a,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004a},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1974a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {George Inness and the Battle at Hastings, or Doing Things with Pictures},<br />
journal = {The Monist},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {216-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjörup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjörup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjörup, Sören},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978a,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klee 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925a,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner & Wilke 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kleiner & Wilke 2013a,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen. Theorien, Ästhetiken, Praktiken},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, Marcus S. & Wilke, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kleiner 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kleiner 2013a,<br />
author = {Kleiner, Marcus S.},<br />
title = {Populäre Kulturen, Popkulturen, Populäre Medienkulturen als missing link im Diskurs zur Performativität von Kulturen und Kulturen des Performativen },<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität Populärer Kulturen},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Kleiner, M. S. & Wilke, T.},<br />
pages = {13-48},<br />
publisher = {Springer VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishu, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779a,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007a,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Koller 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954a,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1998a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Das Photo&shy;graphi&shy;sche. Eine Theorie der Ab&shy;stände},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Henning Schmidgen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000c,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosa&shy;lind},<br />
title = {Die Ori&shy;gina&shy;lität der Avant&shy;garde und ande&shy;re Mythen der Moder&shy;ne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Jörg Enninger},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006a,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012a,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010a},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, A. & Pohl, A. & Riedel, P.},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {webdoc.sub.gwdg.de/ebook/dissts/Bochum/Krewani2003.pdf},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von E. H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the Uni&shy;versity of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‘Performativität’ und ‘Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‘Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer 2004c,<br />
title = { Performativität und Medialität },<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Canci<br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen bibentryk-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford UP},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 81a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Ham&shy;burg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kühne-Bertram 6 Rodi 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kühne-Bertram & Rodi 2008a,<br />
title = {Dilthey und die hermeneutische Wende in der Philosophie: Wirkungsgeschichtliche Aspekte seines Werkes},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kühne-Bertram, Gudrun & Rodi, Frithjof },<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lakoff 1972a,<br />
author = {Lakoff , George},<br />
title = {On Generative Semantics},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Steinberg, D. D. & Jakobovits, L. A. },<br />
pages = {305-359},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langacker 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langacker 1991a,<br />
author = {Langacker, Ronald W.},<br />
title = {Concept, Image, and Symbol: The Cognitive Basis of Grammar},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman, Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces Are Only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ledderose 85a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 1975a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leibniz 1710a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leibniz 1710a,<br />
author = {V, Gottfried Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Essais de théodicée sur la bonté de Dieu, la liberté de l'homme et l'origine du mal},<br />
year = {1710},<br />
publisher = {Troyel},<br />
address = {Amsterdam },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lehmann online===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Lehmann online,<br />
author = {Lehmann, Christian},<br />
title = {Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung},<br />
howpublished = {online Hypertext},<br />
year = {2012/13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht: 22. Feb. 2013},<br />
url = {www.christianlehmann.eu/ling/typ/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005a,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1964/65a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Le geste et la parole},<br />
year = {1964/65},<br />
publisher = {Albin Michel},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {D: «Hand und Wort - Die Evolution von Technik, Sprache und Kunst», 1980, Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessig 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessig 1999a,<br />
author = {Lessig, Lawrence},<br />
title = {Code and Other Laws of Cyberspace},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levi 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001a,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cam&shy;bridge Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liebsch & Mößner 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner 2012a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936a,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1995a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frank&shy;furt/M.: Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003; <sup>2</sup>2011},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80[<sup>2</sup>2011: 99-104]},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {239-253},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997a,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürn&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Uni&shy;versity Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Matzker 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Matzker 2008a,<br />
author = {Matzker, Reiner},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Medialität. Zur Vermittlung von künstlerischen Welten und ästhetischen Theorien},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek b. Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrick},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1998a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meier 1757a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757a,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meinong 1907a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinong 1907a,<br />
author = {Meinong, Alexius},<br />
title = {Über die Stellung der Gegenstandstheorie im System der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
publisher = {Voigtländer},<br />
address = {Leipzig },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Ch. Bermes (2003)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, R.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersch 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2009a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Medientheorien zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001a,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metz 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998a,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Miedema 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Miedema 1968a,<br />
author = {Miedema, Hessel},<br />
title = {The Term Emblema in Alciati},<br />
journal = {Journal of the Warburg and Courtauld Institutes},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {. 234–250},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirmehdi et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mirmehdi et al. 2008a,<br />
title = {Handbook of Texture Analysis },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mirmehdi, Majid & Xie, Xianghua & Suri, Jasjit},<br />
publisher = {Imperial College Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem Vorwort von H. Belting, aus dem Englischen von A. Eschbach, A.-V. Eschbach & M. Halawa},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1986a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, László},<br />
title = {Malerei Fotografie Film},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007a,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Morris 1938a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1938a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Foundations of the Theory of Signs},<br />
year = {1938},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, I.2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1946a,<br />
author = {Morris, Charles W.},<br />
title = {Signs, Language, and Behavior},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
publisher = {Prentice-Hall},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Möller 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984a,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984a},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970a,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970a},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, M. & Steinbrenner, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998a,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mann&shy;heim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Müller et al. 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. 2012a,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas & Kuhn, J. & Lenzner, A. & Schnotz, W.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {207-236},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Napier 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001a,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Netzwerk Bildphilosophie 2013a,<br />
title = {Bild und Methode. Theoretische Hintergründe und methodische Verfahren der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2013fc},<br />
editor = {Netzwerk Bildphilosophie},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 978-3-86962-067-1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991a,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873a,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971a,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977a,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===OED-3===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {Uni&shy;versity of Ox&shy;ford},<br />
title = {Ox&shy;ford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oehlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische “Momentaufnahmen” im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Oevermann et al. 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oevermann et al. 1979a,<br />
author = {Oevermann, Ulrich & Allert, Tilman & Konau, Elisabeth & Krambeck, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Die Methodologie einer ‘objektiven Hermeneutik’ und ihre allgemeine forschungslogische Bedeutung in den Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Interpretative Verfahren in den Sozial- und Textwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G.},<br />
pages = {352–434},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2005a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Medienwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005a},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {79-96},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006a,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006a},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Th. & Meder, Th.},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paret 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Passuth 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Passuth 1987a,<br />
author = {Pas&shy;suth, Krisz&shy;tina},<br />
title = {Mo&shy;ho&shy;ly-Nagy},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Ver&shy;lag der Kunst & Kunst&shy;verlag Wein&shy;garten},<br />
address = {Dres&shy;den/Wein&shy;garten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Heribert Thierry},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Paul 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Paul 2010a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Visual History, Version: 1.0},<br />
journal = {Docupedia-Zeitgeschichte},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {11},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {docupedia.de/docupedia/index.php?title=Visual_History&oldid=68958},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus’ Use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox Uni&shy;versity Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Peters 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peters 2011a,<br />
author = {Peters, John Durham},<br />
title = {Mass Media},<br />
booktitle = {Critical Terms for Media Studies},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Mitchell, W.J.T. & Hansen, Mark B.N.},<br />
pages = {266-279},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000a,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002a,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010a,<br />
title = { Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pietraß & Funiok 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pietraß & Funiok 2010b,<br />
author = {Pietraß, Manuela & Funiok, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Medialität als Ausgangspunkt für die Frage nach dem Menschsein},<br />
booktitle = {Mensch und Medien. Philosophische und sozialwissenschaftliche Perspektiven },<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003a,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53a,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Platon 1991a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke V: Politeia. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Friedrich Schleiermacher, hrsg. v. Karlheinz Hülser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, U.},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plumpe 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plumpe 1988a,<br />
author = {Gerhard Plumpe},<br />
title = {Kunst und juristischer Diskurs. Mit einer Vorbemerkung zum Diskursbegriff},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurstheorien und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J. & Müller, H.},<br />
pages = {330-345},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999a,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ratzka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka 2012a,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {237-264},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Real Academia Española 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Real Academia Española 1992a,<br />
author = {Real Academia Española},<br />
title = {Diccionario de la lengua española},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Espasa Calpe},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {21ª edición},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rebel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rebel 2009a,<br />
author = {Rebel, Ernst},<br />
title = {Druckgrafik. Geschichte und Fachbegriffe. Mit 56 Abbildungen und Risszeichnungen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {2., durchgesehene und aktualisierte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001a,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011a,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renger-Patzsch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renger-Patzsch 2010a,<br />
author = {Ren&shy;ger-Patzsch, Al&shy;bert},<br />
title = {Die Freude am Gegen&shy;stand. Gesam&shy;melte Auf&shy;sätze zur Photo&shy;graphie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink },<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hg. v. Stiegler, B. & Wilde, A. & Wilde, J.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Richards & Ogden 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Richards & Ogden 1923a,<br />
author = {Richards, I.A. & Ogden, R.G. },<br />
title = {The Meaning of Meaning},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = { Routledge & Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricœur 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricœur 1973a,<br />
author = {Ricœur, Paul},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik und Strukturalismus. Der Konflikt der Interpretationen 1},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Koesel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Johannes Rütsche},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1901a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1901a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Die spätrömische Kunstindustrie nach den Funden in Österreich-Ungarn im Zusammenhange mit der Gesamtentwicklung der Bildenden Künste bei den Mittelmeervölkern},<br />
publisher = {KuK Hof- und Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien}<br />
year = {1901},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972a,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972a},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1992a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989a,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989a},<br />
publisher = {Max Nie&shy;meyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, St.},<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff_1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The Uni&shy;versity of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1984a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Sach-, Selbst- und Fremdbezug in elementaren sprachlichen Handlungen. Zur Sprachtheorie G. H. Meads},<br />
booktitle = {Zeichen und Realität},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Oehler, K.},<br />
pages = {I.179-188},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {3 Bände},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeu&shy;tung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behand&shy;lung eini&shy;ger bedeu&shy;tungsthe&shy;ore&shy;tischer Para&shy;doxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibni&shy;tiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, R.},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of Categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H. & Lloyd, B. B.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Erlbaum},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Rosenberg 2006a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael },<br />
title = {Ikonik und Geschichte. Zur Frage der historischen Angemessenheit von Max Imdahls Kunstbetrachtung },<br />
howpublished = {DOC-Art - Online-Archiv: Univ. Heidel&shy;berg, pdf},<br />
year = {2006 (1996)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {archiv.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/artdok/volltexte/2006/193},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rubin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rubin 1915a,<br />
author = {Rubin, Edgar},<br />
title = {Synoplevde Figurer},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Gyldendalske},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rucker et al. 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rucker et al. 1993a,<br />
title = {Mondo 2000: A User’s Guide to the New Edge},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Rucker, Rudy & Sirius, R.U. & Mu, Queen},<br />
publisher = {Thames and Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Runte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005a,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001a,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001a},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K. & Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Zur politischen Instrumentalisierbarkeit bildhafter Repräsentationen. Philosophische und psychologische Aspekte der Bildkommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Macht. Theoretische und empirische Untersuchungen zur visuellen Politik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Hofmann, W.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Nomos},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2002a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J. },<br />
title = {Selecting Styles for Tele-Rendering: Toward a Rhetoric in Computational Visualistics},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. 2<sup>nd</sup> International Symposium on Smart Graphics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Butz, A. & Krüger, A. & Olivier, P. & Schlechtweg, S. & Zhou, M.},<br />
pages = {102-106},<br />
publisher = {ACM Press},<br />
address = {Hawthorne, NY},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H. & Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Schirra 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2013a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach & Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M. A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 1999 & Rehkämper 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Rehkämper 1999a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommu&shy;nika&shy;tives Medium. Ele&shy;mente einer allge&shy;meinen Bild&shy;wissen&shy;schaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2008a,<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {31-42},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sacks 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sacks 1996a,<br />
author = {Sacks, Oliver},<br />
title = {Migräne},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt },<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, India&shy;napolis: Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Indiana Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd. 30},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity Of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sambucus 1566a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sambucus 1566a,<br />
author = {Sambucus, Johannes},<br />
title = {Emblemata et aliquot nummi antiqui operis. 2. ed. cum emendatione et auctario copioso ipsius auctoris},<br />
year = {1566},<br />
publisher = {Plantin},<br />
address = {Antwerpen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reprint: Hildesheim, Zürich, New York: Olms, 2002},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1940a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {L'Imaginaire: Psychologie phénoménologique de l'imagination},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
publisher = {Gallimard},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V. },<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von V. von Wroblewsky},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Sartre – Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {von Wroblewsky, V.},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt TB},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {54-61},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2010a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik und visuelle Differenzierung im Fußball},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {267-285},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009a,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schilling 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schilling 2012a,<br />
title = {Illustrierte Flugblätter der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Schilling, Michael },<br />
publisher = {Kulturhistorisches Museum Magdeburg},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra et al. 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra et al. 1987a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Bosch, G. & Sung, C.K. & Zimmermann, G.},<br />
title = {From Image Sequences to Natural Language: A First Step towards Automatic Perception and Description of Motion},<br />
journal = {Applied Artificial Intelligence},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {287-305},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P87/P87-1/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Carl-McGrath 2002a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Carl-McGrath, Stefan},<br />
title = {Identifikationsformen in Computerspiel und Spielfilm},<br />
booktitle = {Film und Krieg. Die Inszenierung von Politik zwischen Apologetik und Apokalypse},<br />
editor = {Strübel, M. },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
pages = {149-163},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Leske+Budrich},<br />
address = {Leverkusen },<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 20. Februar 2013},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2011b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Kontextbildung als anthropologischer Zweck von Bildkompetenz},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Halawa, M.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {18-38},<br />
note = {Themenheft zu IMAGE 14},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach 2013a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2013a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, Klaus},<br />
title = {The Anthropological Function of Pictures},<br />
booktitle = {Origins of Pictures. Anthropological Discourses in Image Science},<br />
year = {2013},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {??},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Zwei Skizzen zum Begriff 'Photorealismus' in der Computergraphik},<br />
booktitle = {Bild - Bildwahrnehmung - Bildverarbeitung: Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {69-79},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1990a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Einige Überlegungen zu Bildvorstellungen in kognitiven Systemen.},<br />
booktitle = {Repräsentation und Verarbeitung räumlichen Wissens},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Freksa, Ch. & Habel, Ch.},<br />
pages = {68-82},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P90/P90-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Aurnague, M. & Borillo, A. & Borillo, M. & Bras, M.},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A Contribution to Reference Semantics of Spatial Prepositions: The Visualization Problem and its Solution in VITRA},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions -- From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {471-515},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>}<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept »Mental Image« and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität. Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
p/bibentryublisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2000b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {A New Theme for Educating New Engineers: Computational Visualistics},<br />
journal = {Global Journal of Engineering Education},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {73-82},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp; —— &nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2004a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics: Dealing with Pictures in Computer Science},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {494-509},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P04/P04-2/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {}<br />
hidden = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft. Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007b,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology. An Introduction},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 1},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2007c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Conclusive Notes On Computational Picture Morphology},<br />
booktitle = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Schirra, J.R.J.},<br />
pages = {Sect. 8},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
hidden = {Themenheft von Image 5},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P07/P07-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schirra 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2012a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Sind Bilder ein Gegenstand der Informatik? Überlegungen zur Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = { Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = { 329-359},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P12/P12-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt & George 2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter & George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Barck K. et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart, Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {Rombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schmücker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmücker 2011a,<br />
author = {Schmücker, Reinold},<br />
title = {Lob der Fälschung},<br />
booktitle = {Original und Fälschung},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nida-Rümelin & Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
pages = {71-91},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {Kunst und Philosophie. Bd. 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblematik},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {187},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1990b,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F. },<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Literatur Lexikon. Begriffe und Definitionen},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D. & Fasbender, Ch. & Moennighoff, B.},<br />
pages = {186},<br />
publisher = {Metzler },<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Scholz 1997a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem},<br />
booktitle = {Reallexikon der deutschen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Weimar, K.},<br />
pages = {435-438},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = { Berlin & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2002a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
title = {Emblem und Emblempoetik. Historische und systematische Studien},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstel&shy;lung, Zeichen. Philo&shy;sophi&shy;sche Theo&shy;rien bild&shy;hafter Dar&shy;stellun&shy;gen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Kloster&shy;mann},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 1657a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {Schott, K.},<br />
pages = {100-169},<br />
publisher = {Schönwetter},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schottelius 1663a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schottelius 1663a,<br />
author = {Schottel, Justus Georg},<br />
title = {Ausführliche Arbeit Von der Teutschen HaubtSprache},<br />
year = {1663},<br />
publisher = {Zilliger},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {diglib.hab.de/wdb.php?dir=drucke/ko-306},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, J.},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schweizer 12a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, M. & Halawa, M.},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 2003a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Erscheinen und Wahrnehmen. Eine vergleichende Studie zur Kunst von James Turrell und der Philosophie Merleau-Pontys},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schür&shy;mann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhe&shy;tische Studien zum Verhält&shy;nis von Sicht und Ein&shy;sicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Unendliches im Endlichen. Über einige Gemeinsamkeiten des Gesichter- und Bildersehens},<br />
booktitle = {Sehen und Handeln},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, H. & Krois, J. M.},<br />
pages = {155-167},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Actus et Imago, Bd. 1},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, G. & Feige, D.},<br />
pages = {75-86},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, St. & Seel, M.},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung },<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Searle 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971a,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {123-138},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, Gérard},<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Zeitschrift für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {2-14},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sennholz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sennholz 1985a,<br />
author = {Sennholz, Klaus},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Deixis},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1949a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {The mathematical theory of communication},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
address = {University of Illinois Press},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shin 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002a,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Massa&shy;chusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009a,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Smith 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Smith 1988a,<br />
author = {Smith, Barry},<br />
title = {Gestalt Theory. An Essay in Philosophy},<br />
booktitle = {Foundations of Gestalt Theory},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Smith, Barry},<br />
pages = {11-81},<br />
publisher = {Philosophia-Verlag},<br />
address = {München, Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, H.-G. & Tänzler, D.},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts: Inquiries into the Semiotic Heritage and its Relevance to the Interpretation of the Visual World},<br />
publisher = {Lund Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003a,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd. 2},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984a,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Speitkamp 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Speitkamp 1997a,<br />
author = {Speitkamp, Winfried},<br />
title = {Denkmalsturz. Zur Konfliktgeschichte politischer Symbolik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spengel 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spengel 1966a,<br />
author = {Spengel, Leonhard},<br />
title = {Rhetores Graeci},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Minerva},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt},<br />
note = {1/3, [unv. Nachdr. der Ausg. 1853-1856]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
journal = {Computational Linguistics},<br />
volume = {36}, <br />
number = {3},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
url = {www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Glasauer, St.},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1997a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Doppelbilder: Manet und Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, J. & Winko, U.},<br />
pages = {73-97},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(stw 1415)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G. & Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2006a,<br />
author = {Stieg&shy;ler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Theorie&shy;ge&shy;schich&shy;te der Foto&shy;grafie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {Mün&shy;chen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2010a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Indexikalität. Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Stiegler, B.},<br />
pages = {71-76},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, Uni&shy;versity of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stowasser et al. 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser et al. 1998a,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of Prototypical Information by Adults and 10-month-old Infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Massa&shy;chusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strenge_1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling, Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Ox&shy;ford Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Ox&shy;ford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, S. & Held, G.},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012a,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Straub, J.},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Suárez de Figueroa 1609a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Suárez de Figueroa 1609a,<br />
author = {Suárez de Figueroa, Cristóbal},<br />
title = {La constante Amarilis},<br />
year = {1781},<br />
publisher = {Antonio de la Sancha},<br />
address = {Madrid},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966a,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Bonniers},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Christa },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Wobus, A.M. & Wobus, U. },<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Barth},<br />
hidden = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {Heidelberg [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999a,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003a,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human Facial Beauty: Averageness, Symmetry, and Parasite Resistance},<br />
journal = {Human Nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 2009a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix },<br />
title = {Ikonographie, Ikonologie, Ikonik: Max Imdahl liest Erwin Panofsky},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien: Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hom&shy;bach, K.},<br />
pages = {214-234},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Hauswedell},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977a,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Nie&shy;meyer},<br />
address = {Tü&shy;bingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 2000a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trabant 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trabant 1996a,<br />
author = {Trabant, Jürgen },<br />
title = {Elemente der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Franke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940a,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tseng 93a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tugendhat 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 2007a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Anthropologie statt Metaphysik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ulama 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ulama 2011a,<br />
author = {Ulama, Nisaar},<br />
title = {Von Bildfreiheit und Geschichtsverlust: Zu Hans Jonas' homo pictor},<br />
journal = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
pages = {10-17},<br />
note = {Themenheft "Anthropologie", hg. v. Mark A. Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/own/journal/pdf/buch_image14_themenheft.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E. & Simion, F. & Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face Preference at Birth},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Van Deemter 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Van Deemter 1998a,<br />
author = {Van Deemter, K},<br />
title = {Retrieving Pictures for Document Generation},<br />
booktitle = {Proc. of 14<sup>th</sup> Workshop on Language Technology},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Hiemstra, D. & de Jong, F.M.G. & Netter, K.},<br />
pages = {117–128},<br />
publisher = {Uni&shy;versity of Twente},<br />
address = {Twente},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubaceva. V cetyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Progress},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vehlken 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vehlken 2012a,<br />
author = {Vehlken, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Zootechnologien. Eine Mediengeschichte der Schwarmforschung},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, St.; Roesler, A. & Sandbothe, M.},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, H.},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
<br />
===Vögtli & Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli & Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander & Ernst, Beat },<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {102–123},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1994a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren. Zum Gedenken an Max Imdahl},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {233-252},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 2008a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Von der Wirkmacht und Wirkkraft der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Mersmann, B. & Spies, Ch.},<br />
pages = {47-63},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wall 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wall 1997a,<br />
author = {Wall, Jeff},<br />
title = {Zeichen der Indif&shy;ferenz: Aspekte der Photo&shy;graphie in der, oder als, Konzept&shy;kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Szena&shy;rien im Bild&shy;raum der Wirk&shy;lich&shy;keit. Essays, Inter&shy;views},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stemm&shy;rich, G.},<br />
pages = {375-434},<br />
publisher = {Amster&shy;dam/Dres&shy;den},<br />
address = {Philo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as Make-Believe: On the Foundations of the Representational Arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Har&shy;vard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warncke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warncke 2005a,<br />
author = {Warncke, Carsten-Peter },<br />
title = {Symbol, Emblem, Allegorie. Die zweite Sprache der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Deubner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = {Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weber 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weber 2005a,<br />
author = {Weber, Max},<br />
title = {Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Grundriss der verstehenden Soziologie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Zweitausendeins},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {(Orig.: 1921/22)},<br />
hidden = {Zwei Teile in einem Band; Hrsg. von Alexander Ulfig},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weinert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Weinert 2007a,<br />
author = {Weinert, Peter },<br />
title = {Computergestützte Visualisierung eines human-embryonalen Gehirns},<br />
howpublished = {Online-Archiv der LMU München; PDF},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
note = {Dissertation, Medizinische Fakultät},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {edoc.ub.uni-muenchen.de/6726/},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {66-67},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Weiss 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2012a,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D. & Mößner, N.},<br />
pages = {295-328},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997a},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977a,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Yale Uni&shy;versity},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Mich.},<br />
note = {Diss.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M. & New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Ham&shy;burg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, J.},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stutt&shy;gart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1979a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen über die Farben},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {(hg. Anscombe, G.E.M.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1911a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wölfflin 1911a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Das Problem des Stils in der bildenden Kunst. Vortrag in der Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften am 7. Dez. 1911},<br />
journal = {Sitzungsberichte der Königlich Preußischen Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
volume = {XXXIII},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {572-578},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wollheim 1982b,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Suhr&shy;kamp},<br />
address = {Frank&shy;furt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {übers. v. Max Looser},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {305-356},<br />
publisher = {Princeton Uni&shy;versity Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cam&shy;bridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cam&shy;bridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {(Berlin, 1959)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006a,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, G. & Brosius, H.-B. & Jarren, O.},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007a,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007a},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
<br />
===Young 1918a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Young 1918a,<br />
author = {Young, Edward},<br />
title = {Conjectures on Original Composition},<br />
year = {1759},<br />
publisher = {Longman, Greens},<br />
address = {London, New York, Bombay},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Edith J. Morley},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
===Zahn 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zahn 2011a,<br />
author = {Zahn, Manuel},<br />
title = {mediales denken – Von Heideggers Technikdenken zu Deleuzes Filmphilosophie },<br />
booktitle = {Medialität und Realität. Zur konstitutiven Kraft der Medien },<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Pietraß, M. & Funiok, R.},<br />
pages = {53-66},<br />
publisher = { VS Verl. für Sozialwiss.},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {2. Auflage},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zincgref 1664a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zincgref 1664a,<br />
author = {Zincgref, Julius Wilhelm },<br />
title = {Emblematum ethico-politicorum centuria},<br />
year = {1664},<br />
publisher = {Ammonius},<br />
address = {Heidel&shy;berg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {books.google.de/books?id=nCgyAQAAMAAJ&q=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&dq=Zincgref+1664+Emblematum+ethico-politicorum&hl=de&sa=X&ei=GcwkUY3UNITSsganqIDQCQ&ved=0CDIQ6AEwAA},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Etymologiceskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=GIB_-_Glossar_der_Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste&diff=11918
GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste
2013-03-12T14:47:04Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{Statusboxen}}<br />
<br />
<!-- Eine Zeile in der Tabelle sieht so aus: --><br />
<!-- |- --><br />
<!-- | [[welches Schlagwort]] <br />
<!-- | [[übergeordneter Hauptpunkt]]<br />
<!-- | wer hat Verantwortung (bei mehreren pro Person jeweils eine komplette Zeile verwenden --><br />
<!-- | Status (vorgeschlagen, angefragt, akzeptiert/abgesagt (von wem eingetragen)) --> <br />
<!-- | Lektorat: wer / Status --> <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|+ alle aktiven Unterpunkte<br />
|-<br />
! Phase<br/><br />
! Lemma<br/><br />
! zu Hauptpunkt<br/><br />
! Verantwortlich<br/><br />
! Status<br/><br />
! Lektorat<br/><br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Affekt und Wahrnehmung]] §<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrike Hanstein|Hanstein, Ulrike]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [["natürliche" Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Buchholz, Kai|Buchholz, Kai]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Absenz und Präsenz]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Abstraktion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ähnlichkeit und wahrnehmungsnahe Zeichen]] §<br />
| [[Bildsemantik]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Aisthetische Bildtheorien]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 (MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Anamorphose]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Yvonne Schweizer|Schweizer, Yvonne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Animation]] §<br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Anime]] <br />
| Exkurs<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Begriff]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]] <br />
| abgesagt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Arabisch: 'sûra', 'wathan' und 'sanam']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ästhesiologie]] §<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans-Ulrich Lessing|Lessing, Hans-Ulrich]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES, DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Auflösung]]<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Authentizität]] §<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Thomas Susanka|Susanka, Thomas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Bedeutung und Referenz]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Riedel, Peter <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Beobachtung]] §<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans Dieter Huber|Huber, Hans Dieter]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrezeption als Kommunikationsprozess]] §<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH - Freigabe erteilt--JRJS <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bild in der Wissenschaft]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicola Mößner|Mößner, Nicola]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bild in reflexiver Verwendung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild und Negation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Peter Gold|Gold, Peter]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild, analoges/digitales]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildakt-Theorie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Marion Lauschke|Lauschke, Marion]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildanthropologie]] §<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Bonnemann|Bonnemann, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bilden und Bildung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Burkhard Schäffer|Schäffer, Burkhart]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildergeschichte]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Bilderschrift und Piktogramm]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildgrammatik]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildhaftes]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhandeln]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhermeneutik]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildinhalt]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildinterpretation]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Scholz|Scholz, Oliver]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob Steinbrenner)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philipp Stoellger|Stoellger, Philipp]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie / Bildzauber]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildmontage]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL / ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmorphologie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Bruhn|Bruhn, Matthias]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) Kooperation mit Koautoren klappt nicht (letzter Versuch 18.11.11, JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eberhard Ortland|Ortland, Eberhard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Monika Dommann|Dommann, Monika]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Fabian Steinhauer|Steinhauer, Fabian]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| Knieper, Thomas <br />
| keine Antwort (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Benjamin Drechsel|Drechsel, Benjamin]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Bernhardt|Bernhardt, Petra]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (allerdings: Co-Autor Benjamin Drechsel ist selbe für Petra Bernhardt nicht mehr zu erreichen; Text ist aber so gut, dass er auch ihne zweites OK publiziert werden kann)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrhetorik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joachim Knape|Knape, Joachim]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildsemiotik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtermini im modernen Deutsch]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtitel]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:PD Dr. Egbert Witte|Witte, Egbert]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung vs. Objektwahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft als Sprach- und Bildkritik]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft vs. Bildtheorie]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildzitat]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anna Valentine Ullrich|Ullrich, Anna Valentine]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL -Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Blick]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| chinesisch: .... (evt. zusammen mit japanisch / vergleichend)<br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch |Roesch, Petra Hildegard]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (nachgefragt 23.2 DL) (kommt Mitte März, DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Comic]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Cyberspace]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Darstellung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Darstellung und Repräsentation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[dezeptiver und immersiver Modus]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[logische Kontextbildung und mentale Bilder]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Diagramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrich Richtmeyer|Richtmeyer, Ulrich]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| Text liegt vor in wird derzeit publikationsreif gemacht (Wer ist Lektor?? Wo ist der Text?)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[digitale Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Medialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende April)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Eigenwerte, Abbildungswerte und Darstellungswerte syntaktischer Einheiten]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Einbildungskraft]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Ekphrasis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Barbara Thönnes|Thönnes, Barbara]]<br />
| akzeptiert (von Rosen)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ursula Kocher|Kocher, Ursula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Manns|Manns, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[englisch: 'image' und 'picture']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[epistemisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Claus Zittel|Zittel, Claus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) kann verm. nicht liefern (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Erfahrung / Unmittelbarkeit]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Judith Siegmund|Siegmund, Judith]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS; Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Farbe als bildsyntaktische Kategorie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Farbwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Farid I Kandil|Kandil, Farid]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS); nachgefragt 10.05.2012 DL <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fernsehen]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Figur/Grund-Differenzierung]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Film]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[formale Ästhetik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fotografie]]<br />
| [[Bildmedien]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[französisch: 'image', 'dessin' und 'cadre']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Romanski|Romanski, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Gegenstand der visuellen Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Hecht, Heiko<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gesichtsdarstellung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gestalt]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[griechisch: 'typos' und 'eidolon']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[hebräisch: 'päsäl', 'säläm' und 'demut']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, kleine Korrekuren; Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hieroglyphen, Hieroglyphendiskurs]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Renata Landgráfová|Renata Landgráfová]] <br />
| akzeptiert(Elisabeth) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Hologramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Horizont]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hypermedien]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| vorgeschlagen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| von der Heiden, Anna <br />
| angefragt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ideogramm, Logogramm und characteristica universalis]]<br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert unter Vorbehalt (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Idolatrie]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikone]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonoklasmus]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonografie, Ikonologie, Ikonik]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Illokution]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[imagery debate]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]] <br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Installation und Montage]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktion und Kommunikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktions-, Selbst- und Sachbezug]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[interaktives Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Julia Nissen|Nissen, Julia]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sandra Gilgan|Gilgan, Sandra]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Karte]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Gyula Papay|Pápay, Gyula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Kino]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Schönhammer|Schönhammer, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Kommunikationsmedien]]<br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Kommunikologie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[technisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Komposition]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontext]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontextbildung]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Körper]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als Bildgeschichte]]<br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Imprimatur liegt vor<br />
<!--|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als historische Bildwissenschaft]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| --><br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Lateinisch: 'effigies', 'species', 'simulacrum', 'imago']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Malerei]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Maske]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Massenmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Materialität und Bildsyntax]] §<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (von Mark nach Vorlage von Klaus fertig geschrieben)<br />
| Rainer (Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Mediologie]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[sprachliche Metaphern und allgemeine Metaphorologie]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Kathrin Fahlenbrach|Fahlenbrach, Kathrin ]] <br />
| angefragt (EB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Mimesis]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Modalität]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Morphologie und Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[neue Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Nomination]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Notation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Christoph Baumberger|Baumberger, Christoph]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Original]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] / [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-Hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Performance]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektive und Projektion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| Hartle, Johan Frederik <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br> vogeschlagen v. Blum<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektivik]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sonja Zeman|Zeman, Sonja]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (bis Ende des Jahres)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Phänomenologische Bildtheorien]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS Publikationsfreigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Phantasma]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Prädikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Pragmatik, Semantik, Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Proposition]] §<br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Pseudoschriften]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Psychoanalytische Theorien des Bildes]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) <br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Rahmung, Rahmen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Theorien des Bildraums]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Michaela Ott|Ott, Michaela]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS, Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (evt. werden noch Zwischentitel von Autorin nachträglich eingebaut)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefano Borgo|Borgo, Stefano]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Realität und Hyperrealität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Referenz, Denotation, Exemplifikation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Reflexion und Transparenz]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Replika, Faksimile und Kopie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Russisch: 'obraz']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Maria Wargin|Wargin, Maria]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES <br />
| MH<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehendes Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicolas Romanacci|Romanacci, Nicolas]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES<br />
| Wer hat lektoriert? --> Eva Schürmann & Sebastian Spanknebel<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik logischer Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik ungegenständlicher Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Simulation, Simulakrum]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anne Röhl|Röhl, Anne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[sortale Gegenstände und Individuation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Spanisch: 'imagen', 'efigie', 'cuadro', 'cromo']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Felix Schmelzer|Schmelzer, Felix]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Stil]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Symbol, Index, Ikon]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Netzwerk-intern<br />
| (München 09.2011)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[syntaktisch unkorrekte Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Syntaktische Dichte]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[technische Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| azeptiert (DL)<br />
| JRJS: feedback und Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Textur]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Krüger|Krüger, Matthias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Traumbild]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Wolfram Bergande|Bergande, Wolfram]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Typographie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Typologien der Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[uneigentliche Bilder]]<br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[ungarisch: 'kép']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Valeska von Rosen|von Rosen, Valeska]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| Weingart, Brigitte<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Vexierbild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Imprimatur erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Video]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Virtualität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Visual Culture / Visual Studies]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[visuelle und multimodale Metaphern]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Till-Julian Huss|Huss, Till Julian]]<br />
| akzeptiert Januar 2012, angekündigt für Februar 2012 (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[visuelle Rationalität]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]] <br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Vorstellungsbilder]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH)<br />
| DL (bitte unbedingt mit JRJS abstimmen wg. [[Bildvorstellungen]])<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsillusion]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende Mai)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Weltbild]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Werbung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, Jörg R.J.]] <br />
| vorläufiges Textfragment eingestellt<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Image Schemata]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert (unter Vorbehalt)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mereogeometries]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Arten von Propositionen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Verifikationsverfahren]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Beispiele begrifflicher Aussagen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mimikry]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Die Markierung "§" zeigt an, dass die abschließende Bearbeitung zwecks Silbentrennung erfolgt ist. Wenn das Imprimatur vorliegt, wird die Seite dann auf "geschützt" gestellt. Falls dann doch noch Änderungen notwendig sein sollten: Bitte mit einem Admin Kontakt aufnehmen.<br />
<br />
<br />
:{|style="background:none"<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| : ca. 39 davon 8 wichtige<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Beginn}}<br />
| : 63<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| : 53<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| : 11<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Abschluß}}<br />
| : 59<br />
|}<br />
<br />
:<br />
<br />
[[GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Alte Liste|Verweis auf die alte Planungsliste]]</div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=GIB_-_Glossar_der_Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste&diff=11917
GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste
2013-03-12T14:37:31Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{Statusboxen}}<br />
<br />
<!-- Eine Zeile in der Tabelle sieht so aus: --><br />
<!-- |- --><br />
<!-- | [[welches Schlagwort]] <br />
<!-- | [[übergeordneter Hauptpunkt]]<br />
<!-- | wer hat Verantwortung (bei mehreren pro Person jeweils eine komplette Zeile verwenden --><br />
<!-- | Status (vorgeschlagen, angefragt, akzeptiert/abgesagt (von wem eingetragen)) --> <br />
<!-- | Lektorat: wer / Status --> <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|+ alle aktiven Unterpunkte<br />
|-<br />
! Phase<br/><br />
! Lemma<br/><br />
! zu Hauptpunkt<br/><br />
! Verantwortlich<br/><br />
! Status<br/><br />
! Lektorat<br/><br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Affekt und Wahrnehmung]] §<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrike Hanstein|Hanstein, Ulrike]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [["natürliche" Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Buchholz, Kai|Buchholz, Kai]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Absenz und Präsenz]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Abstraktion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ähnlichkeit und wahrnehmungsnahe Zeichen]] §<br />
| [[Bildsemantik]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Aisthetische Bildtheorien]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 (MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Anamorphose]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Yvonne Schweizer|Schweizer, Yvonne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Animation]] §<br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Anime]] <br />
| Exkurs<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Begriff]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]] <br />
| abgesagt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Arabisch: 'sûra', 'wathan' und 'sanam']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ästhesiologie]] §<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans-Ulrich Lessing|Lessing, Hans-Ulrich]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES, DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Auflösung]]<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Authentizität]] §<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Thomas Susanka|Susanka, Thomas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Bedeutung und Referenz]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Riedel, Peter <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Beobachtung]] §<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans Dieter Huber|Huber, Hans Dieter]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrezeption als Kommunikationsprozess]] §<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH - Freigabe erteilt--JRJS <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bild in der Wissenschaft]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicola Mößner|Mößner, Nicola]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bild in reflexiver Verwendung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild und Negation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Peter Gold|Gold, Peter]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild, analoges/digitales]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildakt-Theorie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Marion Lauschke|Lauschke, Marion]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildanthropologie]] §<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Bonnemann|Bonnemann, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bilden und Bildung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Burkhard Schäffer|Schäffer, Burkhart]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildergeschichte]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Bilderschrift und Piktogramm]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildgrammatik]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildhaftes]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhandeln]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhermeneutik]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildinhalt]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildinterpretation]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Scholz|Scholz, Oliver]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob Steinbrenner)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philipp Stoellger|Stoellger, Philipp]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie / Bildzauber]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildmontage]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL / ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmorphologie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Bruhn|Bruhn, Matthias]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) Kooperation mit Koautoren klappt nicht (letzter Versuch 18.11.11, JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eberhard Ortland|Ortland, Eberhard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Monika Dommann|Dommann, Monika]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Fabian Steinhauer|Steinhauer, Fabian]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| Knieper, Thomas <br />
| keine Antwort (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Benjamin Drechsel|Drechsel, Benjamin]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Bernhardt|Bernhardt, Petra]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (allerdings: Co-Autor Benjamin Drechsel ist selbe für Petra Bernhardt nicht mehr zu erreichen; Text ist aber so gut, dass er auch ihne zweites OK publiziert werden kann)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrhetorik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joachim Knape|Knape, Joachim]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildsemiotik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtermini im modernen Deutsch]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtitel]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:PD Dr. Egbert Witte|Witte, Egbert]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung vs. Objektwahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft als Sprach- und Bildkritik]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft vs. Bildtheorie]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildzitat]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anna Valentine Ullrich|Ullrich, Anna Valentine]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL -Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Blick]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| chinesisch: .... (evt. zusammen mit japanisch / vergleichend)<br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch |Roesch, Petra Hildegard]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (nachgefragt 23.2 DL) (kommt Mitte März, DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Comic]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Cyberspace]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Darstellung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Darstellung und Repräsentation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[dezeptiver und immersiver Modus]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[logische Kontextbildung und mentale Bilder]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Diagramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrich Richtmeyer|Richtmeyer, Ulrich]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| Text liegt vor in wird derzeit publikationsreif gemacht (Wer ist Lektor?? Wo ist der Text?)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[digitale Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Medialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende April)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Eigenwerte, Abbildungswerte und Darstellungswerte syntaktischer Einheiten]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Einbildungskraft]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Ekphrasis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Barbara Thönnes|Thönnes, Barbara]]<br />
| akzeptiert (von Rosen)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ursula Kocher|Kocher, Ursula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Manns|Manns, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[englisch: 'image' und 'picture']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[epistemisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Claus Zittel|Zittel, Claus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) kann verm. nicht liefern (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Erfahrung / Unmittelbarkeit]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Judith Siegmund|Siegmund, Judith]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS; Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Farbe als bildsyntaktische Kategorie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Farbwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Farid I Kandil|Kandil, Farid]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS); nachgefragt 10.05.2012 DL <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fernsehen]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Figur/Grund-Differenzierung]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Film]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[formale Ästhetik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fotografie]]<br />
| [[Bildmedien]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[französisch: 'image', 'dessin' und 'cadre']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Romanski|Romanski, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Gegenstand der visuellen Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Hecht, Heiko<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gesichtsdarstellung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gestalt]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[griechisch: 'typos' und 'eidolon']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[hebräisch: 'päsäl', 'säläm' und 'demut']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, kleine Korrekuren; Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hieroglyphen, Hieroglyphendiskurs]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Renata Landgráfová|Renata Landgráfová]] <br />
| akzeptiert(Elisabeth) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Hologramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Horizont]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hypermedien]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| vorgeschlagen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| von der Heiden, Anna <br />
| angefragt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ideogramm, Logogramm und characteristica universalis]]<br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert unter Vorbehalt (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Idolatrie]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikone]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonoklasmus]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonografie, Ikonologie, Ikonik]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Illokution]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[imagery debate]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]] <br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Installation und Montage]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktion und Kommunikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktions-, Selbst- und Sachbezug]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[interaktives Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Julia Nissen|Nissen, Julia]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sandra Gilgan|Gilgan, Sandra]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Karte]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Gyula Papay|Pápay, Gyula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Kino]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Schönhammer|Schönhammer, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Kommunikationsmedien]]<br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Kommunikologie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[technisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Komposition]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontext]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontextbildung]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Körper]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als Bildgeschichte]]<br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Imprimatur liegt vor<br />
<!--|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als historische Bildwissenschaft]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| --><br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Lateinisch: 'effigies', 'species', 'simulacrum', 'imago']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Malerei]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Maske]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Massenmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Materialität und Bildsyntax]] §<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (von Mark nach Vorlage von Klaus fertig geschrieben)<br />
| Rainer (Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Mediologie]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[sprachliche Metaphern und allgemeine Metaphorologie]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Kathrin Fahlenbrach|Fahlenbrach, Kathrin ]] <br />
| angefragt (EB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Mimesis]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Modalität]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Morphologie und Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[neue Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Nomination]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Notation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Christoph Baumberger|Baumberger, Christoph]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Original]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] / [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-Hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Performance]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektive und Projektion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| Hartle, Johan Frederik <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br> vogeschlagen v. Blum<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektivik]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sonja Zeman|Zeman, Sonja]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (bis Ende des Jahres)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Phänomenologische Bildtheorien]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS Publikationsfreigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Phantasma]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Prädikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Pragmatik, Semantik, Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Proposition]] §<br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Pseudoschriften]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Psychoanalytische Theorien des Bildes]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) <br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Rahmung, Rahmen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Theorien des Bildraums]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Michaela Ott|Ott, Michaela]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS, Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (evt. werden noch Zwischentitel von Autorin nachträglich eingebaut)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefano Borgo|Borgo, Stefano]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Realität und Hyperrealität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Referenz, Denotation, Exemplifikation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Reflexion und Transparenz]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Replika, Faksimile und Kopie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Russisch: 'obraz']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Maria Wargin|Wargin, Maria]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES <br />
| MH<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehendes Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicolas Romanacci|Romanacci, Nicolas]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES<br />
| Wer hat lektoriert?<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik logischer Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik ungegenständlicher Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Simulation, Simulakrum]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anne Röhl|Röhl, Anne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[sortale Gegenstände und Individuation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Spanisch: 'imagen', 'efigie', 'cuadro', 'cromo']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Felix Schmelzer|Schmelzer, Felix]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Stil]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Symbol, Index, Ikon]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Netzwerk-intern<br />
| (München 09.2011)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[syntaktisch unkorrekte Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Syntaktische Dichte]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[technische Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| azeptiert (DL)<br />
| JRJS: feedback und Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Textur]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Krüger|Krüger, Matthias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Traumbild]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Wolfram Bergande|Bergande, Wolfram]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Typographie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Typologien der Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[uneigentliche Bilder]]<br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[ungarisch: 'kép']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Valeska von Rosen|von Rosen, Valeska]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| Weingart, Brigitte<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Vexierbild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Imprimatur erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Video]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Virtualität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Visual Culture / Visual Studies]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[visuelle und multimodale Metaphern]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Till-Julian Huss|Huss, Till Julian]]<br />
| akzeptiert Januar 2012, angekündigt für Februar 2012 (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[visuelle Rationalität]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]] <br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Vorstellungsbilder]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH)<br />
| DL (bitte unbedingt mit JRJS abstimmen wg. [[Bildvorstellungen]])<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsillusion]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende Mai)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Weltbild]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Werbung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, Jörg R.J.]] <br />
| vorläufiges Textfragment eingestellt<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Image Schemata]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert (unter Vorbehalt)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mereogeometries]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Arten von Propositionen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Verifikationsverfahren]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Beispiele begrifflicher Aussagen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mimikry]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Die Markierung "§" zeigt an, dass die abschließende Bearbeitung zwecks Silbentrennung erfolgt ist. Wenn das Imprimatur vorliegt, wird die Seite dann auf "geschützt" gestellt. Falls dann doch noch Änderungen notwendig sein sollten: Bitte mit einem Admin Kontakt aufnehmen.<br />
<br />
<br />
:{|style="background:none"<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| : ca. 39 davon 8 wichtige<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Beginn}}<br />
| : 63<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| : 53<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| : 11<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Abschluß}}<br />
| : 59<br />
|}<br />
<br />
:<br />
<br />
[[GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Alte Liste|Verweis auf die alte Planungsliste]]</div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=GIB_-_Glossar_der_Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste&diff=11689
GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste
2013-02-24T14:47:07Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{Statusboxen}}<br />
<br />
<!-- Eine Zeile in der Tabelle sieht so aus: --><br />
<!-- |- --><br />
<!-- | [[welches Schlagwort]] <br />
<!-- | [[übergeordneter Hauptpunkt]]<br />
<!-- | wer hat Verantwortung (bei mehreren pro Person jeweils eine komplette Zeile verwenden --><br />
<!-- | Status (vorgeschlagen, angefragt, akzeptiert/abgesagt (von wem eingetragen)) --> <br />
<!-- | Lektorat: wer / Status --> <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|+ alle aktiven Unterpunkte<br />
|-<br />
! Phase<br/><br />
! Lemma<br/><br />
! zu Hauptpunkt<br/><br />
! Verantwortlich<br/><br />
! Status<br/><br />
! Lektorat<br/><br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Affekt und Wahrnehmung]] §<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrike Hanstein|Hanstein, Ulrike]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [["natürliche" Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Buchholz, Kai|Buchholz, Kai]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Absenz und Präsenz]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Abstraktion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ähnlichkeit und wahrnehmungsnahe Zeichen]] §<br />
| [[Bildsemantik]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Aisthetische Bildtheorien]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 (MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Anamorphose]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Yvonne Schweizer|Schweizer, Yvonne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Animation]] §<br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Anime]] <br />
| Exkurs<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Begriff]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]] <br />
| abgesagt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Arabisch: 'sûra', 'wathan' und 'sanam']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ästhesiologie]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans-Ulrich Lessing|Lessing, Hans-Ulrich]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES, DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Auflösung]]<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Authentizität]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Thomas Susanka|Susanka, Thomas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Bedeutung und Referenz]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Riedel, Peter <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Beobachtung]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans Dieter Huber|Huber, Hans Dieter]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrezeption als Kommunikationsprozess]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH - Freigabe erteilt--JRJS <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bild in der Wissenschaft]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicola Mößner|Mößner, Nicola]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bild in reflexiver Verwendung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild und Negation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Peter Gold|Gold, Peter]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild, analoges/digitales]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildakt-Theorie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Marion Lauschke|Lauschke, Marion]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildanthropologie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Bonnemann|Bonnemann, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bilden und Bildung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Burkhard Schäffer|Schäffer, Burkhart]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildergeschichte]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Bilderschrift und Piktogramm]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildgrammatik]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildhaftes]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhandeln]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhermeneutik]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildinhalt]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildinterpretation]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Scholz|Scholz, Oliver]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob Steinbrenner)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philipp Stoellger|Stoellger, Philipp]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie / Bildzauber]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildmontage]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL / ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmorphologie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Bruhn|Bruhn, Matthias]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) Kooperation mit Koautoren klappt nicht (letzter Versuch 18.11.11, JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eberhard Ortland|Ortland, Eberhard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Monika Dommann|Dommann, Monika]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Fabian Steinhauer|Steinhauer, Fabian]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| Knieper, Thomas <br />
| keine Antwort (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Benjamin Drechsel|Drechsel, Benjamin]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Bernhardt|Bernhardt, Petra]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (allerdings: Co-Autor Benjamin Drechsel ist selbe für Petra Bernhardt nicht mehr zu erreichen; Text ist aber so gut, dass er auch ihne zweites OK publiziert werden kann)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrhetorik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joachim Knape|Knape, Joachim]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildsemiotik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtermini im modernen Deutsch]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtitel]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:PD Dr. Egbert Witte|Witte, Egbert]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung vs. Objektwahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft als Sprach- und Bildkritik]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft vs. Bildtheorie]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildzitat]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anna Valentine Ullrich|Ullrich, Anna Valentine]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL -Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Blick]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| chinesisch: .... (evt. zusammen mit japanisch / vergleichend)<br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch |Roesch, Petra Hildegard]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (nachgefragt 23.2 DL) (kommt Mitte März, DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Comic]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Cyberspace]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Darstellung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Darstellung und Repräsentation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[dezeptiver und immersiver Modus]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[logische Kontextbildung und mentale Bilder]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Diagramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrich Richtmeyer|Richtmeyer, Ulrich]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| Text liegt vor in wird derzeit publikationsreif gemacht (Wer ist Lektor?? Wo ist der Text?)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[digitale Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Medialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende April)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Eigenwerte, Abbildungswerte und Darstellungswerte syntaktischer Einheiten]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Einbildungskraft]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Ekphrasis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Barbara Thönnes|Thönnes, Barbara]]<br />
| akzeptiert (von Rosen)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ursula Kocher|Kocher, Ursula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Manns|Manns, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[englisch: 'image' und 'picture']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[epistemisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Claus Zittel|Zittel, Claus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) kann verm. nicht liefern (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Erfahrung / Unmittelbarkeit]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Judith Siegmund|Siegmund, Judith]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS; Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Farbe als bildsyntaktische Kategorie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Farbwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Farid I Kandil|Kandil, Farid]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS); nachgefragt 10.05.2012 DL <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fernsehen]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Figur/Grund-Differenzierung]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Film]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[formale Ästhetik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fotografie]]<br />
| [[Bildmedien]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[französisch: 'image', 'dessin' und 'cadre']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Romanski|Romanski, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Gegenstand der visuellen Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Hecht, Heiko<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gesichtsdarstellung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gestalt]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[griechisch: 'typos' und 'eidolon']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[hebräisch: 'päsäl', 'säläm' und 'demut']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, kleine Korrekuren; Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hieroglyphen, Hieroglyphendiskurs]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Renata Landgráfová|Renata Landgráfová]] <br />
| akzeptiert(Elisabeth) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Hologramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Horizont]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hypermedien]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| vorgeschlagen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| von der Heiden, Anna <br />
| angefragt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ideogramm, Logogramm und characteristica universalis]]<br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert unter Vorbehalt (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Idolatrie]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikone]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonoklasmus]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonografie, Ikonologie, Ikonik]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Illokution]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[imagery debate]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]] <br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Installation und Montage]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktion und Kommunikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktions-, Selbst- und Sachbezug]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[interaktives Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Julia Nissen|Nissen, Julia]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sandra Gilgan|Gilgan, Sandra]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Karte]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Gyula Papay|Pápay, Gyula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Kino]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Schönhammer|Schönhammer, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Kommunikationsmedien]]<br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Kommunikologie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe steht noch aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[technisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe steht noch aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Komposition]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontext]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontextbildung]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Körper]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als Bildgeschichte]]<br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Imprimatur liegt vor<br />
<!--|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als historische Bildwissenschaft]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| --><br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Lateinisch: 'effigies', 'species', 'simulacrum', 'imago']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Malerei]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Maske]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Massenmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Materialität und Bildsyntax]] §<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (von Mark nach Vorlage von Klaus fertig geschrieben)<br />
| Rainer (Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Mediologie]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[sprachliche Metaphern und allgemeine Metaphorologie]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Kathrin Fahlenbrach|Fahlenbrach, Kathrin ]] <br />
| angefragt (EB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Mimesis]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Modalität]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Morphologie und Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[neue Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Nomination]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Notation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Christoph Baumberger|Baumberger, Christoph]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Original]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] / [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-Hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Performance]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektive und Projektion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| Hartle, Johan Frederik <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br> vogeschlagen v. Blum<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektivik]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sonja Zeman|Zeman, Sonja]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (bis Ende des Jahres)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Phänomenologische Bildtheorien]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS Publikationsfreigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Phantasma]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Prädikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Pragmatik, Semantik, Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Proposition]] §<br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Pseudoschriften]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Psychoanalytische Theorien des Bildes]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) <br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Rahmung, Rahmen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Theorien des Bildraums]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Michaela Ott|Ott, Michaela]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS, Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (evt. werden noch Zwischentitel von Autorin nachträglich eingebaut)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefano Borgo|Borgo, Stefano]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Realität und Hyperrealität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Referenz, Denotation, Exemplifikation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Reflexion und Transparenz]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Replika, Faksimile und Kopie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Russisch: 'obraz']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Maria Wargin|Wargin, Maria]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmung und Rezeption]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES <br />
| MH<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehendes Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicolas Romanacci|Romanacci, Nicolas]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES<br />
| Wer hat lektoriert?<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik logischer Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik ungegenständlicher Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Simulation, Simulakrum]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anne Röhl|Röhl, Anne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[sortale Gegenstände und Individuation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Spanisch: 'imagen', 'efigie', 'cuadro', 'cromo']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Felix Schmelzer|Schmelzer, Felix]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Stil]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Symbol, Index, Ikon]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Netzwerk-intern<br />
| (München 09.2011)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[syntaktisch unkorrekte Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Syntaktische Dichte]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[technische Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| azeptiert (DL)<br />
| JRJS: feedback und Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Textur]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Krüger|Krüger, Matthias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Traumbild]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Wolfram Bergande|Bergande, Wolfram]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Typographie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Typologien der Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[uneigentliche Bilder]]<br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[ungarisch: 'kép']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Valeska von Rosen|von Rosen, Valeska]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| Weingart, Brigitte<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Vexierbild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Imprimatur erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Video]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Virtualität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Visual Culture / Visual Studies]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[visuelle und multimodale Metaphern]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Till-Julian Huss|Huss, Till Julian]]<br />
| akzeptiert Januar 2012, angekündigt für Februar 2012 (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[visuelle Rationalität]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]] <br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Vorstellungsbilder]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH)<br />
| DL (bitte unbedingt mit JRJS abstimmen wg. [[Bildvorstellungen]])<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsillusion]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende Mai)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Weltbild]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Werbung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Judith Siegmund|Siegmund, Judith]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|schirra, Jörg R.J.]] <br />
| vorläufiges Textfragment eingestellt<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Image Schemata]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert (unter Vorbehalt)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mereogeometries]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Arten von Propositionen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Verifikationsverfahren]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Beispiele begrifflicher Aussagen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mimikry]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Die Markierung "§" zeigt an, dass die abschließende Bearbeitung zwecks Silbentrennung erfolgt ist. Wenn das Imprimatur vorliegt, wird die Seite dann auf "geschützt" gestellt. Falls dann doch noch Änderungen notwendig sein sollten: Bitte mit einem Admin Kontakt aufnehmen.<br />
<br />
<br />
:{|style="background:none"<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| : ca. 39 davon 8 wichtige<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Beginn}}<br />
| : 63<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| : 53<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| : 13<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Abschluß}}<br />
| : 55<br />
|}<br />
<br />
:<br />
<br />
[[GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Alte Liste|Verweis auf die alte Planungsliste]]</div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=GIB_-_Glossar_der_Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste&diff=11688
GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Unterpunkteplanungsliste
2013-02-24T14:45:37Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{Statusboxen}}<br />
<br />
<!-- Eine Zeile in der Tabelle sieht so aus: --><br />
<!-- |- --><br />
<!-- | [[welches Schlagwort]] <br />
<!-- | [[übergeordneter Hauptpunkt]]<br />
<!-- | wer hat Verantwortung (bei mehreren pro Person jeweils eine komplette Zeile verwenden --><br />
<!-- | Status (vorgeschlagen, angefragt, akzeptiert/abgesagt (von wem eingetragen)) --> <br />
<!-- | Lektorat: wer / Status --> <br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|+ alle aktiven Unterpunkte<br />
|-<br />
! Phase<br/><br />
! Lemma<br/><br />
! zu Hauptpunkt<br/><br />
! Verantwortlich<br/><br />
! Status<br/><br />
! Lektorat<br/><br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Affekt und Wahrnehmung]] §<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrike Hanstein|Hanstein, Ulrike]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [["natürliche" Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Buchholz, Kai|Buchholz, Kai]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Absenz und Präsenz]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Abstraktion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ähnlichkeit und wahrnehmungsnahe Zeichen]] §<br />
| [[Bildsemantik]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Aisthetische Bildtheorien]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Marcel Finke|Finke, Marcel]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 (MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Anamorphose]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Yvonne Schweizer|Schweizer, Yvonne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Animation]] §<br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Anime]] <br />
| Exkurs<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Begriff]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Anschauung und Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]] <br />
| abgesagt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Arabisch: 'sûra', 'wathan' und 'sanam']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Ästhesiologie]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans-Ulrich Lessing|Lessing, Hans-Ulrich]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES, DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Auflösung]]<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Authentizität]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Thomas Susanka|Susanka, Thomas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Bedeutung und Referenz]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Riedel, Peter <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Beobachtung]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hans Dieter Huber|Huber, Hans Dieter]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrezeption als Kommunikationsprozess]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH - Freigabe erteilt--JRJS <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bild in der Wissenschaft]] §<br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicola Mößner|Mößner, Nicola]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bild in reflexiver Verwendung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild und Negation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Peter Gold|Gold, Peter]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bild, analoges/digitales]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildakt-Theorie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Marion Lauschke|Lauschke, Marion]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildanthropologie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Bonnemann|Bonnemann, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bilden und Bildung]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Burkhard Schäffer|Schäffer, Burkhart]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildergeschichte]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Bilderschrift und Piktogramm]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildgrammatik]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildhaftes]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert, gerne mit Partner<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhandeln]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildhermeneutik]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildinhalt]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildinterpretation]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Scholz|Scholz, Oliver]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob Steinbrenner)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Gleichheit, Ähnlichkeit und Identität]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philipp Stoellger|Stoellger, Philipp]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmagie / Bildzauber]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildmontage]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL / ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildmorphologie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Bruhn|Bruhn, Matthias]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) Kooperation mit Koautoren klappt nicht (letzter Versuch 18.11.11, JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eberhard Ortland|Ortland, Eberhard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Monika Dommann|Dommann, Monika]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Fabian Steinhauer|Steinhauer, Fabian]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) angefragt (23.11. JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildökonomie]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| Knieper, Thomas <br />
| keine Antwort (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Benjamin Drechsel|Drechsel, Benjamin]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildpolitik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Bernhardt|Bernhardt, Petra]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (allerdings: Co-Autor Benjamin Drechsel ist selbe für Petra Bernhardt nicht mehr zu erreichen; Text ist aber so gut, dass er auch ihne zweites OK publiziert werden kann)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildrhetorik]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joachim Knape|Knape, Joachim]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildsemiotik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtermini im modernen Deutsch]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildtitel]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:PD Dr. Egbert Witte|Witte, Egbert]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildverarbeitung, digitale]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildvorstellungen]]<br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung vs. Objektwahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft als Sprach- und Bildkritik]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Bildwissenschaft vs. Bildtheorie]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| RT<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Bildzitat]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anna Valentine Ullrich|Ullrich, Anna Valentine]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL -Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Blick]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| chinesisch: .... (evt. zusammen mit japanisch / vergleichend)<br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch |Roesch, Petra Hildegard]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (nachgefragt 23.2 DL) (kommt Mitte März, DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Comic]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Bettina.Berendt|Berendt, Bettina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Computergraphik]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Philip Dutré|Dutré, Philip]] <br />
| akzeptiert (BB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Cyberspace]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Darstellung (historisch)]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| ES - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Darstellung und Repräsentation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[dezeptiver und immersiver Modus]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[logische Kontextbildung und mentale Bilder]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Diagramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ulrich Richtmeyer|Richtmeyer, Ulrich]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| Text liegt vor in wird derzeit publikationsreif gemacht (Wer ist Lektor?? Wo ist der Text?)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[digitale Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Medialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende April)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Eigenwerte, Abbildungswerte und Darstellungswerte syntaktischer Einheiten]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Einbildungskraft]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Ekphrasis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Barbara Thönnes|Thönnes, Barbara]]<br />
| akzeptiert (von Rosen)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Ursula Kocher|Kocher, Ursula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Emblem]] <br />
| [[Sprach-Bild-Bezüge]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Manns|Manns, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[englisch: 'image' und 'picture']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[epistemisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Claus Zittel|Zittel, Claus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) kann verm. nicht liefern (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Erfahrung / Unmittelbarkeit]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Judith Siegmund|Siegmund, Judith]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS; Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Farbe als bildsyntaktische Kategorie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Farbwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Farid I Kandil|Kandil, Farid]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS); nachgefragt 10.05.2012 DL <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fernsehen]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Figur/Grund-Differenzierung]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Film]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[formale Ästhetik]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Silvia Seja|Seja, Silvia]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Fotografie]]<br />
| [[Bildmedien]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[französisch: 'image', 'dessin' und 'cadre']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Romanski|Romanski, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Gegenstand der visuellen Wahrnehmung]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Hecht, Heiko<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gesichtsdarstellung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Gestalt]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[griechisch: 'typos' und 'eidolon']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[hebräisch: 'päsäl', 'säläm' und 'demut']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, kleine Korrekuren; Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hieroglyphen, Hieroglyphendiskurs]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Renata Landgráfová|Renata Landgráfová]] <br />
| akzeptiert(Elisabeth) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Hologramm]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jens Schröter|Schröter, Jens]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Horizont]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Hypermedien]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]]<br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| vorgeschlagen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Ideale]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| von der Heiden, Anna <br />
| angefragt (Mark)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ideogramm, Logogramm und characteristica universalis]]<br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert unter Vorbehalt (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Idolatrie]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikone]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonoklasmus]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Andreas Matena|Matena, Andreas]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) (kommt Ende 2011/Anfang 2012)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ikonografie, Ikonologie, Ikonik]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Illokution]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[imagery debate]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]] <br />
| akzeptiert (KSH) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Installation und Montage]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktion und Kommunikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Interaktions-, Selbst- und Sachbezug]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[interaktives Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Julia Nissen|Nissen, Julia]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kalligraphie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sandra Gilgan|Gilgan, Sandra]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Karte]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Gyula Papay|Pápay, Gyula]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Kino]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL<br />
<br />
|- <br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Jakob Steinbrenner|Steinbrenner, Jakob]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kippbild]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Schönhammer|Schönhammer, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Kommunikationsmedien]]<br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Kommunikologie]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe steht noch aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[technisches Bild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Oliver Bidlo|Bidlo, Oliver]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark)<br />
| MH -- Publikationsfreigabe steht noch aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Komposition]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rolf Sachsse|Sachsse, Rolf]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontext]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kontextbildung]]<br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Körper]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als Bildgeschichte]]<br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS -- Imprimatur liegt vor<br />
<!--|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Kunstgeschichte als historische Bildwissenschaft]] <br />
| [[Bildphilosophische Abgrenzungen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Halawa, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| --><br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Lateinisch: 'effigies', 'species', 'simulacrum', 'imago']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Malerei]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Dobbe, Martina]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Maske]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sütterlin|Sütterlin, Christa]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Massenmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Materialität und Bildsyntax]] §<br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (von Mark nach Vorlage von Klaus fertig geschrieben)<br />
| Rainer (Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Petra Hildegard Roesch|Roesch, Petra Hildegard]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Materialität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Mediologie]]<br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[sprachliche Metaphern und allgemeine Metaphorologie]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Kathrin Fahlenbrach|Fahlenbrach, Kathrin ]] <br />
| angefragt (EB)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Mimesis]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Tobias Schöttler|Schöttler, Tobias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Modalität]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Morphologie und Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[neue Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Nomination]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Notation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Christoph Baumberger|Baumberger, Christoph]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Original]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] / [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-Hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Performance]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektive und Projektion]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| Hartle, Johan Frederik <br />
| angefragt (JRJS)<br> vogeschlagen v. Blum<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Perspektivik]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Sonja Zeman|Zeman, Sonja]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) (bis Ende des Jahres)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Phänomenologische Bildtheorien]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Antje Kapust|Kapust, Antje]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS Publikationsfreigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Phantasma]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS) (kommt Anfang 2012 MH)<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Prädikation]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Pragmatik, Semantik, Syntax]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| übernommen<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Proposition]] §<br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Pseudoschriften]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Freigabe steht aus<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Psychoanalytische Theorien des Bildes]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Markus Rautzenberg|Rautzenberg, Markus]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Mark) <br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Rahmung, Rahmen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Theorien des Bildraums]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Michaela Ott|Ott, Michaela]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| JRJS, Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor (evt. werden noch Zwischentitel von Autorin nachträglich eingebaut)<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Raum und Geometrie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefano Borgo|Borgo, Stefano]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Realität und Hyperrealität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Stefan Meier|Meier, Stefan]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Referenz, Denotation, Exemplifikation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Elisabeth Birk|Birk, Elisabeth]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Reflexion und Transparenz]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Replika, Faksimile und Kopie]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Russisch: 'obraz']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Maria Wargin|Wargin, Maria]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmung und Rezeption]] <br />
| [[Bildwahrnehmung]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Schrift und Bild]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES <br />
| MH<br />
|- <br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Sehendes Sehen]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Nicolas Romanacci|Romanacci, Nicolas]] <br />
| akzeptiert ES<br />
| Wer hat lektoriert?<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik logischer Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Semantik ungegenständlicher Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) nachgefragt (17.11.11 JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Simulation, Simulakrum]] <br />
| [[Historische Bildbegriffe]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dr. Thomas Hensel|Hensel, Thomas]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Skulptur]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Anne Röhl|Röhl, Anne]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[sortale Gegenstände und Individuation]] <br />
| [[Bildsemantik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Spanisch: 'imagen', 'efigie', 'cuadro', 'cromo']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Felix Schmelzer|Schmelzer, Felix]]<br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Stil]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Symbol, Index, Ikon]] <br />
| [[Zeichentheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| Netzwerk-intern<br />
| (München 09.2011)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[syntaktisch unkorrekte Bilder]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Publikationsfreigabe liegt vor<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Syntaktische Dichte]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[technische Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Florian Sprenger|Sprenger, Florian]]<br />
| azeptiert (DL)<br />
| JRJS: feedback und Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Rainer Totzke|Totzke, Rainer]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Text als Bild, konkrete Poesie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Doris Mosbach|Mosbach, Doris]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Textur]] <br />
| [[Bildsyntax]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Matthias Krüger|Krüger, Matthias]] <br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS) <br />
| EB<br />
|-<br />
| {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| [[Traumbild]] <br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Wolfram Bergande|Bergande, Wolfram]] <br />
| akzeptiert (DL)<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Typographie]] <br />
| [[Schriftbildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Hartmut Stöckl|Stöckl, Hartmut]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Elisabeth)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Typologien der Medien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[uneigentliche Bilder]]<br />
| [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[ungarisch: 'kép']] <br />
| [[Bildtermini anderer Sprachen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Zsuzsanna Kondor|Kondor, Zsuzsanna]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Valeska von Rosen|von Rosen, Valeska]]<br />
| akzeptiert (Jakob)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Ut pictura poesis]] <br />
| [[Sprechen über Bilder]]<br />
| Weingart, Brigitte<br />
| angefragt (DL)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Vexierbild]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS, Imprimatur erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Video]] <br />
| [[Bildmedien]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Virtualität]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Lars Grabbe|Grabbe, Lars]] / [[Benutzer:Patrick Kruse|Kruse, Patrick]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Visual Culture / Visual Studies]] <br />
| [[Bildtheoretische Ansätze]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Dimitri Liebsch|Liebsch, Dimitri]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| MH<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[visuelle und multimodale Metaphern]] <br />
| [[Bild und rhetorische Figur]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Till-Julian Huss|Huss, Till Julian]]<br />
| akzeptiert Januar 2012, angekündigt für Februar 2012 (DL)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| [[visuelle Rationalität]] <br />
| [[Bildpragmatik]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Martin Scholz|Scholz, Martin]] <br />
| bedingt zugesagt (JRJS)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Vorstellungsbilder]] <br />
| [[Bildbewusstsein und Einbildungskraft]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Verena Gottschling|Gottschling, Verena]]<br />
| akzeptiert (KSH)<br />
| DL (bitte unbedingt mit JRJS abstimmen wg. [[Bildvorstellungen]])<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsillusion]] <br />
| [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Klaus Sachs-hombach|Sachs-Hombach, Klaus]]<br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| JRJS<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Wahrnehmungsmedien]] <br />
| [[Medientheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Toni Eichler|Eichler, Toni]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS; bis Ende Mai)<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Weltbild]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Schürmann, Eva]] <br />
| akzeptiert<br />
| ES<br />
|-<br />
| {{Abschluß}}<br />
| [[Werbung]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]]<br />
| [[Benutzer:Mark Ludwig|Ludwig, Mark]]<br />
| akzeptiert (JRJS)<br />
| DL - Freigabe erteilt<br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Judith Siegmund|Siegmund, Judith]] <br />
| akzeptiert (Eva)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]] <br />
| [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|schirra, Jörg R.J.]] <br />
| vorläufiges Textfragment eingestellt<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Beginn}}<br />
| [[Image Schemata]] <br />
| [[Bildverwendungstypen]] <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| akzeptiert (unter Vorbehalt)<br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mereogeometries]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Arten von Propositionen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
|<br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Verifikationsverfahren]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Beispiele begrifflicher Aussagen]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-<br />
| {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| [[Exkurs:Mimikry]] <br />
| Exkurs <br />
| [[Benutzer:Joerg R.J. Schirra|Schirra, JRJ]]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
<br />
Die Markierung "§" zeigt an, dass die abschließende Bearbeitung zwecks Silbentrennung erfolgt ist. Wenn das Imprimatur vorliegt, wird die Seite dann auf "geschützt" gestellt. Falls dann doch noch Änderungen notwendig sein sollten: Bitte mit einem Admin Kontakt aufnehmen.<br />
<br />
<br />
:{|style="background:none"<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Planungsphase}}<br />
| : ca. 39 davon 8 wichtige<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Beginn}}<br />
| : 63<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Entwurfsphase}}<br />
| : 53<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Fertigstellung}}<br />
| : 13<br />
|-<br />
| aktueller Stand &nbsp; {{Abschluß}}<br />
| : 55<br />
|}<br />
<br />
:<br />
<br />
[[GIB - Glossar der Bildphilosophie:Alte Liste|Verweis auf die alte Planungsliste]]</div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Sehen&diff=9181
Sehen
2012-09-26T12:37:18Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: /* Wittgensteins Aspektsehen */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der Gesichtssinn<ref>Der folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch <bib id='Schürmann 2008a'>Schürmann 2008</bib> vor.</ref>===== <br />
Die Spezifik des Gesichtssinnes besteht in seiner Nähe zu Prozessen des Verstehens, Denkens und Auslegens. Sehen ist eine Tätigkeit von Auge und Gehirn und wirft damit bewusstseinstheoretische Fragen auf.<br />
Zwei entscheidende Positionen der Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts behandeln das Verhältnis von Visuellem und Mentalem als ein praktisch untrennbares Beziehungsgefüge, das in der theoretischen Beschreibung jedoch auseinander dividiert wird. Ludwig Wittgenstein und Martin Heidegger kommen dabei zu weitgehenden Übereinstimmungen in ihren Ausführungen dessen, was ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Wortes Sehen sein kann.<br />
In seiner ununterbrochenen Beziehung zum Mentalen bezieht das Sehen sich nicht nur auf raumzeitlich Anwesendes, sondern auch auf sinnlich Abwesendes. Bereits einfache wahrnehmungspsychologische Experimente<ref>Einen umfangreichen Überblick darüber gibt <bib id='Goldstein 1997a'>Goldstein 1997</bib></ref> zeigen, dass man eine Qualität des Vorstellens im Sehen annehmen muss, um etwa ergänzendes Sehen erklären zu können. Je höher der Vorstellungsgrad eines einzelnen Wahrnehmungsaktes ist, umso mehr sieht man, dass Kant Recht hatte, als er die Einbildungskraft ein ‚Ingredienz der Wahrnehmung’ (<bib id='Kant 1968a'>Kant 1968</bib>: 89ff.) nannte. Wenn Vorgestelltes, Erwartetes, Ergänztes oder Gedeutetes in die Wahrnehmungspraxis hineinspielen, bedeutet das, dass sich etwas sinnlich Nicht-Gegenwärtiges ins Sichtbare einmischt.<br />
Was Wittgenstein unter den Begriffen Lebensform und Weltbild beschrieben hat, das fraglos Gegebene einer Kultur- und Sprachgemeinschaft, „das Hinzunehmende“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 572) und das, was „jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'>Wittgenstein 1984</bib>: § 359) als ausgemacht und sicher gilt, wirkt sich nicht nur auf den Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch auf die Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten einer Zeit aus. Die Gesamtheit geltender Normen und herrschender Überzeugungen, Sitten und Wertvorstellungen, die die Praxis einer Kultur und Gesellschaft prägen, bilden deren Weltbild im Sinne eines „System[s] von Geglaubtem“ (A.a.O.: § 144) aus. <br />
Weltbilder im Sinne einer normativen Hintergrundstrahlung des Sprechens, Wahrnehmens und Handelns sind zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte perzeptiver Welterschließung. Man könnte statt von Weltbildern auch von Weltanschauungen reden<ref>Vgl. K. Jaspers, der Weltanschauungen nach sinnlich-räumlichen, seelisch-kulturellen und metaphysischen Vorkommensweisen unterscheidet <bib id='Jaspers 1994a'>Jaspers 1994</bib></ref>, die in Einstellungen, Verhaltensweisen und normativen Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent sind.<br />
<br />
=====Wittgensteins Aspektsehen===== <br />
Mit dem vielzitierten Beispiel einer gezeichneten Gestalt, deren Konturen wahlweise einen Hasen- oder einen Entenkopf<ref>Wittgenstein kannte diese Figur aus den Arbeiten des amerikanischen Psychologen Joseph Jastrow, der seine Überlegungen dazu bereits 1899 veröffentlichte.</ref> sehen lässt, hat Wittgenstein das so genannte Aspektsehen beschrieben, das er „halb Seherlebnis, halb ein Denken“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 525) nannte. Aspektsehen ist ein semantisches ‚Sehen-als’; ich sehe dabei etwas-als-etwas, nämlich die Strichfigur als Hasen resp. als Ente. Beide Bedeutungen sehe ich nicht ‚in die Strichfigur hinein’, wie ich etwa Geographien in Wolkenformationen hineinsehen kann, denn ich kann die Strichfigur nicht als etwas Amorphes wahrnehmen ohne entweder die eine oder die andere Figur darin zu erkennen. Vielmehr hat das Sehen des Bildes zwei Möglichkeiten: H oder E. Die Amphibolie von einem ins andere ist konstitutiv für das Aspektsehen. Es weist darin eine bedenkenswerte Übereinstimmung mit dem Darstellungssehen auf. Wenn man etwas Dargestelltes im Darstellenden sieht, Greta Garbo als Mata Hari etwa, hält sich das Sehen inmitten einer Differenz auf, die auch für das Aspektsehen charakteristisch ist. Das Gesichtsbild ändert sich nicht, wohl aber unsere Auffassung von ihm.<br />
[[Kippbild|Kippfiguren]] sind daher weit über ihren Status als wahrnehmungspsychologische Experementierfelder hinaus interessant für das Verhältnis von Sehen und Deuten, Wahrnehmen und Vorstellen. Wittgenstein fragt sich: „Sehe ich jedesmal wirklich etwas anderes, oder deute ich nur, was ich sehe, auf verschiedene Weise? Ich bin geneigt, das erste zu sagen. Aber warum?“ (Ebd.: S. 550) <br />
Der Zuschreibungsakt ist phänomenal kein von der Perzeption unterscheidbarer Vorgang. Das aber wäre notwendig, um einen eigenständigen Wahrnehmungszustand von einer schlussfolgernden Denkoperation unterscheiden zu können<ref>In seinem Kommentar zu Wittgensteins Überlegungen schreibt Thorsten Jantschek, Deuten sei das Bilden einer Annahme über das Gesehene hinaus, aber wenn es so einfach wäre, müsste man das Gesehene unabhängig von seiner Deutung beschreiben können.(<bib id='Jantschek 1997a'>Jantschek 1997</bib>) Es gibt aber kein Bild unabhängig von seiner Auffassung als Hase oder Ente. Weiter führt uns demnach die „Einsicht, daß Denken und Sehen (immer schon) aufeinander bezogen sind und daß diese Beziehung im Sehen-als zutage tritt“. Ebd.: 319.</ref>. Das Aspektsehen ist daher ein gutes Beispiel für die Untrennbarkeit von Wahrnehmung und Sinnbildung: Ob ich die Konturen der Strichfigur als Umrisse eines Hasens oder einer Ente sehe, ist keine Frage einer nachträglichen Urteilsfindung, sondern mit dem visuellen Erfassen ist sogleich der Eindruck dieser oder jener Figur gegeben. Es ähnelt auch darin dem Bildersehen. Wir „sehen sie, wie wir sie deuten.“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 519). <br />
Das Beispiel macht insofern nur auf besonders griffige Weise deutlich, dass Sehen oft bedeutet, Perspektiven einzunehmen, aus denen heraus etwas als x und nicht als y erscheint. Dinge haben und veranlassen verschiedene Ansichten, was sie sind oder nicht sind, ist notwendig perspektivisch bedingt und auffassungsabhängig. <br />
Im Unterschied zu arbiträr vielen Sichtweisen sind Hasen- und Entenkopf aber beide gleichermaßen gegebene Sehmöglichkeiten und als solche keineswegs beliebig.<br />
Indem Wittgenstein nun nach einem Kriterium sucht für das, was ‚eigentliches Sehen’ genannt werden könnte, gerät er an die Grenzen des Sprachgebrauchs: „,Das ist doch kein Sehen!’ – ‚Das ist doch ein Sehen!’ – Beide müssen sich begrifflich rechtfertigen lassen. [...] Inwiefern ist es ein Sehen?“<ref>Ebd.: 324f.</ref> Die Schwierigkeiten sind solche der Beschreibungssprache, denn um diese Form des Sehens-als zu beschreiben, muss man so etwas wie eine erste Ebene basaler Sinneswahrnehmung zugrunde legen, auch wenn die Pointe des Aspektsehens gerade darin liegt, dass Visuelles und Mentales nicht getrennt voneinander vorkommen. Sie sind gewissermaßen zugleich getrennt und ungetrennt, weil man einerseits Akte responsiver Kenntnisnahme von Akten logischen Schließens oder narrativen Deutens generell unterscheiden kann, andererseits aber kein sinnliches Rohmaterial perzipiert, sondern eine je bedeutungshaft organisierte Wahrnehmung hat.<br />
Thomas Kuhn hat abrupte Paradigmenwechsel innerhalb der Wissenschaftsentwicklung als Sehen-als bezeichnet. Nach einer wissenschaftlichen Revolution werde die Welt ‚als etwas anderes gesehen’. „Was in der Welt des Wissenschaftlers vor der Revolution Ente (sic) waren, sind nachher Kaninchen.“ (<bib id='Kuhn 1973a'>Kuhn 1973</bib>: S. 123) Anderssehen heißt in diesem Zusammenhang folglich im Rahmen anderer Theoriegebäude sehen<ref>Judith Genova versteht Wittgensteins ganzes Philosophieren als methodisch praktiziertes Aspektsehen, um anders als gewöhnlich wahrnehmen zu können; <bib id='Genova 1995a'>Genova 1995a</bib></ref>.<br />
<br />
=====Heideggers Auslegen=====<br />
Martin Heidegger hat die Untrennbarkeit von Denken und Sehen als Auslegen erläutert. Heidegger schreibt, die Auffassung, „zunächst ist ein pures Vorhandenes erfahren, das dann als Tür, als Haus aufgefaßt wird [...] wäre ein Mißverständnis der spezifischen Erschließungsfunktion der Auslegung“ (<bib id='Heidegger 2006a'>Heidegger 2006</bib>: S. 150).. Bereits das ‚schlichte Sehen’ trage diese „Auslegungsstruktur [...] ursprünglich in sich“, alles andere sei verständnisloses „Anstarren“ (ebd.: S. 149). Ein ‚als-freies’ Erfassen sei weder eine ursprüngliche Form von Wahrnehmung, noch ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Begriffs Sehens, sondern eine leere Abstraktion bzw. eine künstlich abgeleitete Privationsform verstehender, auslegender Weltwahrnehmung. Auslegung sei nicht das nachträgliche Verleihen einer Bedeutung über ‚an sich’ Bedeutungsloses, sondern lege die Bewandtnisganzheit des Weltverstehens aus.<br />
Wie jede Welterschließung ist das Auslegen ein Verstehensprozess von zirkulärer Voraussetzungshaftigkeit: Die Auslegung von etwas-als-etwas gründet in einem Vorgriff auf eine bestimmte Grundbegrifflichkeit, für die sie sich endgültig oder vorbehaltlich immer schon entschieden hat. „Auslegung ist nie ein voraussetzungsloses Erfassen eines Vorgegebenen.“ (ebd.: S.150)‚Vorverstehen’ bezeichnet die hermeneutische Struktur einer jeweiligen kulturell und historisch bedingten Disposition des Verstehenden. Wenn man sich auf etwas ‚Gegebenes’ berufe, so sei dieses (in Heideggers Beispiel der auszulegende Text) „nichts anderes als die selbstverständliche, undiskutierte Vormeinung des Auslegers“(ebd.). <br />
Durchaus vergleichbar also mit dem Weltbild bei Wittgenstein entscheidet in der hermeneutischen Konzeption das Vorverstehen darüber, wie und als was etwas Sichtbares gesehen werden kann. Das Sichtbare ist stets nur unter den Bedingungen der „Vor-Struktur des Verstehens und der Als-Struktur der Auslegung“ (ebd.) sichtbar. Die Als-Struktur ist ebenso dem Bewusstsein geschuldet, das gerichtet ist und etwas-als-etwas wahrnimmt, wie auch dem Sichtbaren selbst, das sich stets als-etwas zeigt, nämlich im Lichte einer Situation und vor dem Hintergrund unsichtbarer Rahmenfaktoren, wie sie durch Geschichte, Kultur und Gesellschaft konstituiert werden.<br />
Welche Sicht ich einnehmen kann, hängt von Hinsichtnahmen des Vorverstehens ab: Die Umsicht des Besorgens, die Rücksicht der Fürsorge stellen weit entfernt davon, nur bildhaften Ausdrücke zu sein, existentielle Sichtweisen dar, Synthesen von Denken und Anschauung. Was Heidegger als auslegendes Sehen bezeichnet, ist eine Form aisthetischer Welterschließung, die in hermeneutischen und interpretativen Vollzügen besteht, in denen man Bekanntes auf Neues appliziert, es in einen Horizont einordnet, Gegenwärtiges vernimmt und durch Hinzuerfundenes ergänzt. Es ist insofern rezeptiv und projektiv zugleich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Sehen als absolute Metapher=====<br />
Nicht zufällig deutet der Sprachgebrauch des Sehens und seiner Komposita auf eine Intelligibilität des Gesichtssinnes, die schwerlich nur als verblasste Metaphorik abzutun ist: Der genaue Beobachter verschafft sich einen Durchblick oder gelangt zu einer Einsicht; das Ansehen einer Person entwickelt sich nicht unabhängig von dem Anblick, den sie bietet; welche Sicht man auf die Dinge einnimmt, hängt davon ab, wie sehr man sie überschaut oder wovon man absieht; jemand wirft mir eine sprechenden Blick zu, der zu sagen scheint: Sieh dich vor! – Wollte man das alles nur als übertragene Redeweise disqualifizieren, spräche man nicht nur der Sprache jeden philosophischen Eigensinn ab, sondern verkennte vor allem die Unvermeidlichkeit, ja Unhintergehbarkeit ihrer Metaphorizität. Von all den beschriebenen Vorgängen lässt sich nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, was an den damit verbundenen Tätigkeiten des Schauens, Blickens oder Beobachtens im engeren Sinne sinnlich ist. So schwierig Worte wie ‚Augenblick’ oder ‚Anschauung’ in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen sind, so wenig ist die Sinnfälligkeit von Worten wie ‚Einblick’ oder ‚Gesichtspunkt’ ersetzbar durch eindeutigere Begriffe. Diese Worte bezeichnen nichts Paraphrasierbares und sind kein Ornament von etwas, das sich auch einfacher sagen ließe.<br />
Mit Blumenberg wird man das Sehen daher durchaus als eine absolute Metapher bezeichnen und sagen dürfen, dass die verba videndi für „die logische Verlegenheit [...] einspring[en]“<ref><bib id='Blumenberg 1999a'>Blumenberg 1999</bib>: S.10ff. (Zuerst in: Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte 6 (1960). 7-142.)</ref>, in die das Denken gerät, wenn es das Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht bzw. von Sehen und Sehweisen erklären soll. Von der metaphorischen Rede übers Sehen lässt sich kein eindeutiger, ‚eigentlicher’ Begriff abzukoppeln. Vielmehr ist die figürliche Rede Indiz einer Problemlage und ihre Unvermeidlichkeit verdient Beachtung<ref>Ralf Konersmann hat einen ähnlichen Gedanken für die Metapher des Spiegels durchgespielt, welche gerade in ihrer terminologischen Unfixierbarkeit das geeignete Darstellungsmedium für die Ungreifbarkeit der Subjektivität in ihrer sich selbst entzogenen Gegebenheitsweise ist. <bib id='Konersmann 1991a'>Konersmann 1991</bib></ref>, verweist sie doch darauf, dass die Reduktion des Sehens auf Sinneswahrnehmung nur ein Moment eines holistischen Tätigkeitszusammenhangs künstlich isoliert. Die Metaphorizität des Begriffsfeldes stellt selbst eine sinnfällige Sicht vom Sehen dar. Dieses steht unausgesetzt im Konnotationsfeld des Verstehens, es ist ‚buchstäblich’ die Bewegung einer Ein-Sicht, welche weder rein aisthetisch, noch rein mental verfasst sein kann. Es ist eine Weise der Welterschließung, eine aisthetische Weise, deren ästhetische und imaginierende Ausgriffe im Einzelnen zu untersuchen sind. Einem holistischen Verständnis der Wahrnehmungspraxis nach können Tätigkeiten des Sich-Vor-Sehens oder des Durchschauens keine nur bildlichen Redensarten bezeichnen. Ebenso wenig können sie freilich „schlichte“, „reine“ oder „basale“ perzeptive Vorgänge sein, denn die Annahme solcher Vorgänge ist selbst bereits ein irreführender Sprachgebrauch. Als ins Praktische verstrickte Weisen, sich zu sich selbst und den anderen zu verhalten, sind solche Tätigkeiten aisthetisch und epistemisch zugleich, sie sind an die Augentätigkeit gebunden, ohne sich darin zu erschöpfen.<br />
Zwar kann es Einzelfälle eines vornehmlich metaphorischen Sprachgebrauchs vom Sehen geben: Um zu ‚sehen’, was du meinst, muss mir nicht notwendig etwas Sichtbares vor Augen stehen; das Ansehen einer Person ist selbst nichts sinnlich Gegebenes etc. Aber solche vergleichsweise eindeutigen Fälle sind gegenüber den vielschichtigen Vernetzungen des Aisthetischen und des Mentalen eher die Ausnahme als die Regel. Ungleich häufiger sieht man jemandem regelrecht an, dass er etwas sagen will, hängt das Ansehen einer Person mit ihrem sichtbaren Erscheinungsbild zusammen usw.<br />
Es scheint daher nicht nur sinnvoll, sondern regelrecht geboten, davon auszugehen, dass es nicht ‚bloß metaphorisch’ ist, wenn man sagt, man sehe sich vor, man revidiere etwas, etwas zeige sich in einem gewissen Licht, sehe von bestimmten ‚viewpoints’ – Chladenius’ ‚Sehe-Punckte’ (<bib id='Chladenius 1742a'>Chladenius 1742</bib>), die früher Standpunkte (<bib id='Röttgers 1994a'>Röttgers 1994</bib>) waren, – so aus etc. Jenseits dieser Sprachbilder ist kein eigentlicher Begriff des Sehens zu haben, so der Befund.<br />
<br />
Übrigens erfährt diese Sicht auch von analytischer Seite Unterstützung, wenn der Bewusstseinstheoretiker Colin McGinn etwas Ähnliches mit dem entfaltet, was er Mindsight (<bib id='McGinn 2004a'>McGinn 2004</bib>) nennt. Obwohl er sich mit einer Liste von Differenzkriterien zur Unterscheidung von Wahrnehmungen (percepts) und Vorstellungen (images) der Sicht Sartres anschließt, dass beide nicht nur graduell, sondern prinzipiell verschieden sind, kommt er im zweiten Kapitel seiner Studie auf ein ‚geistiges Auge’ zu sprechen, das keine metaphorische Redeweise sei: „I shall argue, that [...] the phrase ‚the mind’s eye’ is not metaphorical. It is literally true that we see with our mind.“ (ebd.: S.42) Im dritten Kapitel bespricht er eine Hybridform von ‚körperlichem’ („a ‚with the body’ kind of seeing“) und ‚geistigem’ Sehen, das er „imaginative seeing“ nennt. Dieses umfasst „the seeing of aspects, the seeing of pictures, and imagination-driven perceptual distortions“.<ref>Ebd.: S. 49</ref> Gewissermaßen gegen seinen ursprünglichen Ausgangspunkt, nämlich gegen die Annahme einer strikten, analytischen Trennbarkeit von Wahrnehmungen und Vorstellungen, kommt McGinn zu der Einsicht, dass die Dichotomien praktisch kollabieren, denn es gibt eines Visualität von Vorstellungen und eine Bildlichkeit von Wahrnehmungen, die sich der prinzipiellen Separierung entziehen.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
* [[Beobachtung]]<br />
* [[Sehendes Sehen]]<br />
* [[Blick]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Weltbild]]<br />
* [[Kippbild]]<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Sehen&diff=9180
Sehen
2012-09-26T12:24:39Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: /* Der GesichtssinnDer folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch Schürmann 2008 vor. */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der Gesichtssinn<ref>Der folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch <bib id='Schürmann 2008a'>Schürmann 2008</bib> vor.</ref>===== <br />
Die Spezifik des Gesichtssinnes besteht in seiner Nähe zu Prozessen des Verstehens, Denkens und Auslegens. Sehen ist eine Tätigkeit von Auge und Gehirn und wirft damit bewusstseinstheoretische Fragen auf.<br />
Zwei entscheidende Positionen der Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts behandeln das Verhältnis von Visuellem und Mentalem als ein praktisch untrennbares Beziehungsgefüge, das in der theoretischen Beschreibung jedoch auseinander dividiert wird. Ludwig Wittgenstein und Martin Heidegger kommen dabei zu weitgehenden Übereinstimmungen in ihren Ausführungen dessen, was ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Wortes Sehen sein kann.<br />
In seiner ununterbrochenen Beziehung zum Mentalen bezieht das Sehen sich nicht nur auf raumzeitlich Anwesendes, sondern auch auf sinnlich Abwesendes. Bereits einfache wahrnehmungspsychologische Experimente<ref>Einen umfangreichen Überblick darüber gibt <bib id='Goldstein 1997a'>Goldstein 1997</bib></ref> zeigen, dass man eine Qualität des Vorstellens im Sehen annehmen muss, um etwa ergänzendes Sehen erklären zu können. Je höher der Vorstellungsgrad eines einzelnen Wahrnehmungsaktes ist, umso mehr sieht man, dass Kant Recht hatte, als er die Einbildungskraft ein ‚Ingredienz der Wahrnehmung’ (<bib id='Kant 1968a'>Kant 1968</bib>: 89ff.) nannte. Wenn Vorgestelltes, Erwartetes, Ergänztes oder Gedeutetes in die Wahrnehmungspraxis hineinspielen, bedeutet das, dass sich etwas sinnlich Nicht-Gegenwärtiges ins Sichtbare einmischt.<br />
Was Wittgenstein unter den Begriffen Lebensform und Weltbild beschrieben hat, das fraglos Gegebene einer Kultur- und Sprachgemeinschaft, „das Hinzunehmende“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 572) und das, was „jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'>Wittgenstein 1984</bib>: § 359) als ausgemacht und sicher gilt, wirkt sich nicht nur auf den Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch auf die Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten einer Zeit aus. Die Gesamtheit geltender Normen und herrschender Überzeugungen, Sitten und Wertvorstellungen, die die Praxis einer Kultur und Gesellschaft prägen, bilden deren Weltbild im Sinne eines „System[s] von Geglaubtem“ (A.a.O.: § 144) aus. <br />
Weltbilder im Sinne einer normativen Hintergrundstrahlung des Sprechens, Wahrnehmens und Handelns sind zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte perzeptiver Welterschließung. Man könnte statt von Weltbildern auch von Weltanschauungen reden<ref>Vgl. K. Jaspers, der Weltanschauungen nach sinnlich-räumlichen, seelisch-kulturellen und metaphysischen Vorkommensweisen unterscheidet <bib id='Jaspers 1994a'>Jaspers 1994</bib></ref>, die in Einstellungen, Verhaltensweisen und normativen Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent sind.<br />
<br />
=====Wittgensteins Aspektsehen===== <br />
Mit dem vielzitierten Beispiel einer gezeichneten Gestalt, deren Konturen wahlweise einen Hasen- oder einen Entenkopf<ref>Wittgenstein kannte diese Figur aus den Arbeiten des amerikanischen Psychologen Joseph Jastrow, der seine Überlegungen dazu bereits 1899 veröffentlichte.</ref> sehen lässt, hat Wittgenstein das so genannte Aspektsehen beschrieben, das er „halb Seherlebnis, halb ein Denken“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 525) nannte. Aspektsehen ist ein semantisches ‚Sehen-als’; ich sehe dabei etwas-als-etwas, nämlich die Strichfigur als Hasen resp. als Ente. Beide Bedeutungen sehe ich nicht ‚in die Strichfigur hinein’, wie ich etwa Geographien in Wolkenformationen hineinsehen kann, denn ich kann die Strichfigur nicht als etwas Amorphes wahrnehmen ohne entweder die eine oder die andere Figur darin zu erkennen. Vielmehr hat das Sehen des Bildes zwei Möglichkeiten: H oder E. Die Amphibolie von einem ins andere ist konstitutiv für das Aspektsehen. Es weist darin eine bedenkenswerte Übereinstimmung mit dem Darstellungssehen auf. Wenn man etwas Dargestelltes im Darstellenden sieht, Greta Garbo als Mata Hari etwa, hält sich das Sehen inmitten einer Differenz auf, die auch für das Aspektsehen charakteristisch ist. Das Gesichtsbild ändert sich nicht, wohl aber unsere Auffassung von ihm.<br />
[[Kippbild|Kippfiguren]] sind daher weit über ihren Status als wahrnehmungspsychologische Experementierfelder hinaus interessant für das Verhältnis von Sehen und Deuten, Wahrnehmen und Vorstellen. Wittgenstein fragt sich: „Sehe ich jedesmal wirklich etwas anderes, oder deute ich nur, was ich sehe, auf verschiedene Weise? Ich bin geneigt, das erste zu sagen. Aber warum?“ (Ebd.: $ 340) <br />
Der Zuschreibungsakt ist phänomenal kein von der Perzeption unterscheidbarer Vorgang. Das aber wäre notwendig, um einen eigenständigen Wahrnehmungszustand von einer schlussfolgernden Denkoperation unterscheiden zu können<ref>In seinem Kommentar zu Wittgensteins Überlegungen schreibt Thorsten Jantschek, Deuten sei das Bilden einer Annahme über das Gesehene hinaus, aber wenn es so einfach wäre, müsste man das Gesehene unabhängig von seiner Deutung beschreiben können.(<bib id='Jantschek 1997a'>Jantschek 1997</bib>) Es gibt aber kein Bild unabhängig von seiner Auffassung als Hase oder Ente. Weiter führt uns demnach die „Einsicht, daß Denken und Sehen (immer schon) aufeinander bezogen sind und daß diese Beziehung im Sehen-als zutage tritt“. Ebd.: 319.</ref>. Das Aspektsehen ist daher ein gutes Beispiel für die Untrennbarkeit von Wahrnehmung und Sinnbildung: Ob ich die Konturen der Strichfigur als Umrisse eines Hasens oder einer Ente sehe, ist keine Frage einer nachträglichen Urteilsfindung, sondern mit dem visuellen Erfassen ist sogleich der Eindruck dieser oder jener Figur gegeben. Es ähnelt auch darin dem Bildersehen. Wir „sehen sie, wie wir sie deuten.“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 519). <br />
Das Beispiel macht insofern nur auf besonders griffige Weise deutlich, dass Sehen oft bedeutet, Perspektiven einzunehmen, aus denen heraus etwas als x und nicht als y erscheint. Dinge haben und veranlassen verschiedene Ansichten, was sie sind oder nicht sind, ist notwendig perspektivisch bedingt und auffassungsabhängig. <br />
Im Unterschied zu arbiträr vielen Sichtweisen sind Hasen- und Entenkopf aber beide gleichermaßen gegebene Sehmöglichkeiten und als solche keineswegs beliebig.<br />
Indem Wittgenstein nun nach einem Kriterium sucht für das, was ‚eigentliches Sehen’ genannt werden könnte, gerät er an die Grenzen des Sprachgebrauchs: „,Das ist doch kein Sehen!’ – ‚Das ist doch ein Sehen!’ – Beide müssen sich begrifflich rechtfertigen lassen. [...] Inwiefern ist es ein Sehen?“<ref>Ebd.: 324f.</ref> Die Schwierigkeiten sind solche der Beschreibungssprache, denn um diese Form des Sehens-als zu beschreiben, muss man so etwas wie eine erste Ebene basaler Sinneswahrnehmung zugrunde legen, auch wenn die Pointe des Aspektsehens gerade darin liegt, dass Visuelles und Mentales nicht getrennt voneinander vorkommen. Sie sind gewissermaßen zugleich getrennt und ungetrennt, weil man einerseits Akte responsiver Kenntnisnahme von Akten logischen Schließens oder narrativen Deutens generell unterscheiden kann, andererseits aber kein sinnliches Rohmaterial perzipiert, sondern eine je bedeutungshaft organisierte Wahrnehmung hat.<br />
Thomas Kuhn hat abrupte Paradigmenwechsel innerhalb der Wissenschaftsentwicklung als Sehen-als bezeichnet. Nach einer wissenschaftlichen Revolution werde die Welt ‚als etwas anderes gesehen’. „Was in der Welt des Wissenschaftlers vor der Revolution Ente (sic) waren, sind nachher Kaninchen.“ (<bib id='Kuhn 1973a'>Kuhn 1973</bib>: S. 123) Anderssehen heißt in diesem Zusammenhang folglich im Rahmen anderer Theoriegebäude sehen<ref>Judith Genova versteht Wittgensteins ganzes Philosophieren als methodisch praktiziertes Aspektsehen, um anders als gewöhnlich wahrnehmen zu können; <bib id='Genova 1995a'>Genova 1995a</bib></ref>.<br />
<br />
=====Heideggers Auslegen=====<br />
Martin Heidegger hat die Untrennbarkeit von Denken und Sehen als Auslegen erläutert. Heidegger schreibt, die Auffassung, „zunächst ist ein pures Vorhandenes erfahren, das dann als Tür, als Haus aufgefaßt wird [...] wäre ein Mißverständnis der spezifischen Erschließungsfunktion der Auslegung“ (<bib id='Heidegger 2006a'>Heidegger 2006</bib>: S. 150).. Bereits das ‚schlichte Sehen’ trage diese „Auslegungsstruktur [...] ursprünglich in sich“, alles andere sei verständnisloses „Anstarren“ (ebd.: S. 149). Ein ‚als-freies’ Erfassen sei weder eine ursprüngliche Form von Wahrnehmung, noch ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Begriffs Sehens, sondern eine leere Abstraktion bzw. eine künstlich abgeleitete Privationsform verstehender, auslegender Weltwahrnehmung. Auslegung sei nicht das nachträgliche Verleihen einer Bedeutung über ‚an sich’ Bedeutungsloses, sondern lege die Bewandtnisganzheit des Weltverstehens aus.<br />
Wie jede Welterschließung ist das Auslegen ein Verstehensprozess von zirkulärer Voraussetzungshaftigkeit: Die Auslegung von etwas-als-etwas gründet in einem Vorgriff auf eine bestimmte Grundbegrifflichkeit, für die sie sich endgültig oder vorbehaltlich immer schon entschieden hat. „Auslegung ist nie ein voraussetzungsloses Erfassen eines Vorgegebenen.“ (ebd.: S.150)‚Vorverstehen’ bezeichnet die hermeneutische Struktur einer jeweiligen kulturell und historisch bedingten Disposition des Verstehenden. Wenn man sich auf etwas ‚Gegebenes’ berufe, so sei dieses (in Heideggers Beispiel der auszulegende Text) „nichts anderes als die selbstverständliche, undiskutierte Vormeinung des Auslegers“(ebd.). <br />
Durchaus vergleichbar also mit dem Weltbild bei Wittgenstein entscheidet in der hermeneutischen Konzeption das Vorverstehen darüber, wie und als was etwas Sichtbares gesehen werden kann. Das Sichtbare ist stets nur unter den Bedingungen der „Vor-Struktur des Verstehens und der Als-Struktur der Auslegung“ (ebd.) sichtbar. Die Als-Struktur ist ebenso dem Bewusstsein geschuldet, das gerichtet ist und etwas-als-etwas wahrnimmt, wie auch dem Sichtbaren selbst, das sich stets als-etwas zeigt, nämlich im Lichte einer Situation und vor dem Hintergrund unsichtbarer Rahmenfaktoren, wie sie durch Geschichte, Kultur und Gesellschaft konstituiert werden.<br />
Welche Sicht ich einnehmen kann, hängt von Hinsichtnahmen des Vorverstehens ab: Die Umsicht des Besorgens, die Rücksicht der Fürsorge stellen weit entfernt davon, nur bildhaften Ausdrücke zu sein, existentielle Sichtweisen dar, Synthesen von Denken und Anschauung. Was Heidegger als auslegendes Sehen bezeichnet, ist eine Form aisthetischer Welterschließung, die in hermeneutischen und interpretativen Vollzügen besteht, in denen man Bekanntes auf Neues appliziert, es in einen Horizont einordnet, Gegenwärtiges vernimmt und durch Hinzuerfundenes ergänzt. Es ist insofern rezeptiv und projektiv zugleich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Sehen als absolute Metapher=====<br />
Nicht zufällig deutet der Sprachgebrauch des Sehens und seiner Komposita auf eine Intelligibilität des Gesichtssinnes, die schwerlich nur als verblasste Metaphorik abzutun ist: Der genaue Beobachter verschafft sich einen Durchblick oder gelangt zu einer Einsicht; das Ansehen einer Person entwickelt sich nicht unabhängig von dem Anblick, den sie bietet; welche Sicht man auf die Dinge einnimmt, hängt davon ab, wie sehr man sie überschaut oder wovon man absieht; jemand wirft mir eine sprechenden Blick zu, der zu sagen scheint: Sieh dich vor! – Wollte man das alles nur als übertragene Redeweise disqualifizieren, spräche man nicht nur der Sprache jeden philosophischen Eigensinn ab, sondern verkennte vor allem die Unvermeidlichkeit, ja Unhintergehbarkeit ihrer Metaphorizität. Von all den beschriebenen Vorgängen lässt sich nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, was an den damit verbundenen Tätigkeiten des Schauens, Blickens oder Beobachtens im engeren Sinne sinnlich ist. So schwierig Worte wie ‚Augenblick’ oder ‚Anschauung’ in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen sind, so wenig ist die Sinnfälligkeit von Worten wie ‚Einblick’ oder ‚Gesichtspunkt’ ersetzbar durch eindeutigere Begriffe. Diese Worte bezeichnen nichts Paraphrasierbares und sind kein Ornament von etwas, das sich auch einfacher sagen ließe.<br />
Mit Blumenberg wird man das Sehen daher durchaus als eine absolute Metapher bezeichnen und sagen dürfen, dass die verba videndi für „die logische Verlegenheit [...] einspring[en]“<ref><bib id='Blumenberg 1999a'>Blumenberg 1999</bib>: S.10ff. (Zuerst in: Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte 6 (1960). 7-142.)</ref>, in die das Denken gerät, wenn es das Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht bzw. von Sehen und Sehweisen erklären soll. Von der metaphorischen Rede übers Sehen lässt sich kein eindeutiger, ‚eigentlicher’ Begriff abzukoppeln. Vielmehr ist die figürliche Rede Indiz einer Problemlage und ihre Unvermeidlichkeit verdient Beachtung<ref>Ralf Konersmann hat einen ähnlichen Gedanken für die Metapher des Spiegels durchgespielt, welche gerade in ihrer terminologischen Unfixierbarkeit das geeignete Darstellungsmedium für die Ungreifbarkeit der Subjektivität in ihrer sich selbst entzogenen Gegebenheitsweise ist. <bib id='Konersmann 1991a'>Konersmann 1991</bib></ref>, verweist sie doch darauf, dass die Reduktion des Sehens auf Sinneswahrnehmung nur ein Moment eines holistischen Tätigkeitszusammenhangs künstlich isoliert. Die Metaphorizität des Begriffsfeldes stellt selbst eine sinnfällige Sicht vom Sehen dar. Dieses steht unausgesetzt im Konnotationsfeld des Verstehens, es ist ‚buchstäblich’ die Bewegung einer Ein-Sicht, welche weder rein aisthetisch, noch rein mental verfasst sein kann. Es ist eine Weise der Welterschließung, eine aisthetische Weise, deren ästhetische und imaginierende Ausgriffe im Einzelnen zu untersuchen sind. Einem holistischen Verständnis der Wahrnehmungspraxis nach können Tätigkeiten des Sich-Vor-Sehens oder des Durchschauens keine nur bildlichen Redensarten bezeichnen. Ebenso wenig können sie freilich „schlichte“, „reine“ oder „basale“ perzeptive Vorgänge sein, denn die Annahme solcher Vorgänge ist selbst bereits ein irreführender Sprachgebrauch. Als ins Praktische verstrickte Weisen, sich zu sich selbst und den anderen zu verhalten, sind solche Tätigkeiten aisthetisch und epistemisch zugleich, sie sind an die Augentätigkeit gebunden, ohne sich darin zu erschöpfen.<br />
Zwar kann es Einzelfälle eines vornehmlich metaphorischen Sprachgebrauchs vom Sehen geben: Um zu ‚sehen’, was du meinst, muss mir nicht notwendig etwas Sichtbares vor Augen stehen; das Ansehen einer Person ist selbst nichts sinnlich Gegebenes etc. Aber solche vergleichsweise eindeutigen Fälle sind gegenüber den vielschichtigen Vernetzungen des Aisthetischen und des Mentalen eher die Ausnahme als die Regel. Ungleich häufiger sieht man jemandem regelrecht an, dass er etwas sagen will, hängt das Ansehen einer Person mit ihrem sichtbaren Erscheinungsbild zusammen usw.<br />
Es scheint daher nicht nur sinnvoll, sondern regelrecht geboten, davon auszugehen, dass es nicht ‚bloß metaphorisch’ ist, wenn man sagt, man sehe sich vor, man revidiere etwas, etwas zeige sich in einem gewissen Licht, sehe von bestimmten ‚viewpoints’ – Chladenius’ ‚Sehe-Punckte’ (<bib id='Chladenius 1742a'>Chladenius 1742</bib>), die früher Standpunkte (<bib id='Röttgers 1994a'>Röttgers 1994</bib>) waren, – so aus etc. Jenseits dieser Sprachbilder ist kein eigentlicher Begriff des Sehens zu haben, so der Befund.<br />
<br />
Übrigens erfährt diese Sicht auch von analytischer Seite Unterstützung, wenn der Bewusstseinstheoretiker Colin McGinn etwas Ähnliches mit dem entfaltet, was er Mindsight (<bib id='McGinn 2004a'>McGinn 2004</bib>) nennt. Obwohl er sich mit einer Liste von Differenzkriterien zur Unterscheidung von Wahrnehmungen (percepts) und Vorstellungen (images) der Sicht Sartres anschließt, dass beide nicht nur graduell, sondern prinzipiell verschieden sind, kommt er im zweiten Kapitel seiner Studie auf ein ‚geistiges Auge’ zu sprechen, das keine metaphorische Redeweise sei: „I shall argue, that [...] the phrase ‚the mind’s eye’ is not metaphorical. It is literally true that we see with our mind.“ (ebd.: S.42) Im dritten Kapitel bespricht er eine Hybridform von ‚körperlichem’ („a ‚with the body’ kind of seeing“) und ‚geistigem’ Sehen, das er „imaginative seeing“ nennt. Dieses umfasst „the seeing of aspects, the seeing of pictures, and imagination-driven perceptual distortions“.<ref>Ebd.: S. 49</ref> Gewissermaßen gegen seinen ursprünglichen Ausgangspunkt, nämlich gegen die Annahme einer strikten, analytischen Trennbarkeit von Wahrnehmungen und Vorstellungen, kommt McGinn zu der Einsicht, dass die Dichotomien praktisch kollabieren, denn es gibt eines Visualität von Vorstellungen und eine Bildlichkeit von Wahrnehmungen, die sich der prinzipiellen Separierung entziehen.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
* [[Beobachtung]]<br />
* [[Sehendes Sehen]]<br />
* [[Blick]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Weltbild]]<br />
* [[Kippbild]]<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Sehen&diff=9179
Sehen
2012-09-26T12:21:30Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: /* Der GesichtssinnDer folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch Schürmann 2008 vor. */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der Gesichtssinn<ref>Der folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch <bib id='Schürmann 2008a'>Schürmann 2008</bib> vor.</ref>===== <br />
Die Spezifik des Gesichtssinnes besteht in seiner Nähe zu Prozessen des Verstehens, Denkens und Auslegens. Sehen ist eine Tätigkeit von Auge und Gehirn und wirft damit bewusstseinstheoretische Fragen auf.<br />
Zwei entscheidende Positionen der Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts behandeln das Verhältnis von Visuellem und Mentalem als ein praktisch untrennbares Beziehungsgefüge, das in der theoretischen Beschreibung jedoch auseinander dividiert wird. Ludwig Wittgenstein und Martin Heidegger kommen dabei zu weitgehenden Übereinstimmungen in ihren Ausführungen dessen, was ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Wortes Sehen sein kann.<br />
In seiner ununterbrochenen Beziehung zum Mentalen bezieht das Sehen sich nicht nur auf raumzeitlich Anwesendes, sondern auch auf sinnlich Abwesendes. Bereits einfache wahrnehmungspsychologische Experimente<ref>Einen umfangreichen Überblick darüber gibt <bib id='Goldstein 1997a'>Goldstein 1997</bib></ref> zeigen, dass man eine Qualität des Vorstellens im Sehen annehmen muss, um etwa ergänzendes Sehen erklären zu können. Je höher der Vorstellungsgrad eines einzelnen Wahrnehmungsaktes ist, umso mehr sieht man, dass Kant Recht hatte, als er die Einbildungskraft ein ‚Ingredienz der Wahrnehmung’ (<bib id='Kant 1968a'>Kant 1968</bib>: 89ff.) nannte. Wenn Vorgestelltes, Erwartetes, Ergänztes oder Gedeutetes in die Wahrnehmungspraxis hineinspielen, bedeutet das, dass sich etwas sinnlich Nicht-Gegenwärtiges ins Sichtbare einmischt.<br />
Was Wittgenstein unter den Begriffen Lebensform und Weltbild beschrieben hat, das fraglos Gegebene einer Kultur- und Sprachgemeinschaft, „das Hinzunehmende“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 572) und das, was „jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'>Wittgenstein 1984</bib>: S. 359) als ausgemacht und sicher gilt, wirkt sich nicht nur auf den Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch auf die Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten einer Zeit aus. Die Gesamtheit geltender Normen und herrschender Überzeugungen, Sitten und Wertvorstellungen, die die Praxis einer Kultur und Gesellschaft prägen, bilden deren Weltbild im Sinne eines „System[s] von Geglaubtem“ (A.a.O.: § 144) aus. <br />
Weltbilder im Sinne einer normativen Hintergrundstrahlung des Sprechens, Wahrnehmens und Handelns sind zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte perzeptiver Welterschließung. Man könnte statt von Weltbildern auch von Weltanschauungen reden<ref>Vgl. K. Jaspers, der Weltanschauungen nach sinnlich-räumlichen, seelisch-kulturellen und metaphysischen Vorkommensweisen unterscheidet <bib id='Jaspers 1994a'>Jaspers 1994</bib></ref>, die in Einstellungen, Verhaltensweisen und normativen Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent sind.<br />
<br />
=====Wittgensteins Aspektsehen===== <br />
Mit dem vielzitierten Beispiel einer gezeichneten Gestalt, deren Konturen wahlweise einen Hasen- oder einen Entenkopf<ref>Wittgenstein kannte diese Figur aus den Arbeiten des amerikanischen Psychologen Joseph Jastrow, der seine Überlegungen dazu bereits 1899 veröffentlichte.</ref> sehen lässt, hat Wittgenstein das so genannte Aspektsehen beschrieben, das er „halb Seherlebnis, halb ein Denken“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 525) nannte. Aspektsehen ist ein semantisches ‚Sehen-als’; ich sehe dabei etwas-als-etwas, nämlich die Strichfigur als Hasen resp. als Ente. Beide Bedeutungen sehe ich nicht ‚in die Strichfigur hinein’, wie ich etwa Geographien in Wolkenformationen hineinsehen kann, denn ich kann die Strichfigur nicht als etwas Amorphes wahrnehmen ohne entweder die eine oder die andere Figur darin zu erkennen. Vielmehr hat das Sehen des Bildes zwei Möglichkeiten: H oder E. Die Amphibolie von einem ins andere ist konstitutiv für das Aspektsehen. Es weist darin eine bedenkenswerte Übereinstimmung mit dem Darstellungssehen auf. Wenn man etwas Dargestelltes im Darstellenden sieht, Greta Garbo als Mata Hari etwa, hält sich das Sehen inmitten einer Differenz auf, die auch für das Aspektsehen charakteristisch ist. Das Gesichtsbild ändert sich nicht, wohl aber unsere Auffassung von ihm.<br />
[[Kippbild|Kippfiguren]] sind daher weit über ihren Status als wahrnehmungspsychologische Experementierfelder hinaus interessant für das Verhältnis von Sehen und Deuten, Wahrnehmen und Vorstellen. Wittgenstein fragt sich: „Sehe ich jedesmal wirklich etwas anderes, oder deute ich nur, was ich sehe, auf verschiedene Weise? Ich bin geneigt, das erste zu sagen. Aber warum?“ (Ebd.: $ 340) <br />
Der Zuschreibungsakt ist phänomenal kein von der Perzeption unterscheidbarer Vorgang. Das aber wäre notwendig, um einen eigenständigen Wahrnehmungszustand von einer schlussfolgernden Denkoperation unterscheiden zu können<ref>In seinem Kommentar zu Wittgensteins Überlegungen schreibt Thorsten Jantschek, Deuten sei das Bilden einer Annahme über das Gesehene hinaus, aber wenn es so einfach wäre, müsste man das Gesehene unabhängig von seiner Deutung beschreiben können.(<bib id='Jantschek 1997a'>Jantschek 1997</bib>) Es gibt aber kein Bild unabhängig von seiner Auffassung als Hase oder Ente. Weiter führt uns demnach die „Einsicht, daß Denken und Sehen (immer schon) aufeinander bezogen sind und daß diese Beziehung im Sehen-als zutage tritt“. Ebd.: 319.</ref>. Das Aspektsehen ist daher ein gutes Beispiel für die Untrennbarkeit von Wahrnehmung und Sinnbildung: Ob ich die Konturen der Strichfigur als Umrisse eines Hasens oder einer Ente sehe, ist keine Frage einer nachträglichen Urteilsfindung, sondern mit dem visuellen Erfassen ist sogleich der Eindruck dieser oder jener Figur gegeben. Es ähnelt auch darin dem Bildersehen. Wir „sehen sie, wie wir sie deuten.“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 519). <br />
Das Beispiel macht insofern nur auf besonders griffige Weise deutlich, dass Sehen oft bedeutet, Perspektiven einzunehmen, aus denen heraus etwas als x und nicht als y erscheint. Dinge haben und veranlassen verschiedene Ansichten, was sie sind oder nicht sind, ist notwendig perspektivisch bedingt und auffassungsabhängig. <br />
Im Unterschied zu arbiträr vielen Sichtweisen sind Hasen- und Entenkopf aber beide gleichermaßen gegebene Sehmöglichkeiten und als solche keineswegs beliebig.<br />
Indem Wittgenstein nun nach einem Kriterium sucht für das, was ‚eigentliches Sehen’ genannt werden könnte, gerät er an die Grenzen des Sprachgebrauchs: „,Das ist doch kein Sehen!’ – ‚Das ist doch ein Sehen!’ – Beide müssen sich begrifflich rechtfertigen lassen. [...] Inwiefern ist es ein Sehen?“<ref>Ebd.: 324f.</ref> Die Schwierigkeiten sind solche der Beschreibungssprache, denn um diese Form des Sehens-als zu beschreiben, muss man so etwas wie eine erste Ebene basaler Sinneswahrnehmung zugrunde legen, auch wenn die Pointe des Aspektsehens gerade darin liegt, dass Visuelles und Mentales nicht getrennt voneinander vorkommen. Sie sind gewissermaßen zugleich getrennt und ungetrennt, weil man einerseits Akte responsiver Kenntnisnahme von Akten logischen Schließens oder narrativen Deutens generell unterscheiden kann, andererseits aber kein sinnliches Rohmaterial perzipiert, sondern eine je bedeutungshaft organisierte Wahrnehmung hat.<br />
Thomas Kuhn hat abrupte Paradigmenwechsel innerhalb der Wissenschaftsentwicklung als Sehen-als bezeichnet. Nach einer wissenschaftlichen Revolution werde die Welt ‚als etwas anderes gesehen’. „Was in der Welt des Wissenschaftlers vor der Revolution Ente (sic) waren, sind nachher Kaninchen.“ (<bib id='Kuhn 1973a'>Kuhn 1973</bib>: S. 123) Anderssehen heißt in diesem Zusammenhang folglich im Rahmen anderer Theoriegebäude sehen<ref>Judith Genova versteht Wittgensteins ganzes Philosophieren als methodisch praktiziertes Aspektsehen, um anders als gewöhnlich wahrnehmen zu können; <bib id='Genova 1995a'>Genova 1995a</bib></ref>.<br />
<br />
=====Heideggers Auslegen=====<br />
Martin Heidegger hat die Untrennbarkeit von Denken und Sehen als Auslegen erläutert. Heidegger schreibt, die Auffassung, „zunächst ist ein pures Vorhandenes erfahren, das dann als Tür, als Haus aufgefaßt wird [...] wäre ein Mißverständnis der spezifischen Erschließungsfunktion der Auslegung“ (<bib id='Heidegger 2006a'>Heidegger 2006</bib>: S. 150).. Bereits das ‚schlichte Sehen’ trage diese „Auslegungsstruktur [...] ursprünglich in sich“, alles andere sei verständnisloses „Anstarren“ (ebd.: S. 149). Ein ‚als-freies’ Erfassen sei weder eine ursprüngliche Form von Wahrnehmung, noch ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Begriffs Sehens, sondern eine leere Abstraktion bzw. eine künstlich abgeleitete Privationsform verstehender, auslegender Weltwahrnehmung. Auslegung sei nicht das nachträgliche Verleihen einer Bedeutung über ‚an sich’ Bedeutungsloses, sondern lege die Bewandtnisganzheit des Weltverstehens aus.<br />
Wie jede Welterschließung ist das Auslegen ein Verstehensprozess von zirkulärer Voraussetzungshaftigkeit: Die Auslegung von etwas-als-etwas gründet in einem Vorgriff auf eine bestimmte Grundbegrifflichkeit, für die sie sich endgültig oder vorbehaltlich immer schon entschieden hat. „Auslegung ist nie ein voraussetzungsloses Erfassen eines Vorgegebenen.“ (ebd.: S.150)‚Vorverstehen’ bezeichnet die hermeneutische Struktur einer jeweiligen kulturell und historisch bedingten Disposition des Verstehenden. Wenn man sich auf etwas ‚Gegebenes’ berufe, so sei dieses (in Heideggers Beispiel der auszulegende Text) „nichts anderes als die selbstverständliche, undiskutierte Vormeinung des Auslegers“(ebd.). <br />
Durchaus vergleichbar also mit dem Weltbild bei Wittgenstein entscheidet in der hermeneutischen Konzeption das Vorverstehen darüber, wie und als was etwas Sichtbares gesehen werden kann. Das Sichtbare ist stets nur unter den Bedingungen der „Vor-Struktur des Verstehens und der Als-Struktur der Auslegung“ (ebd.) sichtbar. Die Als-Struktur ist ebenso dem Bewusstsein geschuldet, das gerichtet ist und etwas-als-etwas wahrnimmt, wie auch dem Sichtbaren selbst, das sich stets als-etwas zeigt, nämlich im Lichte einer Situation und vor dem Hintergrund unsichtbarer Rahmenfaktoren, wie sie durch Geschichte, Kultur und Gesellschaft konstituiert werden.<br />
Welche Sicht ich einnehmen kann, hängt von Hinsichtnahmen des Vorverstehens ab: Die Umsicht des Besorgens, die Rücksicht der Fürsorge stellen weit entfernt davon, nur bildhaften Ausdrücke zu sein, existentielle Sichtweisen dar, Synthesen von Denken und Anschauung. Was Heidegger als auslegendes Sehen bezeichnet, ist eine Form aisthetischer Welterschließung, die in hermeneutischen und interpretativen Vollzügen besteht, in denen man Bekanntes auf Neues appliziert, es in einen Horizont einordnet, Gegenwärtiges vernimmt und durch Hinzuerfundenes ergänzt. Es ist insofern rezeptiv und projektiv zugleich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Sehen als absolute Metapher=====<br />
Nicht zufällig deutet der Sprachgebrauch des Sehens und seiner Komposita auf eine Intelligibilität des Gesichtssinnes, die schwerlich nur als verblasste Metaphorik abzutun ist: Der genaue Beobachter verschafft sich einen Durchblick oder gelangt zu einer Einsicht; das Ansehen einer Person entwickelt sich nicht unabhängig von dem Anblick, den sie bietet; welche Sicht man auf die Dinge einnimmt, hängt davon ab, wie sehr man sie überschaut oder wovon man absieht; jemand wirft mir eine sprechenden Blick zu, der zu sagen scheint: Sieh dich vor! – Wollte man das alles nur als übertragene Redeweise disqualifizieren, spräche man nicht nur der Sprache jeden philosophischen Eigensinn ab, sondern verkennte vor allem die Unvermeidlichkeit, ja Unhintergehbarkeit ihrer Metaphorizität. Von all den beschriebenen Vorgängen lässt sich nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, was an den damit verbundenen Tätigkeiten des Schauens, Blickens oder Beobachtens im engeren Sinne sinnlich ist. So schwierig Worte wie ‚Augenblick’ oder ‚Anschauung’ in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen sind, so wenig ist die Sinnfälligkeit von Worten wie ‚Einblick’ oder ‚Gesichtspunkt’ ersetzbar durch eindeutigere Begriffe. Diese Worte bezeichnen nichts Paraphrasierbares und sind kein Ornament von etwas, das sich auch einfacher sagen ließe.<br />
Mit Blumenberg wird man das Sehen daher durchaus als eine absolute Metapher bezeichnen und sagen dürfen, dass die verba videndi für „die logische Verlegenheit [...] einspring[en]“<ref><bib id='Blumenberg 1999a'>Blumenberg 1999</bib>: S.10ff. (Zuerst in: Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte 6 (1960). 7-142.)</ref>, in die das Denken gerät, wenn es das Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht bzw. von Sehen und Sehweisen erklären soll. Von der metaphorischen Rede übers Sehen lässt sich kein eindeutiger, ‚eigentlicher’ Begriff abzukoppeln. Vielmehr ist die figürliche Rede Indiz einer Problemlage und ihre Unvermeidlichkeit verdient Beachtung<ref>Ralf Konersmann hat einen ähnlichen Gedanken für die Metapher des Spiegels durchgespielt, welche gerade in ihrer terminologischen Unfixierbarkeit das geeignete Darstellungsmedium für die Ungreifbarkeit der Subjektivität in ihrer sich selbst entzogenen Gegebenheitsweise ist. <bib id='Konersmann 1991a'>Konersmann 1991</bib></ref>, verweist sie doch darauf, dass die Reduktion des Sehens auf Sinneswahrnehmung nur ein Moment eines holistischen Tätigkeitszusammenhangs künstlich isoliert. Die Metaphorizität des Begriffsfeldes stellt selbst eine sinnfällige Sicht vom Sehen dar. Dieses steht unausgesetzt im Konnotationsfeld des Verstehens, es ist ‚buchstäblich’ die Bewegung einer Ein-Sicht, welche weder rein aisthetisch, noch rein mental verfasst sein kann. Es ist eine Weise der Welterschließung, eine aisthetische Weise, deren ästhetische und imaginierende Ausgriffe im Einzelnen zu untersuchen sind. Einem holistischen Verständnis der Wahrnehmungspraxis nach können Tätigkeiten des Sich-Vor-Sehens oder des Durchschauens keine nur bildlichen Redensarten bezeichnen. Ebenso wenig können sie freilich „schlichte“, „reine“ oder „basale“ perzeptive Vorgänge sein, denn die Annahme solcher Vorgänge ist selbst bereits ein irreführender Sprachgebrauch. Als ins Praktische verstrickte Weisen, sich zu sich selbst und den anderen zu verhalten, sind solche Tätigkeiten aisthetisch und epistemisch zugleich, sie sind an die Augentätigkeit gebunden, ohne sich darin zu erschöpfen.<br />
Zwar kann es Einzelfälle eines vornehmlich metaphorischen Sprachgebrauchs vom Sehen geben: Um zu ‚sehen’, was du meinst, muss mir nicht notwendig etwas Sichtbares vor Augen stehen; das Ansehen einer Person ist selbst nichts sinnlich Gegebenes etc. Aber solche vergleichsweise eindeutigen Fälle sind gegenüber den vielschichtigen Vernetzungen des Aisthetischen und des Mentalen eher die Ausnahme als die Regel. Ungleich häufiger sieht man jemandem regelrecht an, dass er etwas sagen will, hängt das Ansehen einer Person mit ihrem sichtbaren Erscheinungsbild zusammen usw.<br />
Es scheint daher nicht nur sinnvoll, sondern regelrecht geboten, davon auszugehen, dass es nicht ‚bloß metaphorisch’ ist, wenn man sagt, man sehe sich vor, man revidiere etwas, etwas zeige sich in einem gewissen Licht, sehe von bestimmten ‚viewpoints’ – Chladenius’ ‚Sehe-Punckte’ (<bib id='Chladenius 1742a'>Chladenius 1742</bib>), die früher Standpunkte (<bib id='Röttgers 1994a'>Röttgers 1994</bib>) waren, – so aus etc. Jenseits dieser Sprachbilder ist kein eigentlicher Begriff des Sehens zu haben, so der Befund.<br />
<br />
Übrigens erfährt diese Sicht auch von analytischer Seite Unterstützung, wenn der Bewusstseinstheoretiker Colin McGinn etwas Ähnliches mit dem entfaltet, was er Mindsight (<bib id='McGinn 2004a'>McGinn 2004</bib>) nennt. Obwohl er sich mit einer Liste von Differenzkriterien zur Unterscheidung von Wahrnehmungen (percepts) und Vorstellungen (images) der Sicht Sartres anschließt, dass beide nicht nur graduell, sondern prinzipiell verschieden sind, kommt er im zweiten Kapitel seiner Studie auf ein ‚geistiges Auge’ zu sprechen, das keine metaphorische Redeweise sei: „I shall argue, that [...] the phrase ‚the mind’s eye’ is not metaphorical. It is literally true that we see with our mind.“ (ebd.: S.42) Im dritten Kapitel bespricht er eine Hybridform von ‚körperlichem’ („a ‚with the body’ kind of seeing“) und ‚geistigem’ Sehen, das er „imaginative seeing“ nennt. Dieses umfasst „the seeing of aspects, the seeing of pictures, and imagination-driven perceptual distortions“.<ref>Ebd.: S. 49</ref> Gewissermaßen gegen seinen ursprünglichen Ausgangspunkt, nämlich gegen die Annahme einer strikten, analytischen Trennbarkeit von Wahrnehmungen und Vorstellungen, kommt McGinn zu der Einsicht, dass die Dichotomien praktisch kollabieren, denn es gibt eines Visualität von Vorstellungen und eine Bildlichkeit von Wahrnehmungen, die sich der prinzipiellen Separierung entziehen.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
* [[Beobachtung]]<br />
* [[Sehendes Sehen]]<br />
* [[Blick]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Weltbild]]<br />
* [[Kippbild]]<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Sehen&diff=9178
Sehen
2012-09-26T12:20:53Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: /* Der GesichtssinnDer folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch Schürmann 2008 vor. */</p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der Gesichtssinn<ref>Der folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch <bib id='Schürmann 2008a'>Schürmann 2008</bib> vor.</ref>===== <br />
Die Spezifik des Gesichtssinnes besteht in seiner Nähe zu Prozessen des Verstehens, Denkens und Auslegens. Sehen ist eine Tätigkeit von Auge und Gehirn und wirft damit bewusstseinstheoretische Fragen auf.<br />
Zwei entscheidende Positionen der Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts behandeln das Verhältnis von Visuellem und Mentalem als ein praktisch untrennbares Beziehungsgefüge, das in der theoretischen Beschreibung jedoch auseinander dividiert wird. Ludwig Wittgenstein und Martin Heidegger kommen dabei zu weitgehenden Übereinstimmungen in ihren Ausführungen dessen, was ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Wortes Sehen sein kann.<br />
In seiner ununterbrochenen Beziehung zum Mentalen bezieht das Sehen sich nicht nur auf raumzeitlich Anwesendes, sondern auch auf sinnlich Abwesendes. Bereits einfache wahrnehmungspsychologische Experimente<ref>Einen umfangreichen Überblick darüber gibt <bib id='Goldstein 1997a'>Goldstein 1997</bib></ref> zeigen, dass man eine Qualität des Vorstellens im Sehen annehmen muss, um etwa ergänzendes Sehen erklären zu können. Je höher der Vorstellungsgrad eines einzelnen Wahrnehmungsaktes ist, umso mehr sieht man, dass Kant Recht hatte, als er die Einbildungskraft ein ‚Ingredienz der Wahrnehmung’ (<bib id='Kant 1968a'>Kant 1968</bib>: 89ff.) nannte. Wenn Vorgestelltes, Erwartetes, Ergänztes oder Gedeutetes in die Wahrnehmungspraxis hineinspielen, bedeutet das, dass sich etwas sinnlich Nicht-Gegenwärtiges ins Sichtbare einmischt.<br />
Was Wittgenstein unter den Begriffen Lebensform und Weltbild beschrieben hat, das fraglos Gegebene einer Kultur- und Sprachgemeinschaft, „das Hinzunehmende“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971'</bib>: S. 572) und das, was „jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'>Wittgenstein 1984</bib>: S. 359) als ausgemacht und sicher gilt, wirkt sich nicht nur auf den Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch auf die Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten einer Zeit aus. Die Gesamtheit geltender Normen und herrschender Überzeugungen, Sitten und Wertvorstellungen, die die Praxis einer Kultur und Gesellschaft prägen, bilden deren Weltbild im Sinne eines „System[s] von Geglaubtem“ (A.a.O.: § 144) aus. <br />
Weltbilder im Sinne einer normativen Hintergrundstrahlung des Sprechens, Wahrnehmens und Handelns sind zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte perzeptiver Welterschließung. Man könnte statt von Weltbildern auch von Weltanschauungen reden<ref>Vgl. K. Jaspers, der Weltanschauungen nach sinnlich-räumlichen, seelisch-kulturellen und metaphysischen Vorkommensweisen unterscheidet <bib id='Jaspers 1994a'>Jaspers 1994</bib></ref>, die in Einstellungen, Verhaltensweisen und normativen Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent sind.<br />
<br />
=====Wittgensteins Aspektsehen===== <br />
Mit dem vielzitierten Beispiel einer gezeichneten Gestalt, deren Konturen wahlweise einen Hasen- oder einen Entenkopf<ref>Wittgenstein kannte diese Figur aus den Arbeiten des amerikanischen Psychologen Joseph Jastrow, der seine Überlegungen dazu bereits 1899 veröffentlichte.</ref> sehen lässt, hat Wittgenstein das so genannte Aspektsehen beschrieben, das er „halb Seherlebnis, halb ein Denken“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 525) nannte. Aspektsehen ist ein semantisches ‚Sehen-als’; ich sehe dabei etwas-als-etwas, nämlich die Strichfigur als Hasen resp. als Ente. Beide Bedeutungen sehe ich nicht ‚in die Strichfigur hinein’, wie ich etwa Geographien in Wolkenformationen hineinsehen kann, denn ich kann die Strichfigur nicht als etwas Amorphes wahrnehmen ohne entweder die eine oder die andere Figur darin zu erkennen. Vielmehr hat das Sehen des Bildes zwei Möglichkeiten: H oder E. Die Amphibolie von einem ins andere ist konstitutiv für das Aspektsehen. Es weist darin eine bedenkenswerte Übereinstimmung mit dem Darstellungssehen auf. Wenn man etwas Dargestelltes im Darstellenden sieht, Greta Garbo als Mata Hari etwa, hält sich das Sehen inmitten einer Differenz auf, die auch für das Aspektsehen charakteristisch ist. Das Gesichtsbild ändert sich nicht, wohl aber unsere Auffassung von ihm.<br />
[[Kippbild|Kippfiguren]] sind daher weit über ihren Status als wahrnehmungspsychologische Experementierfelder hinaus interessant für das Verhältnis von Sehen und Deuten, Wahrnehmen und Vorstellen. Wittgenstein fragt sich: „Sehe ich jedesmal wirklich etwas anderes, oder deute ich nur, was ich sehe, auf verschiedene Weise? Ich bin geneigt, das erste zu sagen. Aber warum?“ (Ebd.: $ 340) <br />
Der Zuschreibungsakt ist phänomenal kein von der Perzeption unterscheidbarer Vorgang. Das aber wäre notwendig, um einen eigenständigen Wahrnehmungszustand von einer schlussfolgernden Denkoperation unterscheiden zu können<ref>In seinem Kommentar zu Wittgensteins Überlegungen schreibt Thorsten Jantschek, Deuten sei das Bilden einer Annahme über das Gesehene hinaus, aber wenn es so einfach wäre, müsste man das Gesehene unabhängig von seiner Deutung beschreiben können.(<bib id='Jantschek 1997a'>Jantschek 1997</bib>) Es gibt aber kein Bild unabhängig von seiner Auffassung als Hase oder Ente. Weiter führt uns demnach die „Einsicht, daß Denken und Sehen (immer schon) aufeinander bezogen sind und daß diese Beziehung im Sehen-als zutage tritt“. Ebd.: 319.</ref>. Das Aspektsehen ist daher ein gutes Beispiel für die Untrennbarkeit von Wahrnehmung und Sinnbildung: Ob ich die Konturen der Strichfigur als Umrisse eines Hasens oder einer Ente sehe, ist keine Frage einer nachträglichen Urteilsfindung, sondern mit dem visuellen Erfassen ist sogleich der Eindruck dieser oder jener Figur gegeben. Es ähnelt auch darin dem Bildersehen. Wir „sehen sie, wie wir sie deuten.“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 519). <br />
Das Beispiel macht insofern nur auf besonders griffige Weise deutlich, dass Sehen oft bedeutet, Perspektiven einzunehmen, aus denen heraus etwas als x und nicht als y erscheint. Dinge haben und veranlassen verschiedene Ansichten, was sie sind oder nicht sind, ist notwendig perspektivisch bedingt und auffassungsabhängig. <br />
Im Unterschied zu arbiträr vielen Sichtweisen sind Hasen- und Entenkopf aber beide gleichermaßen gegebene Sehmöglichkeiten und als solche keineswegs beliebig.<br />
Indem Wittgenstein nun nach einem Kriterium sucht für das, was ‚eigentliches Sehen’ genannt werden könnte, gerät er an die Grenzen des Sprachgebrauchs: „,Das ist doch kein Sehen!’ – ‚Das ist doch ein Sehen!’ – Beide müssen sich begrifflich rechtfertigen lassen. [...] Inwiefern ist es ein Sehen?“<ref>Ebd.: 324f.</ref> Die Schwierigkeiten sind solche der Beschreibungssprache, denn um diese Form des Sehens-als zu beschreiben, muss man so etwas wie eine erste Ebene basaler Sinneswahrnehmung zugrunde legen, auch wenn die Pointe des Aspektsehens gerade darin liegt, dass Visuelles und Mentales nicht getrennt voneinander vorkommen. Sie sind gewissermaßen zugleich getrennt und ungetrennt, weil man einerseits Akte responsiver Kenntnisnahme von Akten logischen Schließens oder narrativen Deutens generell unterscheiden kann, andererseits aber kein sinnliches Rohmaterial perzipiert, sondern eine je bedeutungshaft organisierte Wahrnehmung hat.<br />
Thomas Kuhn hat abrupte Paradigmenwechsel innerhalb der Wissenschaftsentwicklung als Sehen-als bezeichnet. Nach einer wissenschaftlichen Revolution werde die Welt ‚als etwas anderes gesehen’. „Was in der Welt des Wissenschaftlers vor der Revolution Ente (sic) waren, sind nachher Kaninchen.“ (<bib id='Kuhn 1973a'>Kuhn 1973</bib>: S. 123) Anderssehen heißt in diesem Zusammenhang folglich im Rahmen anderer Theoriegebäude sehen<ref>Judith Genova versteht Wittgensteins ganzes Philosophieren als methodisch praktiziertes Aspektsehen, um anders als gewöhnlich wahrnehmen zu können; <bib id='Genova 1995a'>Genova 1995a</bib></ref>.<br />
<br />
=====Heideggers Auslegen=====<br />
Martin Heidegger hat die Untrennbarkeit von Denken und Sehen als Auslegen erläutert. Heidegger schreibt, die Auffassung, „zunächst ist ein pures Vorhandenes erfahren, das dann als Tür, als Haus aufgefaßt wird [...] wäre ein Mißverständnis der spezifischen Erschließungsfunktion der Auslegung“ (<bib id='Heidegger 2006a'>Heidegger 2006</bib>: S. 150).. Bereits das ‚schlichte Sehen’ trage diese „Auslegungsstruktur [...] ursprünglich in sich“, alles andere sei verständnisloses „Anstarren“ (ebd.: S. 149). Ein ‚als-freies’ Erfassen sei weder eine ursprüngliche Form von Wahrnehmung, noch ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Begriffs Sehens, sondern eine leere Abstraktion bzw. eine künstlich abgeleitete Privationsform verstehender, auslegender Weltwahrnehmung. Auslegung sei nicht das nachträgliche Verleihen einer Bedeutung über ‚an sich’ Bedeutungsloses, sondern lege die Bewandtnisganzheit des Weltverstehens aus.<br />
Wie jede Welterschließung ist das Auslegen ein Verstehensprozess von zirkulärer Voraussetzungshaftigkeit: Die Auslegung von etwas-als-etwas gründet in einem Vorgriff auf eine bestimmte Grundbegrifflichkeit, für die sie sich endgültig oder vorbehaltlich immer schon entschieden hat. „Auslegung ist nie ein voraussetzungsloses Erfassen eines Vorgegebenen.“ (ebd.: S.150)‚Vorverstehen’ bezeichnet die hermeneutische Struktur einer jeweiligen kulturell und historisch bedingten Disposition des Verstehenden. Wenn man sich auf etwas ‚Gegebenes’ berufe, so sei dieses (in Heideggers Beispiel der auszulegende Text) „nichts anderes als die selbstverständliche, undiskutierte Vormeinung des Auslegers“(ebd.). <br />
Durchaus vergleichbar also mit dem Weltbild bei Wittgenstein entscheidet in der hermeneutischen Konzeption das Vorverstehen darüber, wie und als was etwas Sichtbares gesehen werden kann. Das Sichtbare ist stets nur unter den Bedingungen der „Vor-Struktur des Verstehens und der Als-Struktur der Auslegung“ (ebd.) sichtbar. Die Als-Struktur ist ebenso dem Bewusstsein geschuldet, das gerichtet ist und etwas-als-etwas wahrnimmt, wie auch dem Sichtbaren selbst, das sich stets als-etwas zeigt, nämlich im Lichte einer Situation und vor dem Hintergrund unsichtbarer Rahmenfaktoren, wie sie durch Geschichte, Kultur und Gesellschaft konstituiert werden.<br />
Welche Sicht ich einnehmen kann, hängt von Hinsichtnahmen des Vorverstehens ab: Die Umsicht des Besorgens, die Rücksicht der Fürsorge stellen weit entfernt davon, nur bildhaften Ausdrücke zu sein, existentielle Sichtweisen dar, Synthesen von Denken und Anschauung. Was Heidegger als auslegendes Sehen bezeichnet, ist eine Form aisthetischer Welterschließung, die in hermeneutischen und interpretativen Vollzügen besteht, in denen man Bekanntes auf Neues appliziert, es in einen Horizont einordnet, Gegenwärtiges vernimmt und durch Hinzuerfundenes ergänzt. Es ist insofern rezeptiv und projektiv zugleich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Sehen als absolute Metapher=====<br />
Nicht zufällig deutet der Sprachgebrauch des Sehens und seiner Komposita auf eine Intelligibilität des Gesichtssinnes, die schwerlich nur als verblasste Metaphorik abzutun ist: Der genaue Beobachter verschafft sich einen Durchblick oder gelangt zu einer Einsicht; das Ansehen einer Person entwickelt sich nicht unabhängig von dem Anblick, den sie bietet; welche Sicht man auf die Dinge einnimmt, hängt davon ab, wie sehr man sie überschaut oder wovon man absieht; jemand wirft mir eine sprechenden Blick zu, der zu sagen scheint: Sieh dich vor! – Wollte man das alles nur als übertragene Redeweise disqualifizieren, spräche man nicht nur der Sprache jeden philosophischen Eigensinn ab, sondern verkennte vor allem die Unvermeidlichkeit, ja Unhintergehbarkeit ihrer Metaphorizität. Von all den beschriebenen Vorgängen lässt sich nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, was an den damit verbundenen Tätigkeiten des Schauens, Blickens oder Beobachtens im engeren Sinne sinnlich ist. So schwierig Worte wie ‚Augenblick’ oder ‚Anschauung’ in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen sind, so wenig ist die Sinnfälligkeit von Worten wie ‚Einblick’ oder ‚Gesichtspunkt’ ersetzbar durch eindeutigere Begriffe. Diese Worte bezeichnen nichts Paraphrasierbares und sind kein Ornament von etwas, das sich auch einfacher sagen ließe.<br />
Mit Blumenberg wird man das Sehen daher durchaus als eine absolute Metapher bezeichnen und sagen dürfen, dass die verba videndi für „die logische Verlegenheit [...] einspring[en]“<ref><bib id='Blumenberg 1999a'>Blumenberg 1999</bib>: S.10ff. (Zuerst in: Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte 6 (1960). 7-142.)</ref>, in die das Denken gerät, wenn es das Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht bzw. von Sehen und Sehweisen erklären soll. Von der metaphorischen Rede übers Sehen lässt sich kein eindeutiger, ‚eigentlicher’ Begriff abzukoppeln. Vielmehr ist die figürliche Rede Indiz einer Problemlage und ihre Unvermeidlichkeit verdient Beachtung<ref>Ralf Konersmann hat einen ähnlichen Gedanken für die Metapher des Spiegels durchgespielt, welche gerade in ihrer terminologischen Unfixierbarkeit das geeignete Darstellungsmedium für die Ungreifbarkeit der Subjektivität in ihrer sich selbst entzogenen Gegebenheitsweise ist. <bib id='Konersmann 1991a'>Konersmann 1991</bib></ref>, verweist sie doch darauf, dass die Reduktion des Sehens auf Sinneswahrnehmung nur ein Moment eines holistischen Tätigkeitszusammenhangs künstlich isoliert. Die Metaphorizität des Begriffsfeldes stellt selbst eine sinnfällige Sicht vom Sehen dar. Dieses steht unausgesetzt im Konnotationsfeld des Verstehens, es ist ‚buchstäblich’ die Bewegung einer Ein-Sicht, welche weder rein aisthetisch, noch rein mental verfasst sein kann. Es ist eine Weise der Welterschließung, eine aisthetische Weise, deren ästhetische und imaginierende Ausgriffe im Einzelnen zu untersuchen sind. Einem holistischen Verständnis der Wahrnehmungspraxis nach können Tätigkeiten des Sich-Vor-Sehens oder des Durchschauens keine nur bildlichen Redensarten bezeichnen. Ebenso wenig können sie freilich „schlichte“, „reine“ oder „basale“ perzeptive Vorgänge sein, denn die Annahme solcher Vorgänge ist selbst bereits ein irreführender Sprachgebrauch. Als ins Praktische verstrickte Weisen, sich zu sich selbst und den anderen zu verhalten, sind solche Tätigkeiten aisthetisch und epistemisch zugleich, sie sind an die Augentätigkeit gebunden, ohne sich darin zu erschöpfen.<br />
Zwar kann es Einzelfälle eines vornehmlich metaphorischen Sprachgebrauchs vom Sehen geben: Um zu ‚sehen’, was du meinst, muss mir nicht notwendig etwas Sichtbares vor Augen stehen; das Ansehen einer Person ist selbst nichts sinnlich Gegebenes etc. Aber solche vergleichsweise eindeutigen Fälle sind gegenüber den vielschichtigen Vernetzungen des Aisthetischen und des Mentalen eher die Ausnahme als die Regel. Ungleich häufiger sieht man jemandem regelrecht an, dass er etwas sagen will, hängt das Ansehen einer Person mit ihrem sichtbaren Erscheinungsbild zusammen usw.<br />
Es scheint daher nicht nur sinnvoll, sondern regelrecht geboten, davon auszugehen, dass es nicht ‚bloß metaphorisch’ ist, wenn man sagt, man sehe sich vor, man revidiere etwas, etwas zeige sich in einem gewissen Licht, sehe von bestimmten ‚viewpoints’ – Chladenius’ ‚Sehe-Punckte’ (<bib id='Chladenius 1742a'>Chladenius 1742</bib>), die früher Standpunkte (<bib id='Röttgers 1994a'>Röttgers 1994</bib>) waren, – so aus etc. Jenseits dieser Sprachbilder ist kein eigentlicher Begriff des Sehens zu haben, so der Befund.<br />
<br />
Übrigens erfährt diese Sicht auch von analytischer Seite Unterstützung, wenn der Bewusstseinstheoretiker Colin McGinn etwas Ähnliches mit dem entfaltet, was er Mindsight (<bib id='McGinn 2004a'>McGinn 2004</bib>) nennt. Obwohl er sich mit einer Liste von Differenzkriterien zur Unterscheidung von Wahrnehmungen (percepts) und Vorstellungen (images) der Sicht Sartres anschließt, dass beide nicht nur graduell, sondern prinzipiell verschieden sind, kommt er im zweiten Kapitel seiner Studie auf ein ‚geistiges Auge’ zu sprechen, das keine metaphorische Redeweise sei: „I shall argue, that [...] the phrase ‚the mind’s eye’ is not metaphorical. It is literally true that we see with our mind.“ (ebd.: S.42) Im dritten Kapitel bespricht er eine Hybridform von ‚körperlichem’ („a ‚with the body’ kind of seeing“) und ‚geistigem’ Sehen, das er „imaginative seeing“ nennt. Dieses umfasst „the seeing of aspects, the seeing of pictures, and imagination-driven perceptual distortions“.<ref>Ebd.: S. 49</ref> Gewissermaßen gegen seinen ursprünglichen Ausgangspunkt, nämlich gegen die Annahme einer strikten, analytischen Trennbarkeit von Wahrnehmungen und Vorstellungen, kommt McGinn zu der Einsicht, dass die Dichotomien praktisch kollabieren, denn es gibt eines Visualität von Vorstellungen und eine Bildlichkeit von Wahrnehmungen, die sich der prinzipiellen Separierung entziehen.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
* [[Beobachtung]]<br />
* [[Sehendes Sehen]]<br />
* [[Blick]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Weltbild]]<br />
* [[Kippbild]]<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Sehen&diff=9177
Sehen
2012-09-26T09:12:06Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der Gesichtssinn<ref>Der folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch <bib id='Schürmann 2008a'>Schürmann 2008</bib> vor.</ref>===== <br />
Die Spezifik des Gesichtssinnes besteht in seiner Nähe zu Prozessen des Verstehens, Denkens und Auslegens. Sehen ist eine Tätigkeit von Auge und Gehirn und wirft damit bewusstseinstheoretische Fragen auf.<br />
Zwei entscheidende Positionen der Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts behandeln das Verhältnis von Visuellem und Mentalem als ein praktisch untrennbares Beziehungsgefüge, das in der theoretischen Beschreibung jedoch auseinander dividiert wird. Ludwig Wittgenstein und Martin Heidegger kommen dabei zu weitgehenden Übereinstimmungen in ihren Ausführungen dessen, was ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Wortes Sehen sein kann.<br />
In seiner ununterbrochenen Beziehung zum Mentalen bezieht das Sehen sich nicht nur auf raumzeitlich Anwesendes, sondern auch auf sinnlich Abwesendes. Bereits einfache wahrnehmungspsychologische Experimente<ref>Einen umfangreichen Überblick darüber gibt <bib id='Goldstein 1997a'>Goldstein 1997</bib></ref> zeigen, dass man eine Qualität des Vorstellens im Sehen annehmen muss, um etwa ergänzendes Sehen erklären zu können. Je höher der Vorstellungsgrad eines einzelnen Wahrnehmungsaktes ist, umso mehr sieht man, dass Kant Recht hatte, als er die Einbildungskraft ein ‚Ingredienz der Wahrnehmung’ (bib id='Kant 1968a'>Kant 1968</bib>: 89ff.) nannte. Wenn Vorgestelltes, Erwartetes, Ergänztes oder Gedeutetes in die Wahrnehmungspraxis hineinspielen, bedeutet das, dass sich etwas sinnlich Nicht-Gegenwärtiges ins Sichtbare einmischt.<br />
Was Wittgenstein unter den Begriffen Lebensform und Weltbild beschrieben hat, das fraglos Gegebene einer Kultur- und Sprachgemeinschaft, „das Hinzunehmende“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971'</bib>: S. 572) und das, was „jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'>Wittgenstein 1984</bib>: S. 359) als ausgemacht und sicher gilt, wirkt sich nicht nur auf den Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch auf die Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten einer Zeit aus. Die Gesamtheit geltender Normen und herrschender Überzeugungen, Sitten und Wertvorstellungen, die die Praxis einer Kultur und Gesellschaft prägen, bilden deren Weltbild im Sinne eines „System[s] von Geglaubtem“ (A.a.O.: § 144) aus. <br />
Weltbilder im Sinne einer normativen Hintergrundstrahlung des Sprechens, Wahrnehmens und Handelns sind zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte perzeptiver Welterschließung. Man könnte statt von Weltbildern auch von Weltanschauungen reden<ref>Vgl. K. Jaspers, der Weltanschauungen nach sinnlich-räumlichen, seelisch-kulturellen und metaphysischen Vorkommensweisen unterscheidet <bib id='Jaspers 1994a'>Jaspers 1994</bib></ref>, die in Einstellungen, Verhaltensweisen und normativen Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent sind.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Wittgensteins Aspektsehen===== <br />
Mit dem vielzitierten Beispiel einer gezeichneten Gestalt, deren Konturen wahlweise einen Hasen- oder einen Entenkopf<ref>Wittgenstein kannte diese Figur aus den Arbeiten des amerikanischen Psychologen Joseph Jastrow, der seine Überlegungen dazu bereits 1899 veröffentlichte.</ref> sehen lässt, hat Wittgenstein das so genannte Aspektsehen beschrieben, das er „halb Seherlebnis, halb ein Denken“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 525) nannte. Aspektsehen ist ein semantisches ‚Sehen-als’; ich sehe dabei etwas-als-etwas, nämlich die Strichfigur als Hasen resp. als Ente. Beide Bedeutungen sehe ich nicht ‚in die Strichfigur hinein’, wie ich etwa Geographien in Wolkenformationen hineinsehen kann, denn ich kann die Strichfigur nicht als etwas Amorphes wahrnehmen ohne entweder die eine oder die andere Figur darin zu erkennen. Vielmehr hat das Sehen des Bildes zwei Möglichkeiten: H oder E. Die Amphibolie von einem ins andere ist konstitutiv für das Aspektsehen. Es weist darin eine bedenkenswerte Übereinstimmung mit dem Darstellungssehen auf. Wenn man etwas Dargestelltes im Darstellenden sieht, Greta Garbo als Mata Hari etwa, hält sich das Sehen inmitten einer Differenz auf, die auch für das Aspektsehen charakteristisch ist. Das Gesichtsbild ändert sich nicht, wohl aber unsere Auffassung von ihm.<br />
[[Kippbild|Kippfiguren]] sind daher weit über ihren Status als wahrnehmungspsychologische Experementierfelder hinaus interessant für das Verhältnis von Sehen und Deuten, Wahrnehmen und Vorstellen. Wittgenstein fragt sich: „Sehe ich jedesmal wirklich etwas anderes, oder deute ich nur, was ich sehe, auf verschiedene Weise? Ich bin geneigt, das erste zu sagen. Aber warum?“ (Ebd.: $ 340) <br />
Der Zuschreibungsakt ist phänomenal kein von der Perzeption unterscheidbarer Vorgang. Das aber wäre notwendig, um einen eigenständigen Wahrnehmungszustand von einer schlussfolgernden Denkoperation unterscheiden zu können<ref>In seinem Kommentar zu Wittgensteins Überlegungen schreibt Thorsten Jantschek, Deuten sei das Bilden einer Annahme über das Gesehene hinaus, aber wenn es so einfach wäre, müsste man das Gesehene unabhängig von seiner Deutung beschreiben können.(<bib id='Jantschek 1997a'>Jantschek 1997</bib>) Es gibt aber kein Bild unabhängig von seiner Auffassung als Hase oder Ente. Weiter führt uns demnach die „Einsicht, daß Denken und Sehen (immer schon) aufeinander bezogen sind und daß diese Beziehung im Sehen-als zutage tritt“. Ebd.: 319.</ref>. Das Aspektsehen ist daher ein gutes Beispiel für die Untrennbarkeit von Wahrnehmung und Sinnbildung: Ob ich die Konturen der Strichfigur als Umrisse eines Hasens oder einer Ente sehe, ist keine Frage einer nachträglichen Urteilsfindung, sondern mit dem visuellen Erfassen ist sogleich der Eindruck dieser oder jener Figur gegeben. Es ähnelt auch darin dem Bildersehen. Wir „sehen sie, wie wir sie deuten.“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib>: S. 519). <br />
Das Beispiel macht insofern nur auf besonders griffige Weise deutlich, dass Sehen oft bedeutet, Perspektiven einzunehmen, aus denen heraus etwas als x und nicht als y erscheint. Dinge haben und veranlassen verschiedene Ansichten, was sie sind oder nicht sind, ist notwendig perspektivisch bedingt und auffassungsabhängig. <br />
Im Unterschied zu arbiträr vielen Sichtweisen sind Hasen- und Entenkopf aber beide gleichermaßen gegebene Sehmöglichkeiten und als solche keineswegs beliebig.<br />
Indem Wittgenstein nun nach einem Kriterium sucht für das, was ‚eigentliches Sehen’ genannt werden könnte, gerät er an die Grenzen des Sprachgebrauchs: „,Das ist doch kein Sehen!’ – ‚Das ist doch ein Sehen!’ – Beide müssen sich begrifflich rechtfertigen lassen. [...] Inwiefern ist es ein Sehen?“<ref>Ebd.: 324f.</ref> Die Schwierigkeiten sind solche der Beschreibungssprache, denn um diese Form des Sehens-als zu beschreiben, muss man so etwas wie eine erste Ebene basaler Sinneswahrnehmung zugrunde legen, auch wenn die Pointe des Aspektsehens gerade darin liegt, dass Visuelles und Mentales nicht getrennt voneinander vorkommen. Sie sind gewissermaßen zugleich getrennt und ungetrennt, weil man einerseits Akte responsiver Kenntnisnahme von Akten logischen Schließens oder narrativen Deutens generell unterscheiden kann, andererseits aber kein sinnliches Rohmaterial perzipiert, sondern eine je bedeutungshaft organisierte Wahrnehmung hat.<br />
Thomas Kuhn hat abrupte Paradigmenwechsel innerhalb der Wissenschaftsentwicklung als Sehen-als bezeichnet. Nach einer wissenschaftlichen Revolution werde die Welt ‚als etwas anderes gesehen’. „Was in der Welt des Wissenschaftlers vor der Revolution Ente (sic) waren, sind nachher Kaninchen.“ (<bib id='Kuhn 1973a'>Kuhn 1973</bib>: S. 123) Anderssehen heißt in diesem Zusammenhang folglich im Rahmen anderer Theoriegebäude sehen<ref>Judith Genova versteht Wittgensteins ganzes Philosophieren als methodisch praktiziertes Aspektsehen, um anders als gewöhnlich wahrnehmen zu können; <bib id='Genova 1995a'>Genova 1995a</bib></ref>.<br />
<br />
=====Heideggers Auslegen=====<br />
Martin Heidegger hat die Untrennbarkeit von Denken und Sehen als Auslegen erläutert. Heidegger schreibt, die Auffassung, „zunächst ist ein pures Vorhandenes erfahren, das dann als Tür, als Haus aufgefaßt wird [...] wäre ein Mißverständnis der spezifischen Erschließungsfunktion der Auslegung“ (<bib id='Heidegger 2006a'>Heidegger 2006</bib>: S. 150).. Bereits das ‚schlichte Sehen’ trage diese „Auslegungsstruktur [...] ursprünglich in sich“, alles andere sei verständnisloses „Anstarren“ (ebd.: S. 149). Ein ‚als-freies’ Erfassen sei weder eine ursprüngliche Form von Wahrnehmung, noch ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Begriffs Sehens, sondern eine leere Abstraktion bzw. eine künstlich abgeleitete Privationsform verstehender, auslegender Weltwahrnehmung. Auslegung sei nicht das nachträgliche Verleihen einer Bedeutung über ‚an sich’ Bedeutungsloses, sondern lege die Bewandtnisganzheit des Weltverstehens aus.<br />
Wie jede Welterschließung ist das Auslegen ein Verstehensprozess von zirkulärer Voraussetzungshaftigkeit: Die Auslegung von etwas-als-etwas gründet in einem Vorgriff auf eine bestimmte Grundbegrifflichkeit, für die sie sich endgültig oder vorbehaltlich immer schon entschieden hat. „Auslegung ist nie ein voraussetzungsloses Erfassen eines Vorgegebenen.“ (ebd.: S.150)‚Vorverstehen’ bezeichnet die hermeneutische Struktur einer jeweiligen kulturell und historisch bedingten Disposition des Verstehenden. Wenn man sich auf etwas ‚Gegebenes’ berufe, so sei dieses (in Heideggers Beispiel der auszulegende Text) „nichts anderes als die selbstverständliche, undiskutierte Vormeinung des Auslegers“(ebd.). <br />
Durchaus vergleichbar also mit dem Weltbild bei Wittgenstein entscheidet in der hermeneutischen Konzeption das Vorverstehen darüber, wie und als was etwas Sichtbares gesehen werden kann. Das Sichtbare ist stets nur unter den Bedingungen der „Vor-Struktur des Verstehens und der Als-Struktur der Auslegung“ (ebd.) sichtbar. Die Als-Struktur ist ebenso dem Bewusstsein geschuldet, das gerichtet ist und etwas-als-etwas wahrnimmt, wie auch dem Sichtbaren selbst, das sich stets als-etwas zeigt, nämlich im Lichte einer Situation und vor dem Hintergrund unsichtbarer Rahmenfaktoren, wie sie durch Geschichte, Kultur und Gesellschaft konstituiert werden.<br />
Welche Sicht ich einnehmen kann, hängt von Hinsichtnahmen des Vorverstehens ab: Die Umsicht des Besorgens, die Rücksicht der Fürsorge stellen weit entfernt davon, nur bildhaften Ausdrücke zu sein, existentielle Sichtweisen dar, Synthesen von Denken und Anschauung. Was Heidegger als auslegendes Sehen bezeichnet, ist eine Form aisthetischer Welterschließung, die in hermeneutischen und interpretativen Vollzügen besteht, in denen man Bekanntes auf Neues appliziert, es in einen Horizont einordnet, Gegenwärtiges vernimmt und durch Hinzuerfundenes ergänzt. Es ist insofern rezeptiv und projektiv zugleich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Sehen als absolute Metapher=====<br />
Nicht zufällig deutet der Sprachgebrauch des Sehens und seiner Komposita auf eine Intelligibilität des Gesichtssinnes, die schwerlich nur als verblasste Metaphorik abzutun ist: Der genaue Beobachter verschafft sich einen Durchblick oder gelangt zu einer Einsicht; das Ansehen einer Person entwickelt sich nicht unabhängig von dem Anblick, den sie bietet; welche Sicht man auf die Dinge einnimmt, hängt davon ab, wie sehr man sie überschaut oder wovon man absieht; jemand wirft mir eine sprechenden Blick zu, der zu sagen scheint: Sieh dich vor! – Wollte man das alles nur als übertragene Redeweise disqualifizieren, spräche man nicht nur der Sprache jeden philosophischen Eigensinn ab, sondern verkennte vor allem die Unvermeidlichkeit, ja Unhintergehbarkeit ihrer Metaphorizität. Von all den beschriebenen Vorgängen lässt sich nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, was an den damit verbundenen Tätigkeiten des Schauens, Blickens oder Beobachtens im engeren Sinne sinnlich ist. So schwierig Worte wie ‚Augenblick’ oder ‚Anschauung’ in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen sind, so wenig ist die Sinnfälligkeit von Worten wie ‚Einblick’ oder ‚Gesichtspunkt’ ersetzbar durch eindeutigere Begriffe. Diese Worte bezeichnen nichts Paraphrasierbares und sind kein Ornament von etwas, das sich auch einfacher sagen ließe.<br />
Mit Blumenberg wird man das Sehen daher durchaus als eine absolute Metapher bezeichnen und sagen dürfen, dass die verba videndi für „die logische Verlegenheit [...] einspring[en]“<ref><bib id='Blumenberg 1999a'>Blumenberg 1999</bib>: S.10ff. (Zuerst in: Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte 6 (1960). 7-142.)</ref>, in die das Denken gerät, wenn es das Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht bzw. von Sehen und Sehweisen erklären soll. Von der metaphorischen Rede übers Sehen lässt sich kein eindeutiger, ‚eigentlicher’ Begriff abzukoppeln. Vielmehr ist die figürliche Rede Indiz einer Problemlage und ihre Unvermeidlichkeit verdient Beachtung<ref>Ralf Konersmann hat einen ähnlichen Gedanken für die Metapher des Spiegels durchgespielt, welche gerade in ihrer terminologischen Unfixierbarkeit das geeignete Darstellungsmedium für die Ungreifbarkeit der Subjektivität in ihrer sich selbst entzogenen Gegebenheitsweise ist. <bib id='Konersmann 1991a'>Konersmann 1991</bib></ref>, verweist sie doch darauf, dass die Reduktion des Sehens auf Sinneswahrnehmung nur ein Moment eines holistischen Tätigkeitszusammenhangs künstlich isoliert. Die Metaphorizität des Begriffsfeldes stellt selbst eine sinnfällige Sicht vom Sehen dar. Dieses steht unausgesetzt im Konnotationsfeld des Verstehens, es ist ‚buchstäblich’ die Bewegung einer Ein-Sicht, welche weder rein aisthetisch, noch rein mental verfasst sein kann. Es ist eine Weise der Welterschließung, eine aisthetische Weise, deren ästhetische und imaginierende Ausgriffe im Einzelnen zu untersuchen sind. Einem holistischen Verständnis der Wahrnehmungspraxis nach können Tätigkeiten des Sich-Vor-Sehens oder des Durchschauens keine nur bildlichen Redensarten bezeichnen. Ebenso wenig können sie freilich „schlichte“, „reine“ oder „basale“ perzeptive Vorgänge sein, denn die Annahme solcher Vorgänge ist selbst bereits ein irreführender Sprachgebrauch. Als ins Praktische verstrickte Weisen, sich zu sich selbst und den anderen zu verhalten, sind solche Tätigkeiten aisthetisch und epistemisch zugleich, sie sind an die Augentätigkeit gebunden, ohne sich darin zu erschöpfen.<br />
Zwar kann es Einzelfälle eines vornehmlich metaphorischen Sprachgebrauchs vom Sehen geben: Um zu ‚sehen’, was du meinst, muss mir nicht notwendig etwas Sichtbares vor Augen stehen; das Ansehen einer Person ist selbst nichts sinnlich Gegebenes etc. Aber solche vergleichsweise eindeutigen Fälle sind gegenüber den vielschichtigen Vernetzungen des Aisthetischen und des Mentalen eher die Ausnahme als die Regel. Ungleich häufiger sieht man jemandem regelrecht an, dass er etwas sagen will, hängt das Ansehen einer Person mit ihrem sichtbaren Erscheinungsbild zusammen usw.<br />
Es scheint daher nicht nur sinnvoll, sondern regelrecht geboten, davon auszugehen, dass es nicht ‚bloß metaphorisch’ ist, wenn man sagt, man sehe sich vor, man revidiere etwas, etwas zeige sich in einem gewissen Licht, sehe von bestimmten ‚viewpoints’ – Chladenius’ ‚Sehe-Punckte’ (<bib id='Chladenius 1742a'>Chladenius 1742</bib>), die früher Standpunkte (<bib id='Röttgers 1994a'>Röttgers 1994</bib>) waren, – so aus etc. Jenseits dieser Sprachbilder ist kein eigentlicher Begriff des Sehens zu haben, so der Befund.<br />
<br />
Übrigens erfährt diese Sicht auch von analytischer Seite Unterstützung, wenn der Bewusstseinstheoretiker Colin McGinn etwas Ähnliches mit dem entfaltet, was er Mindsight (<bib id='McGinn 2004a'>McGinn 2004</bib>) nennt. Obwohl er sich mit einer Liste von Differenzkriterien zur Unterscheidung von Wahrnehmungen (percepts) und Vorstellungen (images) der Sicht Sartres anschließt, dass beide nicht nur graduell, sondern prinzipiell verschieden sind, kommt er im zweiten Kapitel seiner Studie auf ein ‚geistiges Auge’ zu sprechen, das keine metaphorische Redeweise sei: „I shall argue, that [...] the phrase ‚the mind’s eye’ is not metaphorical. It is literally true that we see with our mind.“ (ebd.: S.42) Im dritten Kapitel bespricht er eine Hybridform von ‚körperlichem’ („a ‚with the body’ kind of seeing“) und ‚geistigem’ Sehen, das er „imaginative seeing“ nennt. Dieses umfasst „the seeing of aspects, the seeing of pictures, and imagination-driven perceptual distortions“.<ref>Ebd.: S. 49</ref> Gewissermaßen gegen seinen ursprünglichen Ausgangspunkt, nämlich gegen die Annahme einer strikten, analytischen Trennbarkeit von Wahrnehmungen und Vorstellungen, kommt McGinn zu der Einsicht, dass die Dichotomien praktisch kollabieren, denn es gibt eines Visualität von Vorstellungen und eine Bildlichkeit von Wahrnehmungen, die sich der prinzipiellen Separierung entziehen.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
* [[Beobachtung]]<br />
* [[Sehendes Sehen]]<br />
* [[Blick]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Weltbild]]<br />
* [[Kippbild]]<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Sehen&diff=9176
Sehen
2012-09-26T08:34:18Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der Gesichtssinn<ref>Der folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch <bib id='Schürmann 2008a'>Schürmann 2008</bib> vor.</ref>===== <br />
Die Spezifik des Gesichtssinnes besteht in seiner Nähe zu Prozessen des Verstehens, Denkens und Auslegens. Sehen ist eine Tätigkeit von Auge und Gehirn und wirft damit bewusstseinstheoretische Fragen auf.<br />
Zwei entscheidende Positionen der Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts behandeln das Verhältnis von Visuellem und Mentalem als ein praktisch untrennbares Beziehungsgefüge, das in der theoretischen Beschreibung jedoch auseinander dividiert wird. Ludwig Wittgenstein und Martin Heidegger kommen dabei zu weitgehenden Übereinstimmungen in ihren Ausführungen dessen, was ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Wortes Sehen sein kann.<br />
In seiner ununterbrochenen Beziehung zum Mentalen bezieht das Sehen sich nicht nur auf raumzeitlich Anwesendes, sondern auch auf sinnlich Abwesendes. Bereits einfache wahrnehmungspsychologische Experimente<ref>Einen umfangreichen Überblick darüber gibt <bib id='Goldstein 1997a'>Goldstein 1997</bib></ref> zeigen, dass man eine Qualität des Vorstellens im Sehen annehmen muss, um etwa ergänzendes Sehen erklären zu können. Je höher der Vorstellungsgrad eines einzelnen Wahrnehmungsaktes ist, umso mehr sieht man, dass Kant Recht hatte, als er die Einbildungskraft ein ‚Ingredienz der Wahrnehmung’ (bib id='Kant 1968a'>Kant 1968</bib> 89ff.) nannte. Wenn Vorgestelltes, Erwartetes, Ergänztes oder Gedeutetes in die Wahrnehmungspraxis hineinspielen, bedeutet das, dass sich etwas sinnlich Nicht-Gegenwärtiges ins Sichtbare einmischt.<br />
Was Wittgenstein unter den Begriffen Lebensform und Weltbild beschrieben hat, das fraglos Gegebene einer Kultur- und Sprachgemeinschaft, „das Hinzunehmende“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971'</bib> § 363) und das, was „jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'>Wittgenstein 1984</bib> § 359) als ausgemacht und sicher gilt, wirkt sich nicht nur auf den Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch auf die Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten einer Zeit aus. Die Gesamtheit geltender Normen und herrschender Überzeugungen, Sitten und Wertvorstellungen, die die Praxis einer Kultur und Gesellschaft prägen, bilden deren Weltbild im Sinne eines „System[s] von Geglaubtem“ (A.a.O. § 144) aus. <br />
Weltbilder im Sinne einer normativen Hintergrundstrahlung des Sprechens, Wahrnehmens und Handelns sind zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte perzeptiver Welterschließung. Man könnte statt von Weltbildern auch von Weltanschauungen reden<ref>Vgl. K. Jaspers, der Weltanschauungen nach sinnlich-räumlichen, seelisch-kulturellen und metaphysischen Vorkommensweisen unterscheidet <bib id='Jaspers 1994a'>Jaspers 1994</bib></ref>, die in Einstellungen, Verhaltensweisen und normativen Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent sind.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Wittgensteins Aspektsehen===== <br />
Mit dem vielzitierten Beispiel einer gezeichneten Gestalt, deren Konturen wahlweise einen Hasen- oder einen Entenkopf<ref>Wittgenstein kannte diese Figur aus den Arbeiten des amerikanischen Psychologen Joseph Jastrow, der seine Überlegungen dazu bereits 1899 veröffentlichte.</ref> sehen lässt, hat Wittgenstein das so genannte Aspektsehen beschrieben, das er „halb Seherlebnis, halb ein Denken“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib> § 314) nannte. Aspektsehen ist ein semantisches ‚Sehen-als’; ich sehe dabei etwas-als-etwas, nämlich die Strichfigur als Hasen resp. als Ente. Beide Bedeutungen sehe ich nicht ‚in die Strichfigur hinein’, wie ich etwa Geographien in Wolkenformationen hineinsehen kann, denn ich kann die Strichfigur nicht als etwas Amorphes wahrnehmen ohne entweder die eine oder die andere Figur darin zu erkennen. Vielmehr hat das Sehen des Bildes zwei Möglichkeiten: H oder E. Die Amphibolie von einem ins andere ist konstitutiv für das Aspektsehen. Es weist darin eine bedenkenswerte Übereinstimmung mit dem Darstellungssehen auf. Wenn man etwas Dargestelltes im Darstellenden sieht, Greta Garbo als Mata Hari etwa, hält sich das Sehen inmitten einer Differenz auf, die auch für das Aspektsehen charakteristisch ist. Das Gesichtsbild ändert sich nicht, wohl aber unsere Auffassung von ihm.<br />
[[Kippbild|Kippfiguren]] sind daher weit über ihren Status als wahrnehmungspsychologische Experementierfelder hinaus interessant für das Verhältnis von Sehen und Deuten, Wahrnehmen und Vorstellen. Wittgenstein fragt sich: „Sehe ich jedesmal wirklich etwas anderes, oder deute ich nur, was ich sehe, auf verschiedene Weise? Ich bin geneigt, das erste zu sagen. Aber warum?“ (Ebd. $ 340) <br />
Der Zuschreibungsakt ist phänomenal kein von der Perzeption unterscheidbarer Vorgang. Das aber wäre notwendig, um einen eigenständigen Wahrnehmungszustand von einer schlussfolgernden Denkoperation unterscheiden zu können<ref>In seinem Kommentar zu Wittgensteins Überlegungen schreibt Thorsten Jantschek, Deuten sei das Bilden einer Annahme über das Gesehene hinaus, aber wenn es so einfach wäre, müsste man das Gesehene unabhängig von seiner Deutung beschreiben können.(<bib id='Jantschek 1997a'>Jantschek 1997</bib>) Es gibt aber kein Bild unabhängig von seiner Auffassung als Hase oder Ente. Weiter führt uns demnach die „Einsicht, daß Denken und Sehen (immer schon) aufeinander bezogen sind und daß diese Beziehung im Sehen-als zutage tritt“. Ebd. 319.</ref>. Das Aspektsehen ist daher ein gutes Beispiel für die Untrennbarkeit von Wahrnehmung und Sinnbildung: Ob ich die Konturen der Strichfigur als Umrisse eines Hasens oder einer Ente sehe, ist keine Frage einer nachträglichen Urteilsfindung, sondern mit dem visuellen Erfassen ist sogleich der Eindruck dieser oder jener Figur gegeben. Es ähnelt auch darin dem Bildersehen. Wir „sehen sie, wie wir sie deuten.“ (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib> § 308). <br />
Das Beispiel macht insofern nur auf besonders griffige Weise deutlich, dass Sehen oft bedeutet, Perspektiven einzunehmen, aus denen heraus etwas als x und nicht als y erscheint. Dinge haben und veranlassen verschiedene Ansichten, was sie sind oder nicht sind, ist notwendig perspektivisch bedingt und auffassungsabhängig. <br />
Im Unterschied zu arbiträr vielen Sichtweisen sind Hasen- und Entenkopf aber beide gleichermaßen gegebene Sehmöglichkeiten und als solche keineswegs beliebig.<br />
Indem Wittgenstein nun nach einem Kriterium sucht für das, was ‚eigentliches Sehen’ genannt werden könnte, gerät er an die Grenzen des Sprachgebrauchs: „,Das ist doch kein Sehen!’ – ‚Das ist doch ein Sehen!’ – Beide müssen sich begrifflich rechtfertigen lassen. [...] Inwiefern ist es ein Sehen?“<ref>Ebd. 324f.</ref> Die Schwierigkeiten sind solche der Beschreibungssprache, denn um diese Form des Sehens-als zu beschreiben, muss man so etwas wie eine erste Ebene basaler Sinneswahrnehmung zugrunde legen, auch wenn die Pointe des Aspektsehens gerade darin liegt, dass Visuelles und Mentales nicht getrennt voneinander vorkommen. Sie sind gewissermaßen zugleich getrennt und ungetrennt, weil man einerseits Akte responsiver Kenntnisnahme von Akten logischen Schließens oder narrativen Deutens generell unterscheiden kann, andererseits aber kein sinnliches Rohmaterial perzipiert, sondern eine je bedeutungshaft organisierte Wahrnehmung hat.<br />
Thomas Kuhn hat abrupte Paradigmenwechsel innerhalb der Wissenschaftsentwicklung als Sehen-als bezeichnet. Nach einer wissenschaftlichen Revolution werde die Welt ‚als etwas anderes gesehen’. „Was in der Welt des Wissenschaftlers vor der Revolution Ente (sic) waren, sind nachher Kaninchen.“ (<bib id='Kuhn 1973a'>Kuhn 1973</bib> S. 123) Anderssehen heißt in diesem Zusammenhang folglich im Rahmen anderer Theoriegebäude sehen<ref>Judith Genova versteht Wittgensteins ganzes Philosophieren als methodisch praktiziertes Aspektsehen, um anders als gewöhnlich wahrnehmen zu können; <bib id='Genova 1995a'>Genova 1995a</bib></ref>.<br />
<br />
=====Heideggers Auslegen=====<br />
Martin Heidegger hat die Untrennbarkeit von Denken und Sehen als Auslegen erläutert. Heidegger schreibt, die Auffassung, „zunächst ist ein pures Vorhandenes erfahren, das dann als Tür, als Haus aufgefaßt wird [...] wäre ein Mißverständnis der spezifischen Erschließungsfunktion der Auslegung“ (<bib id='Heidegger 2006a'>Heidegger 2006</bib> S. 150).. Bereits das ‚schlichte Sehen’ trage diese „Auslegungsstruktur [...] ursprünglich in sich“, alles andere sei verständnisloses „Anstarren“ (ebd. S. 149). Ein ‚als-freies’ Erfassen sei weder eine ursprüngliche Form von Wahrnehmung, noch ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Begriffs Sehens, sondern eine leere Abstraktion bzw. eine künstlich abgeleitete Privationsform verstehender, auslegender Weltwahrnehmung. Auslegung sei nicht das nachträgliche Verleihen einer Bedeutung über ‚an sich’ Bedeutungsloses, sondern lege die Bewandtnisganzheit des Weltverstehens aus.<br />
Wie jede Welterschließung ist das Auslegen ein Verstehensprozess von zirkulärer Voraussetzungshaftigkeit: Die Auslegung von etwas-als-etwas gründet in einem Vorgriff auf eine bestimmte Grundbegrifflichkeit, für die sie sich endgültig oder vorbehaltlich immer schon entschieden hat. „Auslegung ist nie ein voraussetzungsloses Erfassen eines Vorgegebenen.“ (ebd. S.150)‚Vorverstehen’ bezeichnet die hermeneutische Struktur einer jeweiligen kulturell und historisch bedingten Disposition des Verstehenden. Wenn man sich auf etwas ‚Gegebenes’ berufe, so sei dieses (in Heideggers Beispiel der auszulegende Text) „nichts anderes als die selbstverständliche, undiskutierte Vormeinung des Auslegers“(ebd.). <br />
Durchaus vergleichbar also mit dem Weltbild bei Wittgenstein entscheidet in der hermeneutischen Konzeption das Vorverstehen darüber, wie und als was etwas Sichtbares gesehen werden kann. Das Sichtbare ist stets nur unter den Bedingungen der „Vor-Struktur des Verstehens und der Als-Struktur der Auslegung“ (ebd.) sichtbar. Die Als-Struktur ist ebenso dem Bewusstsein geschuldet, das gerichtet ist und etwas-als-etwas wahrnimmt, wie auch dem Sichtbaren selbst, das sich stets als-etwas zeigt, nämlich im Lichte einer Situation und vor dem Hintergrund unsichtbarer Rahmenfaktoren, wie sie durch Geschichte, Kultur und Gesellschaft konstituiert werden.<br />
Welche Sicht ich einnehmen kann, hängt von Hinsichtnahmen des Vorverstehens ab: Die Umsicht des Besorgens, die Rücksicht der Fürsorge stellen weit entfernt davon, nur bildhaften Ausdrücke zu sein, existentielle Sichtweisen dar, Synthesen von Denken und Anschauung. Was Heidegger als auslegendes Sehen bezeichnet, ist eine Form aisthetischer Welterschließung, die in hermeneutischen und interpretativen Vollzügen besteht, in denen man Bekanntes auf Neues appliziert, es in einen Horizont einordnet, Gegenwärtiges vernimmt und durch Hinzuerfundenes ergänzt. Es ist insofern rezeptiv und projektiv zugleich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Sehen als absolute Metapher=====<br />
Nicht zufällig deutet der Sprachgebrauch des Sehens und seiner Komposita auf eine Intelligibilität des Gesichtssinnes, die schwerlich nur als verblasste Metaphorik abzutun ist: Der genaue Beobachter verschafft sich einen Durchblick oder gelangt zu einer Einsicht; das Ansehen einer Person entwickelt sich nicht unabhängig von dem Anblick, den sie bietet; welche Sicht man auf die Dinge einnimmt, hängt davon ab, wie sehr man sie überschaut oder wovon man absieht; jemand wirft mir eine sprechenden Blick zu, der zu sagen scheint: Sieh dich vor! – Wollte man das alles nur als übertragene Redeweise disqualifizieren, spräche man nicht nur der Sprache jeden philosophischen Eigensinn ab, sondern verkennte vor allem die Unvermeidlichkeit, ja Unhintergehbarkeit ihrer Metaphorizität. Von all den beschriebenen Vorgängen lässt sich nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, was an den damit verbundenen Tätigkeiten des Schauens, Blickens oder Beobachtens im engeren Sinne sinnlich ist. So schwierig Worte wie ‚Augenblick’ oder ‚Anschauung’ in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen sind, so wenig ist die Sinnfälligkeit von Worten wie ‚Einblick’ oder ‚Gesichtspunkt’ ersetzbar durch eindeutigere Begriffe. Diese Worte bezeichnen nichts Paraphrasierbares und sind kein Ornament von etwas, das sich auch einfacher sagen ließe.<br />
Mit Blumenberg wird man das Sehen daher durchaus als eine absolute Metapher bezeichnen und sagen dürfen, dass die verba videndi für „die logische Verlegenheit [...] einspring[en]“<ref><bib id='Blumenberg 1999a'>Blumenberg 1999</bib>10 ff. (Zuerst in: Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte 6 (1960). 7-142.)</ref>, in die das Denken gerät, wenn es das Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht bzw. von Sehen und Sehweisen erklären soll. Von der metaphorischen Rede übers Sehen lässt sich kein eindeutiger, ‚eigentlicher’ Begriff abzukoppeln. Vielmehr ist die figürliche Rede Indiz einer Problemlage und ihre Unvermeidlichkeit verdient Beachtung<ref>Ralf Konersmann hat einen ähnlichen Gedanken für die Metapher des Spiegels durchgespielt, welche gerade in ihrer terminologischen Unfixierbarkeit das geeignete Darstellungsmedium für die Ungreifbarkeit der Subjektivität in ihrer sich selbst entzogenen Gegebenheitsweise ist. <bib id='Konersmann 1991a'>Konersmann 1991</bib></ref>, verweist sie doch darauf, dass die Reduktion des Sehens auf Sinneswahrnehmung nur ein Moment eines holistischen Tätigkeitszusammenhangs künstlich isoliert. Die Metaphorizität des Begriffsfeldes stellt selbst eine sinnfällige Sicht vom Sehen dar. Dieses steht unausgesetzt im Konnotationsfeld des Verstehens, es ist ‚buchstäblich’ die Bewegung einer Ein-Sicht, welche weder rein aisthetisch, noch rein mental verfasst sein kann. Es ist eine Weise der Welterschließung, eine aisthetische Weise, deren ästhetische und imaginierende Ausgriffe im Einzelnen zu untersuchen sind. Einem holistischen Verständnis der Wahrnehmungspraxis nach können Tätigkeiten des Sich-Vor-Sehens oder des Durchschauens keine nur bildlichen Redensarten bezeichnen. Ebenso wenig können sie freilich „schlichte“, „reine“ oder „basale“ perzeptive Vorgänge sein, denn die Annahme solcher Vorgänge ist selbst bereits ein irreführender Sprachgebrauch. Als ins Praktische verstrickte Weisen, sich zu sich selbst und den anderen zu verhalten, sind solche Tätigkeiten aisthetisch und epistemisch zugleich, sie sind an die Augentätigkeit gebunden, ohne sich darin zu erschöpfen.<br />
Zwar kann es Einzelfälle eines vornehmlich metaphorischen Sprachgebrauchs vom Sehen geben: Um zu ‚sehen’, was du meinst, muss mir nicht notwendig etwas Sichtbares vor Augen stehen; das Ansehen einer Person ist selbst nichts sinnlich Gegebenes etc. Aber solche vergleichsweise eindeutigen Fälle sind gegenüber den vielschichtigen Vernetzungen des Aisthetischen und des Mentalen eher die Ausnahme als die Regel. Ungleich häufiger sieht man jemandem regelrecht an, dass er etwas sagen will, hängt das Ansehen einer Person mit ihrem sichtbaren Erscheinungsbild zusammen usw.<br />
Es scheint daher nicht nur sinnvoll, sondern regelrecht geboten, davon auszugehen, dass es nicht ‚bloß metaphorisch’ ist, wenn man sagt, man sehe sich vor, man revidiere etwas, etwas zeige sich in einem gewissen Licht, sehe von bestimmten ‚viewpoints’ – Chladenius’ ‚Sehe-Punckte’ (<bib id='Chladenius 1742a'>Chladenius 1742</bib>), die früher Standpunkte (<bib id='Röttgers 1994a'>Röttgers 1994</bib>) waren, – so aus etc. Jenseits dieser Sprachbilder ist kein eigentlicher Begriff des Sehens zu haben, so der Befund.<br />
<br />
Übrigens erfährt diese Sicht auch von analytischer Seite Unterstützung, wenn der Bewusstseinstheoretiker Colin McGinn etwas Ähnliches mit dem entfaltet, was er Mindsight (<bib id='McGinn 2004a'>McGinn 2004</bib>) nennt. Obwohl er sich mit einer Liste von Differenzkriterien zur Unterscheidung von Wahrnehmungen (percepts) und Vorstellungen (images) der Sicht Sartres anschließt, dass beide nicht nur graduell, sondern prinzipiell verschieden sind, kommt er im zweiten Kapitel seiner Studie auf ein ‚geistiges Auge’ zu sprechen, das keine metaphorische Redeweise sei: „I shall argue, that [...] the phrase ‚the mind’s eye’ is not metaphorical. It is literally true that we see with our mind.“ (ebd. S.42) Im dritten Kapitel bespricht er eine Hybridform von ‚körperlichem’ („a ‚with the body’ kind of seeing“) und ‚geistigem’ Sehen, das er „imaginative seeing“ nennt. Dieses umfasst „the seeing of aspects, the seeing of pictures, and imagination-driven perceptual distortions“.<ref>Ebd. 49</ref> Gewissermaßen gegen seinen ursprünglichen Ausgangspunkt, nämlich gegen die Annahme einer strikten, analytischen Trennbarkeit von Wahrnehmungen und Vorstellungen, kommt McGinn zu der Einsicht, dass die Dichotomien praktisch kollabieren, denn es gibt eines Visualität von Vorstellungen und eine Bildlichkeit von Wahrnehmungen, die sich der prinzipiellen Separierung entziehen.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
* [[Beobachtung]]<br />
* [[Sehendes Sehen]]<br />
* [[Blick]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Weltbild]]<br />
* [[Kippbild]]<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=9175
Bibliography
2012-09-26T08:21:23Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div>===Alloa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alloa 2011a,<br />
author = {Alloa, Emmanuel},<br />
title = {Das durchscheinende Bild. Konturen einer medialen Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Ingeborg Reichle, Steffen Siegel, Achim Spelten},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===ISartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1783===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke/Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke/Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille & Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer },<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuriato/Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato/Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hicks/Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks/Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‚Performativität’ und ‚Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‚Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- -->==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution [Broschiert] }, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Andree 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006a, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute; (Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung)}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J.; Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {XXX},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A.Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker Verlag},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp },<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, Günter & Brosius, Hans-Bernd & Jarren, Otfried},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher(1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, B. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {University of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Eva Gilmer und Hermann Vetter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry> <br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Georg Thieme Verlag},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Černych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Černych 2001a,<br />
author = {Černych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl., hrsg. und übersetzt von Niels Bergemann und Christine Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester University Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ch'en 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{,<br />
author = {Ch'en, Chih-Mai},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphers and their Art},<br />
year = {1966a},<br />
publisher = {Melbourne University Press},<br />
address = {Carlton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chiang 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chion 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia University Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
===da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daston u. Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston u. Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean(1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avinus Verlag},<br />
address = {Rodenbach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: ''Vie et mort de 'image. Une histore du regard en Occident'', Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlagsanstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver; Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Honolulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien 1965},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 02a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl, Göttingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgard},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson,D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dünkelsbühler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dünkelsbühler 1991a,<br />
author = {Dünkelsbühler, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon- Versionen nach Kant und Derrida},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ėizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ėizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Ėizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Ėizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
note = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 98a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germanisches Nationalmuseum Nürnberg},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Nürnberg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Evans 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill Verlag},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Bollmann},<br />
address = {Bensheim, Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1900===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1915===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 99a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin, Stuttgart},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm; Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik <br />
und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer Verlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation.},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grice 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970a,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T.& Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G. (Hg.)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 09a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf & Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink, München},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {Silva},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Homer 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horten 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, Hans Dieter & Lockemann, Bettina & Scheibel, Michael},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Ganß, Michael & Sinapsius, Peter & de Smit, Peer},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {Doppelter Eintrag wie: Imdahl 1996a},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjačeslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johansen&Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen&Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor .S.; Hagel, Rebecca; Franklin, Melissa; Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Verlag Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {University of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klee 1925===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishū, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1987,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},,<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, Andreas & Pohl, Astrid & Riedel, Peter},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff&Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff&Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces are only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidelberg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 75a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg, Köln},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levi 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch u. Mößner im Erscheinen a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner im Erscheinen a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrik},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, Manfred; Jakob Steinbrenner},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Möller 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller et al. im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas et al.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Napier 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {University of Oxford},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {E. A. Seemann Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Thomas & Meder, Thomas},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy_1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus' use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox University Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale University Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratzka im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974,<br />
author = {Ricoeur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1993a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman and Company},<br />
address = {New York },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.;Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik; Stefanie Westermann },<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag München Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Runte 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1999c,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen (Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum Verlag},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd.30},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 03a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, Georg & Feige, Daniel},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, Stefan & Seel, Martin},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a},<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard}<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung},<br />
publisher = {Funk},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweizer 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos, Berlin},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shin 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003a,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd.2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
howpublished = {http://www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf, besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {(stw 1415)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot & Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling,Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {University of Massachusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Bazin 2009===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bazin 2009,<br />
author = {Bazin, André},<br />
title = {Ontologie des photographischen Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Film?},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Fischer, Robert},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Alexander Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Susanka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012a,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Straub, Julia},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tseng 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese University Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubačeva. V četyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander; Beat Ernst},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main/New York},<br />
note = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Bonn},<br />
note = {Berlin, 1959},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {van Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Rahmung,_Rahmen&diff=9174
Rahmung, Rahmen
2012-09-26T08:19:25Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Grenze des Bildes und Bedingung seiner Einheit=====<br />
Der Begriff des Rahmens ist für Bilder zentral und umfasst nicht nur den gegenständlichen Bilderrahmen, sondern im weiteren Sinne auch den Museums- und Diskursraum, wie er für Kunstwerke seit Duchamps Readymades als konstitutiv erachtet wird. Durch ihre Ausschnitthaftigkeit sind auch Bühnenbilder, Film- und Fernsehbilder auf eine Kadrierung angewiesen. Im übertragenen Sinne können mit Rahmen auch implizite Vorstellungsbedingungen, wie sie durch [[Weltbild]]er oder normative Vorannahmen gegeben sind, gemeint sein. <br />
<br />
Berücksichtigt man den Umstand, dass besonders in [[bildende Kunst|Kunstbildern]] oft die Deutungsmuster einer Zeit thematisch werden, die ausserhalb der Kunst unthematisch mitlaufen, lässt sich ein großer Teil der Kunst der Moderne als Versuch, dem Rahmen zu entkommen oder ihn zu erweitern, begreifen. Das gilt für den Rahmen des Museums und des dinglichen Werkbegriffs, ebenso wie für den der normativen Hintergrundannahmen bzgl. dessen, was Kunst sei. <br />
<br />
Im wörtlichen Sinne ist der Rahmen die konkrete Grenze eines Bildes und das, was dadurch bewirkt wird, ist die Stiftung einer inneren Einheit durch Abgrenzung nach außen. Der Rahmen eröffnet also gleichsam, indem er verschließt; Georg Simmel hat das als Inklusion nach innen und Exklusion nach aussen beschrieben (vgl. <bib id='Simmel 1995a'></bib>).<br />
Die Unterscheidung Rahmen/Gerahmtes bedingt insofern auch den Unterschied zwischen Bild und Nicht-Bild.<ref>⊳ auch [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]] und [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]].</ref> <br />
<br />
<br />
=====Das Parergonale=====<br />
Mit dem griechischen Terminus Parergon<ref><bib id='Derrida 1992a'></bib>. Ein Kommentar von Ulrike Dünkelsbühler: Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon-Versionen nach Kant und Derrida <bib id='Dünkelsbühler 1991a'></bib></ref> reflektiert der französische Philosoph Jacques Derrida auch die über einen gegenständlichen oder institutionellen Rahmen hinausgehenden Prozesse der Rahmung. Damit sind performative (vgl. <bib id='Wirth 2004a'></bib>) Tätigkeiten kontextueller Bezugnahmen und Zuschnitte gemeint, welche Bedingungen der Möglichkeit jeglichen Darstellens sind. <br />
<br />
Zwei Formen des Parergonalen sind zu differenzieren: einerseits der Rahmen im Sinne einer institutionellen oder gegenständlichen Gegebenheit, die eine Werkeinheit stiftet; andererseits die Rahmung im Sinne der vollzugsförmigen [[Modalität]] einer Aus- oder Durchführung durch Prozesse des Darstellens und Inszenierens wie im Übrigen auch des Rezipierens. Letzteres betrifft gewissermaßen auch die Bedingung der Möglichkeit immer neuer Lesarten.<br />
<br />
Im § 14 seiner Kritik der Urteilskraft bezeichnet Kant (in den zweiten und dritten Auflagen) mit dem griechischen Wort Parerga „Zierate [...] wie Einfassungen von Gemälde[n], [...] goldene Rahmen“ (<bib id='Kant 1974a'></bib>: § 14, S. 65) oder andere ‚äußerliche Zutaten’, die innerhalb der Analytik des Schönen eine differenzierte Rolle spielen. <br />
<br />
Derrida weist darauf hin, dass die Parerga eine Textur haben, „die sie nicht allein [...] vom ganzheitlichen Innen, vom eigentlichen Körper des Ergon, sondern ebenso vom Außen trennt, von der Mauer, an der das Bild angebracht ist, vom Raum, in dem die Statue [...] errichtet ist“ (<bib id='Derrida 1992a'></bib>: S. 80/81) und in weitestem Sinne auch von ihren diskursiven Horizonten. Von all dem hebt sich das Parergon jedoch in anderer Weise ab als das Ergon, der Rahmen selbst indessen ist atopisch, weder außen noch innen, während er dem Gerahmten erst eigentlich einen Ort zuweist (<bib id='Krewani 2003a'></bib>).<br />
Das Beiwerk macht also das Werk zum Werk, das scheinbar Nebensächliche garantiert die Unterscheidbarkeit innerbildlich/außerbildlich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Perspektive als Rahmung=====<br />
Niklas Luhmann weist im Zusammenhang mit seinen Überlegungen zur Beobachtung zweiter Ordnung darauf hin, dass die Einheit eines Bildes jedoch nicht nur durch Exklusion/Inklusion zustande kommt, sondern auch werk-immanent verhandelt wird: „Erst durch die durch Perspektive garantierte Einheit des Raums werden Personen im Bild als Beobachter beobachtbar. Die Einheit des Bildes kann nicht nur durch die [[Komposition]], sondern auch durch die abgebildeten Beobachtungsverhältnisse garantiert werden. Der Bildrahmen verliert damit nicht seine Funktion als Grenze der Komposition; aber die Beobachtungsverhältnisse im Bild und ebenso die Zentralperspektive selbst machen zugleich deutlich, daß die Welt über den Bildrahmen hinausreicht [...].“ (<bib id='Luhmann 1997a'></bib>: S. 141f.)<br />
Demzufolge wäre auch die innerbildliche [[Perspektive und Projektion|Perspektive]] als Rahmung zu begreifen, durch die eine nur durch das Bild ermöglichte Sicht [[Sichtbares und Unsichtbares|sichtbar]] wird. <br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
⊳ [[Kontext]]<br />
⊳ [[Perspektive]]<br />
⊳ [[Sichtbares und Unsichtbares]]<br />
⊳ [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]]<br />
⊳ [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=9173
Bibliography
2012-09-26T08:17:11Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div>===Alloa 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alloa 2011a,<br />
author = {Alloa, Emmanuel},<br />
title = {Das durchscheinende Bild. Konturen einer medialen Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Ingeborg Reichle, Steffen Siegel, Achim Spelten},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===ISartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1783===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke/Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke/Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille & Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer },<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuriato/Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato/Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hicks/Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks/Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‚Performativität’ und ‚Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‚Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- -->==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution [Broschiert] }, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Andree 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006a, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute; (Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung)}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J.; Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {XXX},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A.Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker Verlag},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp },<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, Günter & Brosius, Hans-Bernd & Jarren, Otfried},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher(1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, B. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {University of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Eva Gilmer und Hermann Vetter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry> <br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Georg Thieme Verlag},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Černych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Černych 2001a,<br />
author = {Černych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl., hrsg. und übersetzt von Niels Bergemann und Christine Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester University Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ch'en 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{,<br />
author = {Ch'en, Chih-Mai},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphers and their Art},<br />
year = {1966a},<br />
publisher = {Melbourne University Press},<br />
address = {Carlton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chiang 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chion 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia University Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
===da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daston u. Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston u. Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean(1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avinus Verlag},<br />
address = {Rodenbach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: ''Vie et mort de 'image. Une histore du regard en Occident'', Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlagsanstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver; Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Honolulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien 1965},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 02a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl, Göttingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgard},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson,D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dünkelsbühler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 1991a,<br />
author = {Dünkelsbühler, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Kritik der Rahmen- Vernunft. Parergon- Versionen nach Kant und Derrida},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ėizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ėizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Ėizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Ėizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
note = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 98a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germanisches Nationalmuseum Nürnberg},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Nürnberg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Evans 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill Verlag},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Bollmann},<br />
address = {Bensheim, Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1900===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1915===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 99a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin, Stuttgart},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm; Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik <br />
und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer Verlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation.},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grice 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970a,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T.& Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G. (Hg.)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 09a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf & Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink, München},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {Silva},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Homer 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horten 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, Hans Dieter & Lockemann, Bettina & Scheibel, Michael},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Ganß, Michael & Sinapsius, Peter & de Smit, Peer},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {Doppelter Eintrag wie: Imdahl 1996a},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjačeslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johansen&Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen&Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor .S.; Hagel, Rebecca; Franklin, Melissa; Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Verlag Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {University of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klee 1925===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishū, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1987,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},,<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, Andreas & Pohl, Astrid & Riedel, Peter},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff&Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff&Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces are only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidelberg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 75a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg, Köln},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levi 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch u. Mößner im Erscheinen a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner im Erscheinen a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrik},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, Manfred; Jakob Steinbrenner},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Möller 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller et al. im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas et al.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Napier 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {University of Oxford},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {E. A. Seemann Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Thomas & Meder, Thomas},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy_1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus' use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox University Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale University Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratzka im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974,<br />
author = {Ricoeur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1993a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman and Company},<br />
address = {New York },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.;Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik; Stefanie Westermann },<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag München Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Runte 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1999c,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen (Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum Verlag},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd.30},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 03a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, Georg & Feige, Daniel},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, Stefan & Seel, Martin},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a},<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard}<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung},<br />
publisher = {Funk},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweizer 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos, Berlin},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shin 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003a,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd.2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
howpublished = {http://www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf, besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {(stw 1415)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot & Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling,Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {University of Massachusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Bazin 2009===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bazin 2009,<br />
author = {Bazin, André},<br />
title = {Ontologie des photographischen Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist Film?},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Fischer, Robert},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Alexander Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Susanka 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012a,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Straub, Julia},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tseng 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese University Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubačeva. V četyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander; Beat Ernst},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main/New York},<br />
note = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Bonn},<br />
note = {Berlin, 1959},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003a,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {van Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Malerei&diff=9172
Malerei
2012-09-26T08:04:46Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildmedien]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildmedien]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Darstellung des Gesamtzusammenhangs=====<br />
<br />
Die Malerei als Medium wird traditionellerweise als Teilbereich der [[Bildenden Kunst]] ausgewiesen und aufgrund ihrer Flächenbezogenheit von der [[Skulptur]] und Architektur als dreidimensionalen Kunstformen unterschieden. Im Kontext der flächenbezogenen Künste sind materiale und technische Abgrenzungen, beispielsweise zur Zeichnung, zur Druckgrafik und zum Relief geläufig, genauso wie funktionale Differenzierungen etwa hinsichtlich der Wandmalerei, des Tafelbildes u.s.f.. <br />
<br />
Bevor es die Kunst-, die Medienwissenschaften und die Bildwissenschaften gab, wurden Fragen an das Medium Malerei im Rahmen der Ästhetik und Kunsttheorie sowie im Rahmen künstlertheoretischer Traktate thematisiert. In der älteren Kunsttheorie kann der Paragone, der Vergleich zwischen den verschiedenen Gattungen der Bildenden Kunst, als Vorläufer medienästhetischer Debatten gelten. Insbesondere im 16. Jahrhundert wurde der „Wettstreit der Künste“ nicht nur genutzt, um eine Rangfolge der Künste festzulegen, sondern um die Grundlagen bzw. Prinzipien der verschiedenen Künste zu bedenken. In Leonardos Schriften zur Malerei (<bib>Farago 1992a</bib>) „spiegelt sich nicht nur das Interesse auf eine Reflektion (sic!) über die Medialität der Künste, sondern auch das Bestreben nach einer erkenntnistheoretischen Verankerung der Malerei im Sinne einer Wissenschaft der sinnlichen Wahrnehmung, der Naturbeobachtung und der Erfahrung.“(<bib>Baader 2003a</bib>: S. 263) In Florenz wurde 1568 – ausgehend von Debatten über den Unterschied zwischen Malerei und Skulptur (<bib>Mendelsohn 1982a</bib>) - von Vasari das Prinzip disegno (<bib>Kemp 1974a</bib>: S. 219-240) (Zeichnung) benannt, welches als intellektuelles Fundament aller Künste und von daher eben auch für die Malerei als entscheidend angesehen wurde. Dem setzten die Venezianer die [[Farbe als bildsyntaktische Kategorie|Farbe]], das Prinzip colore, als specificum der Malerei entgegen (<bib>Puttfarken 1991a</bib>: S. 75-95) Im Rahmen der sog. Querelle des Anciens et des Modernes an der Pariser Akademie des 17. Jahrhunderts wurde der Paragone fortgeführt, wobei nun weniger der Farbe als solcher denn dem coloris – der Verbindung von couleur und clair-obscur - nachgefragt wurde. Mit dem Konzept des coloris trug Roger de Piles (<bib>Puttfarken 1985a</bib>) wesentlich zur medienästhetischen „Positivierung der Farbe als eines selbstreferentiellen(…) Sichtbarkeitswertes“ (<bib>Imdahl 1987a</bib>) der Malerei bei. <br />
<br />
Eine andere, ebenfalls äußerst wirkungsmächtige, medienästhetisch fundierte Diskussion der Malerei ist die Laokoon-Debatte des 18. Jahrhunderts, mit der, so Karlheinz Stierle, die Frage nach der Mediengebundenheit der ästhetischen Erfahrung prominent wurde. Lessings Schrift „Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie“ (1766) gilt demzufolge nicht nur als eine frühe zeichentheoretische Thematisierung von Malerei und Dichtung im Vergleich, sondern als der „Gipfelpunkt der in das Verhältnis von Medium, Werk und ästhetischer Erfahrung eindringenden Reflexion des 18. Jahrhunderts“ (<bib>Stierle 1984a</bib>: S. 37). Die Laokoon-Debatte spielt als Referenzpunkt bis in die kunsthistorische Medienreflexion des 20. Jahrhunderts hinein eine entscheidende Rolle, worauf nicht zuletzt Clement Greenbergs „Towards a Newer Laocoon“ (1940) (<bib>Greenberg 1997a</bib>: S. 56-81) verweist, ein Text, der als Basis von Greenbergs modernistischer Konzeption der Malerei als [[Bildmedien|Bildmedium]] verstanden werden kann. In einer eigenwilligen Verschränkung historiographisch-ideologiekritischer und systematisch-geschichtsphilosophischer Argumente beschreibt Greenberg die Entwicklung der Kunst seit Manet als Auseinandersetzung der Malerei mit den eigenen medienästhetischen Bedingungen, zugleich fordert er (als Kunstkritiker), daß dieser Essentialismus in immer ‚reinerer‘ Form zur Geltung kommen müsse: der Malerei (als Bildmedium) sei die Auseinandersetzung mit bzw. im Medium wesentlich, ja das Medium sei die eigentliche Inspirationsquelle aller Kunst. Deutlich zeichnen sich in dieser Position die Erfahrungen mit der Abstraktion insbesondere seit den 1920er Jahren ab; Greenbergs – antiliterarisches – Malereiverständnis basiert wesentlich auf einem Bildbegriff der [[Abstraktion]].<br />
<br />
In der kritischen Auseinandersetzung mit Greenbergs Thesen hat u.a. Thierry de Duve zu einer Dekonstruktion des modernistischen Medienverständnisses beigetragen und der Medienspezifik (der Malerei) im Sinne Clement Greenbergs das Generische (der Kunst) im Anschluß an Marcel Duchamp und den Minimalismus entgegengesetzt (<bib>de Duve 1990a</bib>: S. 244-310). Ähnlich argumentiert Rosalind Krauss, wenn sie von der Kunst im Zeitalter des Post-Medialen (<bib>Krauss 2000a</bib>) spricht, allerdings auch die Option eines „reinventing the medium“ (<bib>Krauss 1999a</bib>: S. 289-305) offenhält, die auch für die Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei bzw. für deren Bestimmungen der Malerei als Bildmedium gilt. Deutlich sind die zuletzt genannten Positionen von den Debatten um die intermediären Entgrenzung, das Ende der Malerei und die Preisgabe des Paradigmas der Abstraktion seit den 1960er/70er Jahren geprägt.<br />
<br />
Neben den gerade genannten Debatten um eine spezifisch auf die Malerei bezogene bildmediale Bestimmung sind für die Bildwissenschaften auch jene Überlegungen von Interesse, die – oft genug ohne dies zu problematisieren – unter ‚Bild‘ in der Regel das gerahmte Tafelbild und also die Bildgeschichte der Malerei ansprechen, ohne weitere mediale Differenzierung. Das prominenteste Paradigma solcher Diskussionen dürfte die (konstruierte) [[Perspektivik|Perspektive]] sein, die perspectiva artificialis bzw. prospettiva, wie sie als „genereller Begriff für die Darstellung dreidimensionaler Gegebenheiten auf zweidimensionaler Projektionsfläche“ (<bib>Büttner 2003a</bib>: S. 265) seit dem frühen 15. Jahrhundert etabliert ist. Ausgangspunkt der kritischen Reflexion auf die Perspektive ist nach wie vor Panofskys Aufsatz „Die Perspektive als ‚symbolische Form‘“ von 1927 (<bib>Panofsky 1924a</bib>: S. 258-330), der auf die Kulturphilosophie Ernst Cassirers zurückgriff. Panofskys Untersuchungen wurden in der Folge z.Tl. korrigiert, aber nicht im Grundsatz revidiert, sie wurden durch neuere Erkenntnisse zur Geschichte der Optik ergänzt (vgl. <bib>Edgerton 2002a</bib>) und in kulturkomparatistischer Hinsicht (vgl. <bib>Belting 2008a</bib>) weiterverfolgt. In bildkonzeptueller Hinsicht wieder spezifischer an der (Geschichte der) Malerei orientiert, hat Svetlana Alpers (<bib>Alpers 1985a</bib>) zwischen italienischen, erzählenden und holländischen, beschreibenden Bildern unterschieden. Im Kern liegt dieser Gegenüberstellung auch die Differenzierung zwischen der albertinischen, perspektivischen Bildauffassung und nicht-albertinischen Darstellungskonventionen wie der Distanzpunktperspektive<ref>Vgl. zu dieser Gegenüberstellung bei Alpers den Aufsatz von <bib>Michalsky 2005a</bib>: insbesondere S. 292ff.</ref> zugrunde. Wenn die Perspektive als Darstellungsmodus im bildwissenschaftlichen Glossar an dieser Stelle zumindest erwähnt werden soll, dann kann dies als Hinweis darauf verstanden werden, daß das Verhältnis von Bild und Darstellungsmodus (hier: Perspektive) ähnlich interpretationsbedürftig ist wie das Verhältnis von Bild und Bildmedium (hier: Malerei). Die kulturell prägende, lange Tradition der neuzeitlichen Malerei bis hin zum sog. Ende der wissenschaftlichen Perspektive in der Malerei der Moderne hat einer Überschneidung dieser an sich zu unterscheidenden bildwissenschaftlichen Themenbereichen immer wieder Vorschub geleistet.<br />
<br />
Auch die Beschwörung eines Endes der Malerei und die zahlreichen Versuche, eine „Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei“ (vgl. <bib>Meinhardt 1997a</bib>: S. 19-34) zu bestimmen, setzen Bild und Malerei i.d.R. synonym. Für die ältere Kunstgeschichte hat Victor I. Stoichita das Ende des Bildes und das Ende der Kunst als Topoi des metapicturalen Diskurses der neuzeitlichen Malerei geltend gemacht und gezeigt, daß die Erfindung des Gemäldes (im Sinne des Tafelbildes / tableau) als „relativ junge Erfindung“ (<bib>Stoichita 1998a</bib> und <bib>Kruse 2003a</bib>) die Voraussetzung dafür war, daß die Malerei in Bildsujets wie dem Galeriestück (<bib>Bredekamp 2000a</bib>, S. 150-185), dem Atelierbild (<bib>Winner 1962a</bib> sowie <bib>Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a</bib>) und dem Künstlerselbstporträt<ref>Systematische Fragen an das Selbstporträt entwickelt <bib>Boehm 1985a</bib>. Zuletzt im Überblick: <bib>Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a</bib>.</ref> genauso wie in Bildelementen wie dem innerbildlichen Rahmen, Nischen-, Fenster-, Tür, Karten- und Spiegelmotiven [[Bild in reflexiver Verwendung|ihren eigenen Bildstatus reflektiert]]. Als (ein) Höhepunkt des metapicturalen Diskursen gilt Stoichita wiederum Perraults Vorstellung einer „Malerei als solcher (la Peinture en elle-mesme)“ (<bib>Perrault 1964a</bib>, S. 370. Vgl. dazu <bib>Stoichita 1998a</bib>, S. 10.), d.h. die Malereibestimmungen der Querelle des Anciens et des Modernes. Man kann darüber spekulieren, ob die (bild-)wissenschaftliche und (bild-)philosophische Aufmerksamkeit für das Phänomen der Metamalerei wesentlich durch Bilderfahrungen der klassischen Moderne, der Abstraktion und/oder der zeitgenössischen Kunst stimuliert wurde, ob und in welcher Hinsicht also die jüngeren bildtheoretischen Analysen zu Topoi wie „Die weiße Wand“ und „Die weiße Leinwand“ (Vgl. <bib>Stoichita 1998a</bib>, S. 110ff. und s. 173ff.) der Vorgängigkeit der Malerei bedurften, etwa der Gemälde von Malewitsch („Suprematistische Komposition: Weiß auf Weiß“, 1918[http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/a/ad/Marevich%2C_Suprematist_Composition-_White_on_White_1917.jpg]) oder von Rauschenberg („White Painting“, 1951[http://www.sfmoma.org/images/artwork/large/98.308.A-C_01_d02.jpg]). In jedem Fall hat die Malerei selbst, haben konkrete Gemälde immer wieder auch neue mediale Bestimmungen provoziert. „Letzte Bilder“<ref>Ad Reinhardt nannte insbesondere seine „black paintings“, die er ab Mitte der 1950er Jahren realisierte, letzte Bilder. Vgl. <bib>Liesbrock 2010a</bib>.</ref> haben in der Malereigeschichte stets ein Bild nach dem letzen Bild wachgerufen, wofür – jenseits der Abstraktion – auch Gemälde der Maler-Ironiker Sigmar Polke („Moderne Kunst“, 1968[http://www2.kah-bonn.de/1/12/p/1.jpg]) und Martin Kippenberger („Lieber Maler, male mir“, 1981[http://www.saatchi-gallery.co.uk/imgs/artists/thumbs/kippenberger/martin-kippenberger-untitled-Figures-Pair.jpg]) oder der Meta-Maler Thomas Huber („Das Ende der Malerei“, 2001[http://www.kunstmuseenkrefeld.de/images/shop/editionen/Thomas-Huber.jpg]) oder Neo Rauch („Sucher“, 1997[http://www.herrenzimmer.de/wp-content/uploads/2011/05/Rauch_Sucher.jpg]) einstehen können. Auch und gerade nach dem Ende der Kunst im Sinne Hegels lotet die Malerei – und in ihrem Gefolge die Bildwissenschaft – die Grenze zwischen Malerei (painting) und Bild (picture) je neu aus, gemäß dem Motto Robert Rymans: „Mir scheint, daß die Malerei nicht tot sein kann, solange Bilder gemalt werden.“<ref>Robert Ryman, zit. n. <bib>König & Obrist 1993a</bib>, S. 194.</ref><br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
* [[Bildenden Kunst]]<br />
* [[Skulptur]]<br />
* [[Kunstgeschichte als Bildgeschichte]]<br />
* [[Bild in reflexiver Verwendung]]<br />
* [[Farbe als bildsyntaktische Kategorie]]<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Martina Dobbe|Martina Dobbe]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=9115
Bibliography
2012-09-12T10:05:32Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: /* Schürmann 2012b */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Ingeborg Reichle, Steffen Siegel, Achim Spelten},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===ISartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1783===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke/Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke/Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille & Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer },<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuriato/Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato/Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hicks/Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks/Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‚Performativität’ und ‚Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‚Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- -->==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution [Broschiert] }, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Andree 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute; (Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung)}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J.; Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {XXX},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A.Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker Verlag},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp },<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, Günter & Brosius, Hans-Bernd & Jarren, Otfried},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher(1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, B. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {University of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Eva Gilmer und Hermann Vetter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry> <br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Georg Thieme Verlag},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Černych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Černych 2001a,<br />
author = {Černych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl., hrsg. und übersetzt von Niels Bergemann und Christine Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester University Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ch'en 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{,<br />
author = {Ch'en, Chih-Mai},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphers and their Art},<br />
year = {1966a},<br />
publisher = {Melbourne University Press},<br />
address = {Carlton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chiang 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chion 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia University Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
===da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daston u. Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston u. Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean(1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avinus Verlag},<br />
address = {Rodenbach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: ''Vie et mort de 'image. Une histore du regard en Occident'', Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlagsanstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver; Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Honolulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien 1965},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 02a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl, Göttingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgard},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson,D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ėizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ėizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Ėizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Ėizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
note = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 98a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germanisches Nationalmuseum Nürnberg},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Nürnberg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Evans 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill Verlag},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Bollmann},<br />
address = {Bensheim, Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1900===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1915===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 99a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin, Stuttgart},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm; Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik <br />
und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer Verlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation.},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grice 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T.& Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G. (Hg.)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 09a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf & Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink, München},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {Silva},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Homer 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horten 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, Hans Dieter & Lockemann, Bettina & Scheibel, Michael},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Ganß, Michael & Sinapsius, Peter & de Smit, Peer},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {Doppelter Eintrag wie: Imdahl 1996a},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjačeslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johansen&Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen&Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor .S.; Hagel, Rebecca; Franklin, Melissa; Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Verlag Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {University of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klee 1925===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishū, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1987,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},,<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, Andreas & Pohl, Astrid & Riedel, Peter},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff&Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff&Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces are only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidelberg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 75a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg, Köln},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levi 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch u. Mößner im Erscheinen a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner im Erscheinen a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrik},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, Manfred; Jakob Steinbrenner},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Möller 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller et al. im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas et al.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Napier 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {University of Oxford},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {E. A. Seemann Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Thomas & Meder, Thomas},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy_1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus' use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox University Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale University Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratzka im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974,<br />
author = {Ricoeur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1993a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman and Company},<br />
address = {New York },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.;Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik; Stefanie Westermann },<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag München Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Runte 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1999c,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen (Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum Verlag},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd.30},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 03a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, Georg & Feige, Daniel},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, Stefan & Seel, Martin},<br />
pages = {296-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a},<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard}<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung},<br />
publisher = {Funk},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweizer 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos, Berlin},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shin 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd.2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
howpublished = {http://www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf, besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {(stw 1415)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot & Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling,Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {University of Massachusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Sraub, Julia},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tseng 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese University Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubačeva. V četyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander; Beat Ernst},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main/New York},<br />
note = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Wiesing 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Bonn},<br />
note = {Berlin, 1959},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {van Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=9114
Bibliography
2012-09-12T09:59:00Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: /* Schürmann 2012b */</p>
<hr />
<div>===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Ingeborg Reichle, Steffen Siegel, Achim Spelten},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===ISartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1783===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke/Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke/Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille & Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer },<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuriato/Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato/Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hicks/Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks/Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‚Performativität’ und ‚Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‚Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- -->==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution [Broschiert] }, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Andree 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute; (Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung)}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J.; Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {XXX},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A.Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker Verlag},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp },<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, Günter & Brosius, Hans-Bernd & Jarren, Otfried},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher(1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, B. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {University of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Eva Gilmer und Hermann Vetter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry> <br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Georg Thieme Verlag},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Černych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Černych 2001a,<br />
author = {Černych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl., hrsg. und übersetzt von Niels Bergemann und Christine Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester University Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ch'en 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{,<br />
author = {Ch'en, Chih-Mai},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphers and their Art},<br />
year = {1966a},<br />
publisher = {Melbourne University Press},<br />
address = {Carlton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chiang 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chion 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia University Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
===da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daston u. Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston u. Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean(1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avinus Verlag},<br />
address = {Rodenbach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: ''Vie et mort de 'image. Une histore du regard en Occident'', Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlagsanstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver; Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Honolulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien 1965},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 02a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl, Göttingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgard},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson,D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ėizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ėizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Ėizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Ėizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
note = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 98a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germanisches Nationalmuseum Nürnberg},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Nürnberg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Evans 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill Verlag},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Bollmann},<br />
address = {Bensheim, Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1900===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1915===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 99a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin, Stuttgart},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm; Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik <br />
und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer Verlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation.},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grice 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T.& Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G. (Hg.)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 09a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf & Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink, München},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {Silva},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Homer 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horten 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, Hans Dieter & Lockemann, Bettina & Scheibel, Michael},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Ganß, Michael & Sinapsius, Peter & de Smit, Peer},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {Doppelter Eintrag wie: Imdahl 1996a},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjačeslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johansen&Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen&Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor .S.; Hagel, Rebecca; Franklin, Melissa; Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Verlag Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {University of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klee 1925===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishū, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1987,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},,<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, Andreas & Pohl, Astrid & Riedel, Peter},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff&Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff&Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces are only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidelberg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 75a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg, Köln},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levi 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch u. Mößner im Erscheinen a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner im Erscheinen a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrik},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, Manfred; Jakob Steinbrenner},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Möller 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller et al. im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas et al.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Napier 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {University of Oxford},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {E. A. Seemann Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Thomas & Meder, Thomas},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy_1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus' use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox University Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale University Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratzka im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974,<br />
author = {Ricoeur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1993a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman and Company},<br />
address = {New York },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.;Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik; Stefanie Westermann },<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag München Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Runte 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1999c,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen (Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum Verlag},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd.30},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 03a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, Georg & Feige, Daniel},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, Stefan & Seel, Martin},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a},<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard}<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung},<br />
publisher = {Funk},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweizer 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos, Berlin},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shin 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd.2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
howpublished = {http://www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf, besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {(stw 1415)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot & Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling,Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {University of Massachusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Sraub, Julia},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tseng 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese University Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubačeva. V četyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander; Beat Ernst},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main/New York},<br />
note = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Wiesing 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Bonn},<br />
note = {Berlin, 1959},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {van Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Grundbegriffe_der_Bildlichkeit&diff=9113
Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit
2012-09-12T09:57:57Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Hauptpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Hauptpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Hauptpunkt zu: [[Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der vorparadigmatische Zustand der Bildwissenschaft=====<br />
Eine sich neu konstituierende Wissenschaftsdisziplin ist in der Regel zunächst damit beschäftigt, ihren Gegenstandsbereich zu bestimmen. Bereits dieser Arbeitsschritt lässt sich für gewöhnlich nicht vollkommen problemlos bewältigen. Über die Frage, wie weit der Gegenstandsbereich einer Disziplin zu reichen habe, werden häufig kontroverse grundlagentheoretische Debatten geführt. Viele dieser Debatten gründen auf dem Umstand, dass der ''Begriff'', der einer Wissenschaftsdisziplin ihren Namen gibt, in der Regel nicht schon von sich aus Aufschluss über die konkreten ''Phänomene'' gibt, auf die er sich bezieht.<br />
:<br />
Am Beispiel der Bildwissenschaft lässt sich dieser Sachverhalt gut vor Augen führen. Begrifflich ist hier völlig unstrittig, dass die Untersuchung von ''Bild''phänomenen im Zentrum der wissenschaftlichen Aufmerksamkeit steht. Weitaus weniger unkontrovers ist jedoch, welcher Phänomenbereich genau von einer Bildwissenschaft historisch wie systematisch überblickt werden sollte. Soll sich die Bildwissenschaft nur solchen Phänomenen zuwenden, die einem engeren Bildbegriff entsprechen (Gemälde, Zeichnungen, Fotografien usw.); oder sind auch andere Phänomene gleichberechtigt zu berücksichtigen, die weitere mediale Register umfassen, welche aus konventioneller Sicht eher nur mittelbar mit Facetten des Bildlichen zusammenhängen (z.B. Diagramme, Ornamente, Kalligrafie, Schriftbilder)? Alleine über diese grundlegende Frage lassen sich Diskussionen führen, die in ausformulierter Form ganze Bücherregale füllen.<br />
:<br />
Ein ähnlicher Sachverhalt lässt sich im Hinblick auf die Frage feststellen, welche Gesichtspunkte als elementare Bestandteile einer allgemeinen Theorie des Bildes zu gelten haben. Genauer gefragt: Welche Aspekte des Ikonischen lassen sich zu Grundbegriffen des Bildlichen verdichten? Welche Faktoren sind unbedingt zu berücksichtigen, wenn theoretisch konzise und adäquat über das Phänomen der Bildlichkeit reflektiert werden soll? Auch über diese grundbegrifflichen Fragen lässt sich ausgiebig und kontrovers diskutieren. Potenziert wird dieser Sachverhalt durch die Tatsache, dass es sich bei der Idee einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft um ein relativ junges akademisches Unterfangen handelt. Die „bildwissenschaftliche Forschungssituation“, notiert etwa Klaus Sachs-Hombach, befindet sich „insgesamt“ in einem „vorparadigmatischen Stadium“ (<bib id='Sachs-Hombach 2003a'></bib>: S. 12f.). Aus dem Faktum, dass die Klärung dessen, was den Kern des Bildbegriffs ausmacht, nicht ohne Weiteres herbeigeführt werden kann,<ref>Nicht umsonst trägt eine der meistzitierten bildwissenschaftlichen Anthologien den Titel ''Was ist ein Bild?'' (vgl. <bib id='Boehm 1994c'></bib>) – eine Frage, die in den darin versammelten Beiträgen mitnichten einstimmig beantwortet wird und vielleicht gerade deshalb zu weiterführenden Studien zur allgemeinen Bilderfrage animieren sollte.</ref> folgt nicht zuletzt auch der Umstand, dass die Suche nach allgemeinen Grundbegriffen des Bildlichen bei Weitem nicht abgeschlossen ist.<br />
:<br />
<br />
=====Auf der Suche nach den Elementen einer allgemeinen Bildtheorie=====<br />
Dass sich im Rahmen der intensiv geführten jüngeren bildwissenschaftlichen Debatte kein Begriffsrepertoire herausbilden konnte, welches zur Untersuchung grundlagentheoretischer Bildreflexionen herangezogen werden könnte, lässt sich unterdessen nicht behaupten. Auch wenn über die methodischen und disziplinären Fundamente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft noch in vielen Punkten keine weitreichende Einigkeit erzielt werden konnte, sind durchaus Konzepte und Begrifflichkeiten in Umlauf gekommen, die theorieübergreifend als bildwissenschaftliche ''termini technici'' Anerkennung gefunden haben. Auch stimmen Vertreterinnen und Vertreter unterschiedlichster Fach- und Theorierichtungen häufig darin überein, welche Phänomene und Begriffe zur Eingrenzung der Kategorie der Bildlichkeit eingehend zu analysieren sind.<br />
:<br />
Weitgehender Konsens besteht etwa darüber, dass Bildlichkeit stets in einem Spannungsfeld von [[Absenz und Präsenz]] steht. Was auf einem Bild zu sehen ist, wird häufig als eine artifizielle „Anwesenheit ohne Gegenwart“ (<bib id='Mersch 2002a'></bib>: S. 70) charakterisiert.<ref>Vgl. hierzu vor allem <bib id='Wiesing 2005a'></bib>.</ref> Bildern wird auf diese Weise eine gewisse [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische|visuelle bzw. ikonische Evidenz]] zugesprochen, die in manchen Bildtheorien nicht nur in einem metaphorischen Sinne als phantomhaft oder [[Phantasma|phantasmatisch]] beschrieben wird.<br />
:<br />
Die wohl größte Verbreitung weist (zumindest in der deutschsprachigen Bilddebatte) das von Gottfried Boehm eingeführte Konzept der [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale|ikonischen Differenz]] auf (vgl. <bib id='Boehm 1994a'></bib>; <bib id='Boehm 2011a'></bib>). Reflektiert wird durch dieses Konzept der Umstand, wonach bildliche Sinneinheiten allererst in bzw. auf einer als Bildgrund fungierenden „überschaubaren Gesamtfläche“ (<bib id='Boehm 1994a'></bib>: S. 30) in Erscheinung treten können. In diesem Zusammenhang wird auch häufig darauf hingewiesen, dass Bildlichkeit mit einer deiktischen Doppelstruktur korreliert. Bilder ''zeigen'' demnach nicht einfach nur ''etwas'', worauf in spezifisch ikonischer Weise Bezug genommen wird; vielmehr ''zeigen'' sie immer auch ''sich'' mitsamt ihrer „materielle[n] Faktizität“ (<bib id='Finke 2007a'></bib>: S. 61) ([[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]]). Oder anders gesagt: „Zwar erzeugen Bilder Sichtbarkeiten – nämlich jene Formen, die Objekte bedeuten können –, im selben Moment aber stellen sie sich selbst als etwas Materielles aus, das wiederum nicht mit der Bedeutung kongruent ist.“ (<bib id='Finke 2007a'></bib>: ebd.)<br />
:<br />
Diskutiert wird in diesem Kontext oft die Tatsache, dass das ''Was'' einer bildlichen Darstellung insofern immerzu [[Stil|stilistisch]] präfiguriert ist, als jede Darstellung durchweg mit einer bestimmten Darstellungs''weise'' – einem eigentümlichen ''Wie'' des bildlich Sichtbaren – einhergeht (Vgl. <bib id='Schürmann 2012b'></bib>). Dass der fundamentale Stilcharakter eines jeden Bildes zudem aufs Engste mit Phänomenen der [[Rahmung, Rahmen|Rahmung]] zusammensteht, in deren Grenzen Sichtbarkeit sich ''als bildliche'' überhaupt zu konstituieren vermag, umschreibt dabei keinesfalls eine belanglose Trivialität, sondern einen Sachstand, der für die grundbegriffliche Konturierung einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft von größter Bedeutung ist (Vgl. <bib id='Schürmann 2012a'></bib>).<br />
:<br />
Auch dem Begriff des [[Theorien des Bildraums|Raums]] kommt in der bildwissenschaftlichen Forschungsdebatte zunehmend ein besonderer Stellenwert zu. Dass die Medialität des Bildes wesentlich raumbestimmt ist, ist spätestens seit Lessings ''Laokoon'' ein prägnanter bildtheoretischer Topos (vgl. <bib id='Lessing 1974a'></bib>), doch wird dieser erst seit verhältnismäßig kurzer Zeit vor dem Hintergrund neuerer Bildtheorien weiterführend und kritisch aufgegriffen (vgl. <bib id='Günzel 2012a'></bib>). Reflektiert wird in diesem Kontext etwa die Frage, auf welche Weise es Bildern gelingt, Raum darzustellen bzw. zu konstruieren. Dieses Problem wird nicht nur auf technischem Wege untersucht (beispielsweise über die Rekonstruktion der dem zentralperspektivischen Darstellungsverfahren zugrunde liegenden Gesetze, die bereits seit Jahrhunderten bekannt sind), sondern gerade auch wahrnehmungsphilosophisch. Verbreitet ist hier vor allem der Versuch, auf phänomenologischer Basis die Differenzen zwischen der Wahrnehmung bildlicher Raumkonstellationen und solchen nicht-bildlicher Natur in Erfahrung zu bringen. Diese Vorgehensweise gründet auf folgender Hoffnung: Wird verstanden, inwieweit sich die Wahrnehmung eines Bildes von der eines gewöhnlichen Raumdings unterscheidet, lassen sich so generalisierbare Rückschlüsse über die Natur sowohl der Bild- als auch der Normalwahrnehmung gewinnen, die für die Formulierung einer allgemeinen Theorie des Bildes als unerlässlich gewertet werden können (vgl. <bib id='Wiesing 2009a'></bib>).<br />
:<br />
Grundbegriffliche Forschungsfragen stellen sich schließlich auch in Bezug auf Themenbereiche ein, die zumindest auf den ersten Blick eher in einem erweiterten Sinne mit der Kategorie der Bildlichkeit in Zusammenhang stehen. Dies betrifft zum Beispiel die philosophische Erörterung des ''[[Weltbild, Lebensform|Weltbild]]''-Begriffs. Im alltäglichen Sprachgebrauch assoziiert man mit diesem Begriff für gewöhnlich eine in sich geschlossene Geisteshaltung, die auf persönlicher oder kollektiver Ebene mit einer bestimmten Mentalität oder Ideologie verwoben ist. In der Philosophie kommt ihm insbesondere in perspektivistischen Erkenntnistheorien ein zentraler Stellenwert zu. Spätestens seit Kant wird der Prozess der Erkenntnis als eine geistige Aktivität verstanden, in der weltliche Gegenstände und Sachverhalte keineswegs passiv ''abgebildet'', sondern vielmehr tätig ''gestiftet'' werden. Unter anderem der Kulturphilosoph Ernst Cassirer hat in diesem Zusammenhang häufig von einer „ursprünglichen Bildkraft“ (<bib id='Cassirer 1923a'></bib>: S. 21) des Geistes geredet, die mit der Konstruktion von spezifischen „Weltbildern“ kulminiere (vgl. <bib id='Cassirer 1925a'></bib>: S. 39). Das Ereignis der Erkenntnisgewinnung wird hier als ein grundsätzlich plastischer (d.h. stets veränderlicher) Prozess der ''Bildung'' von Welten angesehen, die in ähnlicher Form auf einer schöpferischen Tätigkeit des Geistes beruhen, wie dies bei der Erstellung eines materiellen Bildwerkes der Fall ist. Die ausdrückliche Rede von ''Weltbildern'' ist in diesem Kontext in vielen Punkten freilich metaphorisch zu verstehen. Nichtsdestotrotz spiegelt sich in ihr die keinesfalls nur in einem übertragenen Sinne zu begreifende Auffassung wider, wonach unser Wissen von und über Welt ähnlich perspektivisch zugeschnitten ist wie die Sichtbarkeitsgebilde bildlicher Artefakte.<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Links in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
<br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
<br />
=====Unterpunkte=====<br />
<HR><br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!-- Zeilen sollten diese Form haben (XYZ jeweils ersetzen): * [[XYZ]] --><br />
* [[Absenz und Präsenz]]<br />
* [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale]]<br />
* [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische]]<br />
* [[Phantasma]]<br />
* [[Rahmung, Rahmen]]<br />
* [[Stil]]<br />
* [[Theorien des Bildraums]]<br />
* [[Weltbild, Lebensform]]<br />
* [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]]<br />
<br />
</div><br />
<br />
{{GlosTab3-O}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Mark A. Halawa]]<br />
<br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann |Eva Schürmann ]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Grundbegriffe_der_Bildlichkeit&diff=9112
Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit
2012-09-12T09:56:58Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Hauptpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Hauptpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Hauptpunkt zu: [[Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der vorparadigmatische Zustand der Bildwissenschaft=====<br />
Eine sich neu konstituierende Wissenschaftsdisziplin ist in der Regel zunächst damit beschäftigt, ihren Gegenstandsbereich zu bestimmen. Bereits dieser Arbeitsschritt lässt sich für gewöhnlich nicht vollkommen problemlos bewältigen. Über die Frage, wie weit der Gegenstandsbereich einer Disziplin zu reichen habe, werden häufig kontroverse grundlagentheoretische Debatten geführt. Viele dieser Debatten gründen auf dem Umstand, dass der ''Begriff'', der einer Wissenschaftsdisziplin ihren Namen gibt, in der Regel nicht schon von sich aus Aufschluss über die konkreten ''Phänomene'' gibt, auf die er sich bezieht.<br />
:<br />
Am Beispiel der Bildwissenschaft lässt sich dieser Sachverhalt gut vor Augen führen. Begrifflich ist hier völlig unstrittig, dass die Untersuchung von ''Bild''phänomenen im Zentrum der wissenschaftlichen Aufmerksamkeit steht. Weitaus weniger unkontrovers ist jedoch, welcher Phänomenbereich genau von einer Bildwissenschaft historisch wie systematisch überblickt werden sollte. Soll sich die Bildwissenschaft nur solchen Phänomenen zuwenden, die einem engeren Bildbegriff entsprechen (Gemälde, Zeichnungen, Fotografien usw.); oder sind auch andere Phänomene gleichberechtigt zu berücksichtigen, die weitere mediale Register umfassen, welche aus konventioneller Sicht eher nur mittelbar mit Facetten des Bildlichen zusammenhängen (z.B. Diagramme, Ornamente, Kalligrafie, Schriftbilder)? Alleine über diese grundlegende Frage lassen sich Diskussionen führen, die in ausformulierter Form ganze Bücherregale füllen.<br />
:<br />
Ein ähnlicher Sachverhalt lässt sich im Hinblick auf die Frage feststellen, welche Gesichtspunkte als elementare Bestandteile einer allgemeinen Theorie des Bildes zu gelten haben. Genauer gefragt: Welche Aspekte des Ikonischen lassen sich zu Grundbegriffen des Bildlichen verdichten? Welche Faktoren sind unbedingt zu berücksichtigen, wenn theoretisch konzise und adäquat über das Phänomen der Bildlichkeit reflektiert werden soll? Auch über diese grundbegrifflichen Fragen lässt sich ausgiebig und kontrovers diskutieren. Potenziert wird dieser Sachverhalt durch die Tatsache, dass es sich bei der Idee einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft um ein relativ junges akademisches Unterfangen handelt. Die „bildwissenschaftliche Forschungssituation“, notiert etwa Klaus Sachs-Hombach, befindet sich „insgesamt“ in einem „vorparadigmatischen Stadium“ (<bib id='Sachs-Hombach 2003a'></bib>: S. 12f.). Aus dem Faktum, dass die Klärung dessen, was den Kern des Bildbegriffs ausmacht, nicht ohne Weiteres herbeigeführt werden kann,<ref>Nicht umsonst trägt eine der meistzitierten bildwissenschaftlichen Anthologien den Titel ''Was ist ein Bild?'' (vgl. <bib id='Boehm 1994c'></bib>) – eine Frage, die in den darin versammelten Beiträgen mitnichten einstimmig beantwortet wird und vielleicht gerade deshalb zu weiterführenden Studien zur allgemeinen Bilderfrage animieren sollte.</ref> folgt nicht zuletzt auch der Umstand, dass die Suche nach allgemeinen Grundbegriffen des Bildlichen bei Weitem nicht abgeschlossen ist.<br />
:<br />
<br />
=====Auf der Suche nach den Elementen einer allgemeinen Bildtheorie=====<br />
Dass sich im Rahmen der intensiv geführten jüngeren bildwissenschaftlichen Debatte kein Begriffsrepertoire herausbilden konnte, welches zur Untersuchung grundlagentheoretischer Bildreflexionen herangezogen werden könnte, lässt sich unterdessen nicht behaupten. Auch wenn über die methodischen und disziplinären Fundamente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft noch in vielen Punkten keine weitreichende Einigkeit erzielt werden konnte, sind durchaus Konzepte und Begrifflichkeiten in Umlauf gekommen, die theorieübergreifend als bildwissenschaftliche ''termini technici'' Anerkennung gefunden haben. Auch stimmen Vertreterinnen und Vertreter unterschiedlichster Fach- und Theorierichtungen häufig darin überein, welche Phänomene und Begriffe zur Eingrenzung der Kategorie der Bildlichkeit eingehend zu analysieren sind.<br />
:<br />
Weitgehender Konsens besteht etwa darüber, dass Bildlichkeit stets in einem Spannungsfeld von [[Absenz und Präsenz]] steht. Was auf einem Bild zu sehen ist, wird häufig als eine artifizielle „Anwesenheit ohne Gegenwart“ (<bib id='Mersch 2002a'></bib>: S. 70) charakterisiert.<ref>Vgl. hierzu vor allem <bib id='Wiesing 2005a'></bib>.</ref> Bildern wird auf diese Weise eine gewisse [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische|visuelle bzw. ikonische Evidenz]] zugesprochen, die in manchen Bildtheorien nicht nur in einem metaphorischen Sinne als phantomhaft oder [[Phantasma|phantasmatisch]] beschrieben wird.<br />
:<br />
Die wohl größte Verbreitung weist (zumindest in der deutschsprachigen Bilddebatte) das von Gottfried Boehm eingeführte Konzept der [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale|ikonischen Differenz]] auf (vgl. <bib id='Boehm 1994a'></bib>; <bib id='Boehm 2011a'></bib>). Reflektiert wird durch dieses Konzept der Umstand, wonach bildliche Sinneinheiten allererst in bzw. auf einer als Bildgrund fungierenden „überschaubaren Gesamtfläche“ (<bib id='Boehm 1994a'></bib>: S. 30) in Erscheinung treten können. In diesem Zusammenhang wird auch häufig darauf hingewiesen, dass Bildlichkeit mit einer deiktischen Doppelstruktur korreliert. Bilder ''zeigen'' demnach nicht einfach nur ''etwas'', worauf in spezifisch ikonischer Weise Bezug genommen wird; vielmehr ''zeigen'' sie immer auch ''sich'' mitsamt ihrer „materielle[n] Faktizität“ (<bib id='Finke 2007a'></bib>: S. 61) ([[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]]). Oder anders gesagt: „Zwar erzeugen Bilder Sichtbarkeiten – nämlich jene Formen, die Objekte bedeuten können –, im selben Moment aber stellen sie sich selbst als etwas Materielles aus, das wiederum nicht mit der Bedeutung kongruent ist.“ (<bib id='Finke 2007a'></bib>: ebd.)<br />
:<br />
Diskutiert wird in diesem Kontext oft die Tatsache, dass das ''Was'' einer bildlichen Darstellung insofern immerzu [[Stil|stilistisch]] präfiguriert ist, als jede Darstellung durchweg mit einer bestimmten Darstellungs''weise'' – einem eigentümlichen ''Wie'' des bildlich Sichtbaren – einhergeht (Vgl. <bib id='Schuermann 2012b'></bib>). Dass der fundamentale Stilcharakter eines jeden Bildes zudem aufs Engste mit Phänomenen der [[Rahmung, Rahmen|Rahmung]] zusammensteht, in deren Grenzen Sichtbarkeit sich ''als bildliche'' überhaupt zu konstituieren vermag, umschreibt dabei keinesfalls eine belanglose Trivialität, sondern einen Sachstand, der für die grundbegriffliche Konturierung einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft von größter Bedeutung ist (Vgl. <bib id='Schuermann 2012a'></bib>).<br />
:<br />
Auch dem Begriff des [[Theorien des Bildraums|Raums]] kommt in der bildwissenschaftlichen Forschungsdebatte zunehmend ein besonderer Stellenwert zu. Dass die Medialität des Bildes wesentlich raumbestimmt ist, ist spätestens seit Lessings ''Laokoon'' ein prägnanter bildtheoretischer Topos (vgl. <bib id='Lessing 1974a'></bib>), doch wird dieser erst seit verhältnismäßig kurzer Zeit vor dem Hintergrund neuerer Bildtheorien weiterführend und kritisch aufgegriffen (vgl. <bib id='Günzel 2012a'></bib>). Reflektiert wird in diesem Kontext etwa die Frage, auf welche Weise es Bildern gelingt, Raum darzustellen bzw. zu konstruieren. Dieses Problem wird nicht nur auf technischem Wege untersucht (beispielsweise über die Rekonstruktion der dem zentralperspektivischen Darstellungsverfahren zugrunde liegenden Gesetze, die bereits seit Jahrhunderten bekannt sind), sondern gerade auch wahrnehmungsphilosophisch. Verbreitet ist hier vor allem der Versuch, auf phänomenologischer Basis die Differenzen zwischen der Wahrnehmung bildlicher Raumkonstellationen und solchen nicht-bildlicher Natur in Erfahrung zu bringen. Diese Vorgehensweise gründet auf folgender Hoffnung: Wird verstanden, inwieweit sich die Wahrnehmung eines Bildes von der eines gewöhnlichen Raumdings unterscheidet, lassen sich so generalisierbare Rückschlüsse über die Natur sowohl der Bild- als auch der Normalwahrnehmung gewinnen, die für die Formulierung einer allgemeinen Theorie des Bildes als unerlässlich gewertet werden können (vgl. <bib id='Wiesing 2009a'></bib>).<br />
:<br />
Grundbegriffliche Forschungsfragen stellen sich schließlich auch in Bezug auf Themenbereiche ein, die zumindest auf den ersten Blick eher in einem erweiterten Sinne mit der Kategorie der Bildlichkeit in Zusammenhang stehen. Dies betrifft zum Beispiel die philosophische Erörterung des ''[[Weltbild, Lebensform|Weltbild]]''-Begriffs. Im alltäglichen Sprachgebrauch assoziiert man mit diesem Begriff für gewöhnlich eine in sich geschlossene Geisteshaltung, die auf persönlicher oder kollektiver Ebene mit einer bestimmten Mentalität oder Ideologie verwoben ist. In der Philosophie kommt ihm insbesondere in perspektivistischen Erkenntnistheorien ein zentraler Stellenwert zu. Spätestens seit Kant wird der Prozess der Erkenntnis als eine geistige Aktivität verstanden, in der weltliche Gegenstände und Sachverhalte keineswegs passiv ''abgebildet'', sondern vielmehr tätig ''gestiftet'' werden. Unter anderem der Kulturphilosoph Ernst Cassirer hat in diesem Zusammenhang häufig von einer „ursprünglichen Bildkraft“ (<bib id='Cassirer 1923a'></bib>: S. 21) des Geistes geredet, die mit der Konstruktion von spezifischen „Weltbildern“ kulminiere (vgl. <bib id='Cassirer 1925a'></bib>: S. 39). Das Ereignis der Erkenntnisgewinnung wird hier als ein grundsätzlich plastischer (d.h. stets veränderlicher) Prozess der ''Bildung'' von Welten angesehen, die in ähnlicher Form auf einer schöpferischen Tätigkeit des Geistes beruhen, wie dies bei der Erstellung eines materiellen Bildwerkes der Fall ist. Die ausdrückliche Rede von ''Weltbildern'' ist in diesem Kontext in vielen Punkten freilich metaphorisch zu verstehen. Nichtsdestotrotz spiegelt sich in ihr die keinesfalls nur in einem übertragenen Sinne zu begreifende Auffassung wider, wonach unser Wissen von und über Welt ähnlich perspektivisch zugeschnitten ist wie die Sichtbarkeitsgebilde bildlicher Artefakte.<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Links in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
<br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
<br />
=====Unterpunkte=====<br />
<HR><br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!-- Zeilen sollten diese Form haben (XYZ jeweils ersetzen): * [[XYZ]] --><br />
* [[Absenz und Präsenz]]<br />
* [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale]]<br />
* [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische]]<br />
* [[Phantasma]]<br />
* [[Rahmung, Rahmen]]<br />
* [[Stil]]<br />
* [[Theorien des Bildraums]]<br />
* [[Weltbild, Lebensform]]<br />
* [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]]<br />
<br />
</div><br />
<br />
{{GlosTab3-O}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Mark A. Halawa]]<br />
<br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann |Eva Schürmann ]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Bibliography&diff=9111
Bibliography
2012-09-12T09:49:17Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div>===Ryle 1949a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryle 1949a,<br />
author = {Ryle, Gilbert},<br />
title = {The Concept of Mind},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Hutchinson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Günzel 2012a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Raum|Bild. Zur Logik des Medialen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Finke 2007a,<br />
author = {Finke, Marcel},<br />
title = {Materialität und Performativität. Ein bildwissenschaftlicher Versuch über Bild/Körper},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandte Bilder. Die Fragen der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Ingeborg Reichle, Steffen Siegel, Achim Spelten},<br />
pages = {57–78},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Boehm 2011a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Ikonische Differenz},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11 - Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {170-178},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/fileadmin/documents/Edition_PDF/Ausgabe1/glossar-boehm.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997a,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Stefan Majetschak},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aguado 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aguado 1994,<br />
author = {Aguado, María Isabel Peña},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erhabenen: Burke, Kant, Adorno, Lyotard},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===ISartre 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1980a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Idiot der Familie. Gustave Flaubert 1821 bis 1857. Bd. 2: Die Personalisation 1},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1989a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Ekel},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ingarden 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ingarden 1962a,<br />
author = {Ingarden Roman},<br />
title = {Untersuchungen zur Ontologie der Kunst. Musikwerk – Bild – Architektur – Film},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1966a,<br />
author = {Fink, Eugen},<br />
title = {Studien zur Phänomenologie 1930-1939},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1976a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie. Erstes Buch: Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Martinus Nijhoff Publishers},<br />
address = {Den Haag, Boston, Lancaster},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1783===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1783,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Three Treatises. The First concerning Art. The Second concerning Music, Painting and Poetry. The Third concerning Happiness},<br />
year = {1783},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {1. Auflage 1744},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schöttler 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schöttler 2012a,<br />
author = {Schöttler, Tobias},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Majetschak 2005b,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellungsmetaphysik zur Darstellungspragmatik. Eine historisch-systematische Untersuchung von Platon bis Davidson},<br />
booktitle = {Bild-Zeichen. Perspektiven einer Wissenschaft vom Bild},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
pages = {S. 97-121},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach/Winter 2012a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Winter, Hellmut},<br />
title = {Funktionen der Materialität von Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
pages = {50-67},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1997a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Bernd Philippi},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blanke/Giannone/Vaillant 2005a,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries & Giannone, Antonella & Vaillant, Pascal},<br />
title = {Semiotik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {149-162},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1999a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Lucius & Lucius},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {3. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krois 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krois 1995a,<br />
author = {Krois, John Michael},<br />
title = {Semiotische Transformation der Philosophie: Verkörperung und Pluralismus bei Cassirer und Peirce},<br />
journal = {Dialektik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Peirce 1983a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles S.},<br />
title = {Phänomen und Logik der Zeichen},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Helmut Pape},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Finke/Halawa 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Finke/Halawa 2012a,<br />
title = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Halawa 2009a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Widerständigkeit als Quellpunkt der Semiose. Materialität, Präsenz und Ereignis in der Semiotik von C. S. Peirce},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
number = {1-2},<br />
pages = {11-24},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rautzenberg 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rautzenberg 2009a,<br />
author = {Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Die Gegenwendigkeit der Störung. Aspekte einer postmetaphysischen Präsenztheorie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gumbrecht 2004a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Diesseits der Hermeneutik. Die Produktion von Präsenz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {übers. v. Joachim Schulte},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cancik-Kirschbaum 2012a,<br />
author = {Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva},<br />
title = {Phänomene von Schriftbildlichkeit in der keilschriftlichen Schreibkultur Mesopotamiens},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille & Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer },<br />
pages = {101-121},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilgert 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hilgert 2010a,<br />
author = {Hilgert, Markus},<br />
title = {‚Text-Anthropologie’: Die Erforschung von Materialität und Präsenz des Geschriebenen als hermeneutische Strategie},<br />
journal = {Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {142},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {85-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuriato/Kammer 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Giuriato/Kammer 2006a,<br />
title = {Bilder der Handschrift. Die graphische Dimension der Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Guiriato, Davide & Kammer, Stephan},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld/Nexus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2003a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Aufschreibesysteme 1800/1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {4., vollst. überarb. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 2002a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Monika},<br />
title = {Das Material der Kunst. Eine andere Geschichte der Moderne},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hicks/Beaudry 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hicks/Beaudry 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Material Culture Studies},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Hicks, Dan & Beaudry, Mary C.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004b,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Was haben ‚Performativität’ und ‚Medialität’ miteinander zu tun? Plädoyer für eine in der ‚Aisthetisierung’ gründende Konzeption des Performativen},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {13-32},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gumbrecht/Pfeiffer 1988a,<br />
title = {Materialität der Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich & Pfeiffer, K. Ludwig},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<!--- Dies ist eine Kommentarzeile --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Diese Kommentare AUF KEINEN FALL löschen! --><br />
<!--- In diese Seite kommen alle bibliographischen Daten rein, --><br />
<!--- also wirklich a l l e für dieses Glossar. --><br />
<!--- Wer es kennt, wird erkennen, dass wir uns an BibTex orientieren. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- !!!!! Bitte erst mal durchsuchen, ob der geplante Eintrag !!! --><br />
<!--- !!!!! hier nicht schon unter anderer Bezeichnung steht! !!! --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Ein Schema für neue Einträge wird hier oben automatisch --><br />
<!--- eingeblendet, wenn ein neuer Literaturverweis in einer Seite --><br />
<!--- eingebaut wurde und man dem entsprechenden Link dort im --><br />
<!--- Literaturverzeichnis folgt. Bitte nach Anlegen nach unten kopieren, --><br />
<!--- so dass eine alphabetisch geordnete Liste erhalten bleibt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Derzeit sind folgende Formen möglich: Monographie (= book), --> <br />
<!--- Sammelband (= Proceedings), Artikel in Sammelband (= inproceedings),--><br />
<!--- Zeitschriftenartikel (= article), Rest (= misc.) --><br />
<!--- (An einer Übersetzung dieser Typbezeichnungen wird gearbeitet) --><br />
<!--- In allen sind die jeweils üblichen Felder verfügbar; weitere Daten --><br />
<!--- können im Feld note deponiert werden -- die werden jeweils am Ende --><br />
<!--- der damit produzierten Literaturangabe angezeigt. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Nun die Einträge; wenn möglich die Namen (1. Zeile nach bibentry) --><br />
<!--- alle nach gleichem Schema bauen und alphabetisch geordnet eintragen.--><br />
<!--- Angabe des Jahres am Besten immer mit fortlaufendem Kleinbuchstaben --><br />
<!--- indizieren, auch wenn noch kein zweites Werk des Autors im gleichen --><br />
<!--- Jahr aufgenommen wurde; kann ja noch kommen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Wenn ein als Identifier benutzter Nachname mit einem Sonderzeichen --><br />
<!--- (insbesondere Umlaut) beginnt, bitte die Normalumschrift benutzen, --><br />
<!--- sonst sind die Literaturangaben auf den Seiten falsch geordnet. --><br />
<!--- Den korrekt geschriebenen Namen zwischen den <bib>Klammern nutzen. --><br />
<!--- --><br />
<!--- Bei "Artikel in Sammelband" (inproceedings) Herausgebervornamen ab- --><br />
<!--- kürzen. Sonst nach Möglichkeit ausschreiben; immer Nachname zuerst. --><br />
<!--- Bei mehreren Personen: letzte mit Kaufmannsund abtrennen; sonst ; --><br />
<!--- Eintragsschlüssel: bei zwei Personen "1 & 2", bei mehr "1 et al." --><br />
<!--- Immer sowohl Verlagsname als auch -ort angeben --><br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}__TOC__</div><br />
<!--- -->==A==<br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Adelmann 2004a, <br />
author = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Digitale Animationen in dokumentarischen Fernsehformaten?}, <br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung}, <br />
year = {2004}, <br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke}, <br />
pages = {387-406}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelmann 2009a, <br />
editor = {Adelmann, Ralf}, <br />
title = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Transcript}, <br />
address = {Bielefeld}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adelung 1811===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Adelung 1811, <br />
editor = {Adelung, Johann Christoph}, <br />
title = {Grammatisch-kritisches Wörterbuch der hochdeutschen Mundart: mit beständiger Vergleichung der übrigen Mundarten, besonders aber der Oberdeutschen. Erster Teil: A-E. Mit D. W. Soltau's Beyträgen; revidirt und berichtiget von Franz Xaver Schönberger, Doctor der freyen Künste und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1811}, <br />
publisher = {Bauer}, <br />
address = {Wien}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Adorno 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Adorno 2003,<br />
author = {Adorno, Theodor W.},<br />
title = {Gesammelte Schriften, Bd. 7: Ästhetische Theorie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alberti 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alberti 2000a,<br />
author = {Alberti, Leon Battista},<br />
title = {De Statua – Das Standbild},<br />
booktitle = {Das Standbild. Die Malkunst. Grundlagen der Malerei},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Bätschmann, O. & Schäublin, C.},<br />
pages = {142-182},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aldrich 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aldrich 1983a,<br />
author = {Aldrich, Virgil C.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alleton 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Alleton 2003a,<br />
author = {Alleton, Viviane},<br />
title = {Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B. et al.},<br />
pages = {651- 654},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Althusser & Balibar 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Althusser & Balibar 1972,<br />
author = {Althusser, Louis & Balibar, Etienne},<br />
title = {Das Kapital lesen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Alpers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Alpers 1985a,<br />
author = {Alpers, Svetlana},<br />
title = {Kunst als Beschreibung. Holländische Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Amelunxen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Amelunxen 1996a, <br />
author = {Amelunxen, Hubertus}, <br />
title = {Fotografie nach der Fotografie}, <br />
year = {1996}, <br />
publisher = {Verlag Der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden u.a.}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Anders 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Anders 2009a, <br />
author = {Anders, Günther}, <br />
title = {Die Antiquiertheit des Menschen 1: Über die Seele im Zeitalter der zweiten industriellen Revolution [Broschiert] }, <br />
year = {2009}, <br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Andree 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Andree 2006, <br />
author = {Andree, Martin}, <br />
title = {Archäologie der Medienwirkung. Faszinationstypen von der Antike bis heute; (Simulation, Spannung, Fiktionalität, Authentizität, Unmittelbarkeit, Geheimnis, Ursprung)}, <br />
year = {2006}, <br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Appadurai 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Appadurai 2003a, <br />
author = {Appadurai, Arjun},<br />
title = {Archive and Aspiration},<br />
booktitle = {Information is Alive},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Brouwer, J.; Mulder, A.},<br />
pages = {14-25},<br />
publisher = {V2_Publishing/NAI Publishers},<br />
address = {Rotterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995a,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Metaphysik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 5; Übers.: Hermann Bonitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995b,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Nikomachische Ethik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 3; Übers.: Eugen Rolfes},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1995c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1995c,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Physik},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Philosophische Schriften 6; Übers.: Hans Günter Zekl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aristoteles 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Aristoteles 1997,<br />
author = {Aristoteles},<br />
title = {Poetik. Griechisch/Deutsch},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Manfred Fuhrmann},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Übers. und Hrsg.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Asemissen & Schweikhart 1994a,<br />
author = {Asemissen, Hermann Ulrich & Schweikhart, Gunter},<br />
title = {Malerei als Thema der Malerei},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asher & Vieu 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asher & Vieu 1995a,<br />
author = {Asher, Nicholas & Vieu, Laure:},<br />
title = {Toward a Geometry of Common Sense: A Semantics and a Complete Axiomatization of Mereotopology},<br />
booktitle = {IJCAI-95},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {846–852},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1994a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Bild, Bildlichkeit. A-B},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 2: Bi - Eul},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {10-21},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Asmuth 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Asmuth 1998a,<br />
author = {Asmuth, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Ueding, Gert},<br />
pages = {228-235},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Assmann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Assmann 2011a,<br />
author = {Assmann, Jan},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit: Etymographie und Ikonographie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {XXX},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Attneave 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Attneave 1971a,<br />
author = {Attneave, Fred},<br />
title = {Multistability in perception},<br />
journal = {Scientific American},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
volume = {225},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {62-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Auerbach 1946===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Auerbach 1946,<br />
author = {Auerbach, Erich},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Dargestellte Wirklichkeit in der abendländischen Literatur (1946)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {A.Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen/Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Augustinus 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Augustinus 2002,<br />
author = {Augustinus},<br />
title = {Was ist Zeit? Confessiones XI/Bekenntnisse 11},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {lateinisch-deutsche Ausgabe, eingeleitet, übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Norbert Fischer},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Aurnague & Vieu 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Aurnague & Vieu 1993a,<br />
author = {Aurnague, Michel & Vieu, Laure},<br />
title = {A Three-Level Approach to the Semantics of Space},<br />
booktitle = {The Semantics of Prepositions – From Mental Processing to Natural Language Processing},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Zelinsky-Wibbelt, C.},<br />
pages = {393–439},<br />
publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Austin 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Austin 1972a,<br />
author = {Austin, John L.},<br />
title = {Zur Theorie der Sprechakte},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {orig.: How to do things with Words, 1962},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==B==<br />
<br />
===Baader 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003a,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Paragone},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {263},<br />
publisher = {J.B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Baader 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baader 2003b,<br />
author = {Baader, Hannah},<br />
title = {Einfluss},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {73-76},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bachmann-Medick 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bachmann-Medick 2006a,<br />
author = {Bachmann-Medick, Doris},<br />
title = {Cultural Turns. Neuorientierungen in den Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badakshi 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Badakshi 2006a,<br />
author = {Badakshi, Harun},<br />
title = {Körper in/aus Zahlen. Digitale Bildgebung in der Medizin},<br />
booktitle = {The Picture's Image. Wissenschaftliche Visualisierung als Komposit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hinterwaldner, I.; Buschhaus, M.},<br />
pages = {199-205},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Badt 1963a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Badt 1963a,<br />
author = {Badt, Kurt },<br />
title = {Raumphantasien und Raumillusionen. Wesen der Plastik}<br />
year = {1963},<br />
publisher = {DuMont}, <br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baigrie 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Baigrie 1996a,<br />
title = {Picturing Knowledge. Historical and Philosophical Problems Concerning the Use of Art in Science},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Baigrie, Brian S. },<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto, Buffalo, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bal 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bal 1999a,<br />
author = {Bal, Mieke},<br />
title = {Quoting Caravaggio. Contemporary Art, Preposterous History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Balázs 2001a,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der Geist des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Balázs 2001b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Balázs 2001b,<br />
author = {Balázs, Béla},<br />
title = {Der sichtbare Mensch},<br />
booktitle = {Texte zur Theorie des Films},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {v. F. Albersmeier},<br />
publisher = {Philip Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
pages = {224-233},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baltrušaitis 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baltrušaitis 77a,<br />
author = {Baltrušaitis, Jurgis},<br />
title = {Anamorphic Art},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Chadwyck-Healey},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {(aus dem Französischen von W.J. Strachan, zuerst: Paris 1969)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barabash 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barabash 2010a,<br />
author = {Barabash, Igor},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat im Internet},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Shaker Verlag},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetorik des Bildes (1964)},<br />
booktitle = {Der entgegenkommende und der stumpfe Sinn. Kritische Essays III},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Hornig, Dieter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1964b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1964b,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhétorique de l'image},<br />
booktitle = {Roland Barthes. Oeuvres Complètes, Band I (1993)},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
editor = {Marty, É.},<br />
pages = {1417-1429},<br />
publisher = {Éditions du Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Barthes 1977a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Rhetoric of the Image},<br />
booktitle = {Image, Music, Text},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Heath, S.},<br />
pages = {32–51},<br />
publisher = {Fontana},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {orig. 1964 in Communications},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barthes 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barthes 1989a,<br />
author = {Barthes, Roland},<br />
title = {Die helle Kammer. Bemerkung zur Photographie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Barwise & Perry 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Barwise & Perry 1984a,<br />
author = {Barwise, Jon & Perry, John },<br />
title = {Situations and Attitudes},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Batchen 1998a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Photogenics/Fotogenik},<br />
journal = {Camera Austria},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {62/63},<br />
pages = {5-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batchen 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Batchen 2000a,<br />
author = {Batchen, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Ectoplasm. Photography in the Digital Age},<br />
booktitle = {Over Exposed. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Squiers, Carol},<br />
pages = {9.23},<br />
publisher = {New Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bätschmann 1984a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Einführung in die kunstgeschichtliche Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bätschmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bätschmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Bätschmann, Oskar},<br />
title = {Beschreibung und Illustration},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst - besonnenes Wort. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
pages = {55-66},<br />
publisher = {Studien-Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Batteux 1746/1770===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Batteux 1746/1770,<br />
author = {Batteux, Charles},<br />
title = {Einschränkung der schönen Künste auf einen einzigen Grundsatz},<br />
year = {1770},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Aus dem Französischen übersetzt und mit Abhandlungen begleitet von Johann Adolf Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauch 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bauch 1994a,<br />
author = {Bauch, Kurt},<br />
title = {Imago},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {275-299},<br />
publisher = {Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baudrillard 1978a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Agonie des Realen},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baudrillard 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baudrillard 2000a,<br />
author = {Baudrillard, Jean},<br />
title = {Das perfekte Verbrechen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Amelunxen, H.},<br />
pages = {256-260},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bauer & Ernst 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bauer & Ernst 2010a,<br />
author = {Bauer, Matthias & Ernst, Christoph},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik. Einführung in ein kultur- und medienwissenschaftliches Forschungsfeld},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumann 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumann 2011a,<br />
author = {Baumann, Mario},<br />
title = {Bilder schreiben. Virtuose Ekphrasis in Philostrats Eikones},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baumberger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baumberger 2010a,<br />
author = {Baumberger, Christoph},<br />
title = {Gebaute Zeichen. Eine Symboltheorie der Architektur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1972a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Painting and Experience in Fifteenth Century Italy. A Primer in the Social History of Pictorial Style},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxandall 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Baxandall 1990a,<br />
author = {Baxandall, Michael},<br />
title = {Ursachen der Bilder. Über das historische Erklären von Kunst},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {zuerst engl.: Patterns of intentention, 1985},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Baxmann 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Baxmann 2001a,<br />
author = {Baxmann, Inge},<br />
title = {Körperzitate},<br />
booktitle = {Zitier-Fähigkeit. Findungen und Erfindungen des Anderen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gutenberg, A. & Poole, R.J.},<br />
pages = {292-309},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bayer 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bayer 1984,<br />
author = {Bayer, Udo},<br />
title = {Laokoon – Momente einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {59-101},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bechtloff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bechtloff 2001a,<br />
author = {Bechtloff, Dieter (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Choreographie der Gewalt}, <br />
journal = {Kunstforum International}, <br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Hefte 153, 155 & 156},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Heft 153: Der gerissene Faden. Nichtlineare Techniken in der Kunst; Heft 156: Plateau der Menschheit},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beckmann 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beckmann 1995,<br />
author = {Beckmann, Jan P.},<br />
title = {Wilhelm von Ockham},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beil 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Beil 2010a,<br />
author = {Beil, Benjamin},<br />
title = {First Person Perspectives. Point of View und figurenzentrierte Erzählformen im Film und im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {LIT Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belach & Jacobsen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belach & Jacobsen 93,<br />
author = {Belach, Helga & Jacobsen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {CinemaScope. Zur Geschichte der Breitwandfilme},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Spiess},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Stiftung Deutsche Kinemathek},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beller 2005a,<br />
author = {Beller, Hans},<br />
title = {Aspekte der Filmmontage - Eine Art Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch der Filmmontage. Praxis und Prinzipien des Filmschnitts},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Beller, H.},<br />
publisher = {TR-Verlagsunion},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {9-33},<br />
note = {5., gegenüber der 4. unveränderte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1983a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte?},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das unsichtbare Meisterwerk. Die modernen Mythen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1998a},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2001a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bildanthropologie. Entwürfe für eine Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2002a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Kunstgeschichte. Eine Revision nach zehn Jahren},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Verlag C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2., erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2004a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Bild und Kult. Eine Geschichte des Bildes vor dem Zeitalter der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting 2008a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans},<br />
title = {Florenz und Bagdad. Eine westöstliche Geschichte des Blicks},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Belting & Haustein 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Belting & Haustein 1998a,<br />
author = {Belting, Hans & Haustein, Lydia},<br />
title = {Das Erbe der Bilder. Kunst und moderne Medien in den Kulturen der Welt},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benjamin 1939a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Benjamin 1939a,<br />
author = {Benjamin, Walter},<br />
title = {Das Kunstwerk im Zeitalter seiner technischen Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Walter Benjamin: Medienästhetische Schriften},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Schöttker, D.},<br />
pages = {351–383},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp },<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {dritte, autorisierte letzte Fassung, 1939},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Benkő 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Benkő 1976a,<br />
editor = {Benkő, Loránd},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelv történeti-etimológiai szótára. I-IV},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wulff 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wulff 2006,<br />
author = {Wulf, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Animation},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon Kommunikations- und Medienwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Bentele, Günter & Brosius, Hans-Bernd & Jarren, Otfried},<br />
pages = {14},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bergson 1948a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bergson 1948a,<br />
author = {Bergson, Henri},<br />
title = {Das Mögliche und das Wirkliche},<br />
booktitle = {Denken und Schöpferisches Werden. Aufsätze und Vorträge},<br />
year = {1948},<br />
editor = {Bergson, H.},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Meisenheim am Glan},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {110-125},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berlewi 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Berlewi 1924a,<br />
author = {Berlewi, Henryk},<br />
title = {Mechano-Faktur},<br />
journal = {Der Sturm},<br />
year = {1924},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {15},<br />
pages = {155-159},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernays 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernays 1970a,<br />
author = {Bernays, Jacob},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der verlorenen Abhandlung des Aristoteles über Wirkung der Tragödie},<br />
year = {1970}<br />
publisher = {G. Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bernhardt et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bernhardt et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Bernhardt, Petra; Hadj-Abdou, Leila; Liebhart, Karin & Pribersky, Andreas},<br />
title = {EUropäische Bildpolitiken. Politische Bildanalyse an Beispielen der EU-Politik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {facultas UTB},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bertram et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bertram et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bertram, Georg W.; Lauer, David; Liptow, Jasper; & Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {In der Welt der Sprache: Konsequenzen des semantischen Holismus},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Berz 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Berz 2009a,<br />
author = {Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bitmapped Graphic},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitkritische Medien},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Volmar, Axel},<br />
pages = {127-154},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bevers 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bevers 1985a,<br />
author = {Bevers, Antonius M.},<br />
title = {Dynamik der Formen bei Georg Simmel. Eine Studie über die methodische und theoretische Einheit eines Gesamtwerkes},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Duncker & Humblot},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Sozialwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen der Görres-Gesellschaft, Band 13},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Beyme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Beyme 2004a,<br />
author = {Beyme, Klaus von},<br />
title = {Politische Ikonologie der modernen Architektur},<br />
booktitle = {Politikwissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft. Theorien, Methoden, Problemstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schwelling, Birgit},<br />
pages = {351-372},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bidlo 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bidlo 2008a,<br />
author = {Bidlo, Oliver},<br />
title = {Vilém Flusser. Einführung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Oldib},<br />
address = {Essen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Biederman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Biederman 1995a,<br />
author = {Biederman, Irving},<br />
title = {Visual object recognition},<br />
booktitle = {An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Volume 2., Visual Cognition},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kosslyn, S. F. & Osherson, D. N.},<br />
pages = {121-165},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {2nd edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bieger 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bieger 2007a,<br />
author = {Bieger, Laura},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Immersion. Raum-Erleben zwischen Welt und Bild},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Billeter 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Billeter 1990a,<br />
author = {Billeter, Jean François},<br />
title = {The Chinese art of writing},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Skira/Rizzoli},<br />
address = {Geneva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Birk 2011a,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Nelson Goodmans Begriff der Exemplifikation und seine Anwendung in den Bildwissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Medienbewegungen. Praktiken der Bezugnahme},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. et al.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Birk 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Birk 2012b,<br />
author = {Birk, Elisabeth},<br />
title = {Review to: Frederik Stjernfelt: Diagrammatology: An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics, New York 2007},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {linguistlist.org/pubs/reviews/get-review.cfm?SubID=197848}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1954a,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {Die Metapher(1954)},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Metapher},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
editor = {Haverkamp, A.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Black 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Black 1972,<br />
author = {Black, Max},<br />
title = {How do Pictures represent?},<br />
booktitle = {Art, Perception, and Reality},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gombrich, E.H.; Hochberg, Julian & Black, Max},<br />
pages = {95-130},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blanke 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blanke 2003,<br />
author = {Blanke, Börries},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Sinn. Das ikonische Zeichen zwischen strukturalistischer Semiotik und analytischer Philosophie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 4},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bliss 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bliss 1949,<br />
author = {Bliss, Charles K.},<br />
title = {Semantography – Blissymbolics},<br />
year = {1949},<br />
publisher = {Semantography – Blissymbolics Publications},<br />
address = {Sydney},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Block 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Block 1990a,<br />
author = {Block, Ned},<br />
title = {The Computer Model of the Mind},<br />
booktitle = {Thinking. An Invitation to Cognitive Science, Vol. 3},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Osherson, D.N. & Smith E.E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bloomfield 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bloomfield 1933a,<br />
author = {Bloomfield, Leonard},<br />
title = {Language},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Henry Holt and Co},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Blumenberg 1957a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {'Nachahmung der Natur'. Zur Vorgeschichte der Idee des schöpferischen Menschen},<br />
journal = {Studium Generale},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {5},<br />
pages = {266-283},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1969a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeitsbegriff und Möglichkeit des Romans},<br />
booktitle = {Nachahmung und Illusion. Poetik und Hermeneutik 1},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Jauß, H.R.},<br />
pages = {9-27},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Blumenberg 1986a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Annäherungen an die Aktualität der Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Wirklichkeiten in denen wir leben},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Blumenberg, H.},<br />
pages = {104-136},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blumenberg 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Blumenberg 1999a,<br />
author = {Blumenberg, Hans},<br />
title = {Paradigmen zu einer Metaphorologie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Blümle & von der Heiden 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Blümle & von der Heiden 2005,<br />
title = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, Claudia & von der Heiden, Anne},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böcking 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böcking 2008,<br />
author = {Böcking, Saskia},<br />
title = {Grenzen der Fiktion? Von Suspension of Disbelief zu einer Toleranztheorie für die Filmrezeption},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boeder 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boeder 1996a,<br />
author = {Boeder, Maria},<br />
title = {Visa et vox. Sprache und Bild in der spätantiken Literatur},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1969a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Studien zur Perspektivität. Philosophie und Kunst in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1977a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik und plastischer Raum},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur. Ausstellung in Münster},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
editor = {Bußmann, K. },<br />
pages = {23-44},<br />
publisher = {Münster},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1978a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zu einer Hermeneutik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Die Hermeneutik und die Wissenschaft},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Gadamer, H. & Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {444-471},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1985a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Der Andere als Prototyp},<br />
booktitle = {Bildnis und Individuum. Über den Ursprung der Porträtmalerei in der italienischen Renaissance},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Prestel- Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Wiederkehr der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {11-38} <br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1994b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Die Bilderfrage},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {325-343},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 1994c,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1995a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung. Über die Grenzen von Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {23-40},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 1999a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Zwischen Auge und Hand. Bilder als Instrumente der Erkenntnis (1999)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {94-113},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm 2001a,<br />
title = {Homo Pictor},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {Saur},<br />
address = {München / Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Sprache? Anmerkungen zur Logik der Bilder (2004)},<br />
booktitle = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
pages = {34-53},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2004b,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild in der Kunstwissenschaft. Interview mit Gottfried Boehm},<br />
booktitle = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {11-21},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2005a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Das Bild und die hermeneutische Reflexion},<br />
booktitle = {Dimensionen des Hermeneutischen. Heidegger und Gadamer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Figal, G. & Gander H. H. (Martin-Heidegger-Gesellschaft)},<br />
pages = {23-35},<br />
publisher = {Vittorio Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe Band 7},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Boehm 2007a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Wie Bilder Sinn erzeugen. Die Macht des Zeigens},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Berlin University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Boehm 2008a,<br />
author = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
title = {Augenmaß. Zur Genese der ikonischen Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Mersman, B. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Pfotenhauer 1995a,<br />
title = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Boehm & Mersmann & Spies 2008a,<br />
title = {Movens Bild. Zwischen Evidenz und Affekt},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried; Mersmann, Birgit & Spies, Christian},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen 2005a,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichte/Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {52-67},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bogen 2005b,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen},<br />
title = {Schattenriss und Sonnenuhr. Überlegungen zu einer kunsthistorischen Diagrammatik},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {153-176},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bogen & Thürlemann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bogen & Thürlemann 2003,<br />
author = {Bogen, Steffen & Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Opposition von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Die Bildwelt der Diagramme Joachims von Fiore: Zur Medialität religiös-politischer Programme im Mittelalter},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Patschovsky, A.},<br />
pages = {1-22},<br />
publisher = {Jan Thorbecke},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme & Böhme 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme & Böhme 1985,<br />
author = {Böhme, Hartmut; Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Das Andere der Vernunft: Zur Entwicklung von Rationalitätsstrukturen am Beispiel Kants},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Böhme 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhme 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhme 2004a,<br />
author = {Böhme, Gernot},<br />
title = {Der Raum leiblicher Anwesenheit und der Raum als Medium von Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Böhn 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Böhn 1999a,<br />
author = {Böhn, Andreas},<br />
title = {Intermediale Form- und Stilzitate in Photographie und Film bei Godard, Greenaway und Cindy Sherman},<br />
booktitle = {Formzitate, Gattungsparodien, ironische Formverwendung: Gattungsformen jenseits von Gattungsgrenzen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Böhn, A.},<br />
pages = {175-198},<br />
publisher = {Röhrig},<br />
address = {St. Ingbert},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bolton et al 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Bolton et al 2007,<br />
title = {Robot ghosts and wired dreams. Japanese science fiction from origins to anime},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Christopher Bolton},<br />
publisher = {University of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Bonsiepe 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bonsiepe 1968a,<br />
author = {Bonsiepe, Gui},<br />
title = {Visuell/Verbale Rhetorik},<br />
journal = {Format: Zeitschrift für visuelle Kommunikation},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {17},<br />
pages = {11–18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Borgo & Masolo 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Borgo & Masolo 2010a,<br />
author = {Borgo, Stefano & Masolo, Claudio},<br />
title = {Full Mereogeometries},<br />
journal = {The Review of Symbolic Logic},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {521 - 567},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.98.2266},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bousso 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bousso 2002a,<br />
author = {Bousso, Raphael},<br />
title = {The Holographic Principle},<br />
journal = {Reviews of Modern Physics},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {74},<br />
pages = {825-874},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brachfeld 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brachfeld_1976a,<br />
author = {Brachfeld, Otto},<br />
title = {Image},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J. et al.},<br />
pages = {215-217},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandom 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandom 2000a,<br />
author = {Brandom, Robert},<br />
title = {Expressive Vernunft. Begründung, Repräsentation und diskursive Festlegung (1994)},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Eva Gilmer und Hermann Vetter},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brandt 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brandt 1999a,<br />
author = {Brandt, Reinhard},<br />
title = {Die Wirklichkeit der Bilder. Sehen und Erkennen – Vom Spiegel zum Kunstbild},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 1994a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Die digitale Kunstkammer. Ein Interview mit Horst Bredekamp},<br />
journal = {Texte zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {14},<br />
pages = {108-13},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2000a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Antikensehnsucht und Maschinenglauben. Die Geschichte der Kunstkammer und die Zukunft der Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {A Neglected Tradition? Art History as Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {418-428},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bredekamp 2004a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Drehmomente. Merkmale und Ansprüche des Iconic Turn},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Turn. Die neue Macht der Bilder},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Maar, C. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2005a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Darwins Korallen. Die frühen Evolutionsdiagramme und die Tradition der Naturgeschichte},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2007a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Galilei der Künstler. Der Mond. Die Sonne. Die Hand},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp 2010a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Theorie des Bildakts. Frankfurter Adorno-Vorlesungen 2007},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst; Schneider, Birgit & Dünkel, Vera},<br />
title = {Das Technische Bild. Kompendium zu einer Stilgeschichte wissenschaftlicher Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bredekamp & Schneider 2006a,<br />
author = {Bredekamp, Horst & Schneider, Pablo},<br />
title = {Visuelle Argumentationen. Die Mysterien der Repräsentation und die Berechenbarkeit der Welt},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brentano 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brentano 1930a,<br />
author = {Brentano, Franz},<br />
title = {Wahrheit und Evidenz},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {Nachdruck 1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Landis, Theodor & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation of Bistable Stimuli},<br />
journal = {Cereb. Cortex 19},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {55-65},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Britz et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Britz et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Britz, Juliane; Pitts, Michael A. & Michel, Christoph M.},<br />
title = {Right Parietal Brain Activity Precedes Perceptual Alternation During Binocular Rivalry},<br />
journal = {Hum. Brain Mapping},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {32},<br />
pages = {1432-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20690124},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger 1999a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter},<br />
title = {One hundred years of an ambiguous figure: happy birthday, duck/rabbit},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
number = {89},<br />
pages = {973–977},<br />
volume = {3 Pt 1},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brugger & Brugger 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Brugger & Brugger 1993a,<br />
author = {Brugger, Peter & Brugger, Susanne},<br />
title = {The easterbunny in october: I is it disguised as a duck},<br />
journal = {Perceptual and Motor Skills},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
number = {76},<br />
pages = {577–578},<br />
volume = {2},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruhn 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruhn 2000a,<br />
author = {Bruhn, Sieglind},<br />
title = {Mucial Ecphrasis: Composers Responding to Poetry and Painting},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Pendragon Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunet 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Brunet 2008a,<br />
author = {Brunet, François},<br />
title = {A Better Example is a Photograph': On the Exemplary Value of Photographs in C. S. Peirce's Reflection on Signs},<br />
booktitle = {The Meaning of Photography},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Kelsey, R. Stimson, B.},<br />
pages = {34-49},<br />
publisher = {Clark Art Institute},<br />
address = {Williamstown},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Brunner 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, Dieter },<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Brunner-Traut 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Brunner-Traut 1992a,<br />
author = {Brunner-Traut, Emma},<br />
title = {Frühformen des Erkennens am Beispiel Altägyptens},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bruno 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bruno 2007a,<br />
author = {Bruno, Giuliana},<br />
title = {Public Intimacy. Architecture and the Visual Arts},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bryson 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bryson 2001a,<br />
author = {Norman Bryson},<br />
title = {Das Sehen und die Malerei},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher 2011a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {“Man sieht, was man hört“. Multimodales Verstehen als interaktionale Aneignung. Handlungstheoretische Medienanalyse},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.-G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bucher2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bucher2010a,<br />
author = {Bucher, Hans-Jürgen},<br />
title = {Multimodales Verstehen oder Rezeption als Interaktion. Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen einers systematischen Analyse der Multimodalität},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {121-156},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {im Druck},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchholz 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Buchholz 1999a,<br />
author = {Buchholz, Kai},<br />
title = {Zum Verhältnis von Bildsyntax und Darstellungswert am Beispiel künstlerischer Grafik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {255-270},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry> <br />
<br />
===Buchner 1665===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchner 1665,<br />
author = {Buchner, August},<br />
title = {Poet}<br />
year = {1665},<br />
publisher = {???}, <br />
address = {Wittenberg},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Otto Prätorius},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Buchwald 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Buchwald 1989a,<br />
author = {Buchwald, Jed Z.},<br />
title = {The Rise of the Wave Theory of Light},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1933a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1933a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Axiomatik der Sprachwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 1934a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Sprachtheorie. Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Fischer },<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bühler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Bühler 2000a,<br />
author = {Bühler, Karl},<br />
title = {Die Krise der Psychologie},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Velbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Achim Eschbach und Jens Kapitzky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burckhardt 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Burckhardt 2001a,<br />
author = {Burckhardt, Jacob},<br />
title = {Der Cicerone. Eine Anleitung zum Genuss der Kunstwerke Italiens},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Kritische Gesamtausgabe},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {B. Roeck et al.}, <br />
pages = {Bd. 2},<br />
publisher = {Beck}, <br />
address = {München/Basel}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1855},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Bürger 1784===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Bürger 1784,<br />
author = {Bürger, Gottfried August},<br />
title = {Von der Popularität der Poesie [1784]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Hintzschel G. & Hintzschel H.}, <br />
pages = {725-730},<br />
publisher = {Hanser}, <br />
address = {München}, <br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1784},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Burke 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Burke 2003a,<br />
author = {Burke, Peter},<br />
title = {Augenzeugenschaft. Bilder als historische Quellen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Busch 2004a,<br />
author = {Busch, Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschicktes Geben. Aporien der Gabe bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Busch & Därmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Busch & Därmann 2007a,<br />
title = {pathos. Konturen eines kulturwissenschaftlichen Grundbegriffes},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Busch, Kathrin & Därmann, Iris},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Butler 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Butler 2001a,<br />
author = {Butler, Judith},<br />
title = {Psyche der Macht. Das Subjekt der Unterwerfung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2002a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Andreas},<br />
title = {Vom Körper zum Raum. Einige Anmerkungen zu den medialen Möglichkeiten der Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Büttner 2003a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank},<br />
title = {Perspektive},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen – Methoden – Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {265},<br />
publisher = {JB Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Büttner & Gottdank 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Büttner & Gottdank 2009a,<br />
author = {Büttner, Frank & Gottdank, Andrea},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Ikonographie. Wege zur Deutung von Bildinhalten},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==C==<br />
<br />
===Caglioti 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Caglioti 1995a,<br />
author = {Caglioti, Giuseppe},<br />
title = {Perception of Ambiguous Figures: A Qualitative Model Based on Synergetics and Quantum Mechanics},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {463–478.},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Calame & Thouvenin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Calame & Thouvenin 2008a,<br />
author = {Calame, Thierry & Thouvenin, Florent},<br />
title = {Das Bildzitat},<br />
booktitle = {Probleme des neuen Urheberrechts für die Wissenschaft, den Buchhandel und die Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Schmitz, W. et al.},<br />
pages = {135-146},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campe 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Campe 2006a,<br />
author = {Campe, Rüdiger},<br />
title = {Epoche der Evidenz. Knoten in einem terminologischen Netzwerk zwischen Descartes und Kant},<br />
booktitle = {Intellektuelle Anschauung. Figurationen von Evidenz zwischen Kunst und Wissen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Peters, S. & Schäfer, M.J. },<br />
pages = {5-43},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Campenhausen 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Campenhausen 1993,<br />
author = {Campenhausen, Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Sinne des Menschen. Einf. in die Psychophysik der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Georg Thieme Verlag},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canetti 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Canetti 2011a,<br />
author = {Canetti, Elias},<br />
title = {Masse und Macht},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Canisius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Canisius 1987a,<br />
author = {Canisius, Peter},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Perspektivität in Sprache und Text},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Canisius, P. & Gerlach, M.},<br />
pages = {xi–xvii},<br />
publisher = {Brockmeyer},<br />
address = {Bochum},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carani 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carani 1986a,<br />
author = {Carani, Marie},<br />
title = {Le corpus Pellan: une relecture sémiotique},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {Université Du Québec à Chicoutimi},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carbone 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carbone 2001a,<br />
author = {Mauro, Carbone},<br />
title = {La visibilité de l’invisible},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Olms},<br />
address = {Hildesheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Carlbom & Paciorek 1978a,<br />
author = {Carlbom, Ingrid & Paciorek, Joseph},<br />
title = {Planar Geometric Projections and Viewing Transformations},<br />
journal = {ACM Computing Surveys},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {465-502},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carnap 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carnap 1947a,<br />
author = {Carnap, Rudolf},<br />
title = {Meaning and Necessity: A Study in Semantics and Modal Logic},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, IL},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1994a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Visual Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Aspects of Metaphor},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hintikka, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer},<br />
address = {Boston},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Carroll 1996a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {A Note on Film Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Theorizing the Moving Image},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Carrol, N.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Carroll 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Carroll 1999a,<br />
author = {Carroll, Noel},<br />
title = {Philosophy of Art},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cartwright 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cartwright 1983a,<br />
author = {Cartwright, Nancy},<br />
title = {How the Laws of Physics Lie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2002a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Representing Place. Landscape Painting and Maps},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2005a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {Earth-Mapping. Artists Reshaping Landscape},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Univiversity of Minnesota Press},<br />
address = {Minnesota},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Casey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Casey 2007a,<br />
author = {Casey, Edward S.},<br />
title = {The World at a Glance},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1923a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil: Die Sprache},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1925a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1925a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Zweiter Teil: Das mythische Denken},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1929a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Bruno Cassirer Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 1930a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Mythischer, ästhetischer und theoretischer Raum (1930)},<br />
booktitle = {Ernst Cassirer: Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 17},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Recki, B.},<br />
pages = {411-436 [1931]},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1989a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. Fünf Studien},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {5., unveränd. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 1990a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Versuch über den Menschen. Einführung in eine Philosophie der Kultur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cassirer 2009a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Der Begriff der symbolischen Form im Aufbau der Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
pages = {63-92},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Marion Lauschke},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cassirer 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cassirer 2010a,<br />
author = {Cassirer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Dritter Teil: Phänomenologie der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Birgit Recki},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cason 1930a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cason 1930a,<br />
author = {Cason, H.},<br />
title = {Common annoyances: A psychological study of every-day aversions and irritations},<br />
journal = {Psychological Monograms},<br />
year = {1930},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {1-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {}<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===CCALED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{CCALED-4,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Collins Cobuild Advanced Learner’s English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Collins Cobuild},<br />
publisher = {Collins},<br />
address = {Glasgow},<br />
note = {4<sup>th</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Černych 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Černych 2001a,<br />
author = {Černych, Pavel},<br />
title = {Istoriko-ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. V dvuch tomach},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cha & Rautzenberg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Cha & Rautzenberg 08a,<br />
author = {Cha, Kyung-Ho & Rautzenberg, Markus},<br />
title = {Einleitung: Im Theater des Sehens. Anamorphose als Bild und philosophische Metapher},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chalmers 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chalmers 2007a,<br />
author = {Chalmers, Alan F.},<br />
title = {Wege der Wissenschaft. Einführung in die Wissenschaftstheorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. verbesserte Aufl., hrsg. und übersetzt von Niels Bergemann und Christine Altstötter-Gleich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chastel 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chastel 1990a,<br />
author = {Chastel, André},<br />
title = {Leonardo. Sämtliche Gemälde und die Schriften zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chateau 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Chateau 1976a,<br />
author = {Chateau, Dominique},<br />
title = {La sémantique du récit},<br />
journal = {Semiotica},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
volume = {18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {201-216},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cheeke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cheeke 2008a,<br />
author = {Cheek, Stephen},<br />
title = {Writing for Art. The Aesthetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Manchester University Press},<br />
address = {Manchester},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chen 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chen 2009a,<br />
author = {Chen, Tingyou},<br />
title = {China: Die Kalligraphie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {China Intercontinental Press},<br />
address = {Beijing},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Winter, J. & Winter, M.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ch'en 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{,<br />
author = {Ch'en, Chih-Mai},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphers and their Art},<br />
year = {1966a},<br />
publisher = {Melbourne University Press},<br />
address = {Carlton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chiang 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chiang 73a,<br />
author = {Chiang, Yee},<br />
title = {Chinese Calligraphy - An Introduction to Its Aesthetic and Technique},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Havard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chion 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chion 1999,<br />
author = {Chion, Michel},<br />
title = {The Voice in Cinema},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Columbia University Press},<br />
address = {New York}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chomsky 1957a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chomsky 1957a,<br />
author = {Chomsky, Noam},<br />
title = {Syntactic Structures},<br />
year = {1957},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Christian 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Christian 2009a,<br />
author = {Christian, Alexander},<br />
title = {Piktogramme, Kritischer Beitrag zu einer Begriffsbestimmung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cipolla et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Cipolla et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Cipolla, Roberto; Battiato, Sebastiano & Farinella, Giovanni Maria },<br />
title = {Computer Vision: Detection, Recognition and Reconstruction},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin, Heidelberg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Chladenius 1742a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Chladenius 1742a,<br />
author = {Chladenius, Ernst Martin},<br />
title = {Einleitung zur richtigen Auslegung vernünftiger Reden und Schriften},<br />
year = {1742},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Clarke 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Clarke 1981a,<br />
author = {Clarke, Bowman, L.},<br />
title = {A Calculus of Individuals Based on ‘Connection’},<br />
journal = {Notre Dame Journal of Formal Logic},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {204-218},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Collingwood 1945===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Collingwood 1945,<br />
author = {Collingwood, Robin},<br />
title = {Die Idee der Natur [The Idea of Nature (1945)]},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {Übers.: Martin Suhr},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coulmas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coulmas 1999a,<br />
author = {Coulmas, Florian},<br />
title = {The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Coy 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Coy 1997a,<br />
author = {Coy, Wolfgang; Tholen, Georg Christoph & Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Hyperkult},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cramer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Cramer 2011a,<br />
author = {Cramer, Florian},<br />
title = {Netzkunst und konkrete Poesie},<br />
howpublished = {web},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {31.8.2011},<br />
url = {netzliteratur.net/cramer/netzkunst_konkrete_poesie.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham 1986a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.},<br />
title = {Measuring the Physical in Physical Attractiveness: Quasi-Experiments on the Sociobiology of Female Facial Beauty}, <br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {50},<br />
number = {}, <br />
pages = {925-935},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Cunningham et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Cunningham et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Cunningham, Michael R.; Roberts, Alan R.; Barbee, Anita P.; Druen, Perri B. & Wu, Cheng-Huan},<br />
title = {„Their Ideas of Beauty are, on the Whole, the Same as Ours“: Consistency and Variability in the Cross-Cultural Perception of Female Physical Attractiveness},<br />
journal = {J. Personality and Social Psychology},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {68},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-279},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
/bibentry<br />
<br />
==D==<br />
<br />
===da Vinci 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{da Vinci 1958a,<br />
author = {da Vinci, Leonardo},<br />
title = {Philosophische Tagebücher},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {rowohlt},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {übers. und hrsg. von G. Zamboni},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 1987a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {L'origine de la perspective},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Damisch 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Damisch 2010a,<br />
author = {Damisch, Hubert},<br />
title = {Der Ursprung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1984a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die Verklärung des Gewöhnlichen},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Danto 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Danto 1993a,<br />
author = {Danto, Arthur C.},<br />
title = {Die philosophische Entmündigung der Kunst},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Darwin 1872a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Darwin 1872a,<br />
author = {Darwin, Charles},<br />
title = {On the Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals},<br />
year = {1872},<br />
publisher = {Murray},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daston u. Galison 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Daston u. Galison 1992a,<br />
author = {Daston, Lorraine & Galison, Peter },<br />
title = {The Image of Objectivity},<br />
journal = {Representations},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-128},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Daut 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Daut 1975a,<br />
author = {Daut, Raimund},<br />
title = {Imago. Untersuchungen zum Bildbegriff der Römer},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Carl Winter Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 1978a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {What Metaphors Mean(1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Inquiries into Truth and Interpretation},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Clarendon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davidson 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Davidson 2004a,<br />
author = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
title = {Drei Spielarten des Wissens},<br />
booktitle = {Subjektiv, intersubjektiv, objektiv},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Davidson, Donald},<br />
pages = {339-363},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Davies 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Davies 1991,<br />
author = {Davies, David},<br />
title = {Works, Texts, and Contexts. Goodman on the Literary Artwork},<br />
journal = {Canadian Journal of Philosophy},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Duve 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{de Duve 1990a,<br />
author = {de Duve, Thierry},<br />
title = {The Monochrome and the Blank Canvas},<br />
booktitle = {Reconstructiong Modernism. Art in New York, Paris and Montreal 1945-1964},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Guilbaut, S.},<br />
pages = {244-310},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===de Schonen et al. 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{de Schonen et al. 1994a,<br />
author = {de Schonen, S.; Deruelle, C.; Pascalis, O.; & Mancini, J.},<br />
title = {About Functional Brain Specialization. The Development of Face Recognition (Functional Cerebral Specialization in the Development of Face Recognition / A propos de la notion de specialisation cerebrale fonctionnelle: le développement de la reconnaissance des visages)},<br />
journal = {Psychologie française},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {259-274},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Debray 1999a,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Jenseits der Bilder. Eine Geschichte der Bildbetrachtung im Abendland},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Avinus Verlag},<br />
address = {Rodenbach},<br />
note = {franz. Original: ''Vie et mort de 'image. Une histore du regard en Occident'', Paris, Éditions Gallimard 1992},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Debray 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Debray 1999b,<br />
author = {Debray, Régis},<br />
title = {Für eine Mediologie},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienkultur. Die maßgeblichen Theorien von Brecht bis Baudrillard},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et al.},<br />
pages = {67-75},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlagsanstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Decker & Krah 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Decker & Krah 2008,<br />
author = {Decker, Jan-Oliver; Krah, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung: Zeichen(-Systeme) im Film},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {30},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {225-235},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===DeFrancis 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{DeFrancis 1989a,<br />
author = {DeFrancis, John},<br />
title = {Visible Speech. The Diverse Oneness of Writing Systems},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Hawaii Press},<br />
address = {Honolulu},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Delaborde 1870a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Delaborde 1870a,<br />
author = {Delaborde, Henri},<br />
title = {Ingres, sa vie, ses travaux, sa doctrine, d'après Les Notes Manuscrites et les lettres du maître},<br />
year = {1870},<br />
publisher = {Henri Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1989a,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Das Bewegungs-Bild. Kino1},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M},<br />
note = {a. d. Franz. v. U. Christians und U. Bokelmann; Erstveröffentlichung 1983},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Deleuze 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Deleuze 1993,<br />
author = {Deleuze, Gilles},<br />
title = {Logik des Sinns},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Demuth 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Demuth 2007a,<br />
author = {Demuth, Volker},<br />
title = {Extreme Expeditionen. Digitale, hybride und künstlerische Räume},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {89-104},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dencker 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dencker 2011a,<br />
author = {Dencker, Klaus Peter},<br />
title = {Optische Poesie: Von den prähistorischen Schriftzeichen bis zu den digitalen Experimenten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Depaulo 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Depaulo 1992a,<br />
author = {DePaulo, Bella M. },<br />
title = {Nonverbal Behavior and Self Presentation},<br />
journal = {Psychological Bulletin},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {111},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {203-243},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 1992a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit in der Malerei},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Passagen Verlag},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Derrida 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Derrida 2007a,<br />
author = {Derrida, Jacques},<br />
title = {Aufzeichnungen eines Blinden. Das Selbstporträt und andere Ruinen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1637a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1637a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La géométrie},<br />
year = {1637},<br />
publisher = {Jan Maire},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {Anhang des ‘Discours de la méthode’},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Descartes 1965a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Descartes 1965a,<br />
author = {Descartes, René},<br />
title = {La Dioptrique. Œvres. Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1965},<br />
publisher = {Libraire philosophique J. Vrien 1965},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {hrsg. v. Charles Adam u. Paul Tannery},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewey 1934a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dewey 1934a,<br />
author = {Dewey, John},<br />
title = {Art as Experience},<br />
year = {1934},<br />
publisher = {Minton, Balch & Company},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dewitz & Nekes 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Dewitz & Nekes 02a,<br />
title = {Ich sehe was, was Du nicht siehst! Sehmaschinen und Bilderwelten. Die Sammlung Werner Nekes},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Dewitz, Bodo von & Nekes, Werner},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Köln, Museum Ludwig 2002},<br />
publisher = {Steidl, Göttingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dick 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dick 1964a,<br />
author = {Dick, Philip K.},<br />
title = {The Simulacra},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Ace Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diderot 1751===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Diderot 1751,<br />
author = {Diderot, Denis},<br />
title = {Brief über die Taubstummen},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Schriften. Erster Band},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Bassenge, F.},<br />
pages = {27-97},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 1999a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Was wir sehen blickt uns an. Zur Metapsychologie des Bildes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Didi-Huberman 2000a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {Vor einem Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hanser Verlag},<br />
address = {München/Wien},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Reinold Werner},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Didi-Huberman 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Didi-Huberman 2005a,<br />
author = {Didi-Huberman, Georges},<br />
title = {L’espace danse – Der Raum tanzt},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {16-30},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Diekmannshenke et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Diekmannshenke, Hajo; Klemm, Michael & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dion 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dion 2002a,<br />
author = {Dion, Karen K.},<br />
title = {Cultural Perspectives on Facial Attractiveness},<br />
booktitle = {Facial Attractiveness. Evolutionary, Cognitive, and Social Perspectives},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Rhodes, G. & Zebrowitz, L.A.},<br />
pages = {239-260},<br />
publisher = {Ablex},<br />
address = {Westport, CT},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2004,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen schematischer Zeichnungen – Teil I},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/01_Schematanutzen.htm},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dirmoser 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Dirmoser 2006,<br />
author = {Dirmoser, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Ein Diagramm ist (k)ein Bild},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = },<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: 8.1.2012},<br />
url = {servus.at/kontext/diagramm/Diagrammbild_3_0_D.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ditzinger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ditzinger 2006a,<br />
author = {Ditzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Illusionen des Sehens. Eine Reise in die Welt der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Elsevier, Spektrum, Akad. Verl.},<br />
address = {München, Heidelberg},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dobbe 1999a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Querelle des Anciens, des Modernes et des Postmodernes},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2002a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Malerei im Bilderstreit. Eine Revision aus Anlass des Rubenspreis-Jubiläums},<br />
booktitle = {10 x Malerei. Rubenspreis der Stadt Siegen in Werken der Sammlung Lambrecht-Schadeberg},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Winter, G. & Dobbe, M.},<br />
pages = {19-34},<br />
publisher = {Museum für Gegenwartskunst},<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dobbe 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dobbe 2003a,<br />
author = {Dobbe, Martina},<br />
title = {Das verkörperte Auge. Einige bildwissenschaftliche Fragen an das Medium Plastik},<br />
booktitle = {Winter-Bilder. Zwischen Motiv und Medium. Festschrift für Gundolf Winter zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Dobbe, M. & Gendolla, P.},<br />
pages = {258-274},<br />
publisher = {Universi },<br />
address = {Siegen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Doelker 1997,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Ein Bild ist mehr als ein Bild: Visuelle Kompetenz in der Multimedia-Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgard},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2001a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian },<br />
title = {Ein Funktionenmodell für Bildtexte},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {29-39},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Doelker 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Doelker 2007a,<br />
author = {Doelker, Christian},<br />
title = {Figuren der visuellen Rhetorik in werblichen Gesamttexten},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {71–112},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Döring 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Döring 2009a,<br />
author = {Döring, Sabine},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie der Gefühle},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Döring, S.},<br />
pages = {12-65},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Downey 1959a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Downey 1959a,<br />
author = {Downey, Glanville},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Reallexikon für Antike und Christentum},<br />
year = {1959},<br />
volume = {IV},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Sp.921-944},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drechsel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Drechsel 2006a,<br />
author = {Drechsel, Benjamin},<br />
title = {Was ist ein politisches Bild? Einige Überlegungen zur Entwicklung der Politikwissenschaft als Bildwissenschaft},<br />
journal = {Moderne. Kulturwissenschaftliches Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {106-120},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1988a,<br />
author = {Drosdowski, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Stilwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache. Die Verwendung der Wörter im Satz},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {7., völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {= DUDEN Band 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drosdowski 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Drosdowski 1989a,<br />
author = {Drosdowsi, Günther},<br />
title = {DUDEN Etymologie. Herkunftwörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {2. völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drucker 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Drucker 1996a,<br />
author = {Drucker, Johanna},<br />
title = {Experimental, Visual, and Concrete Poetry: A Note on Historical Context and Basic Concepts},<br />
booktitle = {Experimental – Visual – Concrete: Avant-garde Poetry since the 1960s},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Jackson,D.; Vos, E. & Drucker, J.},<br />
pages = {39–61},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Drügh 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Drügh 2006a,<br />
editor = {Drügh, Heinz J.},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Beschreibung - poetische und kulturelle Energie deskriptiver Texte (1700-2000). Studien und Texte zur Kulturgeschichte deutschsprachiger Literatur},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubois 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubois 1998a,<br />
author = {Dubois, Philippe},<br />
title = {Der fotografische Akt. Versuch über ein theoretisches Dispositiv},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Dresden, Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dubos 1760-61===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dubos 1760-61,<br />
author = {Du Bos, Jean-Baptiste},<br />
title = {Kritische Betrachtungen über die Poesie und Malerey, 3 Teile},<br />
year = {1760-1761},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Übers.: Gottfried Benediktus Funk},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Duden 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Duden 1999a,<br />
author = {Duden},<br />
title = {Das große Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache in zehn Bänden},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dudenredaktion 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Dudenredaktion 2003a,<br />
author = {Duden (Hg.)},<br />
title = {DUDEN. Das Stilwörterbuch.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {8. völlig neu bearbeitete Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Durand 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Durand 1987a,<br />
author = {Durand, Jacques},<br />
title = {Rhetorical Figures in the Advertising Image},<br />
booktitle = {Marketing and Semiotics},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Sebeok, J.U. },<br />
pages = {295–318},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Dürre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Dürre 2007a,<br />
author = {Dürre, Stefan},<br />
title = {Skulptur – Plastik – Bildhauerei},<br />
booktitle = {Seemanns Lexikon der Skulptur},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Dürre, S.},<br />
pages = {6-8},<br />
publisher = {Seemann},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==E==<br />
<br />
===Ebert 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ebert 1979a,<br />
author = {Ebert, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Montage Editing Schnitt},<br />
journal = {Filmkritik},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {547-558},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eco 1984a,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Massenkultur und 'Kultur-Niveaus'},<br />
booktitle = {Apokalyptiker und Integrierte},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
pages = {37-59},<br />
publisher = {DTB},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eco 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eco 1998,<br />
author = {Eco, Umberto},<br />
title = {Lector in fabula. Die Mitarbeit der Interpretation in erzählenden Texten},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {dtv},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eddiks 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Eddiks 2004a,<br />
author = {Eddiks, Christina},<br />
title = {Dem Emblem auf der Spur},<br />
howpublished = {},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
note = {Diplomarbeit},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kisd.de/~tom/diplom/christina_emblematik.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Edgerton 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Edgerton 2002a,<br />
author = {Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Die Entdeckung der Perspektive},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Im Banne der Angst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte menschlicher Abwehrsymbolik},<br />
year = {1992}, <br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt & Sütterlin 2008a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus & Sütterlin, Christa},<br />
title = {Weltsprache Kunst. Zur Natur- und Kunstgeschichte bildlicher Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2008}, <br />
publisher = {Brandstätter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1995a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {Die Biologie menschlichen Verhaltens. Lehrbuch der Humanethologie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eibl-Eibesfeldt 1973a,<br />
author = {Eibl-Eibesfeldt, Irenäus},<br />
title = {The Expressive Behavior of the Deaf and Blind Born},<br />
booktitle = {Social Communication and Movement},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Cranach, M. v. & Vine, I.},<br />
pages = {163-194},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eilert 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Eilert 1991a,<br />
author = {Eilert, Heide},<br />
title = {Das Kunstzitat in der erzählenden Dichtung. Studien zur Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ėizenštein 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ėizenštein 1975a,<br />
author = {Ėizenštein, Sergej M.},<br />
title = {Perspektiven (1929)},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften. Bd. 3},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Ėizenštein, S. M.},<br />
pages = {191},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München },<br />
note = {Übersetzt von Hans-Joachim Schlegel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eismann 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eismann 1985a,<br />
author = {Eismann, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte des ''obraz''-Begriffs in der russischen und sowjetischen Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Ivanov, V. V.},<br />
pages = {1-45},<br />
publisher = {Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {aus dem Russischen übersetzt von B. Eidemüller und W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ekman 1973b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ekman 1973b,<br />
author = {Ekman, Paul},<br />
title = {Cross Cultural Studies of Facial Expression},<br />
booktitle = {Darwin and Facial Expression},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Ekman, P.},<br />
pages = {169-222},<br />
publisher = {Academic Press},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Elgin 1992,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Notation},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D.},<br />
pages = {307-309},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Elgin 1993a,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Relocating Aesthetics. Goodman’s Epistemic Turn},<br />
journal = {Revue Internationale de Philosophie},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {46},<br />
pages = {171-186},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elgin 1983===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elgin 1983,<br />
author = {Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {With Reference to Reference},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 2003a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {Visual Studies. A Skeptical Introduction},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Elkins 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Elkins 1999a,<br />
author = {Elkins, James},<br />
title = {The Domain of Images},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ellgring 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ellgring 1989a,<br />
author = {Ellgring, Heiner},<br />
title = {Nonverbal communication in depression},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Else 1958===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Else 1958,<br />
author = {Else, Gerald F.},<br />
title = {Imitation in the Fifth Century},<br />
journal = {Classical Philology},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
volume = {53},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {73-90},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Engell 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Engell 1999a,<br />
author = {Engell, Lorenz & Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Kursbuch Medienphilosophie},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Pias, Claus et. al.},<br />
pages = {8-11},<br />
publisher = {DVA},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Enright 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Enright 1987a,<br />
author = {Enright, Jim T.},<br />
title = {Perspective Vergence: Oculomotor Responses to Line Drawings},<br />
journal = {Vision Res},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1513–1526},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Erlbaugh 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Erlbaugh 2002a,<br />
title = {Difficult Characters: Interdisciplinary Studies of Chinese and Japanese Writing},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Erbaugh, Mary S.},<br />
publisher = {National East Asian Language Resource Center},<br />
address = {Columbus, Ohio},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst 2002a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gibt es eine spezifische Videozität?},<br />
booktitle = {REC - Video als mediales Phänomen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Hoffmann, H. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {14-29},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ernst & Heidenreich 1999a,<br />
author = {Ernst, Wolfgang & Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Digitale Bildarchivierung. Der Wölfflin-Kalkül},<br />
booktitle = {Konfigurationen. Zwischen Kunst und Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schade, S. & Tholen, G. C.},<br />
pages = {306-320},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ernst et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ernst et al. 2003a,<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang et al.},<br />
title = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Kulturverlag Kadmos},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eser 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Eser 98a,<br />
title = {Schiefe Bilder. Die Zimmernsche Anamorphose und andere Augenspiele aus der Sammlung des Germanischen Nationalmuseums},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Eser, Thomas},<br />
publisher = {Germanisches Nationalmuseum Nürnberg},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Ausst.Kat. Nürnberg, Germanisches Nationalmuseum, 1998},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Esposito 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Esposito 1998,<br />
author = {Esposito, Elena},<br />
title = {Fiktion und Virtualität},<br />
booktitle = {Medien, Computer Realität. Wirklichkeitsvorstellungen und Neue Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {269-296},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Etcoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Etcoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Etcoff, Nancy},<br />
title = {Nur die Schönsten überleben. Die Ästhetik des Menschen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Diederichs},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Eusterschulte 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Eusterschulte 2001,<br />
author = {Eusterschulte, Anne},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Rhetorik. Bd. 5: L-Musi},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Gert Ueding},<br />
pages = {Sp. 1232-1294},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Evans 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Evans 2002,<br />
title = {Wörterbuch der Lacanschen Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Evans, Dylan},<br />
publisher = {Turia + Kant},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==F==<br />
<br />
===Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fahlenbrach & Viehoff 2005a,<br />
author = {Fahlenbrach, Kathrin & Viehoff, Reinhold},<br />
title = {Medienikonen des Krieges. Die symbolische Entthronung Saddams als Versuch strategischer Ikonisierung},<br />
booktitle = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {356-387},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fantz 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fantz 1966a,<br />
author = {Fantz, Robert L.},<br />
title = {Pattern Discrimination and Selective Attention as Determinants of Perceptual Development from Birth},<br />
booktitle = {Perceptual Development in Children},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Kidd, A.H. & Rivoire, J.L},<br />
pages = {143-173},<br />
publisher = {University Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Farago 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Farago 1992a,<br />
author = {Farago, Claire J.},<br />
title = {Leonardo da Vinci’s Paragone. A Critical Interpretation with a New Edition of the Text in the Codex Urbinas},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Brill Verlag},<br />
address = {Leiden/New York/Kopenhagen/Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fauconnier 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fauconnier 1985a,<br />
author = {Fauconnier, Gilles},<br />
title = {Mental Spaces - Aspects of Meaning Construction in Natural Language},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ferino-Pagden 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ferino-Pagden 2009a,<br />
title = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, Sylvia},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiedler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2 Bd., hrsg. von Gottfried Boehm},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991b,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Über den Ursprung der künstlerischen Tätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {111-220},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991c,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Aphorismen},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {7-105},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiedler 1991d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiedler 1991d,<br />
author = {Fiedler, Konrad},<br />
title = {Zur neueren Kunsttheorie},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {247-290},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fink 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fink 1988a,<br />
author = {Fink, Monika},<br />
title = {Musik nach Bildern. Programmbezogenes Komponieren im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Helbling},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fischer-Lichte 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fischer-Lichte 2004a,<br />
author = {Fischer-Lichte, Erika},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Performativen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Fiske 2001a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John },<br />
title = {Videotech},<br />
booktitle = {Grundlagentexte zur Fernsehwissenschaft. Theorie - Geschichte - Analyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R. et al.},<br />
publisher = {Utb},<br />
address = {Konstanz},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {484-502},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fiske 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fiske 2003a,<br />
author = {Fiske, John},<br />
title = {Lesarten des Populären},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Löcker},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fleck 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fleck 1980a,<br />
author = {Fleck, Ludwik},<br />
title = {Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache. Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv},<br />
year = {1980 [Orig. 1935]},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {mit einer Einleitung hrsg. von L. Schäfer und T. Schnelle},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Floch 1998a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean Marie},<br />
title = {The Contribution of Structural Semiotics to the Design of a Hypermarket},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Research in Marketing},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1995a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Identités visuelles},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Floch 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Floch 1990a,<br />
author = {Floch, Jean-Marie},<br />
title = {Sémiotique, marketing et communication},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Presses Universitaires de France.},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Florenskij 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Florenskij 2007a,<br />
author = {Florenskij, Pavel},<br />
title = {Imena},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Azbuka-klassika},<br />
address = {Sankt Peterburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flügge et al. 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flügge et al. 2007a,<br />
author = {Flügge, Matthias; Kudielka, Robert & Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Vorwort und Dank},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {6-9},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 2003a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Kommunikologie},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1999a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Ins Universum der technischen Bilder},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Flusser 1994,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Abbild – Vorbild},<br />
booktitle = {Was heißt „Darstellen“?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Hart-Nibbrig, C. L. },<br />
pages = {34-48},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1993a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Lob der Oberflächlichkeit. Für eine Phänomenologie der Medien},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Bollmann},<br />
address = {Bensheim, Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Flusser 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Flusser 1983a,<br />
author = {Flusser, Vilém},<br />
title = {Für eine Philosophie der Fotografie},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {European Photography},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foley et al. 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foley et al. 1990a,<br />
author = {Foley, James D.; van Dam, Andries; Feiner, Steven, K. & Hughes, John F.},<br />
title = {Computer Graphics. Principles and Practice},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Addison Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foppa 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Foppa 2002a,<br />
author = {Foppa, Klaus},<br />
title = {Knowledge and Perspective Setting. What Possible Consequences on Conversation Do we Have to Expect?},<br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.},<br />
pages = {15–23},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Forceville 1996a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Pictorial Metaphor in Advertising},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2005a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Cognitive Linguistics and Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft – Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Forceville 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Forceville 2006a,<br />
author = {Forceville, Charles},<br />
title = {Non-verbal and Multimodal Metaphor in a Cognitivist Framework: Agendas for Research(2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Multimodal Metaphor},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Forceville, C. & Urios-Aparisi, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foster & Krauss 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Foster & Krauss 1996a,<br />
author = {Foster, Hal & Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Introduction},<br />
journal = {October (MIT Press Journal)},<br />
pages = {3-4},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Foucault 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Foucault 1976a,<br />
author = {Foucault, Michael},<br />
title = {Überwachen und Strafen},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fowler 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Fowler 1991a,<br />
author = {Fowler, Don P.},<br />
title = {Narrate and Describe: The Problem of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {The Journal of Roman Studies},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
volume = {81},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-35},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fox 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fox 2006a,<br />
author = {Fox, Mark},<br />
title = {Quantum Optics. An Introduction},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frangenberg 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frangenberg 2003a,<br />
author = {Frangenberg, Thomas},<br />
title = {Poetry on Art : Renaissance to Romanticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Schaun, T.},<br />
address = {Donington},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank 1990a,<br />
author = {Frank, Manfred},<br />
title = {Stile in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frank & Lange 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frank & Lange 10a,<br />
author = {Frank, Gustav & Lange, Barbara},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft. Bilder in der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freedberg 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freedberg 1991a,<br />
author = {Freedberg, David},<br />
title = {The Power of Images. Studies in the History and Theory of Response (1989)},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Frege 1892a,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophie und philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {1892},<br />
volume = {100},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {25-50},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frege 1892===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Frege 1892,<br />
author = {Frege, Gottlob},<br />
title = {Über Sinn und Bedeutung, zitiert nach der Ausgabe in: Frege, Gottlob: Funktion, Begriff, Bedeutung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {40-65},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009a,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Runs. Computersimulationen des Unsichtbaren am Max-Planck-Institut für Astrophysik},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig, J.},<br />
pages = {65-121},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Frercks 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Frercks 2009b,<br />
author = {Frercks, Jan},<br />
title = {Formen, Funktionen und Praxen von Wissenschaftsbildern. Ein systematischer Blick auf die Reportagen},<br />
booktitle = {Datenbilder. Zur digitalen Bildpraxis in den Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Adelmann, R.; Frercks, J.; Heßler, M. & Hennig. J.},<br />
pages = {122-130},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1900===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Freud 1900,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Traumdeutung},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1910===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1910,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Eine Kindheitserinnerung des Leonardo da Vinci},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {87-161},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1915===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1915,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die metapsychologischen Schriften von 1915},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {69-213},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Der Moses des Michelangelo},<br />
booktitle = {Bildende Kunst und Literatur. Studienausgabe Bd. X },<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Mitscherlich, A.; Richards, A. & Strachey, J.},<br />
pages = {195-223},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1914b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1914b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Zur Einführung in den Narzissmus},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Unbewußten. Studienausgabe Band III},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {37-69},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946a,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Die Verdrängung},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {247-261},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Freud 1946b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Freud 1946b,<br />
author = {Freud, Sigmund},<br />
title = {Das Unbewußte},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke, Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1946},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {263-303},<br />
publisher = {Imago},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Friedländer 1912===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Friedländer 1912,<br />
author = {Friedländer, Paul},<br />
title = {Johannes von Gaza und Paulus Silentiarius. Kunstbeschreibungen justinianischer Zeit},<br />
year = {1912},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Fuhrmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Fuhrmann 2003,<br />
author = {Fuhrmann, Manfred},<br />
title = {Die Dichtungstheorie der Antike. Aristoteles – Horaz – 'Longin' Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Artemis & Winkler},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf und Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Füsslin & Hentze 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Füsslin & Hentze 99a,<br />
author = {Füsslin, Georg & Hentze, Ewald},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Geheime Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Füsslin, Stuttgart},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==G==<br />
<br />
===Gaede 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gaede 1981a,<br />
author = {Gaede, Werner},<br />
title = {Vom Wort zum Bild: Kreativ-Methoden der Visualisierung},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Langen Müller/Herbig},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Galison 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Galison 1997a,<br />
author = {Galison, Peter},<br />
title = {Image and Logic. A Material Culture of Microphysics},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gall 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gall 2007a,<br />
title = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, Alexander},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gallistel 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gallistel 1980a,<br />
author = {Gallistel, Randy},<br />
title = {The Organization of Action: A New Synthesis},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.},<br />
address = {Hillsdale, NJ},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gamer 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamer, Elisabeth-Christine},<br />
title = {Überlegungen zur Interikonizität. Malewitsch, Duchamp, Warhol und die Mona Lisa},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität. Perspektiven auf ein interdiziplinäres Arbeitsfeld},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Herrmann, K. & Hübenthal, S.},<br />
pages = {127-148},<br />
publisher = {Shaker},<br />
address = {Aachen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamm 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamm 2000a,<br />
author = {Gamm, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Nicht nichts. Studien zu einer Semantik des Unbestimmten},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gamper 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gamper 2007a,<br />
author = {Gamper, Michael},<br />
title = {Masse lesen, Masse schreiben: Eine Diskurs- und Imaginationsgeschichte der Menschenmenge 1765-1930},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ganz & Henkel 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ganz & Henkel 2004a,<br />
title = {Rahmen-Diskurse. Kultbilder im konfessionellen Zeitalter},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Ganz, David & Henkel, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1990a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Color Design},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Garcia 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Garcia 1997a,<br />
author = {Garcia, Mario},<br />
title = {Newspaper Evolutions},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Poynter Institute for Media Studies},<br />
address = {St. Petersburg, FL},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gardner 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gardner 1985a,<br />
author = {Gardner, Howard},<br />
title = {The Mind’s New Science. A History of the Cognitive Revolution},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Basic Books},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gebauer & Wulf 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gebauer & Wulf 1992a,<br />
author = {Gebauer, Gunter & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Mimesis. Kultur – Kunst - Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {rororo},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Der Mensch. Seine Natur und seine Stellung in der Welt},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Aula},<br />
address = {Wiebelsheim},<br />
note = {14. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 2004b,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Urmensch und Spätkultur. Philosophische Ergebnisse und Aussagen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {6., erw. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehlen 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gehlen 1961a,<br />
author = {Gehlen, Arnold},<br />
title = {Anthropologische Forschung. Zur Selbstbegegnung und Selbstentdeckung des Menschen},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gehring 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gehring 1992,<br />
author = {Gehring, Petra},<br />
title = {Paradigma einer Methode. Der Begriff des Diagramms im Strukturdenken von M. Foucault und M. Serres},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophie},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Gehring, P.; Keutner, T.; Maas, J.F. & Ueding, W. M.},<br />
pages = {86-105},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam, Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Geiger & Henn-Memmesheimer 1998a,<br />
author = {Geiger, Susi & Henn-Memmesheimer, Beate},<br />
title = {Visuell-verbale Textgestaltung von Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {1/2},<br />
pages = {55–74},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Geimer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Geimer 2007a,<br />
author = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Spur. Mutmaßung über ein untotes Paradigma},<br />
booktitle = {Spur. Spurenlesen als Orientierungstechnik und Wissenskunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Kogge, W. & Grube, G.},<br />
pages = {95-120},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gellius 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gellius 1987a,<br />
author = {Gellius, Aulus},<br />
title = {Attische Nächte...},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Insel Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Ü: H. Berthold},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gemoll & Vretska 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gemoll & Vretska 2006,<br />
author = {Gemoll, Wilhelm; Vretska, Karl},<br />
title = {Gemoll. Griechisch-deutsches Schulwörterbuch und Handwörterbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genette 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genette 1972a,<br />
author = {Genette, Gérard},<br />
title = {Figures III},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Genova 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Genova 1995a,<br />
author = {Genova, Gérard},<br />
title = {Wittgenstein – a way of seeing},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Routledge Chapman & Hall},<br />
address = {New York, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Georges 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Georges 1998a,<br />
author = {Georges, Karl Ernst},<br />
title = {Ausführliches lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch, aus den Quellen zusammengetragen und mit besonderer Bezugnahme auf Synonymik <br />
und Antiquitäten unter Berücksichtigung der besten Hilfsmittel ausgearbeitet. Unveränderter Nachdruck der achten verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage. Bd. 1-2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {Reprint der Ausgabe der Hahnsche Buchhandlung, Hannover 1913-1918},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerhardus et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gerhardus et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Gerhardus, Dietfried; Kledzik, Silke M. & Reitzig, Gerd H.},<br />
title = {Schlüssiges Argumentieren – Logisch-propädeutisches Lehr- und Arbeitsbuch},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstein 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Gerstein 2007a,<br />
title = {Display and Displacement. Sculpture and the Pedestral from Renaissance to Post-Modern},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gerstein, Alexandra},<br />
publisher = {Holberton},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gerstengrabe et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Gerstengrabe, Carina; Lang, Katharina & Schneider, Anna},<br />
title = {Wasserzeichen. Vom 13. Jahrhundert bis zum Digital Watermarking. Kulturen des Kopierschutzes<br />
II},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {9-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982a,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung und Umwelt. Der ökologische Ansatz in der visuellen Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Urban & Schwarzenberg},<br />
address = {München, Wien u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gibson 1982b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gibson 1982b,<br />
author = {Gibson, James Jerome},<br />
title = {Die Sinne und der Prozeß der Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Lesen als Akt des Sehens der Schrift - Am Beispiel von Kafkas Betrachtungen im Erstdruck},<br />
journal = {Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {42},<br />
number = {107},<br />
pages = {25-36},<br />
note = {Themenheft „Schriftbildlichkeit“, hg. von Sybille Krämer und Mareike Giertler},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gillam 1987===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gillam 1987,<br />
author = {Gillam, Barbara},<br />
title = {Geometrisch-optische Täuschungen},<br />
journal = {Spektrum der Wissenschaft: Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
pages = {104-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Giuliani 2003a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Bild und Mythos. Geschichte der Bilderzählung in der griechischen Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Giuliani 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Giuliani 2006a,<br />
author = {Giuliani, Luca},<br />
title = {Die unmöglichen Bilder des Philostrat: Ein antiker Beitrag zur Paragone-Debatte},<br />
journal = {Pegasus. Berliner Beiräge zum Nachleben der Antike},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {91-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glock 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Glock 2000a,<br />
author = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
title = {Aspektwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wittgenstein-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Glock, Hanjo},<br />
pages = {43},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Glüher 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Glüher 1998a,<br />
author = {Glüher, Gebhard},<br />
title = {Von der Theorie der Fotografie zur Theorie des digitalen Bildes},<br />
journal = {Kritische Berichte},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {23-31},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldie 2000a,<br />
author = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
title = {The Emotions. A Philosophical Exploration},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldie 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Goldie 2010a,<br />
title = {The Oxford Handbook of Philosophy of Emotion},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Goldie, Peter},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goldstein 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goldstein 1997a,<br />
author = {Goldstein, E. Bruce},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Springer Verlag},<br />
address = {Heidelberg u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1962a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Art and Illusion. A Study in the Psychology of Pictorial Representation.},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1977a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Belser},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1978a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Meditationen über ein Steckenpferd. Von den Wurzeln und Grenzen der Kunst},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 1984a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Bild und Auge. Neue Studien zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gombrich 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gombrich 2002a,<br />
author = {Gombrich, Ernst H.},<br />
title = {Kunst und Illusion. Zur Psychologie der bildlichen Darstellung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Phaidon},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {6. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gomringer 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gomringer 1997a,<br />
author = {Gomringer, Ernst},<br />
title = {Theorie der Konkreten Poesie, Texte und Manifeste 1954-1997},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Edition Splitter},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gondek 1997a,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Der Blick – zwischen Sartre und Lacan. Ein Kommentar zum VII. Kapitel des Seminar XI},<br />
journal = {Riss. Zeitschrift für Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {37/38},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gondek 1990===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gondek 1990,<br />
author = {Gondek, Hans-Dieter},<br />
title = {Angst. Einbildungskraft. Sprache. Ein verbindender Aufriß zwischen Freud – Kant – Lacan},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Boer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gooch & Gooch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gooch & Gooch 2001a,<br />
author = {Gooch, Bruce & Gooch, Amy},<br />
title = {Non-Photorealistic Rendering},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {AK Peters},<br />
address = {Natick, MA. },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1968a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Languages of Art},<br />
year = {1968, 2. rev. Aufl. 1976},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {dt.: Sprachen der Kunst. Suhrkamp 1998},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1978a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Ways of Worldmaking},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Hackett Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1990a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Weisen der Welterzeugung},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman 1995a,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson},<br />
title = {Sprachen der Kunst. Entwurf einer Symboltheorie},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goodman & Elgin 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Goodman & Elgin 1988,<br />
author = {Goodman, Nelson & Elgin, Catherine Z.},<br />
title = {Reconceptions in Philosophy and Other Arts and Sciences},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Hackett},<br />
address = {Indianapolis},<br />
note = {Deutsch: <em>Revisionen. Philosophie und andere Künste und Wissenschaften</em>. Frankfurt a. M.: Suhrkamp, 1993},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Goren et al. 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Goren et al. 1975a,<br />
author = {Goren, Carolyn C.; Sarty, Merrill & Wu, Paull Y. K.},<br />
title = { Visual Following and Pattern Discrimination of Face-like Stimuli by Newborn Infants},<br />
journal = {Pediatrics},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {544-549},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1165958?dopt=abstract},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe_Kruse_2009a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Roland Barthes: Zeichen, Kommunikation und Mythos},<br />
booktitle = {Schlüsselwerke der Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Hepp, A.; Krotz, F. & Thomas, T.},<br />
pages = {21-31},<br />
publisher = {VS/GWV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Empathische Cues und die Möglichkeit einer Affekt-Sprache des Films},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4},<br />
pages = {289-298},<br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe & Kruse 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grabbe_Kruse_2008b,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars & Kruse, Patrick},<br />
title = {Gewalt als Erlebnis. Die somatische Decodierung als Strategie des Filmerlebens in CLOVERFIELD},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code. Ars Semeiotica. An International Journal of Semiotics},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {31},<br />
number = {3-4}, <br />
pages = {299-312},<br />
note = {}, <br />
publisher = {Gunter Narr},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grabbe 2010a,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars},<br />
title = {Die Evolution des Cyborgs. Künstliche Lebensformen im japanischen Anime Ergo Proxy (2006)},<br />
booktitle = {Japan - Europa. Wechselwirkungen zwischen den Kulturen im Film und den darstellenden Künsten},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Adachi-Rabe, K.; Becker, A.; Mundhenke, F.},<br />
pages = {213-230},<br />
publisher = {Büchner Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grabbe 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grabbe 2011,<br />
author = {Grabbe, Lars Christian},<br />
title = {Georg Simmels Objektwelt. Verstehensmodelle zwischen Geschichtsphilosophie und Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
publisher = {ibidem},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Zugl.: Dissertation Technische Universität Chemnitz},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graf 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graf 1995a,<br />
author = {Graf, Fritz},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Die Entstehung der Gattung in der Antike},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.; Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {143-156},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grammer et al. 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Grammer et al. 2002a,<br />
author = {Grammer, Karl, Fink, Bernhard & Renninger, LeeAnn},<br />
title = {Dynamic Systems and Inferential Information Processing in Human Communication},<br />
journal = {Neuroendocrinology Letters},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {Suppl. 4},<br />
pages = {15-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 1966a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grundzüge der Verhaltensbeobachtung},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
editor = {Meyer, E. & Maier, H.}, <br />
booktitle = {Fernsehen in der Lehrerbildung, Neue Forschungsansätze in Pädagogik},<br />
publisher = {Manz},<br />
pages = {86-107},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Graumann 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Graumann 2002a,<br />
author = {Graumann, Carl Friedrich},<br />
title = {Explicit and Implicit Perspectivity},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Graumann, C. F. & Kallmeyer, W.}, <br />
booktitle = {Perspective and Perspectivation in Discourse},<br />
publisher = {Benjamins},<br />
pages = {25–39},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Philadelphia},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Gregory 2000a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Ambiguity of ‘Ambiguity’},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
volume = {29},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1139-1142},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.richardgregory.org/papers/editorials/ambiguity-of-ambiguity.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gregory 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Gregory 1997a,<br />
author = {Gregory, Richard L.},<br />
title = {Eye and Brain. The Psychology of Seeing},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton, N.J},<br />
note = {5. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greif 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greif 1998a,<br />
author = {Greif, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Malerei kann ein sehr beredtes Schweigen haben. Beschreibungskunst und Bildästhetik der Dichter},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1970a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Du sens, Teil I},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Essais Sémiotiques},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas 1966a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien},<br />
title = {Sémantique structurale},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Seuil},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Semantik. Braunschweig: Vieweg, 1971},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greimas & Courtés 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Greimas & Courtés 1979a,<br />
author = {Greimas, Algirdas Julien & Courtés, Joseph},<br />
title = {Sémiotique: Dictionnaire raisonné de la théorie du langage},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hachette},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Greenberg 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Greenberg 1997a,<br />
author = {Greenberg, Clement},<br />
title = {Zu einem neuen Laokoon},<br />
booktitle = {Clement Greenberg – Die Essenz der Modere. Ausgewählte Essays und Kritiken},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lüdeking, K.},<br />
pages = {56-81},<br />
publisher = {Philo Fine Arts},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grice 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grice 1970,<br />
author = {Grice, Herbert Paul},<br />
title = {Logic and Conversation},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grieshofer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grieshofer 2009a,<br />
author = {Grieshofer, Franz},<br />
title = {Masken im Brennpunkt musealer Sammeltätigkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grimm 1860===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grimm 1860,<br />
title = {Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: Biermörder-D},<br />
year = {1860},<br />
editor = {Grimm, Jacob & Grimm, Wilhelm},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Grittmann 2003,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Die Konstruktion von Authentizität. Was ist echt an den Pressefotos im Informationsjournalismus?},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T.& Müller, M.},<br />
pages = {123-149},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grittmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Grittmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Grittmann, Elke},<br />
title = {Das politische Bild. Fotojournalismus und Pressefotografie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß et al. 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß et al. 1981a,<br />
author = {Gross, C.G.; Bruce, C.J.; Desimone, R.; Fleming, J. & Gattass, R.},<br />
title = {Cortical visual areas of the temporal lobe: Three areas in the macaque},<br />
booktitle = {Cortical Sensory Organization. Vol. 2: Multiple Visual Areas},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Woolsey, C.N.},<br />
pages = {187-216},<br />
publisher = {Humana Press},<br />
address = {Totowa N.J.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß u. Schäfer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Groß u. Schäfer 2007a,<br />
author = {Groß, Dominik & Schäfer, Gereon},<br />
title = {Das Gehirn in bunten Bildern. Farbstrategien und Farbsemantiken in den Neurowissenschaften},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Groß & Westermann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Groß & Westermann 2007a,<br />
title = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik & Westermann, Stefanie},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Grube et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Grube et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot; Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Günzel 2006a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Bildtheoretische Analyse von Computerspielen in der Perspektive Erste Person},<br />
journal = {IMAGE},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {31-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2008a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Realität des Simulationsbildes. Raum im Computerspiel},<br />
booktitle = {Die Realität der Imagination - Architektur und das digitale Bild},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
pages = {127-136},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar}, <br />
url = {e-pub.uni-weimar.de/opus4/files/1292/10_Bauhaus-Koll.pdf},<br />
note = {10. internationales Bauhaus-Kolloquium},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2009a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Simulation und Perspektive. Der bildtheoretische Ansatz in der Computerspielforschung},<br />
booktitle = {Shooter: Eine multdisziplinäre Einführung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Bopp, M.; Wiemer, S. & Nohr, R. F.},<br />
pages = {331-352},<br />
publisher = {Lit Verlag},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Günzel 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Günzel 2010a,<br />
author = {Günzel, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Geste des Manipulierens. Zu Gebrauch statischer und beweglicher Digitalbilder}, <br />
booktitle = {Freeze Frames. Zum Verhältnis von Fotografie und Film},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmann, S. & Gerlin, W.},<br />
pages = {114-129},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Gumbrecht 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Gumbrecht 1986a,<br />
author = {Gumbrecht, Hans Ulrich},<br />
title = {Schwindende Stabilität der Wirklichkeit. Eine Geschichte des Stilbegriffs},<br />
booktitle = {Stil. Geschichten und Funktionen eines kunstwissenschaftlichen Diskurses},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {726-787},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==H==<br />
<br />
===Haas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haas 1995a,<br />
author = {Haas, Stefan},<br />
title = {Psychologen, Künstler, Ökonomen. Das Selbstverständnis der Werbetreibenden zwischen Fin de siècle und Nachkriegszeit},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderwelt des Alltags. Werbung in der Konsumgesellschaft des 19. und 20. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Borscheid, P. & Wischermann, C.},<br />
pages = {78-89},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1995a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns (1981), 2 Bd.},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {7. Aufl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Habermas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Habermas 1973a,<br />
author = {Habermas, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Erkenntnis und Interesse},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Entropie der Fotografie. Skizzen zu einer Genealogie der digitalelektronischen Bildaufzeichnung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {195-238},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hagen 2002b,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Es gibt kein ,digitales Bild'. Eine medienepistemologische Anmerkung},<br />
booktitle = {Licht und Leitung},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Engelt, L.; Siegert, B. & Vogel, J.},<br />
pages = {103-112},<br />
publisher = {Bauhaus-Universität Weimar},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hagen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hagen 2003a,<br />
author = {Hagen, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gegenwartsvergessenheit. Lazarsfeld. Adorno. Innis. Luhmann},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Haken 1995===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Haken 1995,<br />
author = {Haken, Hermann},<br />
title = {Some Basic Concepts of Synergetics with Respect of Multistability in Perception, Phase Transmissions and Formation of Meaning},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {23–44},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halawa 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halawa 2008a,<br />
author = {Halawa, Mark A.},<br />
title = {Wie sind Bilder möglich? Argumente für eine semiotische Fundierung des Bildbegriffs},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halbfass 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halbfass 1972a,<br />
author = {Halbfass, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Evidenz},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Gründer, K. & Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Sp. 829-834},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Halliday 1996a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {Language as a Social Semiotic},<br />
booktitle = {The Communication Theory Reader},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Cobley, P.},<br />
pages = {359-383},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Halliday 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Halliday 1985a,<br />
author = {Halliday, Michael A.K.},<br />
title = {An Introduction to Functional Grammar},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Edward Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hammer-Tugendhat 2009a,<br />
author = {Hammer-Tugendhat, Daniela},<br />
title = {Das Sichtbare und das Unsichtbare. Zur holländischen Malerei des 17. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hansen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hansen 2005a,<br />
author = {Hansen, Svend},<br />
title = {Neolithische Figuralplastik im südlichen Karpatenbecken},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Harris 1756===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Harris 1756,<br />
author = {Harris, James},<br />
title = {Drey Abhandlungen. Die erste über die Kunst, die andere über die Music, Mahlerey und Poesie, die dritte über die Glückseligkeit},<br />
year = {1756},<br />
publisher = {Schuster},<br />
address = {Danzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hartog 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hartog 2009a,<br />
author = {Hartog, Arie},<br />
title = {Die Frage der Augenhöhe: Beobachtungen zu Sockeln in der Bildhauerei um 1900},<br />
booktitle = {Das Fundament der Kunst. Die Skulptur und ihr Sockel in der Moderne},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Brunner, D.},<br />
pages = {37-44},<br />
publisher = {Edition Braus},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hasselbeck 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hasselbeck 1979,<br />
author = {Hasselbeck, Otto},<br />
title = {Illusion und Fiktion. Lessings Beitrag zur poetologischen Diskussion über das Verhältnis von Kunst und Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauck 1879a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauck 1879a,<br />
author = {Hauck, Guido},<br />
title = {Die Subjektive Perspektive und die Horizontalen Curvaturen des Dorischen Styls: Eine perspektivisch-ästhetische Studie},<br />
year = {1879},<br />
publisher = {Wittwer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hauschild 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hauschild 1982a,<br />
author = {Hauschild, Thomas},<br />
title = {Der böse Blick. Ideengeschichtliche und sozialpsychologische Untersuchungen, Beiträge zur Ethnomedizin, Ethnobotanik und Ethnozoologie},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Mensch u. Leben},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2.Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hausman 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hausman 1989a,<br />
author = {Hausman, Carl R.},<br />
title = {Metaphor and Art},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Heffernan 1999a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
title = {Speaking for Pictures: The Rhetoric of Art Criticism},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {19-33},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heffernan 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heffernan 1993a,<br />
author = {Heffernan, James A.W.},<br />
title = {The Museum of Words. The Poetics of Ekphrasis from Homer to Ashbery},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Univ. of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1826===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1826,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Kunst. Vorlesung von 1826},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Gethmann-Siefert, A.; Kwon, J. & Berr, K.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1830===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1830,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Enzyklopädie der philosophischen Wissenschaften im Grundrisse (1830)},<br />
year = {<sup>6</sup>1959},<br />
editor = {Nicolin, F. & Pöggeler, O.},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hegel 1835,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Einleitung in die Ästhetik. Mit den beiden Vorreden von Heinrich Gustav Hotho (1835)},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hegel 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hegel 1970a,<br />
author = {Hegel, Georg W. F.},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik II},<br />
booktitle = {Werke},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Moldenhauer, E. & Michel, K. M.},<br />
pages = {Bd. 14},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1835},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 2006a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Seind und Zeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heidegger 1986a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Ursprung des Kunstwerkes (1935/36)},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Reclam, Philipp, jun.},<br />
address = {Ditzingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidegger 1950a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidegger 1950a,<br />
author = {Heidegger, Martin},<br />
title = {Die Zeit des Weltbildes},<br />
booktitle = {Holzwege},<br />
year = {1950},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {69-104},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heidenreich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heidenreich 2001a,<br />
author = {Heidenreich, Stefan},<br />
title = {Effekte der Digitalisierung: Berechenbarkeit und Suche},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, W. & Jaworek, W.},<br />
pages = {259-262},<br />
publisher = {Museumsverband Baden-Württemberg},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Heider 2009a,<br />
author = {Heider, Don},<br />
title = {Living Virtually. Researching New Worlds},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Publishing},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {(Digital Formations vol. 47)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hempfer 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Hempfer 2000a,<br />
title = {Jenseits der Mimesis: parnassische “transposition d'art” und der Pradigmenwechsel in der Lyrik des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Hempfer, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heng 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Heng 2003a,<br />
author = {Heng, Jiuan},<br />
title = {Calligraphy},<br />
booktitle = {Encyclopedia of Chinese Philosophy},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Cua, A.S.},<br />
pages = {25 - 28},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hennig 2006a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jürgen},<br />
title = {Farbeinsatz in der medizinischen Visualisierung},<br />
journal = {Bildwelten des Wissens, Kunsthistorisches Jahrbuch für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {9-16},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Bredekamp, H.; Bruhn, M. & Werner, G. (Hg.)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hennig 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hennig 2007a,<br />
author = {Hennig, Jochen},<br />
title = {Wissensbilder und Bilderwissen in Wissenschaftsmuseen. Das Konzept der Ausstellung »Atombilder«},<br />
booktitle = {Konstruieren, Kommunizieren, Präsentieren. Bilder von Wissenschaft und Technik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Gall, A.},<br />
pages = {435-460},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein Verlag},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hensel 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hensel 09a,<br />
author = {Hensel, Thomas},<br />
title = {Aperspektive und Anamorphose. Zu Raumbildern der Vormoderne},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf & Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {159-176},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink, München},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 2001a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Abhandlung über den Ursprung der Sprache (1772)},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Irmscher, H.D.},<br />
publisher = {Philipp Reclam jun.},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1969a,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Plastik. Einige Wahrnehmungen über Form und Gestalt aus Pygmalions Bildendem Traume},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Jakob Hegner},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herder 1800===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herder 1800,<br />
author = {Herder, Johann Gottfried},<br />
title = {Sämtliche Werke. Bd. 22: Kalligone (1800)},<br />
year = {1800}, <br />
publisher = {Olms-Weidmann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Reprint},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hernadi 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hernadi 1991,<br />
author = {Hernadi, Paul},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
title = {Reconceiving Notation and Performance},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetic Education},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herskovits 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Herskovits 1986a,<br />
author = {Herskovits, Annette},<br />
title = {Language and Cognition – An Interdisciplinary Study of the Prepositions in English},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Herter 1947a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Herter 1947a,<br />
author = {Herter, Hans},<br />
title = {Vom dionysischen Tanz zum komischen Spiel. Die Anfänge der Attischen Komödie},<br />
journal = {Darstellung und Deutung},<br />
year = {1947},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {Silva},<br />
note = {Iserlohn},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Heßler 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Heßler 2006a, <br />
author = {Heßler, Martina},<br />
title = {Von der doppelten Unsichtbarkeit digitaler Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Ressource}, <br />
publisher = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden ={letzter Kontrollaufruf: 07.08.2010},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2006/3/Hessler/dippArticle.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hessler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hessler 2002a,<br />
author = {Hessler, Christiane J.},<br />
title = {Maler und Bildhauer im sophistischen Tauziehen. Der Paragone in der italienischen Kunstliteratur des 16. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hick 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hick 99a,<br />
author = {Hick, Ulrike},<br />
title = {Geschichte der optischen Medien},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hickethier 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hickethier 1995a,<br />
author = {Hickethier, Knut},<br />
title = {Dispositiv Fernsehen – Skizze eines Modells},<br />
journal = {Montage/av},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1}<br />
pages = {63-83},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {letzter Kontrollaufruf: },<br />
url = {www.montage-av.de/pdf/041_1995/04_1_Knut_Hickethier_Dispositiv_Fernsehen.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hilbert 1899a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hilbert 1899a,<br />
author = {Hilbert, David},<br />
title = {Grundlagen der Geometrie},<br />
year = {1899},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hildebrand 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hildebrand 1969a,<br />
author = {Hildebrand, Adolf von},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Form},<br />
booktitle = {Hildebrand: Gesammelte Schriften zur Kunst},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
editor = {Bock, H.},<br />
pages = {41-350},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln/Opladen},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1903},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hinterwaldner 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hinterwaldner 2008a,<br />
author = {Hinterwaldner, Inge},<br />
title = {Simulationsmodelle. Zur Verhältnisbestimmung von Modellierung und Bildgebung in interaktiven Echtzeitsimulationen},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Modelle},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Reichle, I.; Siegel, S. & Spelten, A.},<br />
pages = {301-316},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hjelmslev 1954a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {La stratification du langage},<br />
booktitle = {Essais linguistiques},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
editor = {Hjelmslev, L.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hjelmslev 1943a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hjelmslev 1943a,<br />
author = {Hjelmslev, Louis},<br />
title = {Omkring sprogteoriens grundlæggelse},<br />
year = {1943},<br />
publisher = {Nordisk Sprog- od Kulturforlag},<br />
address = {Kopenhagen},<br />
note = {Dt. Prolegomena zu einer Sprachtheorie. München: Hueber},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hochberg 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hochberg 1977a,<br />
author = {Hochberg, Julian E.},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Akademische Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hofmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Hoffman, Donald D.},<br />
title = {Visuelle Intelligenz. Wie die Welt im Kopf entsteht},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hofmann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hofmann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hofmann, Werner},<br />
title = {Spielräume und Raumverstecke},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {10-22},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hollander 1988===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hollander 1988,<br />
author = {Hollander, John},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
title = {The Poetics of Ekphrasis},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {209-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2010a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildüberschreibungen. Wie Sprechtexte Nachrichtenfilme lesbar machen (und umgekehrt)},<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {231-254},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2009a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Der Wort-Bild-Reißverschluss. Über die performative Dynamik audiovisueller Transkriptivität},<br />
booktitle = {Oberfläche und Performanz. Untersuchungen zur Sprache als dynamischer Gestalt},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Linke, A. & Feilke, H.},<br />
pages = {389-406},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly 2007a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner},<br />
title = {Audiovisuelle Hermeneutik: Am Beispiel des TV-Spots der Kampagne ‚Du bist Deutschland’},<br />
booktitle = {Linguistische Hermeneutik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hermanns, F.},<br />
pages = {389–428},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holly & Jäger 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holly & Jäger 2011a,<br />
author = {Holly, Werner & Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptionstheoretische Medienanalyse. Vom Anders-lesbar-Machen durch intermediale Bezugnahmepraktiken},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, J.G. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holmes 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holmes 1980a,<br />
author = {Holmes, Sir Oliver Wendell},<br />
title = {Das Stereoskop und der Stereograph},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie I. 1839-1912},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
pages = {114-122},<br />
publisher = {Schirmer/Mosel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Originalausgabe 1859},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Holschbach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Holschbach 2003a,<br />
author = {Holschbach, Susanne},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Fotografie. Fotokritik am Ende des fotografischen Zeitalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {7-21},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {BD. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
===Hömberg & Karasek 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hömberg & Karasek 2008a,<br />
author = {Hömberg, Walter & Karasek, Johannes},<br />
title = {Der Schweißfleck der Kanzlerkandidatin. Bildmanipulation, Bildfälschung und Bildethik im Zeitalter der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
journal = {Communicatio Socialis},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {276-293},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Homer 1979===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Homer 1979,<br />
author = {Homer},<br />
title = {Ilias},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {hg. u. übers. v. Roland Hampe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hoormann 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hoormann 2007a,<br />
author = {Hoormann, Anne},<br />
title = {Das tastende Auge und die technisch reproduzierten Bilder. Zur „Faktur“ in den alten und neuen Medien (2001)},<br />
booktitle = {Anne Hoormann: Medium und Material. Zur Kunst der Moderne und der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Burdorf, D.; Fend, M. & Uppenkamp, B.},<br />
pages = {167-182},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hopkins 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hopkins 1998a,<br />
author = {Hopkins, Robert},<br />
title = {Picture, Image and Experience},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Horstkotte & Leonhard 2006a,<br />
title = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, Silke & Leonhard, Karin},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Horten 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Horten 1994,<br />
author = {Horten, William},<br />
title = {Das Icon-Buch: Entwurf und Gestaltung visueller Symbole und Zeichen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Addison-Wesley},<br />
address = {Reading (MA) / Bonn / Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hub 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hub 2009a,<br />
author = {Hub, Berthold},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
title = {Platon und die bildende Kunst. Eine Revision},<br />
journal = {Plato. The Internet Journal of the International Plato Society},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
url = {gramata.univ-paris1.fr/Plato},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Huber 2004a,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bild Beobachter Milieu. Entwurf einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2004b,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Bildhafte Vorstellungen. Eine Begriffskartografie der Phantasie},<br />
booktitle = {Visuelle Netze. Wissensräume in der Kunst},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Huber, Hans Dieter & Lockemann, Bettina & Scheibel, Michael},<br />
pages = {165-216},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huber 2008===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Huber 2008,<br />
author = {Huber, Hans Dieter},<br />
title = {Phantasie als Schnittstelle zwischen Bild und Sprache},<br />
booktitle = {Ich seh dich so gern sprechen. Sprache im Bezugsfeld von Praxis und Dokumentation künstlerischer Therapien },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Ganß, Michael & Sinapsius, Peter & de Smit, Peer},<br />
pages = {61-70},<br />
publisher = {Peter Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Wissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kunsttherapie, Band 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hüppauf & Wulf 2006a,<br />
author = {Hüppauf, Bernd & Wulf, Christoph},<br />
title = {Warum Bilder die Einbildungskraft brauchen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Hüppauf, B. & Wulf, C.},<br />
pages = {9-44},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1820a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1820a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über das vergleichende Sprachstudium in Beziehung auf die verschiedenen Epochen der Sprachentwicklung (1820)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 4: 1820-1822},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-34},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1830-1835===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1830-1835,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß auf die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts (1830-1835)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke. Bd. 7.1},<br />
year = {1907},<br />
editor = {Leitzmann, A.},<br />
pages = {1-344},<br />
publisher = {Behr},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Humboldt 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Humboldt 1988a,<br />
author = {Humboldt, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Über die Buchstabenschrift und ihren Zusammenhang mit dem Sprachbau},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie, Werke Bd. III},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Flitner, A. & Giel, K.},<br />
pages = {82-112},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 2006,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Bildbewußtsein},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Felix Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {herausgegeben und eingeleitet von Eduard Marbach, Text nach Husserliana, Band XXIII},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1993a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Logische Untersuchungen. Elemente einer phänomenologischen Aufklärung der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Teil II/Bd. 2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1980a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Phantasie, Bildbewusstsein, Erinnerung. Zur Phänomenologie der anschaulichen Vergegenwärtigungen. Texte aus dem Nachlass (1898-1925) (Husserliana XXIII)},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag / Boston / Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Husserl 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Husserl 1929a,<br />
author = {Husserl, Edmund},<br />
title = {Formale und Transzendentale Logik},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Halle(Saale)},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Huth 1985===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Huth 1985,<br />
author = {Huth, Lutz},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
title = {Bilder als Elemente kommunikativen Handelns in den Fernsehnachrichten},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {203-234},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Hyman 2006a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {The Objective Eye: Color, Form, and Reality in the Theory of Art},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hyman 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Hyman 2009a,<br />
author = {Hyman, John},<br />
title = {Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {A Companion to Aesthetics},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Cooper, D. et al.},<br />
pages = {465-469},<br />
publisher = {Blackwell},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Hynes 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Hynes 2005a,<br />
author = {Hynes, Maria},<br />
title = {Rethinking Reductionism},<br />
journal = {Culture Machine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {online journal},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.culturemachine.net/index.php/cm/article/viewArticle/33/41},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==I==<br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1994a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Ikonik: Bilder und ihre Anschauung},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Böhm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1996a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Max Imdahl, Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {Wiederauflage der Schrift von 1974},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Imdahl 1974a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Cézanne – Bracque – Picasso. Zum Verhältnis zwischen Bildautonomie und Gegenstandssehen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band 3: Reflexion – Theorie – Methode},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Boehm, Gottfried},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Wiederabruck}, <br />
hidden = {Doppelter Eintrag wie: Imdahl 1996a},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1987a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Farbe. Kunsttheoretische Reflexionen in Frankreich},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Imdahl 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Imdahl 1985a,<br />
author = {Imdahl, Max},<br />
title = {Picassos Guernica},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Isidor von Sevilla 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Isidor von Sevilla 2008a,<br />
author = {Isidor von Sevilla},<br />
title = {Die Enzyklopädie des Isidor von Sevilla. Übersetzt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Lenelotte Möller},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Marix Verlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ivanov 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ivanov 1985a,<br />
author = {Ivanov, Vjačeslav},<br />
title = {Einführung in allgemeine Probleme der Semiotik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Narr Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {Herausgegeben und eingeleitet von W. Eismann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==J==<br />
<br />
===Jäger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2008a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptive Verhältnisse. Zur Logik intra- und intermedialer Bezugnahmen in ästhetischen Diskursen},<br />
booktitle = {Transkription und Fassung in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Beiträge des Kolloquiums in der Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vom 5. bis 6. März 2004},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Buschmeier, G.; Konrad, U. & Riethmüller, A.},<br />
pages = {103-134},<br />
publisher = {Franz Steiner},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jäger 2002a,<br />
author = {Jäger, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Transkriptivität. Zur medialen Logik der kulturellen Semantik},<br />
booktitle = {Transkribieren - Medien/Lektüre},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Jäger, L. & Stanitzek, G.},<br />
pages = {19-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jäger & Knauer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jäger & Knauer 2009a,<br />
title = {Bilder als historische Quellen? Dimensionen der Debatte um historische Bildforschung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jäger, Jens & Knauer, Martin},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jansen 2005,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Aristoteles und das Problem des Neuen: Wie kreativ sind Veränderungsprinzipien?},<br />
booktitle = {Kreativität. XX. Deutscher Kongress für Philosophie. 26.-30. September 2005 in Berlin. Sektionsbeiträge, Bd. 2},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Abel, G.},<br />
pages = {15-25},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag der TU Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jansen 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jansen 2002,<br />
author = {Jansen, Ludger},<br />
title = {Tun und Können. Ein systematischer Kommentar zu Aristoteles' Theorie der Vermögen im neunten Buch der „Metaphysik”},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Hänsel-Hohenhausen},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantschek 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantschek 1997a,<br />
author = {Jantschek, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Bemerkungen zum Begriff des Sehen-als},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Sehens},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Konersmann, R.},<br />
pages = {299-319},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jantzen 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jantzen 1951a,<br />
author = {Jantzen, Hans},<br />
title = {Über Prinzipien der Farbengebung in der Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Über den gotischen Kirchenraum und andere Aufsätze},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
editor = {Jantzen, H.},<br />
pages = {61-67},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaubert 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaubert 1998a,<br />
author = {Jaubert, Alain},<br />
title = {Fotos, die lügen: Politik mit gefälschten Bildern},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Äthenaum},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jaspers 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Jaspers 1994a,<br />
author = {Jaspers,Karl},<br />
title = {Psychologie der Weltanschauungen},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jean Paul 1795===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jean Paul 1795,<br />
author = {Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Ueber die natürliche Magie der Einbildungskraft [1795]},<br />
booktitle = {Ausgewählte Werke. Bd. 7/8: Leben des Qunitus Fixlein, aus fünfzehn Zettelschaften gezogen, nebst einem Mußtheil und einigen Jus de tablette},<br />
year = {1847},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jewitt 2009a,<br />
title = {The Routledge Handbook of Multimodal Analysis},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Jewitt, Carey},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jewitt & Oyama 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jewitt & Oyama 2001a,<br />
author = {Jewitt, Carey & Oyama, Rumiko},<br />
title = {Visual Meaning. A Social-Semiotic Approach},<br />
booktitle = {Handbook of Visual Analysis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Theo van Leeuwen & Carey Jewitt},<br />
pages = {134–156},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johansen&Posner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johansen&Posner 2003a,<br />
author = {Johansen, Jørgen Dines & Posner, Roland},<br />
title = {Einführung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnson, Neil F; Duric, Z. & Jajodia, S.},<br />
title = {Information Hiding. Steganography and Watermarking - Attacks and Countermeasures},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Kluwer Academic Publishers},<br />
address = {Boston, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1996a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Der Computer im Kopf. Formen und Verfahren der Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnson-Laird 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnson-Laird 1983a,<br />
author = {Johnson-Laird, Philip N.},<br />
title = {Mental Models. Towards a Cognitive Science of Language, Inference and Conciousness},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston 2006a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Sean},<br />
title = {Holographic Visions. A History of New Science},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston et al. 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston et al. 2001a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor .S.; Hagel, Rebecca; Franklin, Melissa; Fink, Bernhard & Grammer, Karl},<br />
title = {Male Facial Attractiveness. Evidence for Hormone-mediated Adaptive Design},<br />
journal = {Evolution and Human Behavior},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {251-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Thomas 1981===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Johnston & Thomas 1981,<br />
author = {Johnston, Ollie & Thomas, Frank},<br />
title = {The Illusion of Life. Disney Animation},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Abbeville Press},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Johnston & Franklin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Johnston & Franklin 1993a,<br />
author = {Johnston, Victor S. & Franklin, Melissa},<br />
title = {Is Beauty in the Eye of the Beholder?},<br />
journal = {Ethology and Sociobiology},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {14},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {183-199},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1973a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Homo pictor. Von der Freiheit des Bildens},<br />
booktitle = {Organismus und Freiheit. Ansätze zu einer philosophischen Biologie},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {226-257},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1963===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Jonas 1963,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens. Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
booktitle = {Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit. Drei Aufsätze zur Lehre vom Menschen},<br />
year = {1963},<br />
editor = {Jonas, H.},<br />
pages = {26-43},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jonas 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Jonas 1961a,<br />
author = {Jonas, Hans},<br />
title = {Die Freiheit des Bildens – Homo pictor und die differentia des Menschen},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Philosophische Forschung},<br />
year = {1961},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {161–176},<br />
note = {Wieder abgedruckt in: Jonas, Hans: <em>Zwischen Nichts und Ewigkeit – Zur Lehre vom Menschen</em>. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1987, 26–43},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Judd 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Judd 1986a,<br />
author = {Judd, Donald},<br />
title = {Spezifische Objekte (1965)},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {299-302},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Juhász et al. 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Juhász et al. 1999a,<br />
editor = {Juhász, J.; Szőke, I.; Nagy, G.O. & Kovalovszky, M.},<br />
title = {Magyar értelmező szótár},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Akadémiai Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Julesz 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Julesz 1986a,<br />
author = {Julesz, Béla},<br />
title = {Texturwahrnehmung},<br />
booktitle = {Wahrnehmung und visuelles System},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Ritter, M.},<br />
pages = {48-57},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum d. Wiss.},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Jung 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Jung 2003a,<br />
title = {Holographic Network},<br />
year = {2003a},<br />
editor = {Jung, Dieter},<br />
publisher = {Rasch Verlag},<br />
address = {Bramsche},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==K==<br />
===Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kamlah & Lorenzen 1973a,<br />
author = {Kamlah, Wilhelm & Lorenzen, Paul},<br />
title = {Logische Propädeutik - Vorschule des vernünftigen Redens},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {BI Wissenschaftsverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl. (<sup>1</sup>1967, <sup>3</sup>1996)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kamp 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kamp 1990a,<br />
author = {Kamp, Hans},<br />
title = {On the Representation and Transmission of Information: Sketch of a Theory of Verbal Communication Based On Discourse Representation Theory},<br />
booktitle = {Natural Language and Speech},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Klein, E. & Veltman, F.},<br />
pages = {135-158},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kandinsky 1926===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kandinsky 1926,<br />
author = {Kandinsky, Wassily},<br />
title = {Punkt und Linie zu Fläche. Beitrag zur Analyse der malerischen Elemente},<br />
year = {1926},<br />
publisher = {Verlag Albert Langen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kanizsa & Luccio 1995a,<br />
author = {Kanizsa, Gaetano & Luccio, Riccardo},<br />
title = {Multistability as a research tool in experimental phenomenology},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {47–68},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1968a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Kant 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1974a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1787a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1787a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der reinen Vernunft},<br />
year = {1787},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kant 1960a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Logik},<br />
booktitle = {Kant: Werke in 12 Bänden},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Weischedel, W.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Bd. VI},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kant 1977a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kant 1977a,<br />
author = {Kant, Immanuel},<br />
title = {Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Werkausgabe Band X, hrsg. von Wilhelm Weischedel},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kapust 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kapust 2009a,<br />
author = {Kapust, Antje},<br />
title = {Phänomenologische Bildpositionen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {255-283},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kardaun 1993===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kardaun 1993,<br />
author = {Kardaun, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Mimesisbegriff in der griechischen Antike. Neubetrachtung eines umstrittenen Begriffes als Ansatz zu einer neuen Interpretation der platonischen Kunstauffassung},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {North-Holland},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/New York/Oxford/Tokyo},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaczmarek 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaczmarek 2007a,<br />
author = {Kaczmarek, Ludger},<br />
title = {Allyfying Leibniz. Einige Aspekte von Kompossibilität und<br />
Diegese in filmischen Texten},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {131-145},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kalkofen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kalkofen 2006a,<br />
author = {Kalkofen, Herrmann},<br />
title = {Inversion und Ambiguität. Ein Kapitel aus der psychologischen Optik},<br />
journal = {IMAGE 3},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
pages = {25-42},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kaplan 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kaplan 2004,<br />
author = {Kaplan, Frédéric},<br />
title = {Who is afraid of the humanoid? Investigating cultural differences in the acceptance of robots},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Humanoid Robotics},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {1-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kecskesi 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kecskesi 1982a,<br />
author = {Kecskesi, Maria},<br />
title = {Kunst aus dem alten Afrika},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Pinguin},<br />
address = {Innsbruck},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kemp 1974a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Disegno. Beiträge zu einer Geschichte des Begriffs zwischen 1547 und 1607},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch für Kunstwissenschaf},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {219-240},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1985a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Verständlichkeit und Spannung. Über Leerstellen in der Malerei des 19. Jahrhunderts},<br />
booktitle = {Der Betrachter ist im Bild. Kunstwissenschaft und Rezeptionsästhetik},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
editor = {Kemp, W.},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {253-278},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kemp 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kemp 1995a,<br />
author = {Kemp, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Praktische Bildbeschreibung. Über Bilder in Bildern, besonders bei Van Eyck und Mantegna},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst - Kunstbeschreibung. Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {99-119},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Keitz 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Keitz 1994a,<br />
author = {Keitz, Ursula von},<br />
title = {Dialogizität der Bilder. Bemerkungen zum Verhältnis von Bildender Kunst und Film aus semiotischer Sicht},<br />
booktitle = {Film, Fernsehen, Video. Strategien der Intermedialität},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Paech, J.},<br />
pages = {28-39},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1986a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Grammophon, Film, Typewriter},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 1989a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Arsenale der Seele. Literatur- und Medienanalyse seit 1870},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 1993a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Geschichte der Kommunikationsmedien},<br />
booktitle = {Raum und Verfahren},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Huber, J. & Müller, A.},<br />
pages = {169-188},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kittler 2002a,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Computergrafik. Eine halbtechnische Einführung},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {178-194},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kittler 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kittler 2002b,<br />
author = {Kittler, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Optische Medien. Berliner Vorlesung 1999},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Merve},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kiyomitsu 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kiyomitsu 2004,<br />
author = {Kiyomitsu, Yui},<br />
title = {Japanese Animation: A Post-Modern Entertainment in Global Context},<br />
booktitle = {Paper presented at the 36th World Congress of International Institute of Sociology},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {University of Trento},<br />
address = {Italy},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1978,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {12},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klee 1925===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klee 1925,<br />
author = {Klee, Paul},<br />
title = {Pädagogisches Skizzenbuch},<br />
year = {1925},<br />
publisher = {Gebr. Mann Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopfenstein-Arii 1992a,<br />
author = {Klopfenstein, Arii & Suishū, Tomoko},<br />
title = {Schrift und Schriftkunst in China und Japan},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Lang Verlag},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1779===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klopstock 1779,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Von der Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ueber Sprache und Dichtkunst. Fragmente},<br />
year = {1779},<br />
editor = {Klopstock, F.G.},<br />
pages = {243-258},<br />
publisher = {Heroldsche Buchhandlung},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klopstock 1774===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Klopstock 1774,<br />
author = {Klopstock, Friedrich Gottlieb},<br />
title = {Werke und Briefe. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Bd. 7.1: Die deutsche Gelehrtenrepublik (1774)},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
editor = {Hurlebusch, R.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Klotz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Klotz 1995a,<br />
author = {Klotz, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Zur Ästhetik der elektronischen Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Eine neue Hochschule (für neue Künste)},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Klotz, H.},<br />
pages = {59-68},<br />
publisher = {Cantz Verlag},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {Schriftenreihe der Staatlichen Hochschule für Gestaltung Bd.5},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kluge 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kluge 2002a,<br />
author = {Kluge, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Etymologisches Wörterbuch der deutschen Sprache},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Seebold, E.},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin, New York},<br />
note = {24. durchgesehene und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2010a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Werk, Bildtext und Medium in agonaler Kunstrhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Gedächtnisparagone - intermediale Konstellationen},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Heiser, S. & Holm, Ch.},<br />
pages = {79-92},<br />
publisher = {V&R},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2008a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik der Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik und Stilistik / Rhetoric and Stylistics. Ein internationales Handbuch historischer und systematischer Forschung / An International Handbook of Historical and Systematic Research, 1. Halbband/Volume 1},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Fix, U.; Gardt, A. & Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {894-927},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin u. New York},<br />
note = {HSK. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft / Handbooks of Linguistics and Communication Science, 31.1},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2007a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Bildrhetorik. Einführung in die Beiträge des Bandes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, J.},<br />
pages = {9-32},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {Saecvla Spiritalia 45},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 2005a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {134-148},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knape 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knape 1994a,<br />
author = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
title = {Rhetorizität und Semiotik. Kategorientransfer zwischen Rhetorik und Kunsttheorie in der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Intertextualität in der Frühen Neuzeit. Studien zu ihren theoretischen und praktischen Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Kühlmann, W. & Neuber, W.},<br />
pages = {507-532},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Bern etc},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Knieper & Müller 2003,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Vorwort},<br />
booktitle = {Authentizität und Inszenierung von Bilderwelten},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knieper, T. & Müller, M. G.},<br />
pages = {7-9},<br />
publisher = {von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Knieper & Müller 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Knieper & Müller 2005a,<br />
author = {Knieper, Thomas & Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {War Visions. Bildkommunikation und Krieg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kohns 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kohns 2007,<br />
author = {Kohns, Oliver},<br />
title = {Die Verrücktheit des Sinns. Wahnsinn und Zeichen bei Kant, E.T.A. Hoffmann und Thomas Carlyle},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===König & Obrist 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{König & Obrist 1993a,<br />
title = {Der zerbrochene Spiegel. Positionen zur Malerei},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {König, Kasper & Obrist, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthalle Wien/ Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog Kunsthalle Wien / Deichtorhallen Hamburg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Koller 1954===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Koller 1954,<br />
author = {Koller, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Mimesis in der Antike. Nachahmung, Darstellung, Ausdruck},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {Francke},<br />
address = {Bern},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Köller 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Köller 2004a,<br />
author = {Köller, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Perspektivität und Sprache. Zur Struktur von Objektivierungsformen in Bildern, im Denken und in der Sprache},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kondor 2008a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Embedded Thinking: Multimedia and the New Rationality},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Lang, P.},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007a,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Old Patterns, New Bewitchments},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophy of the Information Society: Papers of the 30th International Wittgenstein Symposium},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Hrachovec, H.; Pichler. A. & Wang, J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Ontos},<br />
address = {Heusenstamm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007b,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {The Mobile Image: Experience on the Move},<br />
booktitle = {Mobile Studies: Paradigms and Perspectives},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Nyíri, K.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Passagen},<br />
address = {Vienna},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kondor 2007c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kondor 2007c,<br />
author = {Kondor, Zsuzsanna},<br />
title = {Multimodal Integration: From a Philosophical Point of View},<br />
booktitle = {Proceedings of the IADIS International Conference: Mobile Learning},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Arnedillo-Sánchez, I. & Isaías, P.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {IADIS Press},<br />
address = {Avila},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 1991a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Lebendige Spiegel. Die Metapher des Subjekts},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Konersmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Konersmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Konersmann, Ralf},<br />
title = {Kulturelle Tatsachen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen; Hein, Christine Maira & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Multistable Perception: When Bottom-up and Top-down Coincide},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {69},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138–147},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kornmeier & Bach 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kornmeier & Bach 2009a,<br />
author = {Kornmeier, Jürgen & Bach, Michael},<br />
title = {Object Perception: When our Brain is Impressed but we do not Notice it},<br />
journal = {Journal of Vision},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Korte 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Korte 2003a,<br />
author = {Korte, Helmut},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Systematische Filmanalyse},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {ESB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kjørup 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kjørup 1987,<br />
author = {Kjørup, Søren},<br />
title = {Pictorial Speech Acts},<br />
journal = {Erkenntnis},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
volume = {12},,<br />
pages = {55-71},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kracauer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kracauer 1992a,<br />
author = {Kracauer, Siegfried},<br />
title = {Der verbotene Blick},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Schriftbildlichkeit" oder: Über eine (fast) vergessene Dimension der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {157-176},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2004a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler - Kulturtechniken der Zeitachsenmanipulation},<br />
booktitle = {Medientheorien. Eine philosophische Einführung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Lagaay, A.},<br />
pages = {201-224},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2005a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {"Operationsraum Schrift": Über einen Perspektivenwechsel in der Betrachtung der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {23-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer 2009a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
title = {Operative Bildlichkeit: Von der Grammatologie zu einer Diagrammatologie? Reflexionen über erkennendes ‚Sehen’},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler, M. & Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {94-123},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krämer & Bredekamp 2003a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Bredekamp, Horst},<br />
title = {Kultur, Technik, Kulturtechnik: Wider die Diskursivierung der Kultur},<br />
booktitle = {Bild, Schrift, Zahl},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S. & Bredekamp, H.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer et al. 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Krämer et al. 2011a,<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krämer & Giertler 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krämer & Giertler 2011a,<br />
author = {Krämer, Sybille & Giertler, Mareike},<br />
title = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
howpublished = {Themenheft der Zeitschrift ''Sprache und Literatur'' 107/42},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kranz 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kranz 1976a,<br />
title = {Gedichte auf Bilder. Anthologie und Galerie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
editor = {Kranz, Gisbert},<br />
publisher = {Dt. Taschenbuch Verlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kraus 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kraus 1991a,<br />
author = {Kraus, Richard Curt},<br />
title = {Brushes with Power},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 2000a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {A Voyage on the North Sea. Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Thames & Hudson},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krauss 2000b,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Skulptur im erweiterten Feld (1978)},<br />
booktitle = {Die Originalität der Avantgarde und andere Mythen der Moderne},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Wolf , H.},<br />
pages = {331-346},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krauss 1999a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Reinventing the Medium},<br />
journal = {Critical Inquiry},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {25,},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {289-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Winter},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krauss 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krauss 1990a,<br />
author = {Krauss, Rosalind},<br />
title = {Passages in Modern Sculpture},<br />
year = {1990 },<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {Reprint von 1977 (?)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krebs 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krebs 2006,<br />
author = {Krebs, Stefan},<br />
title = {On the Anticipation of ethical conflicts between humans and robots in Japanese mangas},<br />
journal = {International Review of Information Ethics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {63-68},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kreimeier 2010===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kreimeier 2012,<br />
author = {Kreimeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Die Poesie der Maschine. Gedankensplitter zu einer Theorie des frühen Kinos},<br />
booktitle = {Kritik des Ästhetischen - Ästhetik der Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Kirchner, Andreas & Pohl, Astrid & Riedel, Peter},<br />
pages = {153-159},<br />
publisher = {Schüren},<br />
address = {Marburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress 2010a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther},<br />
title = {Multimodality. A Social-Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 2001a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Multimodal Discourse. The Modes and Media of Contemporary Communication},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Arnold},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kress & Leeuwen 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kress & Leeuwen 1996a,<br />
author = {Kress, Gunther & Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Reading Images. The Grammar of Visual Design},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krewani 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Krewani 2003a,<br />
author = {Krewani, Anna Maria},<br />
title = {Philosophie der Malerei bei Jacques Derrida},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=973507624},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
hidden = {Dissertation},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krieger 1992a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray}<br />
title = {Ekphrasis - the Illussion of the Natural Sign},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {John Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krieger 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Krieger 1995a,<br />
author = {Krieger, Murray},<br />
title = {Das Problem der Ekphrasis: Wort und Bild, Raum und Zeit — und das literarische Werk},<br />
booktitle = {Beschreibungskunst, Kunstbeschreibung: Ekphrasis von der Antike bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G. & Pfotenhauer, H.},<br />
pages = {41-57},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kripke 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kripke 1972a,<br />
author = {Kripke, Saul A.},<br />
title = {Naming and Necessity},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Natural Language},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Davidson, D. & Harman, G.},<br />
pages = {253-355, 763-769},<br />
publisher = {Reidel},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kris & Kurz 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kris & Kurz 1995a,<br />
author = {Kris, Ernst & Kurz, Otto},<br />
title = {Die Legende vom Künstler. Ein geschichtlicher Versuch},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Ernst H. Gombrich},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krkac 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Krkac 2010a,<br />
author = {Krkac, Kristijan},<br />
title = {Wittgensteins’s Dubbit III},<br />
journal = {Wittgenstein-Studien},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {Bd.1},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {121-149},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel 1996a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner},<br />
title = {Bildkommunikation. Imagerystrategien für die Werbung},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Vahlen},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kroeber-Riel & Esch 2000a,<br />
author = {Kroeber-Riel, Werner & Esch, Franz-Rudolf},<br />
title = {Strategie und Technik der Werbung. Verhaltenswissenschaftliche Ansätze},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Krüger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Krüger 2001a,<br />
author = {Krüger, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als Schleier des Unsichtbaren. Ästhetische Illusion in der Kunst der frühen Neuzeit in Italien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kruse 2003a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Christiane},<br />
title = {Wozu Menschen malen. Historische Begründungen eines Bildmediums},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse & Stadler 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Kruse & Stadler 1995a,<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Papers originally presented at the International Symposium on Perceptual Multistability and Semantic Ambiguity held at the University of Bremen, Germany, March 22-25, 1993},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kruse et al. 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kruse et al. 1995a,<br />
author = {Kruse, Peter; Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Significance of Perceptual Multistability for Research on Cognitive Self-organization},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in Mind and Nature. Multistable Cognitive Phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, P. & Stadler, M.},<br />
pages = {69–84},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kudielka 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Kudielka 2005a,<br />
author = {Kudielka, Robert},<br />
title = {Gegenstände der Betrachtung – Orte der Erfahrung. Zum Wandel der Kunstauffassung im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {44-57},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kuhn 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kuhn 1973a,<br />
author = {Kuhn, Thomas},<br />
title = {Die Struktur wissenschaftlicher Revolution},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frakfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kulvicki 2006a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {On Images: Their Structure and Content},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Oxford UP},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kulvicki 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Kulvicki 2010a,<br />
author = {Kulvicki, John},<br />
title = {Knowing with Images: Medium and Message},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {295-313},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Külpe 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Külpe 1923a,<br />
author = {Külpe, Oswald},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen über Logik},<br />
year = {1923},<br />
publisher = {Hirzel},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Künzli 1996/1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Künzli 1996/1997a,<br />
author = {Künzli, Hansjörg},<br />
title = {Über die Haltbarkeit digitaler Daten},<br />
journal = {Rundbrief Fotografie},<br />
year = {1996/1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {Sonderheft 3},<br />
pages = {5-8},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo, Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Techniques},<br />
year = {1981a},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==L==<br />
<br />
===Lacan 1949===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1949,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Das Spiegelstadium als Bildner der Ich-Funktion},<br />
booktitle = {Schriften I},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {61-71},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten / Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lacan 1987a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jacques},<br />
title = {Die vier Grundbegriffe der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Quadriga},<br />
address = {Berlin/Weinheim},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lacan 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lacan 1996a,<br />
author = {Lacan, Jaques},<br />
title = {... [1973]},<br />
booktitle = {...},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {...},<br />
pages = {...},<br />
publisher = {...},<br />
address = {...},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff 1987a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George},<br />
title = {Women, Fire, and Dangerous Things – What Categories Reveal about the Mind},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff & Johnson 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff & Johnson 1980a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Johnson, Mark},<br />
title = {Metaphors We Live By},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lakoff&Turner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lakoff&Turner 1989a,<br />
author = {Lakoff, George & Turner, Mark},<br />
title = {More than Cool Reason},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lammert 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lammert 2007a,<br />
author = {Lammert, Angela},<br />
title = {Die vertrauten Sichtweisen sind umzustoßen. Zum Raum der Nachkriegszeit in ungewohnten Begegnungen},<br />
booktitle = {RAUM. Orte der Kunst},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Flügge, M.; Kudielka, R. & Lammert, A.},<br />
pages = {55-69},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst}<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langer 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Langer 1984a,<br />
author = {Langer, Susanne},<br />
title = {Philosophie auf neuem Wege. Das Symbol im Denken, im Ritus und in der Kunst},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Langlois & Roggman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Langlois & Roggman 1990a,<br />
author = {Langlois, Judith H. & Roggman Lori A.},<br />
title = {Attractive Faces are only Average},<br />
journal = {American Psychol. Society},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1/2},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {115-121},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lanz 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lanz 1971a,<br />
author = {Lanz, Jakob},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Ritter, J.},<br />
pages = {Spalte 89-100},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Laplanche & Pontalis 1973a,<br />
author = {Laplanche, Jean & Pontalis, Jean-Bertrand},<br />
title = {Affekt},<br />
booktitle = {Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
editor = {Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J.},<br />
pages = {37-38},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Latour 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Latour 2007a,<br />
author = {Latour, Bruno},<br />
title = {Eine neue Soziologie für eine neue Gesellschaft. Einführung in die Akteur-Netzwerk-Theorie},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Law & Whittaker 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Law & Whittaker 1988a,<br />
author = {Law, John & Whittaker, John},<br />
title = {On the Art of Representation. Notes on the Politics of Visualisation},<br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {160-183},<br />
publisher = {Rotledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 85a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Die Malerei der Literaten},<br />
booktitle = {Im Schatten hoher Bäume. Malerei der Ming- und Qing-Dynastie (1368- 1911) aus der Volksrepublik China. Staatliche Kunsthalle Baden-Baden 13. Januar- 10. März 1985},<br />
year = {1985a},<br />
editor = {Ledderose, L.},<br />
pages = {10- 21},<br />
publisher = {Staatl. Kunsthalle},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {unter Zusammenarbeit mit der Staatlichen Kunsthalle Baden-Baden und dem Kunsthistorischen Institut der Universität Heidelberg},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ledderose 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ledderose 2003a,<br />
author = {Ledderose, Lothar},<br />
title = {Kalligraphie},<br />
booktitle = {Das große China-Lexikon},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Staiger, B.; Friedrich, S. & Schütte, H.},<br />
pages = {366- 367},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {unter Mitarbeit von Emmerich, R.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeman 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeman 75a,<br />
author = {Leeman, Fred},<br />
title = {Anamorphosen. Ein Spiel mit der Wahrnehmung, dem Schein und der Wirklichkeit},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg, Köln},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leeuwen 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leeuwen 2005a,<br />
author = {Leeuwen, Theo van},<br />
title = {Introducing Social Semiotics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lefebvre 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lefebvre 2007a,<br />
author = {Lefebvre, Martin},<br />
title = {The Art of Pointing: On Peirce, Indexicality, and Photographic Images},<br />
booktitle = {Photography Theory},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Elkins, J.},<br />
pages = {220-244},<br />
publisher = {Taylor & Francis},<br />
address = {New York u. a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lenzen 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lenzen 1997a,<br />
author = {Lenzen, Dieter},<br />
title = {Lebenslauf oder Humanontogenese? Vom Erziehungssystem zum kurativen System – von der Erziehungswissenschaft zur Humanvitologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildung und Weiterbildung im Erziehungssystem. Lebenslauf und Humanontogenese als Medium und Form},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lenzen, D. & Luhmann, N.},<br />
pages = {228-247},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leonard 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leonard 2005,<br />
author = {Leonard, Sean},<br />
title = {Progress against the law. Anime and fandom, with the key to the globalization of culture},<br />
journal = {International Journal of Cultural Studies},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {8},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {281-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leopold & Logothetis 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Leopold & Logothetis 1999a,<br />
author = {Leopold, David A. & Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
title = {Multistable Phenomena: Changing Views in Perception},<br />
journal = {Trends Cogn. Sci. (Regul. Ed.)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {254–264},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Leroi-Gourhan 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Leroi-Gourhan 1971a,<br />
author = {Leroi-Gourhan, André},<br />
title = {Präshistorische Kunst},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Herder},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1788===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1788,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon: Paralipomena (Erstveröffentlichung 1788)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe. Bd. 5/2. Werke 1766-169},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {207-321},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1766===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1766,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie (1766)},<br />
booktitle = {Werke und Briefe in zwölf Bänden. Bd. 5/2: Werke 1766-1769},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Barner, W.},<br />
pages = {11-206},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Klassiker Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lessing 1974a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
booktitle = {Werke, Bd. 6},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
editor = {Göpfert, H. G.},<br />
pages = {7-187},<br />
publisher = {Hanser},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1766},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1994a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim},<br />
title = {Laokoon oder Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {''das Werk ist bereits in 2 anderen Ausgaben in der Bibliographiesammlung: evt. anpassen??''},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lessing 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lessing 1998a,<br />
author = {Lessing, Hans-Ulrich},<br />
title = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levi 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levi 2001,<br />
author = {Levi, Antonia},<br />
title = {Samurai from outer space. Understanding Japanese animation},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Open Court Publishing Company},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Lévi-Strauss 1958a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lévi-Strauss 1958a,<br />
author = {Lévi-Straus, Claude},<br />
title = {Anthropologie structurale},<br />
year = {1958},<br />
publisher = {Plon},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Dt. Strukturale Anthropologie. Frankfurt/Main: Suhrkamp},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {What a Musical Work is},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {63-88},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Levinson 1990b,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Autographic and Allographic Art Revisited},<br />
booktitle = {Music, Art, and Metaphysics},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Levinson, J.},<br />
pages = {89-106},<br />
publisher = {Cornell University Press},<br />
address = {Ithaca},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 1983a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Pragmatics},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Levinson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Levinson 2003a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Stephen C.},<br />
title = {Space in Language and Cognition. Explorations in Cognitive Diversity.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Cambridge University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lichtblau 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lichtblau 2009a,<br />
author = {Lichtblau, Klaus},<br />
title = {Einleitung},<br />
booktitle = {Georg Simmel: Soziologische Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Lichtblau, K.},<br />
pages = {7-27},<br />
publisher = {VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Licklider 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Licklider 1960a,<br />
author = {Licklider, Joseph C. R.},<br />
title = {Man-Computer Symbiosis},<br />
journal = {IRE Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {4-11},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liebsch 2001a,<br />
author = {Liebsch, Dimitri},<br />
title = {Die Geburt der ästhetischen Bildung aus dem Körper der antiken Plastik. Zur Bildungssemantik im ästhetischen Diskurs zwischen 1750 und 1800},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liebsch u. Mößner im Erscheinen a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liebsch & Mößner im Erscheinen a,<br />
title = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liesbrock 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Liesbrock 2010a,<br />
title = {Ad Reinhardt: Letzte Bilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Liesbrock, Heinz},<br />
publisher = {Josef Albers Museum Quadrat Bottrop},<br />
address = {Düsseldorf},<br />
note = {Ausstellungskatalog},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2004a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Reiz und Rührung. Über ästhetische Empfindungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Liessmann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Liessmann 2009a,<br />
author = {Liessmann, Konrad Paul},<br />
title = {Ästhetische Empfindungen. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas-WUV},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippard 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Lippard 1997a,<br />
title = {Six Years. the Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Lippard, Lucy R.},<br />
publisher = {University of California Press},<br />
address = {Berkeley},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lippold 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lippold 1993a,<br />
author = {Lippold, Lutz},<br />
title = {Macht des Bildes - Bild der Macht: Kunst zwischen Verehrung und Zerstörung bis zum ausgehenden Mittelalter},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Edition Leipzig},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1903a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lipps 1903a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {Grundlegung der Ästhetik. Erster Teil},<br />
year = {1903},<br />
publisher = {Leopold Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lipps 1920a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lipps 1920a,<br />
author = {Lipps, Theodor},<br />
title = {»Zur Einfühlung«, in: Psychologische Untersuchungen 2/3, 1913},<br />
booktitle = {Die ästhetische Betrachtung und die bildende Kunst},<br />
year = {1920},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
pages = {111-491},<br />
publisher = {Voss},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löbner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Löbner 2003a,<br />
author = {Löbner, Sebastian},<br />
title = {Semantik. Eine Einführung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Locke 1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Locke 1975a,<br />
author = {Locke, John},<br />
title = {An Essay Concerning Human Understanding},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {hg. von Nidditch, P. H.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Löhr 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Löhr 2003a,<br />
author = {Löhr, Wolf-Dietrich},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler-Lexikon Kulturwissenschaft: Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {76-80},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart [u.a.]},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Logothetis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Logothetis 1998a,<br />
author = {Logothetis, Nikos K.},<br />
journal = {Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond., B, Biol. Sci.},<br />
title = {Single units and conscious vision},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {353},<br />
number = {1377},<br />
pages = {1801–1818},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lopes 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lopes 1996a,<br />
author = {Lopes, Dominic},<br />
title = {Understanding Pictures},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Claredon Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1970a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Elemente der Sprachkritik – Eine Alternative zum Dogmatismus und Skeptizismus in der Analytischen Philosophie},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lorenz 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lorenz 1990a,<br />
author = {Lorenz, Kuno},<br />
title = {Einführung in die philosophische Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {(<sup>2</sup>1992)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lotman 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lotman 1990a,<br />
author = {Lotman, Juri M.},<br />
title = {The Universe of the Mind. A Semiotic Theory of Culture},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lovejoy 1936===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Lovejoy 1936,<br />
author = {Lovejoy, Arthur O.},<br />
title = {Die große Kette der Wesen. Geschichte eines Gedankens [The Great Chain of Being. A Study in the History of an Idea (1936)]},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1997a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Kunst der Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Luhmann 1996a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Realität der Massenmedien},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Westdeutscher Verlag},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Luhmann 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Luhmann 1993a,<br />
author = {Luhmann, Niklas},<br />
title = {Die Form der Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Gumbrecht, H. U. & Pfeiffer, K. L.},<br />
pages = {349-366},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lunenfeld 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lunenfeld 2002a,<br />
author = {Levinson, Jerrold},<br />
title = {Digitale Fotografie. Das dubitative Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, H.},<br />
pages = {158-177},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Lynch & Edgerton 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Lynch & Edgerton 1988a,<br />
author = {Lynch, Michael & Edgerton, Samuel Y.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Digital Image Processing. Re-presentational Craft in Contemporary Astronomy}, <br />
booktitle = {Picturing Power: Visual Depiction and Social Relations},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
editor = {Fyfe, G. & Law, J.},<br />
pages = {184-220},<br />
publisher = {Routledge}, <br />
address = {London u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==M==<br />
===Mach 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mach 1987a,<br />
author = {Mach, Ernst},<br />
title = {Die Analyse der Empfindungen und das Verhältnis des Physischen zum Psychischen},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Macpherson 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Macpherson 1996a,<br />
author = {Macpherson, Fiona},<br />
title = {Ambiguous Figures and the Content of Experience},<br />
journal = {Nous},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {40},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {82-117},<br />
note = {2006?},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mai 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Mai 2002a,<br />
title = {Wettstreit der Künste},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, Ekkehard},<br />
publisher = {Ed. Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Majetschak 1997,<br />
title = {Auge und Hand. Konrad Fiedlers Kunsttheorie im Kontext},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Majetschak 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Majetschak 2005a,<br />
author = {Majetschak, Stefan},<br />
title = {Sichtbare Metaphern},<br />
booktitle = {Logik der Bilder},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Hoppe-Sailer, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Reimer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Makkreel 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Makkreel 1997,<br />
author = {Makkreel, Rudolf A.},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Interpretation: Die hermeneutische Tragweite von Kants Kritik der Urteilskraft},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Schöningh},<br />
address = {Paderborn; München; Wien; Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Männlein-Robert 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Männlein-Robert 2007a,<br />
author = {Männlein-Robert, Irmgard},<br />
title = {Stimme, Schrift und Bild: zum Verhältnis der Künste in der hellenistischen Dichtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manovich 2001a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {The Language of New Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge/MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manovich 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Manovich 2005a,<br />
author = {Manovich, Lev},<br />
title = {Die Poetik des erweiterten Raums},<br />
booktitle = {Topos RAUM. Die Aktualität des Raumes in den Künsten der Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Lammert, A.; Diers, M.; Kudielka, R. & Mattenklott, G.},<br />
pages = {337-350},<br />
publisher = {Verlag für moderne Kunst},<br />
address = {Nürnberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Manow 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Manow 2008a,<br />
author = {Manow, Philip},<br />
title = {Im Schatten des Königs. Die politische Anatomie demokratischer Repräsentation},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marin 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Marin 2006a,<br />
author = {Marin, Louis},<br />
title = {Texturen des Bildlichen},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Marshall 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Marshall 1968a,<br />
title = {Gellius: Noctes Atticae XIII, 17},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Marshall, Peter K.},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford},<br />
note = {Scriptorum Classicorum Bibliotheca Oxoniensis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Martinec & Salway 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Martinec & Salway 2005a,<br />
author = {Martinec, Radan & Salway, Andrew},<br />
title = {A System for Image-Text-Relations in New (and Old) Media},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {337–371},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Massey 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Massey 2007a,<br />
author = {Massey, Lyle},<br />
title = {Picturing Space, Displacing Bodies. Anamorphosis in Early Modern Theories of Perspective},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Pennsylvania State University Press},<br />
address = {University Park, Pa},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maul 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Maul 2007a,<br />
author = {Maul, Stefan M.},<br />
title = {Gilgamesch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Babylonischen [auf der Grundlage von zum Teil noch unveröffentlichten Textzeugnissen neu und vollständig] übersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Maynard 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Maynard 2003a,<br />
author = {Maynard, Patrik},<br />
title = {Pictures of Perspective: Theory or Therapy?},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space.},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H. & Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {191-211},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McGinn 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McGinn 2004a,<br />
author = {McGinn, Colinn},<br />
title = {Image, Dream, Meaning},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1964a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man},<br />
year = {1964a},<br />
publisher = {Mentor},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===McLuhan 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{McLuhan 1962a,<br />
author = {McLuhan, Marshall},<br />
title = {The Gutenberg Galaxy: The Making of Typographic Man},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
publisher = {University of Toronto Press},<br />
address = {Toronto},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mead 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mead 1968a,<br />
author = {Mead, George Herbert},<br />
title = {Geist, Identität und Gesellschaft aus der Sicht des Sozialbehaviorismus},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Original: <em>Mind, Self, and Society</em>. Hg. v. Charles W. Morris. Chicago, 1934},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meier 1757===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meier 1757,<br />
author = {Meier, Georg Friedrich},<br />
title = {Betrachtungen über den ersten Grundsatz aller Schönen Künste und Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1757},<br />
publisher = {Carl Hermann Hemmerde},<br />
address = {Halle},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meinhardt 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meinhardt 1997a,<br />
author = {Meinhardt, Johannes},<br />
title = {Ende der Malerei und Malerei nach dem Ende der Malerei},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Hatje Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mendelsohn 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mendelsohn 1982a,<br />
author = {Mendelsohn, Leatrice},<br />
title = {Paragoni. Benedetto Varchi’s Due Lezioni and Cinquecento Art Theory},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Menzer 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Menzer 1992a,<br />
author = {Menzer, Ursula},<br />
title = {Subjektive und objektive Kultur. Georg Simmels Philosophie der Geschlechter vor dem Hintergrund seines Kultur-Begriffs},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Centaurus},<br />
address = {Pfaffenweiler},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 2003a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophisches Essays},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1993a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Die Prosa der Welt},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {2. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1966a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1966a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Phänomenologie der Wahrnehmung (1945)},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen übersetzt und eingeführt durch eine Vorrede von Boehm, Rudolf},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1961a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Merleau-Ponty 1961a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Auge und der Geist. Philosophische Essays.}<br />
year = {1961},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {neu bearbeitet, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von Bermes, Christian (2003)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 1994a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Der Zweifel Cézannes (1948)},<br />
booktitle = {Was ist ein Bild?},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {Boehm, G.},<br />
pages = {39-59},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merleau-Ponty 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Merleau-Ponty 2006a,<br />
author = {Merleau-Ponty, Maurice},<br />
title = {Das Kino und die neue Psychologie (1947)},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophie des Films},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, D.},<br />
pages = {70-84},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2006a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Mediale Paradoxa. Einleitung in eine negative Medienphilosophie},<br />
journal = {Sic et Non. Zeitschrift für Philosophie und Kultur im Netz},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {sicetnon.org/content/perform/Mersch_Medienphilosophie_sw.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersch 2003a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Wort, Bild, Ton, Zahl – Modalitäten medialen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Medien der Künste. Beiträge zur Theorie des Darstellens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Mersch, D.},<br />
pages = {9-49},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mersch 2003b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Technikapriori und Begründungsdefizit. Medienphilosophien zwischen uneingelöstem Anspruch und theoretischer Neufundierung},<br />
journal = {Philosophische Rundschau},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {50},<br />
pages = {193-219},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002a,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Was sich zeigt. Materialität, Präsenz, Ereignis},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersch 2002b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mersch 2002b,<br />
author = {Mersch, Dieter},<br />
title = {Ereignis und Aura. Untersuchungen zu einer performativen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mersmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mersmann 08a,<br />
author = {Mersmann, Jasmin},<br />
title = {Wandelgänge. Monumentale Anamorphosen im 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Der entstellte Blick. Anamorphosen in Kunst, Literatur und Philosophie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Cha, K.-H. & Rautzenberg, M.},<br />
pages = {23-41},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Merzeau 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Merzeau 1998a,<br />
author = {Merzeau, Louise},<br />
title = {Ceci ne tuera pas cela},<br />
journal = {Cahiers des médiologie},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {27-39},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Messaris 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Messaris 1997a,<br />
author = {Messaris, Paul},<br />
title = {Visual Persuasion: The Role of Images in Advertising},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Sage},<br />
address = {Thousand Oaks},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metscher 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metscher 2001,<br />
author = {Metscher, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mimesis},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 1972a,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Semiologie des Films (1968)},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {aus dem Französischen von Koch, Renate},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metz 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metz 2000,<br />
author = {Metz, Christian},<br />
title = {Der imaginäre Signifikant. Psychoanalyse und Kino},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Nodus},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzger 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzger 2008a,<br />
author = {Metzger, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Gesetze des Sehens},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Klotz},<br />
address = {Taunus},<br />
note = {4. unveränd. Aufl., Repr. nach d. 3., völlig neu bearb. Aufl. 1975.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Metzinger 2000a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Philosophische Perspektiven auf das Selbstbewusstsein: Die Selbstmodell-Theorie der Subjektivität},<br />
booktitle = {Psychologie des Selbst},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Greve, W.},<br />
pages = {}, <br />
publisher = {Beltz PVU},<br />
address = {Weinheim},<br />
note = {Zitiert aus der überarbeiteten Online-Version},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {www.philosophie.uni-mainz.de/metzinger/publikationen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Metzinger 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Metzinger 1999a,<br />
author = {Metzinger, Thomas},<br />
title = {Subjekt und Selbstmodell. Die Perspektivität phänomenalen Bewusstseins vor dem Hintergrund einer naturalistischen Theorie mentaler Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Meyer 2001a,<br />
author = {Meyer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Mediokratie. Die Kolonisierung der Politik durch das Mediensystem},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Meyer-Fujara 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Meyer-Fujara 1998,<br />
author = {Meyer-Fujara, Josef Heinrich & Rieser, Hannes },<br />
title = {Zur Semiotik von Repräsentationsrelationen. Eine Fallstudie},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {131-142},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag },<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Michalsky 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Michalsky 2005a,<br />
author = {Michalsky, Tanja},<br />
title = {Raum visualisieren. Zur Genese des modernen Raumverständnisses in den Medien der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Ortsgespräche. Raum und Kommunikation im 19. und 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Geppert, A. C.; Jensen, U. & Weinhold, J.},<br />
pages = {287-310},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mirzoeff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mirzoeff 2007a,<br />
author = {Mirzoeff, Nicholas},<br />
title = {Von Bildern und Helden. Sichtbarkeit im Krieg der Bilder},<br />
booktitle = {Feindbilder. Ideologien und visuelle Strategien der Kulturen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Haustein, L.; Scherer, B. & Hager, M.},<br />
pages = {135-156},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J. Thomas},<br />
title = {Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Gustav Frank},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2008b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2008b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Das Leben der Bilder. Eine Theorie der visuellen Kultur},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {mit einem Vorwort von Hans Belting, aus dem Englischen von Achim Eschbach, Anna-Victoria Eschbach und Mark Halawa},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2007a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Realismus im digitalen Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Bilderfragen. Die Bildwissenschaften im Aufbruch},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Belting, H.},<br />
pages = {237-256},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 2006a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Den Terror klonen. Der Krieg der Bilder 2001-2004},<br />
booktitle = {Iconic Worlds. Neue Bilderwelten und Wissensräume},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Maar, Ch. & Burda, H.},<br />
pages = {255-285},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 2005a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Representation},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1994b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1992a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {The Reconfigured Eye. Visual Truth in the Post-Photographic Era},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mitchell 1992b,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {"The Pictorial Turn"},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
booktitle = {Picture Theory. Essays on Verbal and Visual Repräsentation},<br />
editor = {ders.},<br />
publisher = {Universität of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Mitchell 1992c,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the Other},<br />
journal = {South Atlantic Quarterly},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {91},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {696-703},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mitchell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mitchell 1986a,<br />
author = {Mitchell, William J.T.},<br />
title = {Iconology. Image, Text, Ideology},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press},<br />
address = {Chicago, London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mörchen 1970===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mörchen 1970,<br />
author = {Mörchen, Hermann},<br />
title = {Die Einbildungskraft bei Kant},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mößner im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Mößner im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Mößner, Nicola},<br />
title = {Können Bilder Argumente sein?},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder als Gründe},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Harth, Manfred; Jakob Steinbrenner},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Moholy-Nagy 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Moholy-Nagy 1929a,<br />
author = {Moholy-Nagy, Lásló},<br />
title = {Von material zu architektur (1929)},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {Kupferberg},<br />
address = {Mainz / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mojsisch 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mojsisch 1983a,<br />
author = {Mojsisch, Burkhard},<br />
title = {Meister Eckhart. Analogie, Univozität und Einheit},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Monaco 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Monaco 2007,<br />
author = {Monaco, James},<br />
title = {Film verstehen: Kunst, Technik, Sprache, Geschichte und Theorie des Films und der Medien. Mit einer Einführung in Multimedia},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt Taschenbuch},<br />
address = {Reinbek},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mondzain 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mondzain 2006a,<br />
author = {Mondzain, Marie-José},<br />
title = {Können Bilder töten?},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich, Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moog-Grünewald 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Moog-Grünewald 2001a,<br />
author = {Moog-Grünewald, Maria},<br />
title = {Der Sänger im Schild - oder: Über den Grund ekphrastischen Schreibens},<br />
booktitle = {Behext von Bildern? Ursachen, Funktionen und Perspektiven der textuellen Faszination durch Bilder},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Drügh, H. J.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Morris 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Morris 1994a,<br />
author = {Morris, Desmond},<br />
title = {Das Tier Mensch},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Moser 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Moser 2011a,<br />
author = {Moser, Natalie},<br />
title = {Gegen das Bild ,anerzählen’},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {56-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Möller 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Möller 1984,<br />
author = {Möller, Karl-Dietmar},<br />
title = {Schichten des Filmbildes und Ebenen des Films},<br />
booktitle = {Die Einstellung als Größe einer Filmsemiotik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Münsteraner Arbeitskreis für Semiotik MakS},<br />
pages = {45-85},<br />
publisher = {MakS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Mülder-Bach 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Mülder-Bach 1998,<br />
author = {Mülder-Bach, Inka},<br />
title = {Im Zeichen Pygmalions. Das Modell der Statue und die Entdeckung der „Darstellung“ im 18. Jahrhunderts},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller et al. im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller et al. im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Müller, Andreas et al.},<br />
title = {Schöne Bilder in den Naturwissenschaften: motivierend, anregend oder doch nur schmückendes Beiwerk? },<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Müller 2007a,<br />
author = {Müller, Sabine},<br />
title = {Visualisierung in der astronomischen Digitalfotografie mit Hilfe von Falschfarben},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, D. & Westermann, S.},<br />
pages = {93-110},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1997a,<br />
author = {Müller, Marion G.},<br />
title = {Politische Bildstrategien im amerikanischen Präsidentschaftswahlkampf, 1828-1996},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller 1985a,<br />
author = {Müller, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {DUDEN Bedeutungswörterbuch = DUDEN Band 10},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Dudenverlag},<br />
address = {Mannheim [u.a.]},<br />
note = {völlig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Müller-Beck & Albrecht 1978a,<br />
author = {Müller-Beck, Hansjürgen & Albrecht, Gerd},<br />
title = {Die Anfänge der Kunst vor 30'000 Jahren},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Theiss},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Münkler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Münkler 2009a,<br />
author = {Münkler, Herfried},<br />
title = {Visualisierungsstrategien im politischen Machtkampf: Der Übergang vom Personenverband zum institutionellen Territorialstaat},<br />
booktitle = {Strategien der Visualisierung. Verbildlichung als Mittel politischer Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Münkler, H. & Hacke, J.},<br />
pages = {23-51},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Musterle & Roessler 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Musterle & Roessler 1986a,<br />
author = {Musterle, Wilfried A. & Roessler, Otto E.},<br />
title = {Computer Faces: The Human Lorenz Matrix},<br />
journal = {Bio Systems},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {61-80},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==N==<br />
<br />
===Naef 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Naef 2007a,<br />
author = {Naef, Silvia},<br />
title = {Bilder und Bilderverbot im Islam},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {C. H. Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nänni 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nänni 2008a,<br />
author = {Nänni, Jürg},<br />
title = {Visuelle Wahrnehmung},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Niggli},<br />
address = {Sulgen},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
url = {www.worldcat.org/oclc/254718373},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006a,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc},<br />
title = {Am Grund der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nancy 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nancy 2006b,<br />
author = {Nancy, Jean Luc & Ferrari, Federico},<br />
title = {Die Haut der Bilder},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Napier 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Napier 2001,<br />
author = {Napier, Susan J.},<br />
title = {Anime. From Akira to Princess Mononoke},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Mcmillan},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuber 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Neuber 2010a,<br />
author = {Neuber, Simone},<br />
title = {Versuch einer einleitenden historisch-semantischen Rekonstruktion},<br />
booktitle = {Das Bild als Denkfigur. Funktionen des Bildbegriffs in der Philosophie},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Neuber, S. & Veressov, R.},<br />
pages = {7-32},<br />
publisher = {Fink}<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neumann 1980a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neumann 1980a,<br />
author = {Neumann, Horst Peter},<br />
title = {Das Eigene und das Fremde. Über die Wünschbarkeit einer Theorie des Zitierens},<br />
journal = {Akzente. Zeitschrift für Literatur},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {292-305},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Neuhaus 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Neuhaus 2006a,<br />
author = {Neuhaus, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Als William Gibson den Cyberspace erfand ... - Die Faszination für ein Vielzweck-Symbol aus der Science Fiction-Literatur},<br />
journal = {Telepolis},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {heise.de/tp/r4/artikel/23/23727/1.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Neurath 1991===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Neurath 1991,<br />
author = {Neurath, Otto},<br />
title = {Gesammelte bildpädagogische Schriften},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Hölder-Pichler-Tempsky},<br />
editor = {R. Haller & R. Kinross},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Niederée & Heyer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Niederée & Heyer 2003a,<br />
author = {Niederée, Reinhard & Heyer, Dieter},<br />
title = {The Dual Nature of Picture Perception: A Challenge to Current General Accounts of Visual Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into Pictures. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Pictorial Space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H.; Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {77–98},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nietzsche 1870-1873===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nietzsche 1870-1873,<br />
author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Ueber Wahrheit und Lüge im aussermoralischen Sinne [1870-1873]},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke. Kritische Studienausgabe in 15 Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Giorgio Colli und Mazzino Montinari},<br />
pages = {873-890},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nivelle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nivelle 1971,<br />
author = {Nivelle, Armand},<br />
title = {Kunst- und Dichtungstheorien zwischen Aufklärung und Klassik},<br />
year = {2. Auflage 1971},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin/New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nordman 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nordman 2003a,<br />
author = {Nordman, A.},<br />
title = {,I have changed his way of seeing’. Goethe, Lichtenberg and Wittgenstein},<br />
booktitle = {Goethe and Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Breithaupt, F. u.a.},<br />
pages = {91-110},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Nöth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Nöth 2000a,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Der Zusammenhang von Text und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Text- und Gesprächslinguistik. Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft 16},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Brinker, K. et al.},<br />
pages = {489–496},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Nöth 2000b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Nöth 2000b,<br />
author = {Nöth, Winfried},<br />
title = {Handbuch der Semiotik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart/Weimar},<br />
note = {2., vollständig neu bearbeitete u. erweiterte Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Novitz 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Novitz 1977,<br />
author = {Novitz, David},<br />
title = {Pictures and their Use in Communication. A Philosphical Essay},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {Nijhoff},<br />
address = {Den Haag},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
===OED===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{OED-3,<br />
author = {University of Oxford},<br />
title = {Oxford English Dictionary},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {},<br />
url = {oed.com},<br />
note = {3<sup>rd</sup> edition},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Öhlschläger 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Oehlschläger 2005a,<br />
author = {Öhlschläger, Claudia},<br />
title = {Evidenz und Ereignis. Musils poetische ‚Momentaufnahmen‘ im Kontext der Moderne},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {203-216},<br />
publisher = {Könighshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ohler 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ohler 1994a,<br />
author = {Ohler, Peter},<br />
title = {Kognitive Filmpsychologie. Verarbeitung und mentale Repräsentation narrativer Filme},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {MAkS Publikationen},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Okolowitz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Okolowitz 2006a,<br />
author = {Okolowitz, Herbert},<br />
title = {Virtualität bei G.W. Leibniz. Eine Retrospektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
howpublished = {Diss. Universität Augsburg},<br />
url = {deposit.ddb.de/cgi-bin/dokserv?idn=98278726X},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Olbrich 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Olbrich 1987a,<br />
author = {Olbrich, Harald},<br />
title = {Lexikon der Kunst. Architektur, bildende Kunst, angewandte Kunst, industrielle Formgestaltung, Kunsttheorie. Bd. 1-7},<br />
year = {1987ff.},<br />
publisher = {E. A. Seemann Verlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===O’Riley 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{O’Riley 1998a,<br />
author = {O’Riley, Tim},<br />
title = {Representing Illusions: Space, Narrative and the Spectator},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {College of Art & Design},<br />
address = {Chelsea},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ott 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ott 2007a,<br />
author = {Ott, Michaela},<br />
title = {Der unbestimmte Raum in Philosophie und Film},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Philo},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Otto 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Otto 2001a,<br />
author = {Otto, Julia},<br />
title = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur als Feld},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Otto, J.},<br />
pages = {9-14},<br />
publisher = {Hatje-Cantz},<br />
address = {Ostfildern-Ruit},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
<br />
===Paech 2006===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paech 2006,<br />
author = {Paech, Joachim},<br />
title = {Was ist ein kinematographisches Bewegungsbild?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorie und Film},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Koebner, Thomas & Meder, Thomas},<br />
pages = {92-108},<br />
publisher = {Edition Text + Kritik},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pang 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pang 2002a,<br />
author = {Pang, Alex Soojung-Kim},<br />
title = {Technologie und Ästhetik der Astrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, P.},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp}, <br />
pages = {101-141},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1924a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1924a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form (1924)},<br />
booktitle = {Erwin Panofsky, Deutschsprachige Aufsätze Bd. 2},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Michels, K. & Warnke, M.},<br />
pages = {664-757},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Erstpublikation in: <em>Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg (1924/25)</em>. Leipzig, 1927, 258-330},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 1927a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Panofsky 1927a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Die Perspektive als symbolische Form},<br />
booktitle = {Vorträge der Bibliothek Warburg, 1924/25},<br />
year = {1927},<br />
editor = {Saxl, F.},<br />
pages = {258-330},<br />
publisher = {Teubner},<br />
address = {Leipzig/Berlin},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Panofsky 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Panofsky 2002a,<br />
author = {Panofsky, Erwin},<br />
title = {Sinn und Deutung in der bildenden Kunst (Meaning in the Visual Arts)},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Dumont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1960a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Textbelege zum islamischen Bilderverbot},<br />
booktitle = {Das Werk des Künstlers. Studien zur Ikonographie und Formgeschichte},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
editor = {Fegers, H.},<br />
pages = {36-48},<br />
publisher = {Kohlhammer},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paret 1968===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Paret 1968a,<br />
author = {Paret, Rudi},<br />
title = {Das islamische Bilderverbot und die Schia},<br />
booktitle = {Festschrift Werner Caskel. Zum siebzigsten Geburtstag 5. März 1966 gewidmet von Freunden und Schülern},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
editor = {Gräf, E.},<br />
pages = {242-232},<br />
publisher = {Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2009a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1900 bis 1949},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2008a,<br />
title = {Das Jahrhundert der Bilder. 1949 bis heute},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Paul 2006a,<br />
title = {Visual History. Ein Studienbuch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Paul 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Paul 2005a,<br />
author = {Paul, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Der Bilderkrieg. Inszenierungen, Bilder und Perspektiven der "Operation Irakische Freiheit"},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wallstein},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pearcy_1975a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pearcy 1975a,<br />
author = {Pearcy, Lee Theron},<br />
title = {Tacitus' use of ›Species‹, ›Imago‹, ›Effigies‹, and ›Simulacrum‹},<br />
year = {1975},<br />
publisher = {Xerox University Microfilms},<br />
address = {Ann Arbor, Michigan},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Peirce 1906a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Peirce 1906a,<br />
author = {Peirce, Charles Sanders},<br />
title = {Prolegomena to an Apology for Pragmaticism},<br />
booktitle = {Collected Papers. Bd. 4},<br />
year = {1933},<br />
editor = {Hartshorne, C. & Weiss, P.},<br />
pages = {530-572},<br />
publisher = {Harvard University Press},<br />
address = {Cambrigde, Mass.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perini 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Perini 2005a,<br />
author = {Perini, Laura},<br />
title = {Visual Representations and Confirmation},<br />
journal = {Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {72},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {913-926},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Perrault 1964a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Perrault 1964a,<br />
author = {Perrault, Charles},<br />
title = {Parallèle des Anciens et des Modernes en ce qui regarde les Arts et les Sciences},<br />
year = {1964},<br />
publisher = {Eidos},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {orig.: Paris (4 Bde): 1688, 1690, 1692, 1694; Faksimileausgabe mit einer Einführung von Hans Robert Jauss und einem Kommentar von Max Imdahl},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pesch 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pesch 2001a,<br />
author = {Pesch, Martin},<br />
title = {Raumbilder-Bildräume. Zu den Arbeiten von Julia Ziegler},<br />
journal = {Kunstforum International},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {153},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {261-267},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Petersen 2000,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {Mimesis – Imitatio – Nachahmung. Eine Geschichte der europäischen Poetik},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Petersen 1992===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Petersen 1992,<br />
author = {Petersen, Jürgen H.},<br />
title = {‚Mimesis’ versus ‚Nachahmung’. Die Poetik des Aristoteles – nochmals neu gelesen},<br />
journal = {Arcadia. Zeitschrift für vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {27},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {3-46},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfaller 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pfaller 2002,<br />
author = {Pfaller, Robert},<br />
title = {Die Illusion des Anderen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfisterer & von Rosen 2006a,<br />
title = {Der Künstler als Kunstwerk. Selbstporträts vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, Ulrich & von Rosen, Valeska},<br />
publisher = {reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Pfotenhauer et al. 2005a,<br />
title = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut; Riedel, Wolfgang & Schneider, Sabine},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pfotenhauer 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pfotenhauer 1996a,<br />
author = {Pfotenhauer, Helmut},<br />
title = {Die nicht mehr abbildenden Bilder: zur Verräumlichung der Zeit in der Prosaliteratur um 1800},<br />
journal = {Poetica : Zeitschrift für Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {3/4},<br />
pages = {345-355},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1956a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1956a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {The Child’s Construction of Space},<br />
year = {1956},<br />
publisher = {Routledge / Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget et al. 1960a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget et al. 1960a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Bärbel & Szeminska, Alina},<br />
title = {The Child’s Conception of Geometry},<br />
year = {1960},<br />
publisher = {Harper},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget 1978a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean},<br />
title = {Das Weltbild des Kindes},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {dtv/Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piaget & Inhelder 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Piaget & Inhelder 1972a,<br />
author = {Piaget, Jean & Inhelder, Bärbel},<br />
title = {Die Psychologie des Kindes},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Walter},<br />
address = {Olten},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pias 2003a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Das digitale Bild gibt es nicht. Über das (Nicht-)Wissen der Bilder und die informatische Illusion},<br />
howpublished = {Elektronische Publikation},<br />
url = {www.zeitenblicke.de/2003/01/pias/pias.pdf}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pias 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pias 2004a,<br />
author = {Pias, Claus},<br />
title = {Zukünfte des Computers},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Piccolino & Wade 2006a,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco & Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (1)},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {861–864},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Piccolino & Wade 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Piccolino & Wade 2006b,<br />
author = {Piccolino, Marco &. Wade, Nicholas J.},<br />
title = {Flagging early Examples of Ambiguity (2)},<br />
booktitle = {Perception 35 (8)},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {35},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {1003–1006},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pillow 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pillow 2003,<br />
author = {Pillow, Kirk},<br />
title = {Did Goodman's Distinction Survive LeWitt?},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {61},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {365-380},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pirenne 1952/53===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pirenne 1952/53,<br />
author = {Pirenne, Maurice},<br />
title = {The Scientific Basis of Leonardo da Vinci’s Theory of Perspective},<br />
journal = {British Journal for the Philosophy of Science},<br />
year = {1952/53},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {169-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pitts et al. 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pitts et al. 2008a,<br />
author = {Pitts, Michael A.; Gavin, William J. & Nerger, Janice L.},<br />
title = {Early Top-down Influences on Bistable Perception Revealed by Event-related Potentials},<br />
journal = {Brain and Cognition},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {11–24},<br />
volume = {67},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 1991b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 1991b,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Timaios},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke VIII},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Hülser, K.},<br />
pages = {197-425},<br />
publisher = {Insel},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Platon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Platon 2008a,<br />
author = {Platon},<br />
title = {Politeia},<br />
booktitle = {Sämtliche Werke, Band 2},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Ursula},<br />
pages = {195-537},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Ü: Friedrich Schleiermacher},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923b,<br />
author = {Plessner Helmuth},<br />
title = {Selbstanzeige der „Einheit der Sinne“ (ca. 1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Hermeneutik der Sinne. Eine Untersuchung zu Helmuth Plessners Projekt einer „Ästhesiologie des Geistes“ nebst einem Plessner-Ineditum},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Lessing, H.-U.},<br />
pages = {375-385},<br />
publisher = {Karl Aber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1923a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1923a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Einheit der Sinne. Grundlinien einer Ästhesiologie des Geistes (1923)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {7-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Plessner 1928a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Die Stufen des Organischen und der Mensch},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {W. de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {<sup>3</sup>1975},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1951a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Musik},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band VII},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {184-199},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1970a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Anthropologie der Sinne (1970)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Schriften, Band III},<br />
year = {1980},<br />
editor = {Dux, G.; Marquard, O. & Ströker, E.},<br />
pages = {317-393},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1982a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Trieb und Leidenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Mit anderen Augen},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Plessner, Helmuth}, <br />
pages = {110-123},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plessner 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plessner 1989a,<br />
author = {Plessner, Helmuth},<br />
title = {Zur Anthropologie der Nachahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Anthropologie},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, G.},<br />
pages = {176-184},<br />
publisher = {Relcam},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plinius 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Plinius 2004a,<br />
title = {G. Plinius Secundus d. Ä: Naturkunde / Naturalis historia : lateinisch-deutsch},<br />
year = {1990–2004},<br />
editor = {Roderich König et al.},<br />
publisher = {Artemis},<br />
address = {Zürich},<br />
note = {unkritische Ausgabe des lateinischen Textes mit Übersetzung und Erläuterungen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 1999a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Wohlgeformtheitsbedingugen für Bilder?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {47-56},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Plümacher 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Plümacher 2005a,<br />
author = {Plümacher, Martina},<br />
title = {Bildtypologie als Grundlage der Bildwissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Bildwissenschaft zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {132-143},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pöppel 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pöppel 1982a,<br />
author = {Pöppel, E.},<br />
title = {Lust und Schmerz},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
publisher = {Severin & Siedler},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Polaschegg 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Polaschegg 2011a,<br />
author = {Polaschegg, Andrea},<br />
title = {Literatur auf einen Blick. Zur Schriftbildlichkeit der Lyrik},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {245-264},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pollmeier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Pollmeier 2005a,<br />
author = {Pollmeier, Klaus},<br />
title = {Vom Baryt zum Bit. Zur Konservierung analoger und digitaler fotografischer Bilder. Digitale Bildverarbeitung, eine Erweiterung oder radikale Veränderung der Fotografie?},<br />
howpublished = {Ludwigsburg},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
note = {Hasenpflug (Red.): Dokumentation des Symposiums am 12./13. November 2004 im Museum Folkwang, Essen},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Popper 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Popper 2002a,<br />
author = {Popper, Karl R.},<br />
title = {Alle Menschen sind Philosophen},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Bohnet, Heidi & Stadler, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Piper},<br />
address = {München/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Potts 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Potts 2000a,<br />
author = {Potts, Alex },<br />
title = {The Sculptural Imagination},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Yale University Press},<br />
address = {London/New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pratschke 2005a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Digitale Form},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratschke 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Pratschke 2008a,<br />
author = {Pratschke, Margarete},<br />
title = {Interaktion mit Bildern. Digitale Bildgeschichte am Beispiel grafischer Benutzeroberflächen},<br />
booktitle = {Technische Bilder},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bredekamp, Horst et al.},<br />
pages = {68-80},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pratt-Hartmann 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Pratt-Hartmann 2000a,<br />
author = {Pratt-Hartmann, Ian},<br />
title = {Empiricism and Rationalism in Region-based Theories of Space},<br />
journal = {Fundamenta Informaticae},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–31},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Predelli 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Predelli 1999,<br />
author = {Predelli, Stefano},<br />
title = {Goodman and the Score},<br />
journal = {British Journal of Aesthetics},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {138-147},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Pross 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Pross 1972a,<br />
author = {Pross, Harry},<br />
title = {Medienforschung. Film, Funk, Presse, Fernsehen},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Habel},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Puttfarken 1991a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Dispute about Disegno and Colorito in Venice. Paolo Pino, Lodovico Dolce and Titian},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Kunsttheorie 1400–1900},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Peter Glanz et al.},<br />
pages = {75-95},<br />
publisher = {Harrassowitz},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Puttfarken 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Puttfarken 1985a,<br />
author = {Puttfarken, Thomas},<br />
title = {Roger de Piles‘ Theory of Art},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New Haven/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
===Qiu 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Qiu 2000a,<br />
author = {Qiu Xigui},<br />
title = {Chinese Writing},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Birdtrack Press},<br />
address = {New Haven},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Quintilian 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Quintilian 1995a,<br />
author = {Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius},<br />
title = {Ausbildung des Redners. Zwölf Bücher. Erster Teil. Buch I-VI},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==R==<br />
===Rager 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rager 1997a,<br />
author = {Rager, Dietmar},<br />
title = {Aspekte Sehen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob/ & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raible 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raible 1991a,<br />
author = {Raible, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Die Semiotik der Textgestalt. Erscheinungsformen und Folgen eines kulturellen Evolutionsprozesses},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Universitätsverlag Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rang 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rang 1990a,<br />
author = {Rang, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Husserls Phänomenologie der materiellen Natur},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Raphael 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Raphael 1986a,<br />
author = {Raphael, Max},<br />
title = {Raumgestaltungen. Der Beginn der modernen Kunst im Kubismus und im Werk von Georges Braque}, <br />
year = {1986, Erstausgabe 1949},<br />
publisher = {Campus}<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M./New York},<br />
note = {hg. v. H.-J. Heinrichs},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rastier 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rastier 1972a,<br />
author = {Rastier, François },<br />
title = {Systematiques des isotopies},<br />
booktitle = {Essais de sémiotique poétique},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Greimas, A.J.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Larousse},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratkowitsch 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Ratkowitsch 2006a,<br />
title = {Die poetische Ekphrasis von Kunstwerken - eine literarische Tradition der Großdichtung in Antike, Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Ratkowitsch, Christiane},<br />
publisher = {Verlag d. Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Sitzungsberichte der Österr. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-Historische Klasse, Nr. 735},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ratzka im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ratzka im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Ratzka, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Fenster zum Himmel},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Recki 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Recki 2004a,<br />
author = {Recki, Birgit},<br />
title = {Kultur als Praxis. Eine Einführung in Ernst Cassirers Philosophie der symbolischen Formen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Akademie-Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rehkämper 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rehkämper 2003a,<br />
author = {Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
title = {What You See Is What You Get: The Problems of Linear Perspective},<br />
booktitle = {Looking into pictures. An interdisciplinary approach to pictorial space},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Hecht, H., Schwartz, R. & Atherton, M.},<br />
pages = {179-189},<br />
publisher = {The MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reiche 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reiche 2001,<br />
author = {Reiche, Reimut},<br />
title = {Mutterseelenallein. Kunst, Form, Psychoanalyse},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Stroemfeld},<br />
address = {Basel}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reichert 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Reichert 2011,<br />
author = {Reichert, André},<br />
title = {Diagrammatik als Präphilosophie und Metaphysik. Von einer schriftbildlichen Perspektive zu einer Perspektivierung von Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille und Mareike Giertler},<br />
pages = {37-45},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {Sprache und Literatur, Themenheft, 107/2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renner 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Renner 2011a,<br />
author = {Renner, Michael},<br />
title = {Die stumme Bildkritik des Entwurfs},<br />
journal = {Rheinsprung 11: Zeitschrift für Bildkritik},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {92-116},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {rheinsprung11.unibas.ch/ausgabe-01.html.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rentsch 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rentsch 2003a,<br />
author = {Rentsch, Thomas},<br />
title = {Heidegger und Wittgenstein},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Klett-Cotta},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Renz 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Renz 2006a,<br />
author = {Renz, U.},<br />
title = {Schönheit. Eine Wissenschaft für sich},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Berlin Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Reulecke 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Reulecke 2002a,<br />
author = {Reulecke, Anne-Kathrin},<br />
title = {Geschriebene Bilder - zum Kunst- und Mediendiskurs in der Gegenwartsliteratur},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ricoeur 1974===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ricoeur 1974,<br />
author = {Ricoeur, Paul},<br />
title = {Die Interpretation. Ein Versuch über Freud},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riedel 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Riedel 2005a,<br />
author = {Riedel, W.},<br />
title = {Endogene Bilder. Anthropologie und Poetik bei Gottfried Benn},<br />
booktitle = {Poetik der Evidenz. Die Herausforderung der Bilder in der Literatur um 1900},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pfotenhauer, H.; Riedel, W. & Schneider, S.},<br />
pages = {163-202},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rieger 2001a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Die Individualität der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rieger 2009a,<br />
author = {Rieger, Stefan},<br />
title = {Holographie. Das Versprechen der Ganzheit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {87-106},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rieger & Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rieger & Schröter 2009a,<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen}, <br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Riegl 1931a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Riegl 1931a,<br />
author = {Riegl, Alois},<br />
title = {Das holländische Gruppenporträt},<br />
year = {1931},<br />
publisher = {Staatsdruckerei},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {Erstveröffentlichung 1902},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rimmele 2010a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {Das Triptychon als Metapher, Körper und Ort. Semantisierungen eines Bildträgers},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rimmele 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rimmele 2011a,<br />
author = {Rimmele, Marius},<br />
title = {„Metapher“ als Metapher},<br />
journal = {E-Journal kunsttexte.de},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunsttexte.de/index.php?id=711&idartikel=37860&ausgabe=37742&zu=121&L=0},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritchin 1990a,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {In Our Image: The Coming Revolution in Photography. How Computer Technology is Changing our View of the World},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritchin 1990b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ritchin 1990b,<br />
author = {Ritchin, Fred},<br />
title = {Photojournalism in the Age of Computers},<br />
booktitle = {The Critical Image. Essays on Contemporary Photography},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
editor = {Squiers},<br />
pages = {28-37},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Seattle},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ritter & Gründer 1972===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ritter & Gründer 1972,<br />
author = {Ritter, Joachim; Gründer, Karlfried},<br />
title = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Völlig neubearbeitete Ausgabe des Wörterbuchs der Philosophischen Begriffe von Rudolf Eisler},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft WBG},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Robin 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Robin 1993a,<br />
author = {Robin, Harry},<br />
title = {The Scientific Image. From Cave to Computer},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman and Company},<br />
address = {New York },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Roch 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roch 1998a,<br />
author = {Roch, Axel},<br />
title = {Radartechnologie und Computergraphik. Zur Geschichte der Beleuchtungsmodelle in computergenerierten Bildern},<br />
booktitle = {Geschichte der Medien},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Faßler, Manfred & Halbach, Wulf R.},<br />
pages = {227-254},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rock 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rock 1985a,<br />
author = {Rock, Irvin},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmung. Vom visuellen Reiz zum Sehen u. Erkennen},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Spektrum-der-Wissenschaft-Verlagsgesellschaft},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roelcke 1989===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Roelcke 1989,<br />
author = {Roelcke, Thorsten},<br />
title = {Die Terminologie der Erkenntnisvermögen. Wörterbuch und lexikosemantische Untersuchung zu Kants „Kritik der reinen Vernunft“},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Max Niemeyer Verlag},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
===Röttgers 1994===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Röttgers 1994a,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.},<br />
title = {Der Standpunkt und die Gesichtspunkte},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
volume = {37},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {257-284},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Röttgers & Fabian 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Röttgers & Fabian 1971,<br />
author = {Röttgers, K.;Fabian, R.},<br />
title = {Authentisch},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 1. A-C},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {691-692},<br />
publisher = {Wissenschaftl. Buchges.},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roll 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roll 2007a,<br />
author = {Roll, Christine},<br />
title = {Farben und Verzerrungen auf Karten. Zu Möglichkeiten und Grenzen kartografischer Visualisierung},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Bild zur Erkenntnis? Visualisierungskonzepte in den Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Groß, Dominik; Stefanie Westermann },<br />
pages = {47-59},<br />
publisher = {Kassel Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff 1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 2. D-F},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Ritter, Joachim},<br />
pages = {330-322},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roloff 1972a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roloff_1972a,<br />
author = {Roloff, D.},<br />
title = {Eidolon, Eikon, Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd.2},<br />
year = {1972},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {330-332},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Róna-Tas 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Róna-Tas 1999a,<br />
author = {Róna-Tas, A.},<br />
title = {Hungarians and Europe in the Early Middle Ages. An Introduction to Early Hungarian History},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {CEU Press},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rorty 1967a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rorty 1967a,<br />
author = {Rorty, Richard},<br />
title = {The Linguistic Turn: Essays in Philosophical Method},<br />
year = {1967},<br />
publisher = {The University of Chicago Press.},<br />
address = {Chicago/London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 2005a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Materie und Geist. Eine philosophische Untersuchung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Mentis},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Ros 1999a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Was ist Philosophie?},<br />
booktitle = {Philosophieren über Philosophie}<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Raatzsch, Richard},<br />
pages = {36–58},<br />
publisher = {Leipziger Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ros 1989a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {“Bedeutung”, “Idee” und “Begriff” – Zur Behandlung einiger bedeutungstheoretischer Paradoxien durch Leibniz},<br />
journal = {Studia Leibnitiana},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {133-154},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1989/90a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1989/90a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Begründung und Begriff. Wandlungen des Verständnisses begrifflicher Argumentationen},<br />
year = {1989/90},<br />
publisher = {Meiner},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {3 Bände},<br />
hidden = {B. I: Antike, Spätantike und Mittelalter; B. II: Neuzeit; B. III: Moderne},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ros 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ros 1979a,<br />
author = {Ros, Arno},<br />
title = {Objektkonstitution und elementare Sprachhandlungsbegriffe},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
publisher = {Hain},<br />
address = {Königstein/Ts.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosand 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosand 1990a,<br />
author = {Rosand, David},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis and the generation of images},<br />
journal = {Arion},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {61-105},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosch 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosch 1978a,<br />
author = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
title = {Principles of categorization}<br />
booktitle = {Cognition and Categorization},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
editor = {Rosch, E.H.},<br />
pages = {27-48},<br />
publisher = {Hillsdale},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rose 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rose 2006a,<br />
author = {Rose, Margaret A.},<br />
title = {Parodie, Intertextualität, Interbildlichkeit},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Aisthesis Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosen 2001a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {“Diletto dei sensi” und “diletto dell'intelletto”. Bellinis und Tizians ‘bacchanalien’ für Alfonso d'Este in ihrem Rezeptionskontext},<br />
journal = {Städel-Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {N.F. 18},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {81-112},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosen 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, Valeska von},<br />
title = {Interpikturalität},<br />
booktitle = {Metzler Lexikon Kunstwissenschaft. Ideen, Methoden, Begriffe},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Pfisterer, U.},<br />
pages = {161-164},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosen et al. 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rosen et al. 2003a,<br />
author = {Rosen, V. von; Krüger, K. & Preimesberger, R.},<br />
title = {Der stumme Diskurs der Bilder. Reflexionsformen des Ästhetischen in der Kunst der Frühen Neuzeit},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Kunstverlag München Berlin},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosenberg 2007a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Inwiefern Ekphrasis keine Bildbeschreibung ist},<br />
booktitle = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {271-282},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosenberg 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Rosenberg 1995a,<br />
author = {Rosenberg, Raphael},<br />
title = {Von der Ekphrasis zur wissenschaftlichen Bildbeschreibung : Vasari, Agucchi, Félibien, Burckhardt},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Kunstgeschichte},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
volume = {58},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {297-318},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rosler 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rosler 2000a,<br />
author = {Rosler, Martha},<br />
title = {Bildsimulationen, Computermanipulationen: einige Überlegungen},<br />
booktitle = {Theorie der Fotografie IV. 1980-1995},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {von Amelunxen, Hubertus},<br />
pages = {129-170},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Roth 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Roth 2000a,<br />
author = {Roth, Peter},<br />
title = {Virtualis als Sprachschöpfung mittelalterlicher Theologen},<br />
booktitle = {Die Anwesenheit des Abwesenden. Theologische Annäherungen an Begriff und Phänomene von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Roth, Peter; Schreiber, Stefan & Siemons, Stefan},<br />
pages = {33-42},<br />
publisher = {Wißner},<br />
address = {Augsburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Royce 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Royce 1998a,<br />
author = {Royce, Terry},<br />
title = {Synergy on the Page: Exploring Intersemiotic Complementarity in Page-based Multimodal Text},<br />
journal = {JASFL Occasional Papers},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {25-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rötzer 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Rötzer 1993a,<br />
author = {Rötzer, Florian},<br />
title = {Cyberspace. Zum medialen Gesamtkunstwerk},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rowell 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Rowell 1986a,<br />
author = {Rowell, Margit},<br />
title = {Was ist die moderne Skulptur?},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
editor = {Rowell, M.},<br />
pages = {7-10},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ruff 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ruff 2009a,<br />
author = {Ruff, Thomas},<br />
title = {Jpegs},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Runte 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Runte 2005,<br />
author = {Runte, Annette},<br />
title = {Dinge sehen dich an: Die Melancholie des leeren Platzes in der metaphysischen Malerei},<br />
booktitle = {Blickzähmung und Augentäuschung. Zu Jacques Lacans Bildtheorie},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Blümle, C. & von der Heiden, A.},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich / Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Rupprich 1969a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Rupprich 1969a,<br />
author = {Rupprich, Hans},<br />
title = {Dürer, schriftlicher Nachlaß. Band 2: Die Anfänge der theoretischen Studien. Das Lehrbuch der Malerei: Von der Mass der Menschen, der Pferde, der Gebäude; Von der Perspektive; Von Farben. Ein Unterricht alle Mass zu ändern},<br />
year = {1969},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Verein für Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ryan 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ryan 2001,<br />
author = {Ryan, Marie-Laure},<br />
title = {Narrative as Virtual Reality. Immersion and Interactivity in Literature and Electronic Media},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {The Johns Hopkins University Press},<br />
address = {Baltimore & London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==S==<br />
===Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Wissenschaft},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Medium},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005a,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2005b,<br />
title = {Bildwissenschaft. Zwischen Reflexion und Anwendung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2004a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Wege zur Bildwissenschaft. Interviews},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Das Bild als kommunikatives Medium. Elemente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft}<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2003b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 2003b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Was ist Bildkompetenz?},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 2000a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Ähnlichkeit als kulturabhängiges Phänomen},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {89–106},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1999a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, },<br />
title = {Gibt es ein Bildalphabet?},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {57-66},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachs-Hombach 1999b,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fragen der Bildwissenschaft. Über den Studiengang Computervisualistik},<br />
journal = {form diskurs},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {40-43},<br />
note = {},<br />
address= {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
hidden = {4. Jg.},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1999c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1999c,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bildgrammatik. Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildhafter Darstellungsformen (Reihe Bildwissenschaft, Bd. 1)},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum Verlag},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach 1995a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Piktoriale Einstellungen},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktoraler Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {195-211},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachs-Hombach 1993a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Philosophische Psychologie im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
publisher = {Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2011a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Prädikative und modale Bildtheorie },<br />
booktitle = {Bildlinguistik. Theorien - Methoden - Fallbeispiele},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Diekmannshenke, H.; Klemm, M. & Stöckl, H.},<br />
pages = {97-119},<br />
publisher = {Erich Schmidt },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-2/index.html},<br />
abstract ={Gegenstände sind immer nur dann Bilder, wenn jemand sie als solche benutzt. Hierbei können Bilder eine Vielzahl von Funktionen übernehmen. Lassen sich diese verschiedenen Funktionen oder Verwendungsweisen vielleicht aus einer einzigen Grundfunktion ableiten? Und sofern das so ist: Was wäre, ließe sich zweitens fragen, diese Grundfunktion von Bildern und in welcher Relation, ergibt sich als dritte Frage, steht sie zu den Verwendungsweisen von Sprache? Eine positive Beantwortung der ersten Frage voraussetzend werden zwei Kandidaten für die zweite Frage untersucht und diskutiert: Während die prädikative Theorie die grundlegende Bildverwendung in etwa paraphrasiert mit „… sieht so und so aus“ (bzw. „Der Gegenstand, der so und so aussieht, …“), schlägt die modale Theorie eine Verwendungsweise vor analog zu „An einem anderen (auch fiktiven) Ort oder einer anderen (auch hypothetischen) Zeit ist der Fall, daß so und so.“ },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sachs-Hombach & Schirra 2009a,<br />
author = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. },<br />
title = {Medientheorie, visuelle Kultur und Bildanthropologie},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {393-424},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url ={www.JRJS.de/Work/Papers/P09/P09-1/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sachsse 2006a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Rolf},<br />
title = {Geknüpfter und gewebter Krieg. Militärische Motive auf afghanischen Teppichen},<br />
journal = {Zeithistorische Forschungen/Studies in Contemporary History},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {3},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {Online-Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {zeithistorische-forschungen.de/16126041-Sachsse-2-2006},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sachsse 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sachsse 1974a,<br />
author = {Sachsse, Hans},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Kybernetik. Unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von technischen und biologischen Wirkungsgefügen},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
publisher = {Vieweg},<br />
address = {Braunschweig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 2007a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Le Sens du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1990a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Semiotics of Visual Language},<br />
publisher = {Indiana University Press},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
address = {Bloomington, IN},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1987a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie du langage visuel},<br />
publisher = {Presses de l’Université du Quebec},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
address = {Montréal},<br />
note = {Englisch: Semiotics of Visual Language. Bloomington, Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saint-Martin 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saint-Martin 1986a,<br />
author = {Saint-Martin, Fernande},<br />
title = {Sémiologie et syntax visuelle: Une analyse de Mascerade de Pellan},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {Protée},<br />
address = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 2008a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Transfigurements: On the True Sense of Art},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sallis 2007a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {The Hermeneutics of the Artwork. Die Ontologie des Kunstwerks und ihre hermeneutische Bedeutung (GW 1, 87-138)},<br />
booktitle = {Hans-Georg Gadamer, Wahrheit und Methode},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Figal, G.},<br />
pages = {29-44},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Klassiker Auslegen Bd.30},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sallis 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sallis 1998a,<br />
author = {Sallis, John},<br />
title = {Shades. Of Painting at the Limit},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bloomington},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2006a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {Transformations and Projections in Computer Graphics},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Salomon 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Salomon 2008a,<br />
author = {Salomon, David},<br />
title = {A Concise Introduction to Data Compression},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sampson 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sampson 1985a,<br />
author = {Sampson, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Writing Systems. A linguistic introduction},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford, California},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sander 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sander 1962a,<br />
author = {Sander, Friedrich},<br />
title = {Experimentelle Ergebnisse der Gestaltpsychologie},<br />
booktitle = {Ganzheitspsychoplogie. Grundlagen, Ergebnisse, Anwendungen: gesammelte Abhandlungen},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sander, Friedrich & Volkelt, Hans},<br />
pages = {73–122},<br />
publisher = {C.H. Beck'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1943===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1943,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg}<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1962a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Der Blick},<br />
booktitle = {Das Sein und das Nichts},<br />
year = {1962},<br />
editor = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Skizze einer Theorie der Emotionen},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {255-321},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1994b,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Das Imaginäre. Phänomenologische Psychologie der Einbildungskraft (1940)},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-2, hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1994c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sartre 1994c,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean-Paul},<br />
title = {Die Imagination (1936)},<br />
booktitle = {Gesammelte Werke. Philosophische Schriften I-1: Die Transzendenz des Ego},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {97-254},<br />
publisher = {Rowohlt},<br />
address = {Reinbek bei Hamburg},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Vincent von Wroblewsky},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sartre 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sartre 1999a,<br />
author = {Sartre, Jean Paul},<br />
title = {Die Suche nach dem Absoluten. Texte zur bildenden Kunst},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sauer 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sauer 2008a,<br />
author = {Sauer, Martina},<br />
title = {Wahrnehmen von Sinn vor jeder sprachlichen oder gedanklichen Fassung? Frage an Ernst Cassirer},<br />
journal = {Kunstgeschichte. Texte zur Diskussion},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {kunstgeschichte-ejournal.net/discussion/2008/Sauer},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saussure 1916a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saussure 1916a,<br />
author = {Saussure, Ferdinand de },<br />
title = {Cours de linguistique générale},<br />
year = {1916},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {Deutsch: Grundfragen der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft. 3. Aufl. Berlin 2001.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Saxena & Sahay 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Saxena & Sahay 2005a,<br />
author = {Saxena, Anupam & Sahay, Birendra},<br />
title = {Computer Aided Engineering Design},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {New York u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schaefer & Rentsch 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schaefer & Rentsch 2004a,<br />
author = {Schaefer, Christina & Rentsch, Stefanie},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Anmerkungen zur Begriffsbestimmung in der neueren Forschung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für französische Sprache und Literatur},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {114},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {132-165},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schäffner 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schäffner 03a,<br />
author = {Schäffner, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Instrumente und Bilder. Anamorphotische Geometrie im 16. und 17. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Bühnen des Wissens. Interferenzen zwischen Wissenschaft und Kunst},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Schramm, H. et al.},<br />
pages = {92-109},<br />
publisher = {Dahlem University Press},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scheler 1928a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scheler 1928a,<br />
author = {Scheler, Max},<br />
title = {Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos},<br />
year = {1928},<br />
publisher = {Otto Reichl Verlag},<br />
address = {Darmstadt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schickore 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schickore 2002a,<br />
author = {Schickore, Jutta},<br />
title = {Fixierung mikroskopischer Beobachtungen: Zeichnung, Dauerpräparat, Mikrofotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Ordnungen der Sichtbarkeit. Fotografie in Wissenschaft, Kunst und Technologie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Geimer, Peter},<br />
pages = {285-310},<br />
publisher = {suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schier 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schier 2005a,<br />
author = {Schier, W. },<br />
title = {Die Maske von Uivar},<br />
booktitle = {Masken, Menschen, Rituale},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Schier, W. },<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Universität (Lehrstuhl für Vor- und Frühgeschichtliche Archäologie)},<br />
address = {Würzburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2001a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2001a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = { Text und Bild in der Werbung},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl 2003a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schierl 2003a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas},<br />
title = {Werbung im Fernsehen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schierl & Ludwig 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schierl & Ludwig 2011a,<br />
author = {Schierl, Thomas & Ludwig, Mark},<br />
title = {Produktpolitik als Strategie der Visualisierung des Fußballsports in den Medien},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
journal ={Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
volume = {32},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schiffermüller 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schiffermüller 2009,<br />
author = {Schiffermüller, Isolde},<br />
title = {Wort und Bild im Atlas »Mnemosyne«. Zur pathetischen Eloquenz der Sprache Aby Warburgs },<br />
editor = {Kofler, Peter},<br />
booktitle = {Ekstatische Kunst. Aby Warburg und die Denkräume der Ekphrasis},<br />
publisher = {Studienverlag},<br />
address = {Wien (u.a.)},<br />
pages = {7-22},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schirra 2007a,<br />
editor = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Computational Visualistics and Picture Morphology},<br />
publisher = {IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
note = {Themenbeiheft zu Band 5},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Projects/Image/IMAGE5-Themenbeiheft.pdf},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Begriffsgenetische Betrachtungen in der Bildwissenschaft: Fünf Thesen},<br />
booktitle = {Bild und Medium. Kunstgeschichtliche und philosophische Grundlagen der interdisziplinären Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {197-215},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-3/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 2005a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Foundation of Computational Visualistics},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {},<br />
publisher = {DUV},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN: 3-8350-6015-5 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-8350-6015-5'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra 2005b,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Ein Disziplinen-Mandala für die Bildwissenschaft - Kleine Provokation zu einem Neuen Fach},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-1/index.html},<br />
journal ={IMAGE - Zeitschrift für interdisziplinäre Bildforschung},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {30-45},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Von der Bildwissenschaft als einer Disziplin, die über die Grenzen von Kunstgeschichte oder Kunstwissenschaft hinausgeht und sich wissenschaftlich mit allen Aspekten des Umgehens mit Bildern und verwandten visuellen Repräsentations- und Zeichensystemen befaßt, wird erst seit etwa der Mitte der 1990'er Jahre gesprochen. In den folgenden Überlegungen geht es insbesondere um die Bildwissenschaft als den Versuch, ein Fachgebiet zu etablieren, in dem ein modernes Verständnis dessen, was eine etablierte Disziplin sein kann, verwirklicht sein soll. Zentrales Kriterium für in dem hier gemeinten Sinne "Neue" Disziplinen ist ihre Interdisziplinarität und die dadurch bedingte starke Methodenpluralität. Grundsätzlich muß daher die Frage geklärt werden, wie das Verhältnis der Teildisziplinen zueinander, insbesondere das Wechselspiel der jeweils eingesetzten Methoden betreffend, zu denken ist. Dem Forschungssujet der Bildwissenschaft entsprechend soll in dem Beitrag versucht werden, das Beziehungsgeflecht der beteiligten Elterndisziplinen (zumindest teilweise) in Form eines Bildes anzugeben. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2005c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2005c,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Computervisualistik},<br />
booktitle = { Bildwissenschaft. Disziplinen, Themen, Methoden},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {268-280},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P05/P05-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bausteine vieler Disziplinen müssen in eine allgemeine Bildwissenschaft integriert werden. Als Beitrag aus der Informatik versteht sich die Computervisualistik, die alle Aspekte rechnergestützten Umgangs mit Bildern umfaßt. Zwei Grundbegriffe der Informatik werden vorgestellt und bestimmen, auf den Begriff "Bild" angewendet, den methodologischen Kern der Computervisualistik. Als Beitrag der Informatik zum Gegenstand der Bildtheorie werden interaktive Bilder betrachtet. Schließlich werden die Beziehungen zu anderen "Bildwissenschaften" kurz umrissen. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2001a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bilder &nbsp;&nbsp; —— &nbsp;&nbsp; Kontextbilder},<br />
booktitle = {Bildhandeln – Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Pragmatik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {77-100},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P01/P01-5/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bildkommunikation und die Verständigung mit Aussagen scheinen wenig gemein zu haben. Genauere logisch-pragmatische Analysen der Kontextrelativität von Aussagen zeigen jedoch eine enge systematische Abhängigkeit beider Kommunikationsformen im Begriff der Kontextbildung, den Bilder auf ausgezeichnete Weise implementieren. Prädikatorische und nominatorische Verwendungen von Bildern sind aus der grundlegenden Funktion zur Kontextbildung ableitbar. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 2000a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Täuschung, Ähnlichkeit und Immersion: Die Vögel des Zeuxis},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Realismus der Bilder: Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Semantik bildhafter Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Rehkämper, K.& Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {119-135},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P00/P00-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Bilder gibt es als solche – von ihrem Begriff her – immer nur für Individuen, die sich in einer bestimmten Weise verhalten, oder die gewisse Handlungen vollziehen. Wenn dies aber der Fall ist, scheint es ratsam, den Begriff "Bild" nicht, wie es gewöhnlich geschieht, als einen Begriff für einen isoliert vorkommenden Gegenstand zu erläutern, sondern als Komponente der Begriffe für bestimmte Verhaltens- oder Handlungsfähigkeiten. Ausgehend von der antiken Zeuxis-Anekdote werden in diesem Sinne erste Schritte zu einem handlungstheoretischen Ähnlichkeitsbegriff versucht.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1999a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Syntaktische Dichte oder Kontinuität - Ein mathematischer Aspekt der Visualistik},<br />
booktitle = {bildgrammatik. interdisziplinäre forschungen zur syntax bildlicher darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K. & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {103-119},<br />
publisher = {Skriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P99/P99-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Der Begriff Dichte spielt eine zentrale Rolle in Diskussionen zur Bildsyntax, wird aber selten in Beziehung zum mathematisch verwandten Kontinuumsbegriff gestellt. Dabei ist die Frage, ob Bilder syntaktisch nur als dicht oder gar als kontinuierlich verstanden werden sollten, durchaus relevant, wie anhand von informatischen und neuropsychologischen Argumenten gezeigt wird.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1995a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Understanding Radio Broadcasts On Soccer. The Concept `Mental Image' and Its Use in Spatial Reasoning},<br />
booktitle = {Bilder im Geiste: Zur kognitiven und erkenntnistheoretischen Funktion piktorialer Repräsentationen},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K.},<br />
pages = {107-136},<br />
publisher = {Rodopi},<br />
address = {Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P95/index.html},<br />
abstract = {Most cognitive theories agree that a listener of a sports broadcast on radio usually imagines the scene described; the concept `mental image' appears in a specific sort of explanations. In contrast to this conception, it is argued that this concept should rather be understood as part of a certain kind of grounding explanations of the radio listener's understanding. This particular conception is based on the distinction between `specification' and `implementation' as found in the theory of abstract data types. Its application to the field of spatial concepts leads to a computational system (ANTLIMA) which exemplifies how the expression `mental image' could be used while explaining a speaker's ability to control the resolvability of ambiguities in an objective report of what the speaker sees. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schirra 1994a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J.},<br />
title = {Bildbeschreibung als Verbindung von visuellem und sprachlichem Raum},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {DISKI},<br />
address = {St. Augustin},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
note = {ISBN 3-929037-71-8 <A href='www.pickitisbn:3-929037-71-8'><img style='border: 0px none' src='https://www.citavi.com/softlink?linkid=findit' title='Titel anhand dieser ISBN in Citavi-Projekt übernehmen'/></A>},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P94/P94-1-d/index.html},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra 1993a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J.},<br />
title = {Connecting Visual and Verbal Space: Preliminary Considerations Concerning the Concept »Mental Image«},<br />
booktitle = {Semantics of Time, Space, and Movement},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {M. Aurnague, A. Borillo, M. Borillo & M. Bras},<br />
pages = {105-121},<br />
publisher = {Univ. Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P93/P93-2/index.html},<br />
abstract = {AI research concerning the connection between seeing and speaking mainly employs what is called reference semantics. Within this framework, the notion of `mental image' is often used while explaining how somebody not situated in the same perceptual context is able to anchor his understanding of an utterance describing the scene visually perceived by the speaker. We give a foundation for considering mental images as propositions with respect to a certain field of concepts: these fields have to provide a syntactically dense set of concepts distinguishing locations. The use of such propositions in the reference semantic explanations of understanding utterances about visually perceived scenes is motivated by applying Kant's idea of the introduction of new types of objects: we conceive spatial relations as relations only applicable to sortal objects, i.e., individuated objects which are synthetically introduced on a syntactically dense field providing their potential locations. The concept `mental image' which results from these preliminary studies is applied to two current projects in AI, one dealing with the semantics of particular spatial prepositions, and the other more generally concerned with the logic of the connection between visual and verbal space.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2011a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Anthropologie in der systematischen Bildwissenschaft: Auf der Spur des homo pictor},<br />
booktitle = {Disziplinen der Anthropologie},<br />
editor = {Meyer, S. & Owzar, A.},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
pages = {145-177},<br />
note = {},<br />
publisher = {Waxmann},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P11/P11-1/index.html},<br />
abstract = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2010a,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Homo pictor and the Linguistic Turn: Revisiting Hans Jonas’ Picture Anthropology},<br />
journal = {Linguistic and Philosophical Investigations},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {9},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {144–181},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P10/P10-2/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {There has been a long tradition of characterizing man as the animal that talks. However, the remarkable ability of using pictures also only belongs to human beings, after all we know empirically so far. Are there conceptual reasons for that coincidence? The paper is dedicated to a philosophical programme of “concept-genetic” considerations dealing in particular with the dependencies between those two abilities: The conceptual relation between the competence to use assertive language and the faculty of employing pictures must be conceived of as being much closer than usually expected. Indeed we conclude, there cannot be creatures with only one of them.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte – elektronisch},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
url = {www.uni-due.de/germanistik/elise/ausgabe_12006},<br />
hidden = {letzter Zugriff: 25. September 2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract ={Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie, wie sie der Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt, eignet - und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Eine Gegenüberstellung der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild führt zu eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden: Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von (darstellenden) Bildern Sprache gegenüber durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. In beiden Fällen hängen die Aufgliederungen mit der Funktion der Kontextbildung zusammen, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung mündet daher in das Programm einer begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, die eine derartige Begründung zu liefern imstande wäre. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006b,<br />
author = {Schirra J&ouml;rg R.J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Fähigkeiten zum Bild- und Sprachgebrauch },<br />
journal = {Deutsche Zeitschrift für Philosophie},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {54},<br />
number = {6},<br />
pages = {887-905},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P06/P06-5/index.html},<br />
note = {},<br />
abstract = {Es hat eine lange Tradition, den Menschen als sprachbegabtes Tier zu charakterisieren. Aber auch die merkwürdige Fähigkeit, Bilder zu verwenden, ist, nach allem was wir empirisch wissen, nur dem Menschen eigen. Gibt es begriffliche Gründe für diese Koinzidenz? Eine solche Frage gehört ebensogut in die allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft und Sprachphilosophie wie in die Bildwissenschaft, die sich als von der Kunstgeschichte unabhängige Disziplin erst seit kurzem zu formieren beginnt und in deren Rahmen sie hier auch behandelt wird. Ein erster Vergleich der beiden Fähigkeiten zum Gebrauch von Wort und Bild listet eine Reihe von Ähnlichkeiten und Unterschieden auf. Neben Wahrnehmungsnähe, die sich als eine wichtige Differenz von Bildern gegenüber Sprache durch verschiedene Nutzungsmodi beim Zeichengebrauch handlungstheoretisch näher bestimmen läßt, fällt ins Auge, daß die jeweiligen Zeichenhandlungen auf je spezifische Weise mit Figur-Grund-Differenzierungen assoziiert sind. Der strukturale Vergleich klärt zwar die begrifflichen Zusammenhänge, kann aber nicht erläutern, warum die konzeptuellen Strukturen gerade so sein sollten. Die Abhandlung weitet sich daher zu einer begriffsgenetischen Skizzierung von Bild- und Sprachvermögen, wobei sich die Begriffe des sortalen Gegenstands und des Verhaltenskontextes als zentral herausstellen. Mit ihnen kann die Beziehung zwischen den beiden Fähigkeiten genauer untersucht werden: Sie ergibt sich insbesondere aus der Funktion der Kontextbildung, durch die es dem Menschen kommunikativ möglich ist, sich auf andere Kontexte als die gerade aktuelle Verhaltenssituation zu beziehen. Im Rahmen der begriffsgenetischen Betrachtung ergeben sich schließlich Argumente dafür, die Beziehung als eine wechselseitige Abhängigkeit zu charakterisieren, wobei auch eine Vorschlag zur Analyse des Begriffs des inneren Bildes - oder besser: des Vorstellungsvermögens eingeschlossen ist. },<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schirra & Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schirra & Scholz 1998a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R.J. & Scholz, Martin},<br />
title = {Abstraction versus Realism: Not the Real Question},<br />
booktitle = {Computer Visualization – Graphics, Abstraction, and Interactivity},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Strothotte, T. (et al.)},<br />
pages = {379-401},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {Chapter 22},<br />
url = {www.jrjs.de/Work/Papers/P98/P98-3/index.html},<br />
abstract = {When browsing through a book on computer graphics, one usually finds a lot of more or less interesting pictures that are produced by means of computers. These pictures are embedded in pages of technical texts describing how this image generation was performed and why it provides a better way to do so than other methods. Less space is usually given to the methodological background and the motivation underlying the preoccupation with computer visualization. In this chapter, we want to complement the more technically oriented part of this book with some reflections as to why such techniques can be interesting not only for computer graphics researchers, and where, from a communication-theoretic point of view, they might be of use in our society.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schleicher 1859a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schleicher 1859a,<br />
author = {Schleicher, August},<br />
title = {Zur Morphologie der Sprache},<br />
journal = {Mémoires de l'académdie impériale des sciences de St. Pétersbourg},<br />
year = {1859},<br />
volume = {1?},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1-38},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt 2000===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt 2000,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter},<br />
title = {Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1: : Absenz – Darstellung},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {831-875},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlenstedt & George 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schlenstedt_George_2005a,<br />
author = {Schlenstedt, Dieter; George, Marion},<br />
title = {Typisch/Typ(us)},<br />
booktitle = {Ästhetische Grundbegriffe. Ein historisches Wörterbuch in sieben Bänden. Bd. 1},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Barck et al.},<br />
pages = {191-246},<br />
publisher = {J. B. Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schlosser 1952a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schlosser 1952a,<br />
author = {Schlosser, K.},<br />
title = {Der Signalismus in der Kunst der Naturvölker: Biologisch-psychologische Gesetzlichkeiten in den Abweichungen von der Norm des Vorbildes},<br />
year = {1952},<br />
publisher = {Mühlau},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmauks 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmauks 1998,<br />
author = {Schmauks, Dagmar},<br />
title = {Die Rolle von Bildern in der internationalen Kommunikation},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildwahrnehmung – Bildverarbeitung. Interdisziplinäre Beiträge zur Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus & Rehkämper, Klaus},<br />
pages = {81-88},<br />
publisher = {Deutscher Universitätsverlag},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmid 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmid 2009a,<br />
author = {Schmid, Gabriele},<br />
title = {Zwischen Bildern. Die holographische Installation als Handlungsfeld},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {161-180},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmidt 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schmidt 2000a,<br />
author = {Schmidt, Ulrike Kristin},<br />
title = {Kunstzitat und Provokation im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {VDG},<br />
address = {Weimar},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1998a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Mimesis bei Aristoteles und in den Poetikkommentaren der Renaissance. Zum Wandel des Gedankens von der Nachahmung der Natur in der frühen Neuzeit},<br />
booktitle = {Mimesis und Simulation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Andreas Kablitz & Gerhard Neumann},<br />
pages = {17-53},<br />
publisher = {ombach},<br />
address = {Freiburg im Breisgau},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schmitt 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schmitt 1996a,<br />
author = {Schmitt, Arbogast},<br />
title = {Teleologie und Geschichte bei Aristoteles oder Wie kommen nach Aristoteles Anfang, Mitte und Ende in die Geschichte?},<br />
booktitle = {Das Ende. Figuren einer Denkform},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Karlheinz Stierle und Rainer Warning},<br />
pages = {528-563},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider 2009a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftsbilder zwischen digitaler Transformation und Manipulation. Einige Anmerkungen zur Diskussion des “digitalen Bildes”},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {188-200},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schneider 2000a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Ralf},<br />
title = {Grundriß zur kognitiven Theorie der Figurenkonzeption am Beispiel des viktorianischen Romans},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Stauffenburg},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Berz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schneider & Berz 2002a,<br />
author = {Schneider, Birgit & Berz, Peter},<br />
title = {Bildtexturen. Punkte, Zeilen, Spalten. I. Textile Processing/II. Bildtelegraphie}<br />
booktitle = {Mimetische Differenzen. Der Spielraum der Medien zwischen Abbildung und Nachbildung}, <br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Flach, Sabine & Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
pages = {181-220},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kassel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schneider & Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Schneider & Stöckl 2011a,<br />
title = {Medientheorien und Multimodalität. Ein TV-Werbespot – Sieben methodische Beschreibungsansätze},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Schneider, Jan Georg & Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {erscheint Frühjahr 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2011===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Schönhammer 2011,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Stichwort: Kippbilder},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
howpublished = {PsyDok, Volltextserver der Virtuellen Fachbibliothek Psychologie},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {psydok.sulb.uni-saarland.de/frontdoor.php?source_opus=2756&la=de},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schönhammer 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schönhammer 2009a,<br />
author = {Schönhammer, Rainer},<br />
title = {Einführung in die Wahrnehmungspsychologie. Sinne, Körper, Bewegung},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Facultas},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {1. Aufl.},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 2004a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Klostermann},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {2., vollständig überarbeitete Aufl.},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Scholz 1998a,<br />
title = {Mimesis. Studien zur literarischen Repräsentation},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Scholz, Bernhard F.},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Scholz 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Scholz 1991a,<br />
author = {Scholz, Oliver R.},<br />
title = {Bild, Darstellung, Zeichen. Philosophische Theorien bildhafter Darstellungen},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {(1. Aufl.)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schott 1657a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schott 57a,<br />
author = {Schott, Kaspar},<br />
title = {De Magia Anamorphotica},<br />
booktitle = {Magia Universalis Naturae et Artis},<br />
year = {1657},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Band 1: Optica. Buch 3},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2001a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Eine kurze Geschichte der digitalen Fotografie},<br />
booktitle = {Verwandlungen durch Licht. Fotografieren in Museen & Archiven & Bibliotheken},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Hesse, Wolfgang & Jaworek, Wolfgang},<br />
pages = {249-257},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Esslingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2003a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Virtuelle Kamera. Zum Fortbestand fotografischer Medien in computergenerierten Bildern}, <br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {23},<br />
number = {88},<br />
pages = {3-16},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Ende der Welt. Analoge und Digitale Bilder - mehr oder weniger Realität?},<br />
booktitle = {Analog/Digital - Opposition oder Kontinuum? Beiträge zu Theorie und Geschichte einer Unterscheidung},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schröter & Böhnke},<br />
pages = {335-354},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2004b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Netz und die Virtuelle Realität. Zur Selbstprogrammierung der Gesellschaft durch die universelle Maschine},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Computer/Simulation. Kopie ohne Original oder das Original kontrollierende Kopie},<br />
booktitle = {OriginalKopie. Praktiken des Sekundären},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fehrmann, Gisela et al.},<br />
pages = {139-155},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2004d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2004d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Notizen zu einer Geschichte des Löschens. Am Beispiel von Video und Robert Rauschenbergs Erased de Kooning-Drawing},<br />
booktitle = {Im Banne der Ungewissheit. Bilder zwischen Medien, Kunst und Menschen},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Schumacher-Chilla, Doris},<br />
pages = {171-194},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Oberhausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2005a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {MetaMorphing. Camerons Analysen der digitalen Bilder in Terminator 2 und The Abyss}, <br />
booktitle = {Mythen, Mütter, Maschinen. Die Filme des James Cameron},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Pabst, Eckhard},<br />
pages = {289-315},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Kiel},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wie man Skulpturen rendern soll. Zur Geschichte der transplanen Reproduktion},<br />
booktitle = {Skulptur – Zwischen Realität und Virtualität},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Winter, G.; Schröter, J. & Spies, C.},<br />
pages = {231-274},<br />
publisher = {Fink },<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Wirklichkeit ist überhaupt nur darzustellen, indem man sie konstruiert (Andreas Gursky)},<br />
booktitle = {Logik des Bildlichen. Zur Kritik der ikonischen Vernunft},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Heßler & Mersch},<br />
pages = {201-218},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {On the Logic of the Digital Archive},<br />
booktitle = {The You Tube Reader},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Vonderau, Patrick & Snickars, Pelle},<br />
pages = {330-346},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009c===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schröter 2009c,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {3D. Zur Theorie, Geschichte und Medienästhetik des technischtransplanen Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2009d===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2009d,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das holographische Wissen und die Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
booktitle = {Das holographische Wissen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Rieger, Stefan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
pages = {77-86},<br />
publisher = {diaphanes},<br />
address = {Zürich/Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schröter 2010a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Fotografie und Fiktionalität},<br />
booktitle = {Die fotografische Wirklichkeit. Inszenierung - Fiktion - Narration},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Blunck, Lars},<br />
pages = {143-158},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter 2010b,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens},<br />
title = {Das Zeitalter der technischen Nicht-Reproduzierbarkeit},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {10},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {9-36},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schröter & Thielmann 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schröter & Thielmann 2006a,<br />
author = {Schröter, Jens & Thielmann, Tristan},<br />
title = {Display I: Analog},<br />
journal = {Navigationen. Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften}<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1990a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Stilfragen},<br />
booktitle = {Chor und Gesetz},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
pages = {59-72},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulte 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulte 1999a,<br />
author = {Schulte, Joachim},<br />
title = {Die Hinnahme von Sprachspielen und Lebensformen},<br />
booktitle = {Der Konflikt der Lebensformen in Wittgensteins Philosophie der Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Lütterfels, u.a.},<br />
pages = {156-170},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2012a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = { Das Wie der Rahmung. Über die parergonale Verfassung künstlerischen Darstellens},<br />
booktitle = {Die Sinnlichkeit der Künste. Beiträge zur ästhetischen Reflexivität},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Bertram, Georg & Feige, Daniel},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Diaphanes},<br />
address = {Berlin/Zürich},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2012b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010b,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Stil als Artikulation einer Haltung},<br />
booktitle = {Kunst und Erfahrung. Beiträge zu einer philosophischen Kontroverse},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Deines, Stefan & Seel, Martin},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schürmann 2010a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Darstellung einer Vorstellung. Das Bild der Welt auf der Pioneer-Plakette},<br />
booktitle = {Atlas der Weltbilder},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Markschies, C. et al.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schürmann 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schürmann 2008a,<br />
author = {Schürmann, Eva},<br />
title = {Sehen als Praxis. Ethisch-ästhetische Studien zum Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schulz 2010a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Das interchrone Bild der Landschaft. Raumfahrt und Zeitreise bei Pieter Bruegel dem Älteren},<br />
booktitle = {Im Namen des Anderen. Die Ethik des Zitierens},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Jacob, J. & Mayer, M.},<br />
pages = {307-332},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulz 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulz 2005a,<br />
author = {Schulz, Martin},<br />
title = {Ordnungen der Bilder. Eine Einführung in die Bildwissenschaft},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Finke},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schulze 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schulze 2000a,<br />
author = {Schulze, Gerhard},<br />
title = {Die Erlebnis-Gesellschaft. Kultursoziologie der Gegenwart. 8. Auflage. Studienausgabe.},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M., New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schüttpelz 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schüttpelz 2002a},<br />
author = {Schüttpelz, Erhard}<br />
title = {Frage nach der Frage, auf die das Medium eine Antwort ist},<br />
editor = {Kümmel, Albert; Schüttpelz, Erhard},<br />
booktitle = {Signale der Störung},<br />
publisher = {Funk},<br />
address = {München},<br />
pages = {15-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
url = {},<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweitzer 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schweitzer 1953a,<br />
author = {Schweitzer, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Vom Sinn der Perspektive},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schweizer 2012a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Schweizer 12a,<br />
author = {Schweizer, Yvonne},<br />
title = {Das gespiegelte Karussell. Zur Medialität katoptrischer Anamorphosen},<br />
booktitle = {Materialität und Bildlichkeit. Visuelle Artefakte zwischen Aisthesis und Semiosis},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Finke, Marcel & Halawa, Mark},<br />
pages = {212-227},<br />
publisher = {Kadmos, Berlin},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {im Erscheinen},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Schwingeler 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Schwingeler 2008a,<br />
author = {Schwingeler, Stephan},<br />
title = {Die Raummaschine. Raum und Perspektive im Computerspiel},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Werner Hülsbusch},<br />
address = {Boizenburg},<br />
note = {(Reihe Game Studies)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Searle 1971===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Searle 1971,<br />
author = {Searle, John R.},<br />
title = {Sprechakttheorie - Ein sprachphilosophischer Essay},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 2003a,<br />
author = {Seel, Martin},<br />
title = {Ästhetik des Erscheinens},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seel 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seel 1991a,<br />
author = {Seel, Norbert M.},<br />
title = {Weltwissen und mentale Modelle},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seidlmayer 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Seidlmayer 2011a,<br />
author = {Seidlmayer, Stephan Johannes},<br />
title = {Ägyptische Hieroglyphen zwischen Schrift und Bild},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille; Cancik-Kirschbaum, Eva & Totzke, Rainer},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seiterle 1988a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Seiterle 1988a,<br />
author = {Seiterle, G. },<br />
title = {Maske, Ziegenbock und Satyr},<br />
journal = {Antike Welt. Z. für Archäologie und Kulturgeschichte},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
volume = {???},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Seja 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Seja 2009a,<br />
author = {Seja, Silvia},<br />
title = {Handlungstheorien des Bildes},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sekula 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sekula 2002a,<br />
author = {Sekula, Allan},<br />
title = {Der Handel mit Fotografien},<br />
booktitle = {Paradigma Fotografie},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Wolf, Herta},<br />
pages = {255-290},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sello 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sello 1979a,<br />
author = {Sello, Katrin},<br />
title = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachteil des Zitierens für die Kunst},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
editor = {Sello, K.},<br />
pages = {9-15},<br />
publisher = {Kunstverein Hannover},<br />
address = {Hannover},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shannon & Weaver 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shannon & Weaver 1976a,<br />
author = {Shannon, Claude E. & Weaver, Warren},<br />
title = {Mathematische Grundlagen der Informationstheorie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shepard 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shepard 1990a,<br />
author = {Shepard, Roger N.},<br />
title = {Mind sights. Original illusions, ambiguities, and other anomalies, with a commentary on the play of mind in perception and art},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {W. H. Freeman},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shin 2002===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Shin 2002,<br />
author = {Shin, Sun-Joo},<br />
title = {The Iconic Logic of Peirce’s Graphs},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press, Bradford},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Massachusetts},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shneiderman 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Shneiderman 1983a,<br />
author = {Shneiderman, B.},<br />
title = {Direct Manipulation - A Step Beyond Programming Languages},<br />
journal = {IEEE Computer},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {57-69},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Shohat & Stam 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Shohat & Stam 1998a,<br />
author = {Shohat, E. & Stam R.},<br />
title = {Narrativizing Visual Culture. Towards a Polycentric Aesthetics},<br />
booktitle = {The Visual Culture Reader},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Mirzoeff, N.},<br />
publisher = {Routledge},<br />
address = {London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {26-49},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegel 2009===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegel 2009,<br />
author = {Siegel, Steffen},<br />
title = {TABULA. Figuren der Ordnung um 1600},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert & Brecheis 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert & Brecheis 2005a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Gabriele & Brecheis, Dieter },<br />
title = {Werbung in der Medien- und Informationsgesellschaft. Eine kommunikationswissenschaftliche Einführung },<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {VS},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegert 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegert 2003a,<br />
author = {Siegert, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Passage des Digitalen. Zeichenpraktiken der neuzeitlichen Wissenschaften 1500 - 1900},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Brinkmann & Bose},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Siegmund 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Siegmund 2007a,<br />
author = {Siegmund, J.},<br />
title = {Die Evidenz der Kunst. Künstlerisches Handeln als ästhetische Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Simmel 1995a,<br />
author = {Simmel, G.},<br />
title = {Der Bildrahmen. Ein ästhetischer Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Aufsätze und Abhandlungen 1901-1908 Bd. 1},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Simmel, G.},<br />
pages = {101-108},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1992a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Soziologie. Untersuchungen über die Formen der Vergesellschaftung},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Gesamtausgabe, Bd. 11, hrsg. von Otthein Rammstedt},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Simmel 1978a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Simmel 1978a,<br />
author = {Simmel, Georg},<br />
title = {Das individuelle Gesetz. Philosophische Exkurse},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {hrsg. von Michael Landmann},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sitt & Horányi 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sitt & Horányi 1993a,<br />
author = {Sitt, Martina & Horányi, Attila},<br />
title = {Kunsthistorische Suite über das Thema des Zitats in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Diskurse der Bilder. Photokünstlerische Reprisen kunsthistorischer Werke},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Seipel, W.},<br />
pages = {9-22},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Smith & Tatarewicz 1985a,<br />
author = {Smith, Robert W. & Tatarewicz, Joseph N.},<br />
title = {Replacing a Technology: The Large Space Telescope and CCDs},<br />
journal = {Proceedings of the IEEE},<br />
year = {1985},<br />
volume = {73},<br />
number = {7},<br />
pages = {1221-1235},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sobchack 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sobchack 1997a,<br />
author = {Sobchack, Vivian},<br />
title = {Meta-Morphing. Visual Transformation and the Culture of Quick-Change},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Minneapolis},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Soeffner & Tänzler 2002a,<br />
author = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
title = {Figurative Politik. Prolegomena zu einer Kultursoziologie politischen Handelns},<br />
booktitle = {Figurative Politik. Zur Performanz der Macht in der modernen Gesellschaft},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Soeffner, Hans-Georg & Tänzler, Dirk},<br />
pages = {17-33},<br />
publisher = {Leske und Budrich},<br />
address = {Opladen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sommer 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sommer 1987a,<br />
author = {Sommer, M.},<br />
title = {Evidenz im Augenblick. Eine Phänomenologie der reinen Empfindung},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sonesson 1992a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Bildbetydelser: Inledning till bildsemiotiken som vetenskap},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Studentlitteratur},<br />
address = {Lund},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 1989a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Pictorial Concepts},<br />
publisher = {Lund University Press},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sonesson 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Sonesson 2003a,<br />
author = {Sonesson, Göran},<br />
title = {Über Metaphern in Bildern},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Semiotik},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
volume = {25},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sontag 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sontag 2003,<br />
author = {Sontag, Susan},<br />
title = {Regarding the Pain of Others},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Picador},<br />
address = {New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sörbom 1966===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sörbom 1966,<br />
author = {Sörbom, Göran},<br />
title = {Mimesis and Art. Studies in the Origin an Early Development of an Aesthetic Vocabulary},<br />
year = {1966},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Stockholm},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1953a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Souriau 1953a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {L’Univers filmique},<br />
year = {1953},<br />
publisher = {Flammarion},<br />
address = {Paris},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Souriau 1951a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Souriau 1951a,<br />
author = {Souriau, Etienne},<br />
title = {La structure de l’univers filmique et le vocabulaire de la filmologie},<br />
journal = {Revue de Filmologie},<br />
year = {1951},<br />
volume = {7},<br />
number = {8},<br />
pages = {231–240},<br />
note = {Dt.: Die Struktur des filmischen Universums und das Vokabular der Filmologie. In: Montage AV 6,2, 1997, S. 140–157},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sowa & Uhlig 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sowa & Uhlig 2006a,<br />
author = {Sowa, Hubert & Uhlig, Bettina},<br />
title = {Bildhandlungen und ihr Sinn. Methodenfragen einer kunstpädagogischen Bildhermeneutik},<br />
booktitle = {Bildinterpretation und Bildverstehen. Methodische Ansätze aus sozialwissenschaftlicher, kunst- und medienpädagogischer Perspektive},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Marotzki, W. & Niesyto, H.},<br />
pages = {77-105},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Wiesbaden},<br />
note = {Medienbildung und Gesellschaft Bd.2},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spariosu 1984===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Spariosu 1984,<br />
title = {Mimesis in contemporary theory: An interdisciplinary Approach. Volume I: The Literary and the Philosophical Debate},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Spariosu, Mihai},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Philadelphia/Amsterdam},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spillner 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Spillner 1982a,<br />
author = {Spillner, Bernd},<br />
title = {Stilanalyse semiotisch komplexer Texte: Zum Verhältnis von sprachlicher und bil¬dicher Information in Werbeanzeigen},<br />
journal = {Kodikas/Code – Ars Semeiotica},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {4/5},<br />
pages = {91–106},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sprenger 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sprenger 2010a,<br />
author = {Sprenger, Florian},<br />
title = {Zu einer platonistischen Rekurrenzfigur der Medienkritik},<br />
booktitle = {Sinne - Technik - Inszenierung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
editor = {Gruber, Klemens; Meister, Monika; Stern, Frank},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
pages = {53-67},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Sproat 2010a,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Ancient symbols, computational linguistics, and the reviewing practices of the general science journals},<br />
howpublished = {http://www.cslu.ogi.edu/~sproatr/newindex/lastwords.pdf, besucht am 30.9.2011},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sproat 2010b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sproat 2010b,<br />
author = {Sproat, Richard},<br />
title = {Language, Technology, and Society},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
address = {Oxford u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Spruit 1994a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Spruit 1994a,<br />
author = {Spruit, Leen},<br />
title = {Species intelligibilis. From perception to knowledge. Vol. 1. Classical roots and medieval discussions},<br />
year = {1994},<br />
publisher = {E. J. Brill},<br />
address = {Leiden, New York, Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stadler & Kruse 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stadler & Kruse 1995a,<br />
author = {Stadler, Michael & Kruse, Peter},<br />
title = {The Function of Meaning in Cognitive Order Formation.},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {5–21},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stafford 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stafford 1998a,<br />
author = {Stafford, Barbara Maria},<br />
title = {Kunstvolle Wissenschaft. Aufklärung, Unterhaltung und der Niedergang der visuellen Bildung},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Kunst},<br />
address = {Amsterdam/Dresden },<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 2009a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Bildtheorien der analytischen Tradition},<br />
booktitle = {Bildtheorien. Anthropologische und kulturelle Grundlagen des Visualistic Turn},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
pages = {284-315},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 2004===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 2004a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zeichen über Zeichen. Grundlagen einer Theorie der Metabezugnahme},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Synchron Wissenschaftsverlag der Autoren},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Steinbrenner 1999a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Zitatzeit - oder Füßchen der Gänse überall - oder worauf Zitate Bezug nehmen},<br />
booktitle = {Bildgrammatik.Interdisziplinäre Forschungen zur Syntax bildlicher Darstellungsformen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sachs-Hombach, K & Rehkämper, K.},<br />
pages = {135-144},<br />
publisher = {Scriptum},<br />
address = {Magdeburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Steinbrenner 1996a,<br />
author = {Steinbrenner, Jakob},<br />
title = {Kognitivismus in der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Glasauer 2007a,<br />
title = {Farben: Betrachtungen aus Philosophie und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Glasauer, Stefan},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a. M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Steinbrenner & Winko 1997a,<br />
editor = {Steinbrenner, Jakob & Winko, Ulrich},<br />
title = {Bilder in der Philosophie & in anderen Künsten & Wissenschaften},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Paderborn},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stetter 1999a,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Schrift und Sprache},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {(stw 1415)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stetter 2005===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stetter 2005,<br />
author = {Stetter, Christian},<br />
title = {Bild, Diagramm, Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, Gernot & Kogge, Werner & Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-135},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stiegler 2004a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernd},<br />
title = {Digitale Photographie als epistemologischer Bruch und historische Wende},<br />
booktitle = {Das Gesicht der Welt. Medien in der digitalen Kultur},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Engell & Neitzel},<br />
pages = {105-126},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stiegler 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stiegler 2009a,<br />
author = {Stiegler, Bernard},<br />
title = {Technics and Time 2. Disorientation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Stanford University Press},<br />
address = {Stanford},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stierle 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stierle 1984a,<br />
author = {Stierle, Karlheinz},<br />
title = {Das bequeme Verhältnis. Lessings Laokoon und die Entdeckung des ästhetischen Mediums},<br />
booktitle = {Das Laokoon-Projekt: Pläne einer semiotischen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Gebauer, Gunter},<br />
pages = {23-58},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stjernfelt 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stjernfelt 2007a,<br />
author = {Stjernfelt, Frederik},<br />
title = {Diagrammatology.An Investigation on the Borderlines of Phenomenology, Ontology, and Semiotics},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Dordrecht},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {The Pygmalion Effect},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Chicago University Press},<br />
address = {Chicago},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewusste Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2011a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbekommunikation semiotisch},<br />
booktitle = {Handbuch Werbekommunikation},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Nina Janich},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {UTB},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {erscheint Mitte 2011},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Beyond Depicting. Language-Image-Links in the Service of Advertising},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {3-28},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2009b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2009b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {The Language-Image-Text. Theoretical and Analytical Inroads into Semiotic Complexity},<br />
journal = {AAA Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
volume = {34},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {202-226},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2008a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Werbetypographie. Formen und Funktionen},<br />
booktitle = {Werbung – grenzenlos. Multimodale Werbetexte im interkulturellen Vergleich},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Bendel, Sylvia & Held, Gudrun},<br />
pages = {13–36},<br />
publisher = {Lang},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2005a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typography: Body and Dress of a Text – A Signing Mode between Language and Image},<br />
journal = {Visual Communication},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {204-214},<br />
note = {Special Issue “The New Typography”},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stöckl 2004a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Die Sprache im Bild – Das Bild in der Sprache. Zur Verknüpfung von Sprache und Bild im massenmedialen Text},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2004b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 2004b,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Typographie: Körper und Gewand des Textes. Linguistische Überlegungen zu typographischer Gestaltung},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Angewandte Linguistik},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {41},<br />
pages = {5-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stöckl 2003a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {„Imagine“: Stilanalyse multimodal. Am Beispiel des TV-Werbespots},<br />
booktitle = {Sprachstil – Zugänge und Anwendungen. Ulla Fix zum 60. Geburtstag},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Barz, Irmhild & Lerchner, Gotthard & Schröder, },<br />
pages = {305-323},<br />
publisher = {Winter},<br />
address = {Heidelberg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stöckl 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stöckl 1992a,<br />
author = {Stöckl, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Der ‚picture relation type’ – Ein praktischer Analysemodus zur Beschreibung der vielfältigen Einbettungs- und Verknüpfungsbeziehungen von Bild und Text},<br />
journal = {Papiere zur Linguistik},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
volume = {46},<br />
number = {11},<br />
pages = {49-61},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoesz 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@misc{Stoesz 2008a,<br />
author = {Stoesz Brenda Marie},<br />
title = {The Role of Selective Attention in Perceptual Switching. },<br />
year = {2008},<br />
howpublished = {Department of Psychology, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba},<br />
note = {Thesis Master of Arts Thesis},<br />
hidden = {zuletzt geprüft am 17.03.2011},<br />
url = {mspace.lib.umanitoba.ca/bitstream/1993/3083/1/BStoesz%20-%20MA%20thesis%202008%20revisions.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stoichita 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Stoichita 1998a,<br />
author = {Stoichita, Victor I.},<br />
title = {Das selbstbewußte Bild. Vom Ursprung der Metamalerei},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch 1998,<br />
author = {Stowasser, J. M. & Petschenig, M. & Skutsch, Fr.},<br />
title = {Stowasser. Lateinisch-Deutsches Schulwörterbuch},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Stowasser & Petschenig & Skutsch},<br />
pages = {574},<br />
publisher = {Oldenbourg Schulbuchverlag},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strätling & Witte 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Strätling & Witte 2006a,<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit der Schrift},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Strätling,Susanne & Witte, Georg},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauß 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strauß 1998a,<br />
author = {Strauß, Bernd (Hg.)},<br />
title = {Zuschauer},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
publisher = {Hogrefe},<br />
address = {Göttingen [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strenge 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strenge_1998a,<br />
author = {Strenge, Britta},<br />
title = {Typos/Typologie},<br />
booktitle = {Historisches Wörterbuch der Philosophie. Bd. 10},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {Joachim Ritter et al.},<br />
pages = {1587-1595},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Striedter 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Striedter 1984a,<br />
author = {Striedter, K.H.},<br />
title = {Felsbilder der Sahara},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strauss 1979a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Strauss 1979a,<br />
author = {Strauss, M.S.},<br />
title = {Abstraction of prototypical information by adults and 10-month-old infants},<br />
journal = {J. of Experimental Psychology: Human Leraning and Memory},<br />
year = {1979},<br />
volume = {5},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {618-632},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strawson 1970a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Strawson 1970a,<br />
author = {Strawson, P.F.},<br />
title = {Imagination and Perception},<br />
booktitle = {Experience and theory},<br />
year = {1970},<br />
editor = {Foster, L.; u.a. },<br />
publisher = {University of Massachusetts Press},<br />
address = {Amherst},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Strothotte & Schlechtweg 2002a,<br />
author = {Strothotte, Thomas & Schlechtweg, Stefan},<br />
title = {Non-photorealistic Computer Graphics: Modeling, Rendering, and Animation},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {San Francisco u.a},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Stüber & Stadler 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Stüber & Stadler 1999a,<br />
author = {Strüber, Daniel & Stadler, Michael},<br />
title = {Differences in top-down influences on the reversal rate of different categories of reversible figures},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {28},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1185–1196},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sturken & Cartwright 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Sturken & Cartwright 2001a,<br />
author = {Sturken, M. & Cartwright L.},<br />
title = {Practices of Looking. An Introduction to Visual Culture},<br />
publisher = {Oxford University Press},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
address = {Oxford, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1992a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch.},<br />
title = {Schreck-Gesichter. Symbole des magischen Alltags},<br />
booktitle = {Symbole des Alltags, Alltag der Symbole},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Blaschitz, G.; et al. },<br />
pages = {517-554},<br />
publisher = {ADV},<br />
address = {Graz},<br />
note = {Festschrift Harry Kühnel zum 65. Geburtstag},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sütterlin 1998a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sütterlin 1998a,<br />
author = {Sütterlin, Ch. },<br />
title = {Grenzen der Komplexität. Die Kunst als Bild der Wirklichkeit. Neuropsychologische und ethologische Erkenntnisse in der Kunst},<br />
booktitle = {Vom Einfachen zur Ganzheitlichkeit. Das Problem der Komplexität auf organismischer und soziokultureller Ebene},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
editor = {A.M. Wobus, & U. Wobus},<br />
pages = {167-188},<br />
publisher = {Nova Acta Leopoldina 77(304)},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Sulzer 1774a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Sulzer 1774a,<br />
author = {Sulzer, Johann Georg},<br />
title = {Allgemeine Theorie der Schönen Künste},<br />
booktitle = {Lexikon der Künster und der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1771-74},<br />
editor = {},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {Digitale Bibliothek Bd. 67, Berlin, 2004},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Susanka 2012===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Susanka 2012,<br />
author = {Susanka, Thomas},<br />
title = {The Rhetorics of Authenticity: Photographic Representations of War},<br />
booktitle = {Paradoxes of Authenticity},<br />
year = {2012},<br />
editor = {Sraub, Julia},<br />
pages = {95-114},<br />
publisher = {transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Szily 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Szily 1999a,<br />
author = {Szily, K.},<br />
title = {A magyar nyelvújítás szótára},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Nap Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==T==<br />
<br />
===Tappenbeck 1999===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tappenbeck 1999,<br />
author = {Tappenbeck, Inka},<br />
title = {Phantasie und Gesellschaft. Zur soziologischen Relevanz der Einbildungskraft},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tarski 1929a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tarski 1929a,<br />
author = {Tarski, Alfred},<br />
title = {Les fondement de la géometrie des corps},<br />
year = {1929},<br />
publisher = {Société polonaise de mathématique},<br />
address = {Cracovie},<br />
note = {Erweiterte Fassung in Tarksi: Logique, Sémantique, Métamathématique. A. Colin, Paris 1972, Vol. 1, 27-34},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tatarkiewicz 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tatarkiewicz 2003,<br />
author = {Tatarkiewicz, Wladysaw},<br />
title = {Geschichte der sechs Begriffe. Kunst • Schönheit • Form • Kreativität • Mimesis • Ästhetisches Erlebnis},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thaliat 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thaliat 2005a,<br />
author = {Thaliat, Babu},<br />
title = {Perspektivierung als Modalität der Symbolisierung. Erwin Panofskys Unternehmung zur Ausweitung und Präzisierung des Symbolisierungsprozesses in der Philosophie der symbolischen Formen von Ernst Cassirer},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thielmann & Schröter 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Thielmann & Schröter 2007a,<br />
title = {Display II: Digital. Navigationen},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Thielmann, Tristan & Schröter, Jens},<br />
publisher = {<em>Zeitschrift für Medien- und Kulturwissenschaften</em>},<br />
address = {},<br />
note = {Jg. 7, H. 2},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tholen 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tholen 2003a,<br />
author = {Tholen, Georg Christoph},<br />
title = {Die Zäsur der Medien. Kulturphilosophische Konturen},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Thornhill & Gangestad 1993a,<br />
author = {Thornhill, R. & Gangestad, S.W. },<br />
title = {Human facial beauty: averageness, symmetry and parasite resistance},<br />
journal = {Human nature},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
volume = {4},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {237-269},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Thürlemann 1990a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Vom Bild zum Raum. Beiträge zu einer semiotischen Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Thürlemann 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Thürlemann 1984a,<br />
author = {Thürlemann, Felix},<br />
title = {Die Farbe in der Malerei: Symbolischer und semi-symbolischer Bedeutungsmodus},<br />
booktitle = {Semiotics Unfolding. Proceedings of the Second Congress of the International Association for Semiotic Studies},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
editor = {Tasso Borbé},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Mouton},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tischner 1954a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tischner 1954a,<br />
author = {Tischner, H.},<br />
title = {Kunst der Südsee},<br />
year = {1954},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Todorov 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Todorov 1977,<br />
author = {Todorov, Tzvetan},<br />
title = {Symboltheorien},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
publisher = {Niemeyer},<br />
address = {Tübingen},<br />
note = {[frz. Original 1977]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Topper 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Topper 00a,<br />
author = {Topper, David},<br />
title = {On Anamorphosis. Setting Some Things Straight},<br />
journal = {Leonardo},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
volume = {33},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tótfalusi 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tótfalusi 2002a,<br />
author = {Tótfalusi, I.},<br />
title = {Magyar szótörténeti szótár},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {Anno Kiadó},<br />
address = {Budapest},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Totzke 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Totzke 2004a,<br />
author = {Totzke, Rainer},<br />
title = {Buchstaben-Folgen. Schriftlichkeit, Wissenschaft und Heideggers Kritik an der Wissenschaftsideologie},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
publisher = {Welbrück},<br />
address = {Weilerswist},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trier 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Trier 1992a,<br />
author = {Trier, Eduard },<br />
title = {Bildhauereitheorien des 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
publisher = {Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {4. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Troje & McAdam 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Troje & McAdam 2010a,<br />
author = {Troje, N. F. & McAdam, M.},<br />
title = {The viewing-from-above bias and the silhouette illusion},<br />
journal = {i-Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {143–148},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {i-perception.perceptionweb.com/fulltext/i01/i0408.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Trübner 1940===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Trübner 1940,<br />
title = {Trübners Deutsches Wörterbuch. Bd. 2: C-F},<br />
year = {1940},<br />
editor = {Alfred Göze},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter },<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {Art. „darstellen“, S. 27},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Kwo Da-Wei 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Kwo Da-Wei 81a,<br />
author = {Kwo Da-Wei},<br />
title = {Chinese Brushwork - Its History, Aesthetics and Technics},<br />
year = {1981},<br />
publisher = {Allanheld & Schram},<br />
address = {Montclair},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tseng 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tseng 93a,<br />
author = {Tseng, Yu-ho},<br />
title = {A History of Chinese Calligraphy},<br />
year = {1993a},<br />
publisher = {Chinese University Press},<br />
address = {Hongkong},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Tugendhat 1976a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat 1976a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die sprachanalytische Philosophie},<br />
year = {1976},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Tugendhat & Wolf 1983a,<br />
author = {Tugendhat, Ernst & Wolf, Ursula},<br />
title = {Logisch-semantische Propädeutik},<br />
year = {1983},<br />
publisher = {Reclam},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {(revid. 1986)},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==U==<br />
===Ullrich 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Ullrich 1997a,<br />
author = {Ullrich, Wolfgang},<br />
title = {Digitaler Nominalismus. Zum Status der Computerfotografie},<br />
journal = {Fotogeschichte},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
volume = {},<br />
number = {64},<br />
pages = {63-73},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==V==<br />
===Vaihinger 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vaihinger 1997a,<br />
author = {Vaihinger, Dirk},<br />
title = {Virtualität und Realität – Die Fiktionalisierung der Wirklichkeit und die unendliche Information},<br />
booktitle = {Künstliche Paradiese, Virtuelle Realitäten. Künstliche Räume in Literatur-, Sozial-, und Naturwissenschaften},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
editor = {Krapp, Holger & Wägenbaur, Thomas},<br />
pages = {19-43},<br />
publisher = {Wilhelm Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Valenza et al. 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Valenza et al. 1996a,<br />
author = {Valenza, E.; Simion, F.; Cassia, V.M. & Umiltà, C.},<br />
title = {Face preference at birth},<br />
journal = {J. of experimental Psychology (Human Perception and Performance) },<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {22},<br />
number = {4},<br />
pages = {892-903},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Varela 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Varela 1990a,<br />
author = {Varela, Francisco J.},<br />
title = {Kognitionswissenschaft, Kognitionstechnik. Eine Skizze aktueller Perspektiven},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasari 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasari 2006a,<br />
author = {Vasari, Georgio },<br />
title = {Einführung in die Künste der Architektur, Bildhauerei und Malerei},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Burioni, M.},<br />
publisher = {Klaus Wagenbach},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vasmer 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vasmer 1986a,<br />
author = {Vasmer, Max},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka. Perevod s nemezkogo jasyka O. N. Trubačeva. V četyrëch tomach},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Moskva},<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===VCQ 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{VCQ 1996a,<br />
author = {},<br />
title = {Visual Culture Questionnaire},<br />
journal = {October},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
volume = {77},<br />
pages = {25-70},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Veltman 1986a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Veltman 1986a,<br />
author = {Veltman, Kim H.},<br />
title = {Perspective, Anamorphosis and Vision},<br />
journal = {Marburger Jahrbuch},<br />
year = {1986},<br />
volume = {21},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {93-117},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Ventola et al. 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Ventola et al. 2009a,<br />
author = {Ventola, Eija & Guijarro, Moya & Arsenio, Jesús},<br />
title = {The World Told and the World Shown. Multisemiotic Issues},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Palgrave Macmillan},<br />
address = {Basingstoke},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Venus 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Venus 2009a,<br />
author = {Venus, Jochen},<br />
title = {Raumbild und Tätigkeitssimulation. Video- und Computerspiele als Darstellungsmedien des Tätigkeitsempfindens},<br />
booktitle = {Das Raumbild. Bilder jenseits ihrer Flächen},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Winter, Gundolf; Schröter, Jens & Barck, Joanna},<br />
pages = {259-280},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vieu 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vieu 1991a,<br />
author = {Vieu,Laure},<br />
title = {Sémantique des relations spatiales et inférences spatio-temporelles: Une contribution á l'étude des structures formelles de l'espace en Langage Naturel},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
publisher = {INRI, Université Paul Sabatier},<br />
address = {Toulouse},<br />
note = {Doctoral Thesis},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vischer 1873a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vischer 1873a,<br />
author = {Vischer, Robert},<br />
title = {Ueber das optische Formgefühl. Ein Beitrag zur Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1873},<br />
publisher = {Credner},<br />
address = {Leipzig},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vögtli u. Ernst 2007a,<br />
author = {Vögtli, Alexander; Beat Ernst},<br />
title = {Wissenschaftliche Bilder. Eine kritische Betrachtung},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Schwabe Verlag},<br />
address = {Basel},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Völker 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Völker 2010a,<br />
author = {Völker, Clara},<br />
title = {Mobile Medien. Zur Genealogie des Mobilfunks und zur Ideengeschichte von Virtualität},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Transcript},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vogel 2003a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien als Voraussetzungen für Gedanken},<br />
booktitle = {Medienphilosophie. Beiträge zur Klärung eines Begriffs},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Münker, Stefan; Roesler, Alexander & Sandbothe, Mike},<br />
pages = {107-134 + 213-215 [Anmerkungen]},<br />
publisher = {Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogel 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Vogel 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogel, Matthias},<br />
title = {Medien der Vernunft. Eine Theorie des Geistes und der Rationalität auf Grundlage einer Theorie der Medien},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vogl 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Vogl 2001a,<br />
author = {Vogl, Joseph},<br />
title = {Medien-Werden. Galileis Fernrohr},<br />
journal = {Archiv für Mediengeschichte},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
volume = {1},<br />
pages = {115-124},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Volkelt 1905a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Volkelt 1905a,<br />
author = {Volkelt, Johannes},<br />
title = {System der Ästhetik. Erster Band: Grundlegung der Ästhetik},<br />
year = {1905},<br />
publisher = {Beck},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Vorländer 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Vorländer 2003a,<br />
author = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
title = {Demokratie und Ästhetik. Zur Rehabilitierung eines problematischen Zusammenhangs},<br />
booktitle = {Zur Ästhetik der Demokratie. Formen der politischen Selbstdarstellung},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Vorländer, Hans},<br />
pages = {11-26},<br />
publisher = {Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==W==<br />
<br />
===Wade et al. 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wade et al. 2010a,<br />
author = {Wade, Nicholas J.; Campbel, Robin N.; Ross, Helen E. & Lingelbach, Bernd},<br />
title = {Necker in Scotch perspective},<br />
journal = {Perception},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
volume = {39},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {1–4},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wagner 1999a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Christoph},<br />
title = {Farbe und Metapher},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Gebr.Mann},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 2006a,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Nachwort},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {211-225},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wagner 1996a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wagner 1996,<br />
author = {Wagner, Peter},<br />
title = {Introduction: Ekphrasis, Iconotexts, and Intermediality - the State(s) of the Art(s)},<br />
booktitle = {Icons - texts - iconoctexts},<br />
year = {1996},<br />
editor = {Ders.},<br />
pages = {1-42},<br />
publisher = {De Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Waldenfels 2010a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Sinne und Künste im Wechselspiel. Modi ästhetischer Erfahrung},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Waldenfels 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Waldenfels 1999a,<br />
author = {Waldenfels, Bernhard},<br />
title = {Ordnungen des Sichtbaren},<br />
booktitle = {Sinnesschwellen},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {???},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1973a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Walton 1973a,<br />
author = {Kendall L. Walton},<br />
title = {Pictures as Make-Believe},<br />
journal = {The Philosophical Review},<br />
year = {1973},<br />
volume = {82},<br />
number = {3},<br />
pages = {283-319},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Walton 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Walton 1990a,<br />
author = {Walton, Kendall L.},<br />
title = {Mimesis as make-believe : on the foundations of the representational arts},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Harvard Univ. Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge, Mass. [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wandhoff 2003a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis: Kunstbeschreibungen und virtuelle Räume in der Literatur des Mittelalters},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wandhoff 2001a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wandhoff 2001a,<br />
author = {Wandhoff, Heiko},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis. Bildbeschreibungen in der Literatur von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart},<br />
booktitle = {Audiovisualität vor und nach Gutenberg. Zur Kulturgeschichte der medialen Umbrüche},<br />
year = {2001},<br />
editor = {Wenzel, Horst},<br />
pages = {175-184},<br />
publisher = {Verlag des Kunsthistor. Museums Wien},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warburg 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warburg 2008a,<br />
author = {Warburg, Aby},<br />
title = {Der Bilderatlas Mnemosyne (2000)},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin; unter Mitarbeit von Brink, Claudia},<br />
publisher = {Akademie},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1993a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Warnke 1993a,<br />
title = {Bildersturm. Die Zerstörung des Kunstwerks},<br />
year = {1993},<br />
editor = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Warnke 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Warnke 1984a,<br />
author = {Warnke, Martin},<br />
title = {Politische Architektur in Europa vom Mittelalter bis heute: Repräsentation und Gemeinschaft},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {DuMont},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Watt 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Watt 2002a, <br />
author = {Watt, Alan}, <br />
title = {3D-Computergrafik},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Webb 2009a, <br />
author = {Webb, Ruth}, <br />
title = {Ekphrasis, imagination and persuasion in ancient rhetorical theory and practice},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Ashgate},<br />
address = {Farnham [u.a.]},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Webb 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Webb 1999a,<br />
author = {Webb, Ruth},<br />
title = {Ekphrasis ancient and modern: the invention of a genre},<br />
journal = {Word & Image},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
volume = {15},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {7-18},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weber 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weber 2000a,<br />
author = { Weber, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Windmühlen oder Mauern? Die Archive und der neue Wind in der Informationstechnik},<br />
booktitle = {Digitale Archive - Ein neues Paradigma?},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
editor = {Metzing, Andreas},<br />
pages = {79-94},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Marburg },<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wege 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wege 1999a,<br />
author = {Wege, Astrid},<br />
title = {Appropriation Art},<br />
booktitle = {Prestel Lexikon Kunst und Künstler im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
editor = {Sagner-Düchting, K. & Düchting, H.},<br />
pages = {20},<br />
publisher = {Prestel},<br />
address = {München, London, New York},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weidenmann 1988a ===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weidenmann 1988a,<br />
author = {Weidenmann, Bernd },<br />
title = {Psychische Prozesse beim Verstehen von Bildern},<br />
year = {1988},<br />
publisher = {Huber},<br />
address = { Bern u.a.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss im Erscheinen===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss im Erscheinen,<br />
author = {Weiss, Dieter G.},<br />
title = {Das neue Bild der Zelle: Wechsel der Sichtweisen in der Zellbiologie durch neue Mikroskopieverfahren},<br />
booktitle = {Visualisierung und Erkenntnis. Bildverstehen und Bildverwenden in Natur- und Geisteswissenschaften},<br />
year = {im Erscheinen},<br />
editor = {Liebsch, Dimitri & Mößner, Nicola},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Herbert von Halem Verlag},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weiss 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Weiss 2009a,<br />
author = {Weiss, G. },<br />
title = {Masken begleiten, erinnern, ehren und erneuern},<br />
booktitle = {Wir sind Maske},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Ferino-Pagden, S.},<br />
pages = {???},<br />
publisher = {Kunsthistorisches Museum},<br />
address = {Wien},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Weissberg 1997===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Weissberg 1997,<br />
author = {Weissberg, Liliane},<br />
title = {Geistersprache. Philosophischer und literarischer Diskurs im späten achtzehnten Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wellbery 1977===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wellbery 1977,<br />
author = {Wellbery, David E.},<br />
title = {Aesthetics and Semiotics in the German Enlightenment},<br />
year = {1977},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Yale University},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Werckmeister 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Werckmeister 2005a,<br />
author = {Werckmeister, Otto Karl},<br />
title = {Der Medusa Effekt. Politische Bildstrategien seit dem 11. September 2001},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {form + zweck},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wescher 1968a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wescher 1968a,<br />
author = {Wescher, Herta},<br />
title = {Die Collage / Geschichte eines künstlerischen Ausdrucksmittels},<br />
year = {1968},<br />
publisher = {DuMont Schauberg},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wheeler 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wheeler 2005a,<br />
author = {Wheeler, Michael},<br />
title = {Reconstructing the Cognitive World: The Next Step},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {MIT Press},<br />
address = {Cambridge MA},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiegand 1981a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@proceedings{Wiegand 1981a,<br />
title = {Die Wahrheit der Photographie. Klassische Bekenntnisse zu einer neuen Kunst },<br />
year = {1981},<br />
editor = {Wiegand, Wilfried },<br />
publisher = {S. Fischer},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2009a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Das Mich der Wahrnehmung. Eine Autopsie},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2008a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Die Sichtbarkeit des Bildes. Geschichte und Perspektiven der formalen Ästhetik},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Campus},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main/New York},<br />
note = {mit einem aktuellen Vorwort des Autors zur Neuausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Wiesing 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2007,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Zur Rhetorik des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Bildrhetorik},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
editor = {Knape, Joachim},<br />
pages = {37-48},<br />
publisher = {Koerner},<br />
address = {Baden-Baden},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2005a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Artifizielle Präsenz. Studien zur Philosophie des Bildes},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp Verlag},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wiesing 2004a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Pragmatismus und Performativität des Bildes},<br />
booktitle = {Performativität und Medialität},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Krämer, Sybille},<br />
pages = {115-128},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wiesing 2000a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wiesing 2000a,<br />
author = {Wiesing, Lambert},<br />
title = {Phänomene im Bild},<br />
year = {2000},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wilharm 1992a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wilharm 1992a,<br />
author = {Wilharm, Heiner},<br />
title = {Ein Bild sagt mehr als 1000 Worte},<br />
booktitle = {Diagrammatik und Philosophi},<br />
year = {1992},<br />
editor = {Petra Gehring, Thomas Keutner, Jörg F. Maas und Wolfgang Maria Ueding}, <br />
pages = {121-159},<br />
publisher = {},<br />
address = {Amsterdam & Atlanta},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Willms 1935a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Willms 1935a,<br />
author = {Willms, Hans},<br />
title = {Eikon. Eine begriffsgeschichtliche Untersuchung zum Platonismus. 1. Teil. Philon von Alexandreia. Mit einer Einleitung über Platon und die Zwischenzeit},<br />
year = {1935},<br />
publisher = {Verlag der Aschendorffschen Verlagsbuchhandlung},<br />
address = {Münster},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wimmer 1991a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wimmer 1991a,<br />
author = {Wimmer, Thomas},<br />
title = {Fabrikation der Fiktion?},<br />
booktitle = {Digitaler Schein. Ästhetik der digitalen Medien},<br />
year = {1991},<br />
editor = {Rötzer, }, <br />
pages = {519-533},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt a.M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winkler 2003a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Winkler 2003a,<br />
author = {Winkler, Hartmut},<br />
title = {Zugriff. Thesen zur Umorganisation der gesellschaftlichen Bildarchive unter den Bedingungen des Digitalen},<br />
booktitle = {Suchbilder. Visuelle Kultur zwischen Algorithmen und Archiven},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
editor = {Ernst, Wolfgang; Heidenreich, Stefan & Holl, Ute},<br />
pages = {144-148},<br />
publisher = {???},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winner 1962a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Winner 1962a,<br />
author = {Winner, Matthias},<br />
title = {Gemalte Kunsttheorie. Zu Gustave Courbets ‚Allégorie réelle‘ und der Tradition},<br />
journal = {Jahrbuch der Berliner Museen},<br />
year = {4},<br />
volume = {1962},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {150-185},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Winthrop-Young 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Winthrop-Young 2005a,<br />
author = {Winthroph-Young, Geoffrey},<br />
title = {Friedrich Kittler zur Einführung},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
publisher = {Junius},<br />
address = {Hamburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wirth 2004a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wirth 2004a,<br />
author = {Wirth, Uwe},<br />
title = {Das Vorwort als performative, paratextuelle und parergonale Rahmung},<br />
booktitle = {Rhetorik. Figuration und Performanz},<br />
year = {2004},<br />
editor = {Fohrmann, Jürgen},<br />
pages = {603-628},<br />
publisher = {Metzler},<br />
address = {Stuttgart},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Whitfield 1999a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Whitfield 1999a,<br />
author = {Whitfield, S.},<br />
title = {Lucio Fontana},<br />
year = {1999},<br />
publisher = {Hayward Gallery Publ.},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witsch 2008a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witsch 2008a,<br />
author = {Witsch, Monika},<br />
title = {Kultur und Bildung: Ein Beitrag für eine kulturwissenschaftliche Grundlegung von Bildung im Anschluss an Georg Simmel, Ernst Cassirer und Richard Hönigswald},<br />
year = {2008},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2005a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2005a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Textflächen und Flächentexte. Das Schriftsehen der literarischen Avantgarden},<br />
booktitle = {Schrift. Kulturtechnik zwischen Auge, Hand und Maschine},<br />
year = {2005},<br />
editor = {Grube, G.; Kogge, W. & Krämer, S.},<br />
pages = {375-396},<br />
publisher = {Fink},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2010a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Witte 2010a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Zur Geschichte der Bildung. Eine philosophische Kritik},<br />
year = {2010},<br />
publisher = {Karl Alber},<br />
address = {Freiburg/München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2011a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2011a,<br />
author = {Witte, Georg},<br />
title = {Das ,Zusammen-Begreifen’ des Blicks: Vers und Schrift},<br />
booktitle = {Schriftbildlichkeit. Wahrnehmbarkeit, Materialität und Operativität von Notationen},<br />
year = {2011},<br />
editor = {Krämer, S.; Cancik-Kirschbaum, E. & Totzke, R.},<br />
pages = {265-286},<br />
publisher = {Akademie Verlag},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Witte 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Witte 2009a,<br />
author = {Witte, Egbert},<br />
title = {Selbstbild und Bildung. Ein Versuch},<br />
booktitle = {Bild – Bildung – Argumentation},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
editor = {Helmer, K.; Herchert, G. & Löwenstein, S.},<br />
pages = {81-100},<br />
publisher = {Königshausen & Neumann},<br />
address = {Würzburg},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {Reihe: Beiträge zur Theorie der Argumentation in der Pädagogik. Herausgegeben von Andreas Dörpinghaus und Karl Helmer. Band 5},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1984a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1984a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Über Gewißheit},<br />
year = {1984},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1990a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1990a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus logico-philosophicus},<br />
year = {1990},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {Tagebücher 1914-1916; Philosophische Untersuchungen. [7. Aufl.]},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971a,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Philosophische Untersuchungen},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt/M.},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1971b===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1971b,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Vorlesungen und Gespräche über Ästhetik, Psychologie und Religion},<br />
year = {1971},<br />
publisher = {Vandenhoeck u. Ruprecht},<br />
address = {Göttingen},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wittgenstein 1922===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wittgenstein 1922,<br />
author = {Wittgenstein, Ludwig},<br />
title = {Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus},<br />
year = {1922},<br />
publisher = {Kegan Paul},<br />
address = {London},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wölfflin 1915a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wölfflin 1915a,<br />
author = {Wölfflin, Heinrich},<br />
title = {Kunstgeschichtliche Grundbegriffe},<br />
year = {1915},<br />
publisher = {Bruckmann},<br />
address = {München},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1982a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1982a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Sehen-als, sehen-in und bildliche Darstellung},<br />
booktitle = {Objekte der Kunst},<br />
year = {1982},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
pages = {192-210},<br />
publisher = {Suhrkamp},<br />
address = {Frankfurt am Main},<br />
note = {übersetzt von Looser, Max},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1978===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 1978,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Are the Criteria of Identity that Hold für a Work of Art in the Different Arts Aesthetically Relevant?},<br />
journal = {Ratio},<br />
year = {1978},<br />
volume = {20},<br />
number = {},<br />
pages = {29-48},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 1987a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Wollheim 1987a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {Painting, Metaphor, and the Body: Titian, Bellini, De Kooning, etc.},<br />
booktitle = {Painting as an Art},<br />
year = {1987},<br />
editor = {Wollheim, R.},<br />
pages = {},<br />
publisher = {Princeton University Press},<br />
address = {Princeton},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wollheim 2001===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wollheim 2001a,<br />
author = {Wollheim, Richard},<br />
title = {On Pictorial Representation},<br />
journal = {Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism},<br />
year = {1998},<br />
volume = {56},<br />
pages = {215-2268},<br />
address = {Cambridge},<br />
note = {Neuabdruck in: Gerwen, Rob van (Hg.). Richard Wollheim on the Art of Painting: Art as Representation and Expression. Cambridge UP, 2001},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Worringer 1908a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Worringer 1908a,<br />
author = {Worringer, Wilhelm},<br />
title = {Abstraktion und Einfühlung, Ein Beitrag zur Stilpsychologie},<br />
year = {1908},<br />
publisher = {??},<br />
address = {Bonn},<br />
note = {Berlin, 1959},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wortmann 2003===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wortmann 2003,<br />
author = {Wortmann, Volker},<br />
title = {Authentisches Bild und authentisierende Form},<br />
year = {2003},<br />
publisher = {van Halem},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
===Wulff 2007a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Wulff 2007a,<br />
author = {Wulff, Hans J.},<br />
title = {Schichtenbau und Prozesshaftigkeit des Diegetischen: Zwei Anmerkungen},<br />
journal = {montage AV - Zeitschrift für Theorie & Geschichte audiovisueller Kommunikation},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
volume = {16},<br />
number = {2: Thema Diegese},<br />
pages = {39-51},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Wunsch 2007===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Wunsch 2007,<br />
author = {Wunsch, Matthias},<br />
title = {Einbildungskraft und Erfahrung bei Kant},<br />
year = {2007},<br />
publisher = {Walter de Gruyter},<br />
address = {Berlin; New York},<br />
note = {Gerhard; Baum, Manfred; Dörflinger, Bernd; Seebohm, Thomas M. (Hrsg.): Kantstudien, Ergänzungshefte (im Auftrag der Kant-Gesellschaft, Band 155)},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==X==<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
===Zaloscer 1974a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Zaloscer 1974a,<br />
author = {Zaloscer, Hilde},<br />
title = {Versuch einer Phänomenologie des Rahmens},<br />
journal = {Zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft},<br />
year = {1974},<br />
volume = {19},<br />
number = {2},<br />
pages = {189-224},<br />
note = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zeune 1997a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zeune 1997a,<br />
author = {Zeune, Joachim},<br />
title = {Burgen. Symbole der Macht. Ein neues Bild der mittelalterlichen Burg},<br />
year = {1997},<br />
publisher = {Pustet},<br />
address = {Regensburg},<br />
note = {2. Auflage},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmer 1995a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zimmer 1995a,<br />
author = {Zimmer, A. C.},<br />
title = {Multistability – More than just a Freak Phenomenon},<br />
booktitle = {Ambiguity in mind and nature. Multistable cognitive phenomena},<br />
year = {1995},<br />
editor = {Kruse, Peter & Stadler, Michael},<br />
pages = {99–138},<br />
publisher = {Springer},<br />
address = {Berlin},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zimmermann 2009a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zimmermann 2009a,<br />
author = {Zimmermann, Anja},<br />
title = {Ästhetik der Objektivität. Genese und Funktion eines wissenschaftlichen und künstlerischen Stils im 19. Jahrhundert},<br />
year = {2009},<br />
publisher = {transcript Verlag},<br />
address = {Bielefeld},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2002a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2002a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Vom Kunstzitat zur Metakunst. Kunst über Kunst im 20. Jahrhundert},<br />
booktitle = {Wettstreit der Künste. Malerei und Skulptur von Dürer bis Daumier},<br />
year = {2002},<br />
editor = {Mai, E. & Wettengl, K.},<br />
pages = {171-189},<br />
publisher = {Edition Minerva},<br />
address = {Wolfratshausen},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zuschlag 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@inproceedings{Zuschlag 2006a,<br />
author = {Zuschlag, Christoph},<br />
title = {Auf dem Weg zu einer Theorie der Interikonizität},<br />
booktitle = {Lesen ist wie Sehen. Intermediale Zitate in Bild und Text},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
editor = {Horstkotte, S. & Leonhard, K.},<br />
pages = {89-99},<br />
publisher = {Böhlau},<br />
address = {Köln},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
===Zyganenko 1989a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@book{Zyganenko 1989a,<br />
author = {Zyganenko, Galina},<br />
title = {Ėtymologičeskij slovar' russkogo jasyka},<br />
year = {1989},<br />
publisher = {Rad. shkola},<br />
address = {Kiev },<br />
note = {2. Ausgabe},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
==Fehlerhafte Angaben==<br />
===Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a===<br />
<bibentry><br />
@article{Schirra & Sachs-Hombach 2006a,<br />
author = {Schirra, Jörg R. J. & Sachs-Hombach, Klaus},<br />
title = {Bild und Wort. Ein Vergleich aus bildwissenschaftlicher Sicht},<br />
journal = {ELiSe: Essener Linguistische Skripte},<br />
year = {2006},<br />
volume = {6},<br />
number = {1},<br />
pages = {51-72},<br />
note = {},<br />
hidden = {},<br />
url = {http://www.uni-due.de/imperia/md/content/elise/2006_-_schirra___hombach.pdf},<br />
}<br />
</bibentry><br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--- Die folgende Zeile muß immer am Ende der Seite stehen!! --><br />
<!--- Nicht entfernen und keinen Biblio-Eintrag danach setzen --><br />
<bibexport/></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Grundbegriffe_der_Bildlichkeit&diff=9110
Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit
2012-09-12T09:38:49Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Hauptpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Hauptpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Hauptpunkt zu: [[Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der vorparadigmatische Zustand der Bildwissenschaft=====<br />
Eine sich neu konstituierende Wissenschaftsdisziplin ist in der Regel zunächst damit beschäftigt, ihren Gegenstandsbereich zu bestimmen. Bereits dieser Arbeitsschritt lässt sich für gewöhnlich nicht vollkommen problemlos bewältigen. Über die Frage, wie weit der Gegenstandsbereich einer Disziplin zu reichen habe, werden häufig kontroverse grundlagentheoretische Debatten geführt. Viele dieser Debatten gründen auf dem Umstand, dass der ''Begriff'', der einer Wissenschaftsdisziplin ihren Namen gibt, in der Regel nicht schon von sich aus Aufschluss über die konkreten ''Phänomene'' gibt, auf die er sich bezieht.<br />
:<br />
Am Beispiel der Bildwissenschaft lässt sich dieser Sachverhalt gut vor Augen führen. Begrifflich ist hier völlig unstrittig, dass die Untersuchung von ''Bild''phänomenen im Zentrum der wissenschaftlichen Aufmerksamkeit steht. Weitaus weniger unkontrovers ist jedoch, welcher Phänomenbereich genau von einer Bildwissenschaft historisch wie systematisch überblickt werden sollte. Soll sich die Bildwissenschaft nur solchen Phänomenen zuwenden, die einem engeren Bildbegriff entsprechen (Gemälde, Zeichnungen, Fotografien usw.); oder sind auch andere Phänomene gleichberechtigt zu berücksichtigen, die weitere mediale Register umfassen, welche aus konventioneller Sicht eher nur mittelbar mit Facetten des Bildlichen zusammenhängen (z.B. Diagramme, Ornamente, Kalligrafie, Schriftbilder)? Alleine über diese grundlegende Frage lassen sich Diskussionen führen, die in ausformulierter Form ganze Bücherregale füllen.<br />
:<br />
Ein ähnlicher Sachverhalt lässt sich im Hinblick auf die Frage feststellen, welche Gesichtspunkte als elementare Bestandteile einer allgemeinen Theorie des Bildes zu gelten haben. Genauer gefragt: Welche Aspekte des Ikonischen lassen sich zu Grundbegriffen des Bildlichen verdichten? Welche Faktoren sind unbedingt zu berücksichtigen, wenn theoretisch konzise und adäquat über das Phänomen der Bildlichkeit reflektiert werden soll? Auch über diese grundbegrifflichen Fragen lässt sich ausgiebig und kontrovers diskutieren. Potenziert wird dieser Sachverhalt durch die Tatsache, dass es sich bei der Idee einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft um ein relativ junges akademisches Unterfangen handelt. Die „bildwissenschaftliche Forschungssituation“, notiert etwa Klaus Sachs-Hombach, befindet sich „insgesamt“ in einem „vorparadigmatischen Stadium“ (<bib id='Sachs-Hombach 2003a'></bib>: S. 12f.). Aus dem Faktum, dass die Klärung dessen, was den Kern des Bildbegriffs ausmacht, nicht ohne Weiteres herbeigeführt werden kann,<ref>Nicht umsonst trägt eine der meistzitierten bildwissenschaftlichen Anthologien den Titel ''Was ist ein Bild?'' (vgl. <bib id='Boehm 1994c'></bib>) – eine Frage, die in den darin versammelten Beiträgen mitnichten einstimmig beantwortet wird und vielleicht gerade deshalb zu weiterführenden Studien zur allgemeinen Bilderfrage animieren sollte.</ref> folgt nicht zuletzt auch der Umstand, dass die Suche nach allgemeinen Grundbegriffen des Bildlichen bei Weitem nicht abgeschlossen ist.<br />
:<br />
<br />
=====Auf der Suche nach den Elementen einer allgemeinen Bildtheorie=====<br />
Dass sich im Rahmen der intensiv geführten jüngeren bildwissenschaftlichen Debatte kein Begriffsrepertoire herausbilden konnte, welches zur Untersuchung grundlagentheoretischer Bildreflexionen herangezogen werden könnte, lässt sich unterdessen nicht behaupten. Auch wenn über die methodischen und disziplinären Fundamente einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft noch in vielen Punkten keine weitreichende Einigkeit erzielt werden konnte, sind durchaus Konzepte und Begrifflichkeiten in Umlauf gekommen, die theorieübergreifend als bildwissenschaftliche ''termini technici'' Anerkennung gefunden haben. Auch stimmen Vertreterinnen und Vertreter unterschiedlichster Fach- und Theorierichtungen häufig darin überein, welche Phänomene und Begriffe zur Eingrenzung der Kategorie der Bildlichkeit eingehend zu analysieren sind.<br />
:<br />
Weitgehender Konsens besteht etwa darüber, dass Bildlichkeit stets in einem Spannungsfeld von [[Absenz und Präsenz]] steht. Was auf einem Bild zu sehen ist, wird häufig als eine artifizielle „Anwesenheit ohne Gegenwart“ (<bib id='Mersch 2002a'></bib>: S. 70) charakterisiert.<ref>Vgl. hierzu vor allem <bib id='Wiesing 2005a'></bib>.</ref> Bildern wird auf diese Weise eine gewisse [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische|visuelle bzw. ikonische Evidenz]] zugesprochen, die in manchen Bildtheorien nicht nur in einem metaphorischen Sinne als phantomhaft oder [[Phantasma|phantasmatisch]] beschrieben wird.<br />
:<br />
Die wohl größte Verbreitung weist (zumindest in der deutschsprachigen Bilddebatte) das von Gottfried Boehm eingeführte Konzept der [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale|ikonischen Differenz]] auf (vgl. <bib id='Boehm 1994a'></bib>; <bib id='Boehm 2011a'></bib>). Reflektiert wird durch dieses Konzept der Umstand, wonach bildliche Sinneinheiten allererst in bzw. auf einer als Bildgrund fungierenden „überschaubaren Gesamtfläche“ (<bib id='Boehm 1994a'></bib>: S. 30) in Erscheinung treten können. In diesem Zusammenhang wird auch häufig darauf hingewiesen, dass Bildlichkeit mit einer deiktischen Doppelstruktur korreliert. Bilder ''zeigen'' demnach nicht einfach nur ''etwas'', worauf in spezifisch ikonischer Weise Bezug genommen wird; vielmehr ''zeigen'' sie immer auch ''sich'' mitsamt ihrer „materielle[n] Faktizität“ (<bib id='Finke 2007a'></bib>: S. 61) ([[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]]). Oder anders gesagt: „Zwar erzeugen Bilder Sichtbarkeiten – nämlich jene Formen, die Objekte bedeuten können –, im selben Moment aber stellen sie sich selbst als etwas Materielles aus, das wiederum nicht mit der Bedeutung kongruent ist.“ (<bib id='Finke 2007a'></bib>: ebd.)<br />
:<br />
Diskutiert wird in diesem Kontext oft die Tatsache, dass das ''Was'' einer bildlichen Darstellung insofern immerzu [[Stil|stilistisch]] präfiguriert ist, als jede Darstellung durchweg mit einer bestimmten Darstellungs''weise'' – einem eigentümlichen ''Wie'' des bildlich Sichtbaren – einhergeht. Dass der fundamentale Stilcharakter eines jeden Bildes zudem aufs Engste mit Phänomenen der [[Rahmung, Rahmen|Rahmung]] zusammensteht, in deren Grenzen Sichtbarkeit sich ''als bildliche'' überhaupt zu konstituieren vermag, umschreibt dabei keinesfalls eine belanglose Trivialität, sondern einen Sachstand, der für die grundbegriffliche Konturierung einer allgemeinen Bildwissenschaft von größter Bedeutung ist.<br />
:<br />
Auch dem Begriff des [[Theorien des Bildraums|Raums]] kommt in der bildwissenschaftlichen Forschungsdebatte zunehmend ein besonderer Stellenwert zu. Dass die Medialität des Bildes wesentlich raumbestimmt ist, ist spätestens seit Lessings ''Laokoon'' ein prägnanter bildtheoretischer Topos (vgl. <bib id='Lessing 1974a'></bib>), doch wird dieser erst seit verhältnismäßig kurzer Zeit vor dem Hintergrund neuerer Bildtheorien weiterführend und kritisch aufgegriffen (vgl. <bib id='Günzel 2012a'></bib>). Reflektiert wird in diesem Kontext etwa die Frage, auf welche Weise es Bildern gelingt, Raum darzustellen bzw. zu konstruieren. Dieses Problem wird nicht nur auf technischem Wege untersucht (beispielsweise über die Rekonstruktion der dem zentralperspektivischen Darstellungsverfahren zugrunde liegenden Gesetze, die bereits seit Jahrhunderten bekannt sind), sondern gerade auch wahrnehmungsphilosophisch. Verbreitet ist hier vor allem der Versuch, auf phänomenologischer Basis die Differenzen zwischen der Wahrnehmung bildlicher Raumkonstellationen und solchen nicht-bildlicher Natur in Erfahrung zu bringen. Diese Vorgehensweise gründet auf folgender Hoffnung: Wird verstanden, inwieweit sich die Wahrnehmung eines Bildes von der eines gewöhnlichen Raumdings unterscheidet, lassen sich so generalisierbare Rückschlüsse über die Natur sowohl der Bild- als auch der Normalwahrnehmung gewinnen, die für die Formulierung einer allgemeinen Theorie des Bildes als unerlässlich gewertet werden können (vgl. <bib id='Wiesing 2009a'></bib>).<br />
:<br />
Grundbegriffliche Forschungsfragen stellen sich schließlich auch in Bezug auf Themenbereiche ein, die zumindest auf den ersten Blick eher in einem erweiterten Sinne mit der Kategorie der Bildlichkeit in Zusammenhang stehen. Dies betrifft zum Beispiel die philosophische Erörterung des ''[[Weltbild, Lebensform|Weltbild]]''-Begriffs. Im alltäglichen Sprachgebrauch assoziiert man mit diesem Begriff für gewöhnlich eine in sich geschlossene Geisteshaltung, die auf persönlicher oder kollektiver Ebene mit einer bestimmten Mentalität oder Ideologie verwoben ist. In der Philosophie kommt ihm insbesondere in perspektivistischen Erkenntnistheorien ein zentraler Stellenwert zu. Spätestens seit Kant wird der Prozess der Erkenntnis als eine geistige Aktivität verstanden, in der weltliche Gegenstände und Sachverhalte keineswegs passiv ''abgebildet'', sondern vielmehr tätig ''gestiftet'' werden. Unter anderem der Kulturphilosoph Ernst Cassirer hat in diesem Zusammenhang häufig von einer „ursprünglichen Bildkraft“ (<bib id='Cassirer 1923a'></bib>: S. 21) des Geistes geredet, die mit der Konstruktion von spezifischen „Weltbildern“ kulminiere (vgl. <bib id='Cassirer 1925a'></bib>: S. 39). Das Ereignis der Erkenntnisgewinnung wird hier als ein grundsätzlich plastischer (d.h. stets veränderlicher) Prozess der ''Bildung'' von Welten angesehen, die in ähnlicher Form auf einer schöpferischen Tätigkeit des Geistes beruhen, wie dies bei der Erstellung eines materiellen Bildwerkes der Fall ist. Die ausdrückliche Rede von ''Weltbildern'' ist in diesem Kontext in vielen Punkten freilich metaphorisch zu verstehen. Nichtsdestotrotz spiegelt sich in ihr die keinesfalls nur in einem übertragenen Sinne zu begreifende Auffassung wider, wonach unser Wissen von und über Welt ähnlich perspektivisch zugeschnitten ist wie die Sichtbarkeitsgebilde bildlicher Artefakte.<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Links in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
<br />
{{GlossarBoxSub}}<br />
<br />
=====Unterpunkte=====<br />
<HR><br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!-- Zeilen sollten diese Form haben (XYZ jeweils ersetzen): * [[XYZ]] --><br />
* [[Absenz und Präsenz]]<br />
* [[Differenz, ikonische/pikturale]]<br />
* [[Evidenz, visuelle/ikonische]]<br />
* [[Phantasma]]<br />
* [[Rahmung, Rahmen]]<br />
* [[Stil]]<br />
* [[Theorien des Bildraums]]<br />
* [[Weltbild, Lebensform]]<br />
* [[Zeigen und Sich-Zeigen]]<br />
<br />
</div><br />
<br />
{{GlosTab3-O}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Mark A. Halawa|Mark A. Halawa]]<br />
<br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann |Eva Schürmann ]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Weltbild,_Lebensform&diff=8846
Weltbild, Lebensform
2012-07-11T17:44:00Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Bildlichkeit: Bedingungen und Folgen]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Darstellung des gr. Zusammenhangs=====<br />
Der Begriff des Weltbildes ist für das Thema Bildlichkeit deswegen von Bedeutung, weil Weltbilder Rahmenbedingungen sämtlicher Wirklichkeitsverhältnisse abgeben und als solche auch den Bedingungshintergrund pikturale Darstellungen prägen. Ein Weltbild besteht in den [[Perspektivik|perspektivierenden Grundannahmen]], aufgrund deren die Dinge in den [[Blick]] genommen und [[Darstellung und Vorstellung|dargestellt]] werden können. <br />
<br />
Für die verstehenstheoretische Voraussetzungshaftigkeit von Weltbildern hat Ludwig Wittgenstein eindrückliche Formulierungen gefunden: »[...] mein Weltbild habe ich nicht, weil ich mich von seiner Richtigkeit überzeugt habe; auch nicht, weil ich von seiner Richtigkeit überzeugt bin. Sondern es ist der überkommene Hintergrund, auf welchem ich zwischen wahr und falsch unterscheide.« Mit dem Bild des Flußbettes der Gedanken macht Wittgenstein klar, dass es sich bei Weltbildern um [Rahmung, Rahmen|Rahmungen] von Inhalten und Bedeutungen, nicht um diese selbst handelt, sondern um Bedingungen, die ihnen vorausgehen. Zugleich sind die Bedeutungen, was auch immer sie sind, nur aufgrund jener Rahmenbedingungen. »Das Flußbett der Gedanken [kann] sich verschieben. Aber ich unterscheide zwischen der Bewegung des Wassers im Flußbett und der Verschiebung dieses; obwohl es eine scharfe Trennung der beiden nicht gibt« (<bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'></bib>: §§ 94, 97 und 359).<br />
<br />
In Anlehnung an Kierkegaards berühmte Definition des Selbstbewusstseins könnte man sagen, dass ein Weltbild der Rahmen eines Verhältnisses ist, mit dem wir uns zu uns und zur Welt verhalten. Wie der Rahmen eines Bildes dessen Grenzen und ästhetische Geltung festlegt, steckt ein Weltbild die Grenzen der in einer Zeit typischen Auslegungs- und Verstehensmöglichkeiten ab. Es konditioniert ein verwobenes System von Wahrnehmungs-, Bewertungs- und Handlungsschemata, die Bewährtes absichern und Neues konditionieren. »Jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt« gilt es als begründungsunbedürftig und ist rechtfertigungstheoretisch nicht mehr weiter ausweisbar. <br />
<br />
Als kollektive Hintergrundannahme hat sich das Weltbild in die Sprache eingenistet. Diesen Zusammenhang hat Wittgenstein mit den Begriffen Lebensform und Sprachspiel erläutert, indem er zeigte, dass wir einander nur verstehen können, wenn wir in diesen übereinstimmen. <br />
<br />
Die Bilder, die Menschen sich zu verschiedenen Zeiten von der Welt machen, prägen als Wahrnehmungsbilder und Vorstellungsbilder die gesamte kulturelle Praxis. Sie sind insofern keine Abbilder von anderweitig vorhandenen Gegebenheiten, sondern der Deutungshorizont im Hintergrund der konkreten Bilder. Damit stellen sie zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte menschlicher Welterschließung dar. In Weltbildern sind Weltanschauungen , evaluative Einstellungen und normative Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent, die oft mit hart umkämpften Geltungsansprüchen einhergehen und die Handlungs- und Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten präformieren, noch bevor sie sich realisieren. Sie sind daher die Möglichkeitsbedingungen kreativer ebenso wie konventioneller Welterschließung.<br />
<br />
In Heideggers Weltbild-Aufsatz wird der Begriff als Beschreibung neuzeitlicher Subjektivität konzipiert. Folgt man Heidegger, wird die Welt in dem Maße zum Bild, in welchem der Mensch zum Subjekt wird. Bild meint dabei „wie sind über etwas im Bilde. Das will sagen: die Sache selbst steht so, wie es mit ihr für uns steht, vor uns. [...] Weltbild wesentlich verstanden meint daher nicht ein Bild von der Welt, sondern die Welt als Bild begriffen.“ (<bib id='Heidegger 1950a'></bib>: S. 82). <br />
<br />
Eben wegen der historischen Weltbildrelativität unserer Wirklichkeitsverhältnisse, steht es uns jedoch nicht zur freien Verfügung, beliebig damit zu verfahren. <br />
Sowohl der normative Rahmencharakter als auch die Freiheitlichkeit bildnerischer Weltverhältnisse lassen Weltbilder als ethische Bilder erscheinen, die in mehr als metaphorischem Sinne Bilder sind, weil sie wesentliche Eigenschaften des Bildlichen aufweisen. Es sind Bilder, die sowohl perzeptiv und aisthetisch, als auch imaginativ und ästhetisch zustande kommen. <br />
<br />
Ein Weltbild ist eine [[Perspektivik|Perspektivierung]], nicht nur eine Perspektive, denn es befindet bereits über den Zuschnitt einer Fragestellung, einer Sichtweise oder eines einzunehmenden Standpunktes, noch bevor diese selbst sich formieren.<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
⊳ [[Perspektivik]]<br />
⊳ [[Horizont]]<br />
⊳ [[Bildanthropologie]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Sehen&diff=8845
Sehen
2012-07-11T17:43:43Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Der Gesichtssinn<ref>Der folgende Beitrag stellt einige Argumenten aus dem Buch <bib id='Schürmann 2008a'>Schürmann 2008</bib> vor.</ref>===== <br />
Die Spezifik des Gesichtssinnes besteht in seiner Nähe zu Prozessen des Verstehens, Denkens und Auslegens. Sehen ist eine Tätigkeit von Auge und Gehirn und wirft damit bewusstseinstheoretische Fragen auf.<br />
Zwei entscheidende Positionen der Philosophie des 20. Jahrhunderts behandeln das Verhältnis von Visuellem und Mentalem als ein praktisch untrennbares Beziehungsgefüge, das in der theoretischen Beschreibung jedoch auseinander dividiert wird. Ludwig Wittgenstein und Martin Heidegger kommen dabei zu weitgehenden Übereinstimmungen in ihren Ausführungen dessen, was ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Wortes Sehen sein kann.<br />
In seiner ununterbrochenen Beziehung zum Mentalen bezieht das Sehen sich nicht nur auf raumzeitlich Anwesendes, sondern auch auf sinnlich Abwesendes. Bereits einfache wahrnehmungspsychologische Experimente<ref>Einen umfangreichen Überblick darüber gibt <bib id='Goldstein 1997a'>Goldstein 1997</bib></ref> zeigen, dass man eine Qualität des Vorstellens im Sehen annehmen muss, um etwa ergänzendes Sehen erklären zu können. Je höher der Vorstellungsgrad eines einzelnen Wahrnehmungsaktes ist, umso mehr sieht man, dass Kant Recht hatte, als er die Einbildungskraft ein ‚Ingredienz der Wahrnehmung’<ref><bib id='Kant 1968a'>Kant 1968</bib> 89ff.</ref> nannte. Wenn Vorgestelltes, Erwartetes, Ergänztes oder Gedeutetes in die Wahrnehmungspraxis hineinspielen, bedeutet das, dass sich etwas sinnlich Nicht-Gegenwärtiges ins Sichtbare einmischt.<br />
Was Wittgenstein unter den Begriffen Lebensform und Weltbild beschrieben hat, das fraglos Gegebene einer Kultur- und Sprachgemeinschaft, „das Hinzunehmende“ <ref><bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971'</bib> 363</ref> und das, was „jenseits von berechtigt und unberechtigt“<ref><bib id='Wittgenstein 1984a'>Wittgenstein 1984</bib> § 359</ref> als ausgemacht und sicher gilt, wirkt sich nicht nur auf den Sprachgebrauch, sondern auch auf die Wahrnehmungsmöglichkeiten einer Zeit aus. Die Gesamtheit geltender Normen und herrschender Überzeugungen, Sitten und Wertvorstellungen, die die Praxis einer Kultur und Gesellschaft prägen, bilden deren Weltbild im Sinne eines „System[s] von Geglaubtem“<ref>A.a.O. § 144</ref> aus. <br />
Weltbilder im Sinne einer normativen Hintergrundstrahlung des Sprechens, Wahrnehmens und Handelns sind zugleich Voraussetzungen und Produkte perzeptiver Welterschließung. Man könnte statt von Weltbildern auch von Weltanschauungen reden<ref>Vgl. K. Jaspers, der Weltanschauungen nach sinnlich-räumlichen, seelisch-kulturellen und metaphysischen Vorkommensweisen unterscheidet <bib id='Jaspers 1994a'>Jaspers 1994</bib></ref>, die in Einstellungen, Verhaltensweisen und normativen Orientierungen einer Kulturgemeinschaft präsent sind.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Wittgensteins Aspektsehen===== <br />
Mit dem vielzitierten Beispiel einer gezeichneten Gestalt, deren Konturen wahlweise einen Hasen- oder einen Entenkopf<ref>Wittgenstein kannte diese Figur aus den Arbeiten des amerikanischen Psychologen Joseph Jastrow, der seine Überlegungen dazu bereits 1899 veröffentlichte.</ref> sehen lässt, hat Wittgenstein das so genannte Aspektsehen beschrieben, das er „halb Seherlebnis, halb ein Denken“<ref><bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib> 314</ref> nannte. Aspektsehen ist ein semantisches ‚Sehen-als’; ich sehe dabei etwas-als-etwas, nämlich die Strichfigur als Hasen resp. als Ente. Beide Bedeutungen sehe ich nicht ‚in die Strichfigur hinein’, wie ich etwa Geographien in Wolkenformationen hineinsehen kann, denn ich kann die Strichfigur nicht als etwas Amorphes wahrnehmen ohne entweder die eine oder die andere Figur darin zu erkennen. Vielmehr hat das Sehen des Bildes zwei Möglichkeiten: H oder E. Die Amphibolie von einem ins andere ist konstitutiv für das Aspektsehen. Es weist darin eine bedenkenswerte Übereinstimmung mit dem Darstellungssehen auf. Wenn man etwas Dargestelltes im Darstellenden sieht, Greta Garbo als Mata Hari etwa, hält sich das Sehen inmitten einer Differenz auf, die auch für das Aspektsehen charakteristisch ist. Das Gesichtsbild ändert sich nicht, wohl aber unsere Auffassung von ihm.<br />
[[Kippbild|Kippfiguren]] sind daher weit über ihren Status als wahrnehmungspsychologische Experementierfelder hinaus interessant für das Verhältnis von Sehen und Deuten, Wahrnehmen und Vorstellen. Wittgenstein fragt sich: „Sehe ich jedesmal wirklich etwas anderes, oder deute ich nur, was ich sehe, auf verschiedene Weise? Ich bin geneigt, das erste zu sagen. Aber warum?“<ref>Ebd. 340</ref> <br />
Der Zuschreibungsakt ist phänomenal kein von der Perzeption unterscheidbarer Vorgang. Das aber wäre notwendig, um einen eigenständigen Wahrnehmungszustand von einer schlussfolgernden Denkoperation unterscheiden zu können<ref>In seinem Kommentar zu Wittgensteins Überlegungen schreibt Thorsten Jantschek, Deuten sei das Bilden einer Annahme über das Gesehene hinaus, aber wenn es so einfach wäre, müsste man das Gesehene unabhängig von seiner Deutung beschreiben können.(<bib id='Jantschek 1997a'>Jantschek 1997</bib>) Es gibt aber kein Bild unabhängig von seiner Auffassung als Hase oder Ente. Weiter führt uns demnach die „Einsicht, daß Denken und Sehen (immer schon) aufeinander bezogen sind und daß diese Beziehung im Sehen-als zutage tritt“. Ebd. 319.</ref>. Das Aspektsehen ist daher ein gutes Beispiel für die Untrennbarkeit von Wahrnehmung und Sinnbildung: Ob ich die Konturen der Strichfigur als Umrisse eines Hasens oder einer Ente sehe, ist keine Frage einer nachträglichen Urteilsfindung, sondern mit dem visuellen Erfassen ist sogleich der Eindruck dieser oder jener Figur gegeben. Es ähnelt auch darin dem Bildersehen. Wir „sehen sie, wie wir sie deuten.“<ref><bib id='Wittgenstein 1971a'>Wittgenstein 1971</bib> 308</ref> <br />
Das Beispiel macht insofern nur auf besonders griffige Weise deutlich, dass Sehen oft bedeutet, Perspektiven einzunehmen, aus denen heraus etwas als x und nicht als y erscheint. Dinge haben und veranlassen verschiedene Ansichten, was sie sind oder nicht sind, ist notwendig perspektivisch bedingt und auffassungsabhängig. <br />
Im Unterschied zu arbiträr vielen Sichtweisen sind Hasen- und Entenkopf aber beide gleichermaßen gegebene Sehmöglichkeiten und als solche keineswegs beliebig.<br />
Indem Wittgenstein nun nach einem Kriterium sucht für das, was ‚eigentliches Sehen’ genannt werden könnte, gerät er an die Grenzen des Sprachgebrauchs: „,Das ist doch kein Sehen!’ – ‚Das ist doch ein Sehen!’ – Beide müssen sich begrifflich rechtfertigen lassen. [...] Inwiefern ist es ein Sehen?“<ref>Ebd. 324f.</ref> Die Schwierigkeiten sind solche der Beschreibungssprache, denn um diese Form des Sehens-als zu beschreiben, muss man so etwas wie eine erste Ebene basaler Sinneswahrnehmung zugrunde legen, auch wenn die Pointe des Aspektsehens gerade darin liegt, dass Visuelles und Mentales nicht getrennt voneinander vorkommen. Sie sind gewissermaßen zugleich getrennt und ungetrennt, weil man einerseits Akte responsiver Kenntnisnahme von Akten logischen Schließens oder narrativen Deutens generell unterscheiden kann, andererseits aber kein sinnliches Rohmaterial perzipiert, sondern eine je bedeutungshaft organisierte Wahrnehmung hat.<br />
Thomas Kuhn hat abrupte Paradigmenwechsel innerhalb der Wissenschaftsentwicklung als Sehen-als bezeichnet. Nach einer wissenschaftlichen Revolution werde die Welt ‚als etwas anderes gesehen’. „Was in der Welt des Wissenschaftlers vor der Revolution Ente (sic) waren, sind nachher Kaninchen.“<ref><bib id='Kuhn 1973a'>Kuhn 1973</bib> 123</ref> Anderssehen heißt in diesem Zusammenhang folglich im Rahmen anderer Theoriegebäude sehen<ref>Judith Genova versteht Wittgensteins ganzes Philosophieren als methodisch praktiziertes Aspektsehen, um anders als gewöhnlich wahrnehmen zu können; <bib id='Genova 1995a'>Genova 1995a</bib></ref>.<br />
<br />
=====Heideggers Auslegen=====<br />
Martin Heidegger hat die Untrennbarkeit von Denken und Sehen als Auslegen erläutert. Heidegger schreibt, die Auffassung, „zunächst ist ein pures Vorhandenes erfahren, das dann als Tür, als Haus aufgefaßt wird [...] wäre ein Mißverständnis der spezifischen Erschließungsfunktion der Auslegung“<ref><bib id='Heidegger 2006a'>Heidegger 2006</bib> 150</ref>. Bereits das ‚schlichte Sehen’ trage diese „Auslegungsstruktur [...] ursprünglich in sich“, alles andere sei verständnisloses „Anstarren“<ref>Ebd. 149</ref>. Ein ‚als-freies’ Erfassen sei weder eine ursprüngliche Form von Wahrnehmung, noch ein sinnvoller Gebrauch des Begriffs Sehens, sondern eine leere Abstraktion bzw. eine künstlich abgeleitete Privationsform verstehender, auslegender Weltwahrnehmung. Auslegung sei nicht das nachträgliche Verleihen einer Bedeutung über ‚an sich’ Bedeutungsloses, sondern lege die Bewandtnisganzheit des Weltverstehens aus.<br />
Wie jede Welterschließung ist das Auslegen ein Verstehensprozess von zirkulärer Voraussetzungshaftigkeit: Die Auslegung von etwas-als-etwas gründet in einem Vorgriff auf eine bestimmte Grundbegrifflichkeit, für die sie sich endgültig oder vorbehaltlich immer schon entschieden hat. „Auslegung ist nie ein voraussetzungsloses Erfassen eines Vorgegebenen.“ <ref>Ebd. 150</ref>‚Vorverstehen’ bezeichnet die hermeneutische Struktur einer jeweiligen kulturell und historisch bedingten Disposition des Verstehenden. Wenn man sich auf etwas ‚Gegebenes’ berufe, so sei dieses (in Heideggers Beispiel der auszulegende Text) „nichts anderes als die selbstverständliche, undiskutierte Vormeinung des Auslegers“<ref>Ebd.</ref>. <br />
Durchaus vergleichbar also mit dem Weltbild bei Wittgenstein entscheidet in der hermeneutischen Konzeption das Vorverstehen darüber, wie und als was etwas Sichtbares gesehen werden kann. Das Sichtbare ist stets nur unter den Bedingungen der „Vor-Struktur des Verstehens und der Als-Struktur der Auslegung“ <ref>Ebd.</ref> sichtbar. Die Als-Struktur ist ebenso dem Bewusstsein geschuldet, das gerichtet ist und etwas-als-etwas wahrnimmt, wie auch dem Sichtbaren selbst, das sich stets als-etwas zeigt, nämlich im Lichte einer Situation und vor dem Hintergrund unsichtbarer Rahmenfaktoren, wie sie durch Geschichte, Kultur und Gesellschaft konstituiert werden.<br />
Welche Sicht ich einnehmen kann, hängt von Hinsichtnahmen des Vorverstehens ab: Die Umsicht des Besorgens, die Rücksicht der Fürsorge stellen weit entfernt davon, nur bildhaften Ausdrücke zu sein, existentielle Sichtweisen dar, Synthesen von Denken und Anschauung. Was Heidegger als auslegendes Sehen bezeichnet, ist eine Form aisthetischer Welterschließung, die in hermeneutischen und interpretativen Vollzügen besteht, in denen man Bekanntes auf Neues appliziert, es in einen Horizont einordnet, Gegenwärtiges vernimmt und durch Hinzuerfundenes ergänzt. Es ist insofern rezeptiv und projektiv zugleich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Sehen als absolute Metapher=====<br />
Nicht zufällig deutet der Sprachgebrauch des Sehens und seiner Komposita auf eine Intelligibilität des Gesichtssinnes, die schwerlich nur als verblasste Metaphorik abzutun ist: Der genaue Beobachter verschafft sich einen Durchblick oder gelangt zu einer Einsicht; das Ansehen einer Person entwickelt sich nicht unabhängig von dem Anblick, den sie bietet; welche Sicht man auf die Dinge einnimmt, hängt davon ab, wie sehr man sie überschaut oder wovon man absieht; jemand wirft mir eine sprechenden Blick zu, der zu sagen scheint: Sieh dich vor! – Wollte man das alles nur als übertragene Redeweise disqualifizieren, spräche man nicht nur der Sprache jeden philosophischen Eigensinn ab, sondern verkennte vor allem die Unvermeidlichkeit, ja Unhintergehbarkeit ihrer Metaphorizität. Von all den beschriebenen Vorgängen lässt sich nicht mit Bestimmtheit sagen, was an den damit verbundenen Tätigkeiten des Schauens, Blickens oder Beobachtens im engeren Sinne sinnlich ist. So schwierig Worte wie ‚Augenblick’ oder ‚Anschauung’ in andere Sprachen zu übersetzen sind, so wenig ist die Sinnfälligkeit von Worten wie ‚Einblick’ oder ‚Gesichtspunkt’ ersetzbar durch eindeutigere Begriffe. Diese Worte bezeichnen nichts Paraphrasierbares und sind kein Ornament von etwas, das sich auch einfacher sagen ließe.<br />
Mit Blumenberg wird man das Sehen daher durchaus als eine absolute Metapher bezeichnen und sagen dürfen, dass die verba videndi für „die logische Verlegenheit [...] einspring[en]“<ref><bib id='Blumenberg 1999a'>Blumenberg 1999</bib>10 ff. (Zuerst in: Archiv für Begriffsgeschichte 6 (1960). 7-142.)</ref>, in die das Denken gerät, wenn es das Verhältnis von Sicht und Einsicht bzw. von Sehen und Sehweisen erklären soll. Von der metaphorischen Rede übers Sehen lässt sich kein eindeutiger, ‚eigentlicher’ Begriff abzukoppeln. Vielmehr ist die figürliche Rede Indiz einer Problemlage und ihre Unvermeidlichkeit verdient Beachtung<ref>Ralf Konersmann hat einen ähnlichen Gedanken für die Metapher des Spiegels durchgespielt, welche gerade in ihrer terminologischen Unfixierbarkeit das geeignete Darstellungsmedium für die Ungreifbarkeit der Subjektivität in ihrer sich selbst entzogenen Gegebenheitsweise ist. <bib id='Konersmann 1991a'>Konersmann 1991</bib></ref>, verweist sie doch darauf, dass die Reduktion des Sehens auf Sinneswahrnehmung nur ein Moment eines holistischen Tätigkeitszusammenhangs künstlich isoliert. Die Metaphorizität des Begriffsfeldes stellt selbst eine sinnfällige Sicht vom Sehen dar. Dieses steht unausgesetzt im Konnotationsfeld des Verstehens, es ist ‚buchstäblich’ die Bewegung einer Ein-Sicht, welche weder rein aisthetisch, noch rein mental verfasst sein kann. Es ist eine Weise der Welterschließung, eine aisthetische Weise, deren ästhetische und imaginierende Ausgriffe im Einzelnen zu untersuchen sind. Einem holistischen Verständnis der Wahrnehmungspraxis nach können Tätigkeiten des Sich-Vor-Sehens oder des Durchschauens keine nur bildlichen Redensarten bezeichnen. Ebenso wenig können sie freilich „schlichte“, „reine“ oder „basale“ perzeptive Vorgänge sein, denn die Annahme solcher Vorgänge ist selbst bereits ein irreführender Sprachgebrauch. Als ins Praktische verstrickte Weisen, sich zu sich selbst und den anderen zu verhalten, sind solche Tätigkeiten aisthetisch und epistemisch zugleich, sie sind an die Augentätigkeit gebunden, ohne sich darin zu erschöpfen.<br />
Zwar kann es Einzelfälle eines vornehmlich metaphorischen Sprachgebrauchs vom Sehen geben: Um zu ‚sehen’, was du meinst, muss mir nicht notwendig etwas Sichtbares vor Augen stehen; das Ansehen einer Person ist selbst nichts sinnlich Gegebenes etc. Aber solche vergleichsweise eindeutigen Fälle sind gegenüber den vielschichtigen Vernetzungen des Aisthetischen und des Mentalen eher die Ausnahme als die Regel. Ungleich häufiger sieht man jemandem regelrecht an, dass er etwas sagen will, hängt das Ansehen einer Person mit ihrem sichtbaren Erscheinungsbild zusammen usw.<br />
Es scheint daher nicht nur sinnvoll, sondern regelrecht geboten, davon auszugehen, dass es nicht ‚bloß metaphorisch’ ist, wenn man sagt, man sehe sich vor, man revidiere etwas, etwas zeige sich in einem gewissen Licht, sehe von bestimmten ‚viewpoints’ – Chladenius’ ‚Sehe-Punckte’<ref><bib id='Chladenius 1742a'>Chladenius 1742</bib></ref>, die früher Standpunkte<ref><bib id='Röttgers 1994a'>Röttgers 1994</bib></ref> waren, – so aus etc. Jenseits dieser Sprachbilder ist kein eigentlicher Begriff des Sehens zu haben, so der Befund.<br />
<br />
Übrigens erfährt diese Sicht auch von analytischer Seite Unterstützung, wenn der Bewusstseinstheoretiker Colin McGinn etwas Ähnliches mit dem entfaltet, was er Mindsight<ref><bib id='McGinn 2004a'>McGinn 2004</bib></ref> nennt. Obwohl er sich mit einer Liste von Differenzkriterien zur Unterscheidung von Wahrnehmungen (percepts) und Vorstellungen (images) der Sicht Sartres anschließt, dass beide nicht nur graduell, sondern prinzipiell verschieden sind, kommt er im zweiten Kapitel seiner Studie auf ein ‚geistiges Auge’ zu sprechen, das keine metaphorische Redeweise sei: „I shall argue, that [...] the phrase ‚the mind’s eye’ is not metaphorical. It is literally true that we see with our mind.“<ref>Ebd. 42</ref> Im dritten Kapitel bespricht er eine Hybridform von ‚körperlichem’ („a ‚with the body’ kind of seeing“) und ‚geistigem’ Sehen, das er „imaginative seeing“ nennt. Dieses umfasst „the seeing of aspects, the seeing of pictures, and imagination-driven perceptual distortions“.<ref>Ebd. 49</ref> Gewissermaßen gegen seinen ursprünglichen Ausgangspunkt, nämlich gegen die Annahme einer strikten, analytischen Trennbarkeit von Wahrnehmungen und Vorstellungen, kommt McGinn zu der Einsicht, dass die Dichotomien praktisch kollabieren, denn es gibt eines Visualität von Vorstellungen und eine Bildlichkeit von Wahrnehmungen, die sich der prinzipiellen Separierung entziehen.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
* [[Beobachtung]]<br />
* [[Sehendes Sehen]]<br />
* [[Blick]]<br />
* [[Perspektivik]]<br />
* [[Weltbild]]<br />
* [[Kippbild]]<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliography-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Stil&diff=8844
Stil
2012-07-11T17:41:28Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Auswirkungen der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Darstellung des gr. Zusammenhangs=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen-->Es ist schwierig bis unmöglich, eine bündige Antwort auf die Frage zu geben, was Stil sei, aber soviel lässt sich doch sagen, dass Stil immer eine Modalität darstellt, mit deren Hilfe etwas auf spezifische Weise formuliert wird; Stil betrifft mithin immer das Wie der Durchführung: sei es eines Handlungsvollzugs oder des Erlebens, einer [[Darstellung_(historisch)|Darstellung] oder Narration, des Denkens oder [[Wahrnehmungstheorien: Übersicht|Wahrnehmens]]. Stets sind es Unterschiede in der Art und Weise der Ausführung, der Gestaltung, in der Manier oder Eigenart, die zwei Handlungen oder Erzählungen, zwei Darstellungen oder Sichtweisen voneinander unterscheidbar machen, und es sind die Modi der Darstellung, die das Dargestellte erst zu dem werden lassen, was es ist.<br />
Ursprünglich ein Begriff aus der Rhetorik, später stark okkupiert für Bereiche der Mode und des äußeren Erscheinungsbildes von Menschen und Dingen, in Verruf geraten durch seinen Mangel an analytischer Trennschärfe, wird er gelegentlich mißbraucht zur oberflächlichen Rubrizierung singulärer Werke. <br />
<br />
Was auch immer sich zeigt oder dargestellt wird und wer auch immer in Erscheinung tritt, es ist unvermeidlich, dieses auf eine bestimmte Art und Weise zu tun; man hat, wie Lessing bemerkt, “seinen eignen Stil, so wie seine eigne Nase.” Deswegen kann es Wohnstile, Fahrstile, Fürhungsstile und Politikstile geben, nur eine wirkliche Stil-Losigkeit, nicht im Sinne eines fehlenden Gespürs fürs Angemessene, sondern im Sinne einer völligen Neutralität oder Stilfreiheit ist nicht denkbar, weil eben auch eine vermeintlich neutrale – etwa nüchterne oder wertungsfreie – Darstellung noch die Form einer Darstellung ist. <br />
Auffällig ist, dass der Stilbegriff zugleich subsumierend als auch differenzierend fungiert, zugleich Kollektives von epochaler Allgemeinheit als auch Individuelles von singulärer Unvergleichlichkeit erfassen will. Ist damit folglich einerseits die besondere Eigenart und persönliche Charakteristik eines Individuums gemeint, lassen sich damit andererseits kollektive Zuordnungen vornehmen, etwa zu einer Gruppe, Epoche oder Lokalität. So gilt bspw. Rembrandt mit der Einzigartigkeit seines persönlichen Duktus doch zugleich als exponierter Vertreter des niederländischen Barock, typisch für eine ganze Nation und Epoche. Das Inkommensurable und das [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|Repräsentative]] greifen also im Stilbegriff auf merkwürdige Weise ineinander. Die Parallelität von individualpsychologischen und historischen Tendenzen, von persönlichen und nationalen bzw. epochalen Mentalitäten bildet einen schwer zu durchschauenden und ebenso schwer zu erklärenden Konnex, besonders in der Kunstgeschichte. Natürlich wirken Zeiten und Schulen verhaltensnormierend auf Individuen, aber umgekehrt bilden auch Individuen eine Epoche, ohne dass es dafür eine allgemeingültige Erklärung gäbe.<br />
<br />
Eine grundlegende Dichotomie kennzeichnet alle Stilfragen: Äußere Form einer (sprachlichen oder pikturalen) Darstellung auf der einen Seite steht dem [[Darstellung und Repräsentation|dargestellten Inhalt]], der [[Bedeutung und Referenz|Bedeutung]] oder dem Kern der Sache gegenüber.<br />
<br />
In der Folge ergeben sich daraus gewisse Vorbehalte gegen alles vermeintlich oder tatsächlich Ästhetische, das als nur äußerlich, beliebig, womöglich bloße Mode gegenüber der Bedeutung oder dem Inhalt herabgesetzt wird. Solche Kritik übersieht indessen, dass in einem emphatischeren Verständnis Stil nie nur austauschbare Hülle sein kann, sondern als Ausdruck einer Haltung oder sogar [[Weltbild, Lebensform|Lebensform]] ernst genommen werden muss. <br />
Grundlegender als solche Einschätzungen ist jedoch der Umstand, dass die Disjunktion von Stil und Wahrheit das Vorhandensein einer gestaltlosen Rohmasse von Daten, Dingen oder Fakten voraussetzt, welche – wiewohl denk-notwendig – empirisch nicht anzutreffen sind. Zwar ist es konstitutionslogisch notwendig, sobald man vom Stil einer Darstellung oder Erscheinung redet, auch eine dargestellte oder erscheinende Sache vorauszusetzen, die theoretisch und praktisch auch anders dargestellt werden oder erscheinen könnte, und daher in irgendeiner Form gegeben sein muss, um auf diese oder auf jene Weise realisiert werden zu können. Immer aber muss sie sich auf eine bestimmte, diese und keine andere Weise realisieren und ist daher niemals vollkommen stil-frei.<br />
<br />
Nach wie vor sind Heinrich Wölfflins (<bib id='Wölfflin 1915a'></bib>) Überlegungen zum Stil in der bildenden Kunst von maßgeblicher Bedeutung sind, vor allem in Bezug auf den Zusammenhang von Darstellung und Wahrnehmung. Wölfflin beschreibt Stil als „die Art, wie das Gesehene auf eine Form gebracht ist.“ „Aller Ausdruck ist an bestimmte optische Möglichkeiten gebunden, die in jedem Zeitalter andere sind. Der gleiche Inhalt könnte zu verschiedenen Zeiten nicht in gleicher Weise ausgedrückt werden, nicht weil die Gefühlstemperatur sich geändert hat, sondern weil die Augen sich geändert haben.“ Selbstverständlich hat Wölfflin einen komplexen Begriff vom [[Sehen]] als einer kulturellen Tätigkeit, welche auf Anschauungen und [[Darstellung und Vorstellung|Vorstellungen] basiert. Im Nachwort zur achten Auflage seiner Grundbegriffe beschreibt Wölfflin Sehen als die „Art wie sich [...] in der Vorstellung die Dinge gestalten“. Malerisch oder plastisch sehen heißt demnach, gemäß den Vorstellungen zu sehen, die Wölfflin mit Hilfe der Begriffspaare linear-malerisch, Fläche-Tiefe, geschlossene Form- offene Form, Vielheit-Einheit und Klarheit-Unklarheit zu kategorisieren suchte. Dass solches Sehen viel mit Denkstilen und Sichtweisen zu tun hat, liegt auf der Hand. „Die Art des Sehens“ oder – so ergänzt Wölfflin in Replik auf die Kritik an seinem Sprachgebrauch im Vorwort zur sechsten Auflage – „sagen wir also des anschaulichen Vorstellens ist nicht von Anfang an und überall dieselbe, sondern hat, wie alles Lebendige, ihre Entwicklung.“ <br />
<br />
Sieht man von Wölfflins voraussetzungsreichen, geschichtsphilosophischen Annahmen einmal ab, bleibt vor allem die Einsicht, dass Stil auf einer vorstellungs-basierten und vorstellungs-bildenden optischen Schematisierung basieren könnte. Wirklich ist „nicht alles zu allen Zeiten möglich“, weder technisch und empirisch noch symbolisch und aisthetisch. Der Stil einer Darstellung ist von werthaften Sichtweisen nicht zu entkoppeln, weil, wie wir sahen, selbst eine neutrale Sicht eine Sichtweise ist.<br />
Eine solche Auffassung findet auch bei moderneren Autoren ihren Widerhall: Stil, schreibt Manfred Frank in seiner Untersuchung zum Stil in der Philosophie, sei „die individuelle Art und Weise, wie der Autor seine eigentümliche Sicht der Welt sprachlich zum Ausdruck bringt.“ (<bib id='Frank 1990a'></bib>: S. 11) Und Arthur Danto verdanken wir die Einsicht, dass der Stil einer Darstellung uns veranlaßt, dasjenige, von dem sie handelt, „mit einer bestimmten Einstellung und in einer besonderen Sicht zu sehen.“ (<bib id='Danto 1993a'></bib>: S. 255) <br />
<br />
<!--Anmerkung zwischen <ref> und </ref> im laufenden Text--><br />
<!--Literaturverweise im laufenden Text <bib id='Jonas 61a'>Jonas 1961</bib> --><br />
<!-- ... id im Literaturverzeichnis nachsehen, gegebenenfalls neu einfügen --><br />
<!-- ... (siehe Link "Sammlung" in Bibliographie-Box --><br />
<!-- Bilder als thumbs einsetzen, Muster: [[Datei:Beispiel.png|thumb|Bildtitel]] --><br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
<br />
⊳ [[Weltbild]]<br />
⊳ [[Perspektivik]]<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel
http://www.gib.uni-tuebingen.de/netzwerk/glossar/index.php?title=Rahmung,_Rahmen&diff=8843
Rahmung, Rahmen
2012-07-11T17:39:00Z
<p>Sebastian Spanknebel: </p>
<hr />
<div><!-- "This is comment" --><br />
<!--Vorlage für Unterpunkte--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Header, bitte nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosHeader}}<br />
[[Kategorie:Unterpunkt]]<br />
<!--Ende header--><br />
<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Wiki)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
[[Kategorie:Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
<!--In der folgenden Zeile bitte die (Glossar)Kategorie eintragen, wo jetzt XXX steht--><br />
Unterpunkt zu: [[Grundbegriffe der Bildlichkeit]]<br />
<!--beides sollte in der Regel der gleiche Text sein--><br />
<br />
<!--Den folgenden Abschnitt bitte nicht ändern--><br />
{{GlosTab1}}<br />
{{GlossarBoxMain}}<br />
<br />
<!--Ab hier: eigentlicher Inhalt; Überschriften gegebenenfalls anpassen--><br />
=====Grenze des Bildes und Bedingung seiner Einheit=====<br />
Der Begriff des Rahmens ist für Bilder zentral und umfasst nicht nur den gegenständlichen Bilderrahmen, sondern im weiteren Sinne auch den Museums- und Diskursraum, wie er für Kunstwerke seit Duchamps Readymades als konstitutiv erachtet wird. Durch ihre Ausschnitthaftigkeit sind auch Bühnenbilder, Film- und Fernsehbilder auf eine Kadrierung angewiesen. Im übertragenen Sinne können mit Rahmen auch implizite Vorstellungsbedingungen, wie sie durch [[Weltbild]]er oder normative Vorannahmen gegeben sind, gemeint sein. <br />
<br />
Berücksichtigt man den Umstand, dass besonders in [[bildende Kunst|Kunstbildern]] oft die Deutungsmuster einer Zeit thematisch werden, die ausserhalb der Kunst unthematisch mitlaufen, lässt sich ein großer Teil der Kunst der Moderne als Versuch, dem Rahmen zu entkommen oder ihn zu erweitern, begreifen. Das gilt für den Rahmen des Museums und des dinglichen Werkbegriffs, ebenso wie für den der normativen Hintergrundannahmen bzgl. dessen, was Kunst sei. <br />
<br />
Im wörtlichen Sinne ist der Rahmen die konkrete Grenze eines Bildes und das, was dadurch bewirkt wird, ist die Stiftung einer inneren Einheit durch Abgrenzung nach außen. Der Rahmen eröffnet also gleichsam, indem er verschließt; Georg Simmel hat das als Inklusion nach innen und Exklusion nach aussen beschrieben.<ref>Vgl. <bib id='Simmel 1995a'></bib>.</ref><br />
Die Unterscheidung Rahmen/Gerahmtes bedingt insofern auch den Unterschied zwischen Bild und Nicht-Bild.<ref>⊳ auch [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]] und [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]].</ref> <br />
<br />
<br />
=====Das Parergonale=====<br />
Mit dem griechischen Terminus Parergon<ref><bib id='Derrida 1992a'></bib>. Ein Kommentar von Ulrike Dünkelsbühler: Kritik der Rahmen-Vernunft. Parergon-Versionen nach Kant und Derrida. München 1991.</ref> reflektiert der französische Philosoph Jacques Derrida auch die über einen gegenständlichen oder institutionellen Rahmen hinausgehenden Prozesse der Rahmung. Damit sind performative<ref>Vgl. <bib id='Wirth 2004a'></bib>.</ref> Tätigkeiten kontextueller Bezugnahmen und Zuschnitte gemeint, welche Bedingungen der Möglichkeit jeglichen Darstellens sind. <br />
<br />
Zwei Formen des Parergonalen sind zu differenzieren: einerseits der Rahmen im Sinne einer institutionellen oder gegenständlichen Gegebenheit, die eine Werkeinheit stiftet; andererseits die Rahmung im Sinne der vollzugsförmigen [[Modalität]] einer Aus- oder Durchführung durch Prozesse des Darstellens und Inszenierens wie im Übrigen auch des Rezipierens. Letzteres betrifft gewissermaßen auch die Bedingung der Möglichkeit immer neuer Lesarten.<br />
<br />
Im § 14 seiner Kritik der Urteilskraft bezeichnet Kant (in den zweiten und dritten Auflagen) mit dem griechischen Wort Parerga „Zierate [...] wie Einfassungen von Gemälde[n], [...] goldene Rahmen“<ref><bib id='Kant 1974a'></bib>: § 14, S.65. </ref> oder andere ‚äußerliche Zutaten’, die innerhalb der Analytik des Schönen eine differenzierte Rolle spielen. <br />
<br />
Derrida weist darauf hin, dass die Parerga eine Textur haben, „die sie nicht allein [...] vom ganzheitlichen Innen, vom eigentlichen Körper des Ergon, sondern ebenso vom Außen trennt, von der Mauer, an der das Bild angebracht ist, vom Raum, in dem die Statue [...] errichtet ist“<ref><bib id='Derrida 1992a'></bib>: 80/81.</ref> und in weitestem Sinne auch von ihren diskursiven Horizonten. Von all dem hebt sich das Parergon jedoch in anderer Weise ab als das Ergon, der Rahmen selbst indessen ist atopisch, weder außen noch innen, während er dem Gerahmten erst eigentlich einen Ort zuweist.<ref><bib id='Krewani 2003a'></bib>. </ref> <br />
Das Beiwerk macht also das Werk zum Werk, das scheinbar Nebensächliche garantiert die Unterscheidbarkeit innerbildlich/außerbildlich.<br />
<br />
<br />
=====Perspektive als Rahmung=====<br />
Niklas Luhmann weist im Zusammenhang mit seinen Überlegungen zur Beobachtung zweiter Ordnung darauf hin, dass die Einheit eines Bildes jedoch nicht nur durch Exklusion/Inklusion zustande kommt, sondern auch werk-immanent verhandelt wird: „Erst durch die durch Perspektive garantierte Einheit des Raums werden Personen im Bild als Beobachter beobachtbar. Die Einheit des Bildes kann nicht nur durch die [[Komposition]], sondern auch durch die abgebildeten Beobachtungsverhältnisse garantiert werden. Der Bildrahmen verliert damit nicht seine Funktion als Grenze der Komposition; aber die Beobachtungsverhältnisse im Bild und ebenso die Zentralperspektive selbst machen zugleich deutlich, daß die Welt über den Bildrahmen hinausreicht [...].“<ref><bib id='Luhmann 1997a'></bib>: 141f.</ref><br />
Demzufolge wäre auch die innerbildliche [[Perspektive und Projektion|Perspektive]] als Rahmung zu begreifen, durch die eine nur durch das Bild ermöglichte Sicht [[Sichtbares und Unsichtbares|sichtbar]] wird. <br />
<br />
<br />
=====Auswirkungen auf andere Begriffe=====<br />
<!--Hier die entsprechende Textpassage einfügen--><br />
⊳ [[Kontext]]<br />
⊳ [[Perspektive]]<br />
⊳ [[Sichtbares und Unsichtbares]]<br />
⊳ [[Identität bildhafter Zeichen]]<br />
⊳ [[Identitätskriterien für Bildträger]]<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--den folgenden Befehl, der die drei rechten Kästen einfügt, nicht verändern--><br />
<!--Anmerkungen und Literatur wird automatisch eingesetzt --><br />
<!--Literatur muß dazu mit entsprechender Bezeichnung in der Bibliogryphy-Seite eingetragen sein--><br />
<!-- ... dazu den "Sammlung"-Link im Literaturkasten verwenden --><br />
{{GlosTab2}}<br />
{{GlosTab3}}<br />
''Verantwortlich:'' <br />
<br />
<!--in der folgenden Zeile XXX durch Benutzernamen ersetzen--><br />
[[Benutzer:Eva Schürmann|Eva Schürmann]]<br />
<!--den Schluß nicht verändern--><br />
{{GlosEnd}}<br />
<!--Das war's--></div>
Sebastian Spanknebel